AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL INC
S-4/A, 1999-09-30
CONSTRUCTION - SPECIAL TRADE CONTRACTORS
Previous: INFOSEEK CORP /DE/, DEF 14A, 1999-09-30
Next: AUDIOGENESIS SYSTEMS INC, 8-K, 1999-09-30



<PAGE>   1


   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-81139
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             ---------------------

                                AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                       TO
                                    FORM S-4
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             ---------------------
                     AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.*
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                                <C>
             DELAWARE                             1711                            76-0577626
 (State or other jurisdiction of      (Primary Standard Industrial             (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)      Classification Code Number)           Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------

                             1950 LOUIS HENNA BLVD.

                            ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 78664
                                 (512) 246-5200
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
                             ---------------------

                                DAVID C. BAGGETT
          SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND SECRETARY
                             1950 LOUIS HENNA BLVD.
                            ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 78664
                                 (512) 246-5200
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:

                                DAVID P. OELMAN
                             ANDREWS & KURTH L.L.P.
                             600 TRAVIS, SUITE 4200
                              HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002
                                 (713) 220-4200
                             ---------------------

     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box.  [ ]

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]

     If this Form is a post-effective Amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]
                             ---------------------

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.

* The subsidiaries of American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. will guarantee the
  securities being registered hereby and therefore are also registrants.
  Information about these additional registrants appears on the following pages.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2

                             ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
             TEXAS                           1711                         74-1588887
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------

                          CHRISTIANSON SERVICE COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
             TEXAS                           1711                         74-2810094
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------

                           G.G.R. LEASING CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
             TEXAS                           1711                         74-2250428
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------

                             R.C.R. PLUMBING, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
          CALIFORNIA                         1711                         95-3139393
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------

                              J.A. CROSON COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
             OHIO                            1711                         31-0784594
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------
<PAGE>   3

                        FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
             OHIO                            1711                         31-1232113
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------
                         J.A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
            FLORIDA                          1711                         59-2944806
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------

                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
             OHIO                            1711                         31-1056529
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------

                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
            ARIZONA                          1711                         86-0265707
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------

                              POWER PLUMBING, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
           DELAWARE                          1711                         76-0255723
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------
<PAGE>   4

                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
            FLORIDA                          1711                         59-1266315
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------
                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
          CALIFORNIA                         1711                         33-0085731
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------
                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
            GEORGIA                          1711                         58-1303603
(State or other jurisdiction of  (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)         Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                             ---------------------
<PAGE>   5

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the SEC.
These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the
time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not
constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall
there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer,
solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification
under the securities laws of any such state.


                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999


                                   PROSPECTUS

                                  $125,000,000

                  [AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. LOGO]

                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.
                               OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                           $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF

              11 5/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008, SERIES B

                  FOR EACH $1,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EXISTING

              11 5/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008, SERIES A

                 ($125,000,000 IN PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)

                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

- - Expires 5:00 p.m., New York City time,           , 1999, unless extended.

- - The exchange offer is not conditioned upon a minimum aggregate principal
  amount of existing notes being tendered.

- - All existing notes tendered according to the procedures in this prospectus and
  not withdrawn will be exchanged.

- - The exchange offer is not subject to any condition other than that it not
  violate applicable laws or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the
  SEC.

                               THE EXCHANGE NOTES

- - The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are
  substantially identical to the existing notes, except that we have registered
  the exchange notes with the SEC. In addition, the exchange notes will not be
  subject to the transfer restrictions the existing notes are subject to, and
  provisions relating to an increase in the stated interest rate on the existing
  notes will be eliminated.


- - The exchange notes will be senior subordinated obligations of American
  Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. They are subordinate to our senior debt. As of
  June 30, 1999, we had senior debt outstanding of approximately $3.7 million.


- - Interest on the exchange notes will accrue from           , 1999 at the rate
  of 11 5/8% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on each April 15 and
  October 15, beginning October 15, 1999.

- - The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by our
  guarantor subsidiaries.
                             ---------------------

     YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 OF THIS
PROSPECTUS BEFORE PARTICIPATING IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
                             ---------------------

     NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR
COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                             ---------------------

               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS             , 1999.
<PAGE>   6

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PAGE
                                                               ----
<S>                                                            <C>
Summary.....................................................     1
Risk Factors................................................    12
Forward-Looking Statements..................................    22
The Exchange Offer..........................................    23
The Company.................................................    33
Use of Proceeds.............................................    36
Capitalization..............................................    37
Selected Historical Financial Data..........................    38
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations.................................    40
Business....................................................    59
Management..................................................    72
Certain Transactions........................................    77
Principal Stockholders......................................    86
Description of Other Indebtedness...........................    87
Description of The Notes....................................    89
Registration Rights.........................................   124
Plan of Distribution........................................   124
Legal Matters...............................................   125
Experts.....................................................   125
Where You Can Find More Information.........................   125
Index to Financial Statements...............................   F-1
</TABLE>


                                        i
<PAGE>   7

                                    SUMMARY

     This summary highlights some information from this prospectus. For a more
complete understanding of this exchange offer, we encourage you to read the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and to consult with
your own legal and tax advisors.

     In this prospectus, the terms "we," "us," "our," "our company" and "AMPAM"
refer to American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., including the founding companies
unless the context otherwise requires. The term "founding companies" refers to
Christianson Enterprises, Inc., G.G.R. Leasing Corporation and Christianson
Service Company (collectively, "Christianson"), R.C.R. Plumbing, Inc. ("RCR"),
Teepe's River City Mechanical, Inc. ("Teepe's"), Keith Riggs Plumbing, Inc.
("Keith Riggs"), J.A. Croson Company and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company,
(collectively, "Croson Ohio"), J.A. Croson Company of Florida ("Croson
Florida"), Power Plumbing, Inc. and subsidiaries ("Power"), Nelson Mechanical
Contractors, Inc. ("Nelson"), Sherwood Mechanical, Inc. ("Sherwood") and Miller
Mechanical Contractors, Inc. ("Miller"). The following summary contains basic
information about this exchange offer. It may not contain all the information
that is important to you.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     On May 19, 1999, we completed a private offering of 11 5/8% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2008. The notes were sold for a total purchase price of
$122,417,500.

     We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers
in the private offering in which we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and
to use our best efforts to complete the exchange offer by November 15, 1999.
This exchange offer entitles you to exchange your notes for notes with identical
terms that are registered with the SEC. If the exchange offer is not completed
by November 15, 1999, the interest rate on the notes will be increased by 0.25%
per year for each 90-day period during which the exchange offer is not
completed. The maximum amount by which the interest rate will be increased is
0.5% in total. After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be
entitled to any exchange or registration rights for your notes. You should read
the discussion under the heading "The Exchange Offer" beginning on page   and
"Description of the Notes" beginning on page 83 for further information about
the exchange notes.

The Exchange Offer.........  We are offering to exchange up to $125,000,000 of
                             the exchange notes for up to $125,000,000 of the
                             existing notes. Existing notes may be exchanged
                             only in $1,000 increments.

                             The terms of the exchange notes are identical in
                             all material respects to the existing notes except
                             the exchange notes will not be subject to transfer
                             restrictions and holders of exchange notes will
                             have no registration rights. Also, the exchange
                             notes will not contain provisions for an increase
                             in their stated interest rate.

Resale.....................  We believe the notes issued in the exchange offer
                             may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
                             transferred by you without compliance with the
                             registration and prospectus delivery provisions of
                             the Securities Act provided that:

                             - the notes received in the exchange offer are
                               acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

                             - you are not participating and have no
                               understanding with any person to participate in
                               the distribution of the notes issued to you in
                               the exchange offer; and

                             - you are not an affiliate of ours.

                                        1
<PAGE>   8

                             Each broker-dealer issued notes in the exchange
                             offer for its own account in exchange for notes
                             acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of
                             market-making or other trading activities must
                             acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
                             meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
                             connection with any resale of the notes issued in
                             the exchange offer. A broker-dealer may use this
                             prospectus for an offer to resell, resale or other
                             retransfer of the notes issued to it in the
                             exchange offer.

Expiration Date............  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on           , 1999,
                             unless we extend the exchange offer. It is possible
                             that we will extend the exchange offer until all
                             existing notes are tendered. You may withdraw
                             existing notes you tendered at any time before
                                       , 1999. See "The Exchange
                             Offer -- Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments."

Accrued Interest on the
  Exchange Notes and the
  Existing Notes...........  The exchange notes will bear interest at a rate of
                             11 5/8% per year, payable semi-annually on April 15
                             and October 15, commencing October 15, 1999. April
                             1 and October 1 are the record dates for
                             determining holders entitled to interest payments.

Conditions to the Exchange
Offer......................  The exchange offer is subject only to the following
                             conditions:

                             - the compliance of the exchange offer with
                               securities laws;

                             - the tender of the existing notes;

                             - the representation by the holders of the existing
                               notes that the exchange notes they will receive
                               are being acquired by them in the ordinary course
                               of their business and that at the time the
                               exchange offer is completed the holder had no
                               plan to participate in the distribution of the
                               exchange notes; and

                             - No judicial or administrative proceeding shall
                               have been threatened that would limit us from
                               proceeding with the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering
  Existing Notes Held in
  the Form of Book-Entry
  Interests................  The existing notes were issued as global securities
                             and were deposited with State Street Bank and Trust
                             Company when they were issued. State Street Bank
                             and Trust Company issued a certificate-less
                             depositary interest in each note, which represents
                             a 100% interest in the note, to The Depository
                             Trust Company. Beneficial interests in the notes
                             held by participants in DTC, which we will refer to
                             as notes held in book-entry form, are shown on, and
                             transfers of the notes can be made only through,
                             records maintained in book-entry form by DTC and
                             its participants.

                             If you are a holder of a note held in the form of a
                             book-entry interest and you wish to tender your
                             book-entry interest for exchange in the exchange
                             offer, you must transmit to State Street Bank and
                             Trust

                                        2
<PAGE>   9

                             Company, as exchange agent, before the expiration
                             date of the exchange offer:

                             EITHER

                             - a properly completed and executed letter of
                               transmittal, which accompanies this prospectus,
                               or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal,
                               including all other documents required by the
                               letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent at
                               the address on the cover page of the letter of
                               transmittal;

                             OR

                             - a computer-generated message transmitted by means
                               of DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program system
                               and received by the exchange agent and forming a
                               part of a confirmation of book entry transfer in
                               which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by
                               the terms of the letter of transmittal;

                             AND, EITHER

                             - a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of
                               your outstanding notes into the exchange agent's
                               account at DTC, according to the procedure for
                               book-entry transfers described in this prospectus
                               under the heading "The Exchange
                               Offer -- Book-Entry Transfer" beginning on page
                               25, must be received by the exchange agent on or
                               prior to the expiration date;

                             OR

                             - the documents necessary for compliance with the
                               guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Procedures for Tendering
  Existing Notes...........  If you wish to accept the exchange offer, sign and
                             date the letter of transmittal, and deliver the
                             letter of transmittal, along with the existing
                             notes and any other required documentation, to the
                             exchange agent. By executing the letter of
                             transmittal, you will represent to us that, among
                             other things:

                             - the exchange notes you receive will be acquired
                               in the ordinary course of your business;

                             - you have no arrangement with any person to
                               participate in the distribution of the exchange
                               notes; and

                             - you are not an affiliate of AMPAM or, if you are
                               an affiliate, you will comply with the
                               registration and prospectus delivery requirements
                               of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.

Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners..........  If you are a beneficial owner whose existing notes
                             are registered in the name of a broker, dealer,
                             commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and
                             wish to tender those existing notes in the exchange
                             offer, please contact the registered holder as soon
                             as possible and instruct them to tender on your
                             behalf and comply with the instructions in this
                             prospectus.

                                        3
<PAGE>   10

Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures.................  If you wish to tender your existing notes, you may
                             do so according to the guaranteed delivery
                             procedures described in this prospectus under the
                             heading "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery
                             Procedures."

Withdrawal Rights..........  You may withdraw existing notes you tender by
                             furnishing a notice of withdrawal to the exchange
                             agent containing the information described under
                             the heading "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal of
                             Tenders" at any time before 5:00 p.m. New York City
                             time on             , 1999.

Acceptance of Existing
Notes and Delivery of
  Exchange Notes...........  We will accept for exchange any and all existing
                             notes that are properly tendered before the
                             expiration date. See "The Exchange
                             Offer -- Procedures for Tendering." The same
                             conditions described under the heading "The
                             Exchange Offer -- Conditions" will apply. The
                             exchange notes will be delivered promptly following
                             the expiration date.

Exchange Agent.............  State Street Bank and Trust Company is serving as
                             exchange agent for the exchange offer.

See "The Exchange Offer" for more detailed information concerning the terms of
the exchange offer.

                                        4
<PAGE>   11

                       SUMMARY OF TERMS OF EXCHANGE NOTES

     The form and terms of the notes to be issued in the exchange offer are the
same as the form and terms of existing notes except that the notes to be issued
in the exchange offer will be registered under the Securities Act and,
accordingly, will not bear legends restricting their transfer. Also, the
exchange notes will not contain the penalty interest provisions related to the
registration of the existing notes that are in the existing notes. The notes
issued in the exchange offer will evidence the same debt as the outstanding
notes, and both the existing notes and the exchange notes are governed by the
same indenture.

Issuer..................... American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc.
                             1950 Louis Henna Blvd.
                             Round Rock, Texas 78664
                             (512) 246-5200

Total Amount...............  $125,000,000 total principal amount of 11 5/8%
                             Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.

Maturity...................  October 15, 2008.

Interest Payment Dates.....  April 15 and October 15, beginning October 15,
                             1999.

Guarantees.................  Each of our direct subsidiaries will jointly and
                             severally guarantee the exchange notes. Future
                             subsidiaries also may be required to guarantee the
                             exchange notes. The guarantees are full and
                             unconditional. If we cannot make payments on the
                             notes when they are due, our guarantor subsidiaries
                             must make them. See "Description of the
                             Notes -- The Guarantees."

Ranking....................  The exchange notes and the subsidiary guarantees
                             are referred to as senior subordinated debt because
                             they are, by their terms, ranked behind our
                             existing and future senior indebtedness and ranked
                             ahead of our existing and future subordinated
                             indebtedness in right of payment. Because the
                             exchange notes are subordinated, in the event of
                             bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, holders of
                             the exchange notes will not receive any payment
                             until holders of senior indebtedness and guarantor
                             senior indebtedness have been paid in full. The
                             exchange notes and the subsidiary guarantees:

                             - rank equally with our other senior subordinated
                               debt;

                             - rank ahead of all of our subordinated debt; and

                             - rank below our senior indebtedness.

                             The terms "senior indebtedness" and "guarantor
                             senior indebtedness" are defined in the
                             "Description of the Notes -- Certain Definitions"
                             section of this prospectus.


                             As of June 30, 1999, we had $3.7 million of
                             consolidated senior indebtedness outstanding.


Optional Redemption........  We may redeem some or all of the exchange notes at
                             any time on or after April 15, 2004 at the
                             redemption prices listed under the heading
                             "Description of the Notes -- Optional Redemption."

Optional Redemption
Following Sales of
  Equity...................  Before April 15, 2002, we may redeem up to 35% of
                             the total principal amount of the exchange notes
                             with the net proceeds of sales of equity in AMPAM
                             at the price listed in the section "Description of
                             the

                                        5
<PAGE>   12

                             Notes" under the heading "Optional Redemption," if
                             at least 65% of the total principal amount of the
                             exchange notes originally issued remains
                             outstanding after the redemption.

Change of Control..........  If we sell assets or if a change of control occurs,
                             we may be required to offer to repurchase the
                             exchange notes at the prices listed in the section
                             "Description of the Notes," under the heading
                             "Change of Control."

Defeasance of the Notes....  AMPAM may, at its option and at any time, terminate
                             the obligations of AMPAM and the guarantors with
                             respect to the outstanding notes and with respect
                             to the covenants in the indenture. In this event,
                             AMPAM will be deemed to have paid and discharged
                             (or "defeased") the entire indebtedness represented
                             by the outstanding notes.

                             In order for this defeasance to occur, various
                             conditions must be met including, but not limited
                             to:

                             - AMPAM or any guarantor depositing cash or U.S.
                               government obligations in trust for the benefit
                               of the holders of the notes,

                             - the defeasance not resulting in a breach of any
                               agreement to which AMPAM is bound by or a party
                               to, and

                             - AMPAM delivering an opinion of counsel to the
                               trustee stating that the conditions of the
                               indenture for this defeasance have been complied
                               with.

                             See "Description of the Notes -- Legal Defeasance
                             or Covenant Defeasance of the Indenture."

Basic Covenants of the
Indenture..................  The indenture governing the exchange notes contains
                             covenants that, among other things, restrict our
                             ability and the ability of our restricted
                             subsidiaries to:

                             - borrow money;

                             - pay dividends on stock or purchase stock;

                             - make investments;

                             - use our assets as security in other transactions;

                             - sell material assets or merge with or into other
                               companies;

                             - sell stock in our subsidiaries; and

                             - restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay
                               dividends and make other payments.

                             These covenants are subject to important exceptions
                             and qualifications, which are described in the
                             section "Description of the Notes" under the
                             heading "Material Covenants" in this prospectus.

Use of Proceeds from Sale
of Existing Notes..........  We used the $117.7 million net proceeds from the
                             private placement of the existing notes to repay
                             outstanding indebtedness we incurred to finance the
                             cash portion of the consideration for the
                             acquisition of the founding companies. See "Use of
                             Proceeds of Note Issuance" under the heading
                             "Certain Transactions" in this prospectus.

                                        6
<PAGE>   13

Risk Factors...............  See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors you
                             should carefully consider before deciding to invest
                             in the notes.

OUR COMPANY


     We believe we are the largest company in the United States focused
primarily on the plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry. On April
1, 1999, we combined the operations of the ten founding companies, which
individually are leading regional providers of plumbing and mechanical
contracting services, and commenced operations as one company. We believe that
by combining these regional leaders into one professional organization, we have
created a national provider which we expect to strengthen and broaden our
relationships with our consolidating customer base and enhance our operating
efficiency. The ten founding companies have been in business for an average of
approximately 31 years and, in 1998, performed plumbing and mechanical
contracting services in 24 states. On a pro forma basis for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1998, we generated revenues and EBITDA of $322.2 million and
$38.5 million, respectively.


     Almost all construction and renovation in the United States creates demand
for plumbing and mechanical contracting services. Depending upon the exact scope
of the work, we estimate that the plumbing and mechanical contracting services
work we perform generally accounts for approximately 8% to 12% of the total
construction cost of a commercial and institutional project and approximately 5%
to 10% of the total construction cost of a residential project. In 1992, the
most recent year for which data are available from the United States Department
of Commerce, the value of new construction and repair and maintenance work
completed by plumbing and mechanical contractors totaled approximately $28
billion, including approximately $17 billion from plumbing services and $11
billion from mechanical services.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     We believe several factors give us a competitive advantage in our industry,
including our:

     - strong customer relationships and market leadership;

     - geographically diverse operations;

     - large and highly skilled work force;

     - diverse business mix; and

     - experienced management team.

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our goal is to build on our position as a leading provider of plumbing and
mechanical contracting services in the residential and commercial/institutional
markets by:

     - increasing our market share and the profitability of our operations; and

     - pursuing a selective acquisition strategy.

OUR OPERATING STRATEGY

     We intend to leverage the geographical presence and competitive strengths
of our founding and subsequently acquired companies with the objective of
continuing strong internal growth. The key elements of our operating strategy
are:

     - achieve purchasing savings and other economies of scale;

     - continue to attract, develop and retain qualified plumbers and management
       personnel;

     - increase off-site prefabrication of plumbing and mechanical systems and
       components;

     - emphasize "value engineering" and design-and-build capability;
                                        7
<PAGE>   14


     - increase use of technology;



     - leverage geographic presence to obtain and retain multi-location
       customers; and



     - broaden scope of specialty services.



OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY



     We believe that the highly fragmented nature of the plumbing and mechanical
contracting services industry offers significant opportunities for us to pursue
our acquisition strategy. Key elements of our acquisition strategy include:



     - increase geographic coverage; and



     - expand our service capabilities.



RECENT DEVELOPMENTS



     On September 30, 1999, we closed three transactions to acquire the stock of
two companies and the assets of a third company. These three companies have
combined annual revenues of approximately $65.7 million and are located in
northern Virginia, southern California and the greater Phoenix area. These
companies and assets were acquired for a mix of our common stock and cash.



     Also, we are continually considering other possible acquisitions and may
from time negotiate and enter into letters of intent with potential acquisition
candidates. We intend that these potential acquisitions will be acquired for a
mix of our stock and cash. However, the timing, size or success of any
acquisition effort and the associated capital commitments cannot be predicted.
The completion of these other potential acquisitions is subject to a
satisfactory due diligence review, negotiation of definitive acquisition
agreements, obtaining any necessary approvals and fulfilling all other
conditions to closing.


                                        8
<PAGE>   15


                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA


     The following summary unaudited pro forma financial data for AMPAM, is
adjusted for

     - the effects of the acquisition of the founding companies;

     - the effects of other pro forma adjustments to our historical financial
       statements; and

     - the original issuance of the notes and our use of the proceeds from that
       sale.


     For financial reporting purposes, Christianson is considered to be the
accounting acquiror. This data includes our results of operations as if the
acquisitions and related transactions were closed on January 1 of the respective
period presented. This data does not necessarily indicate the results that we
would have obtained had these events actually occurred on January 1 of the
respective period presented, or our future results. During the periods presented
below, our founding companies were not under common control or management and,
therefore, the data presented may not be comparable to or indicative of future
performance. The unaudited pro forma financial data is based on preliminary
estimates, available information and some assumptions that our management deems
appropriate. Since the information in this table is only a summary and does not
provide all of the information contained in our financial statements, including
the related notes, you should read "-- Selected Individual Founding Company
Financial Data," "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements and
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations and related notes thereto
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The Historical Balance Sheet Data was
derived from AMPAM's Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1998(a)   JUNE 30, 1999(a)
                                                              --------------------   ----------------
                                                                ($ IN THOUSANDS)     ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>                    <C>
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues..................................................        $322,203             $182,793
  Cost of revenues (including depreciation).................         255,461              144,675
                                                                    --------             --------
  Gross profit..............................................          66,742               38,118
  Selling, general and administrative expenses(b)...........          32,321               16,695
  Non cash compensation expense(c)..........................             408                7,992
  Goodwill amortization(d)..................................           3,800                1,900
                                                                    --------             --------
  Income from operations....................................          30,213               11,531
  Other income (expenses)(e)................................         (14,081)              (6,254)
                                                                    --------             --------
  Income before provision for income taxes..................          16,132                5,277
  Provision for income taxes(f).............................           7,823                6,089
                                                                    --------             --------
  Income before extraordinary loss..........................           8,309                 (812)
                                                                    --------             --------
  Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt........              --                  455
                                                                    --------             --------
  Net income................................................        $  8,309             $ (1,267)
                                                                    ========             ========
PRO FORMA OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS:
  EBITDA(g).................................................        $ 38,518             $ 23,912
  EBITDA margin.............................................            12.0%                13.1%
  Total interest expense....................................          15,453                7,727
  Interest expense on net debt(h)...........................          14,701                6,914
  Depreciation and amortization.............................           7,277                3,729
  Capital expenditures......................................           2,838                2,909

  Ratio of EBITDA to total interest expense.................             2.5x                 3.1x
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense on net debt(h)........             2.6x                 3.5x
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(i).....................             1.9x                 1.6x
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         AS OF
                                                                                     JUNE 30, 1999
                                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                           <C>                    <C>
HISTORICAL BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................                           $ 10,469
  Working capital...........................................                             30,209
  Total assets..............................................                            228,601
  Total debt (including current maturities).................                            126,157
  Redeemable preferred stock(j).............................                             13,635
  Total stockholders' equity................................                             25,652
</TABLE>


                                                Footnotes on following page

                                        9
<PAGE>   16

- ---------------


(a)  Gives effect to the acquisitions of the founding companies and other
     related pro forma adjustments, as if all of these transactions had occurred
     on January 1 of the respective periods presented and to the portion of the
     proceeds from the private placement of notes to be used to repay existing
     outstanding indebtedness, as if these transactions had occurred on January
     1 of the respective period presented for purposes of the Statement of
     Operations Data and Other Financial Data and Ratios.


(b)  Reflects an aggregate of approximately $14.7 million and $0.3 million in
     pro forma reductions for the year ended December 31, 1998, and the three
     months ended March 31, 1999, respectively, in salary, bonus and benefits of
     the owners of the founding companies to which they have agreed
     prospectively and the effect of revisions to various lease agreements
     between the founding companies and stockholders of the founding companies.
     Also, for the three months ended March 31, 1999, reflects the reduction of
     other income to eliminate the gain on disposal of assets related to AMPAM's
     acquisition of the founding companies.


(c)  Certain members of management and founders received stock and/or stock
     options in connection with the organization of our company. The applicable
     accounting rules require that the stock issued to some members of our
     management be treated as compensation expense. As a result of this
     treatment, we recorded a non-recurring non-cash charge of $0.4 million on
     September 15, 1998 for the fair value of the shares issued by AMPAM after
     the initial organization of the Company. This charge reduced 1998 Pro Forma
     Net Income. Additionally, the Company recorded a non-recurring non-cash
     compensation charge of approximately $8.0 million on April 1, 1999,
     representing the value of the shares held by certain members of AMPAM
     management, including those previously reflected as an expense in the 1998
     Pro Forma Income Statement. This charge reduced net income and was
     reflected in our second quarter results.



(d)  Reflects amortization of the goodwill to be recorded as a result of the
     acquisitions over a 30-year period and computed on the basis described in
     the notes to the unaudited pro forma combined Statement of Operations.



(e)  Reflects the reduction in historical interest expense related to historical
     debt of the founding companies which was transferred to stockholders of the
     founding companies, along with the related nonoperating assets of the
     founding companies, in connection with the acquisitions. Also reflects the
     interest cost on the debt incurred on April 1, 1999 to finance the
     acquisitions.



(f)  Assumes that all pre-tax income before non-deductible goodwill, noncash
     compensation charge and other permanent items is subject to a 39% overall
     tax rate.



(g)  "EBITDA" means net income before interest expense, taxes, depreciation,
     amortization and noncash compensation expense. EBITDA should not be
     considered in isolation from or as an alternative to net income as an
     indicator of our operating performance, or as an alternative to cash flow
     from operating activities and other consolidated income or cash flow
     statement data prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. EBITDA measures
     presented may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other
     companies. We believe EBITDA is a widely accepted financial indicator of a
     company's ability to service debt.



(h)  For the purpose of this calculation "net debt" represents total debt
     (excluding redeemable preferred stock) less cash and cash equivalents.



(i)  For the purpose of this calculation, "earnings" represents income from
     operations before income tax expense, plus fixed charges. "Fixed charges"
     consist of interest, whether expensed or capitalized, amortization of debt
     expense and an estimated portion of rentals representing interest expense.
     Approximately $114.6 million of indebtedness assumed for pro forma purposes
     to be outstanding at March 31, 1999 was retired with a portion of the
     proceeds from the original issuance of notes.



(j)  The redeemable preferred stock has a $0.01 par value per share. Currently,
     there are 1,048,820 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and
     outstanding with a liquidation preference of $13.6 million.


                                       10
<PAGE>   17

              SELECTED INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANY FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table presents some summary historical statement of
operations data of the founding companies for each of the three most recent
fiscal years. The historical statement of operations data below have not been
adjusted for the pro forma adjustments related to contractually agreed
reductions in salaries, bonuses and benefits, or any other pro forma
adjustments, reflected in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data
presented below have been audited for the periods reflected in their historical
financial statements. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED(a)              MARCH 31
                                                              ------------------------------    -------------------
                                                              1996(B)      1997       1998       1998        1999
                                                              --------   --------   --------    -------     -------
                                                                     ($ IN THOUSANDS)            ($ IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Christianson:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 50,330   $ 50,909   $ 63,374    $12,744     $16,824
  Gross profit..............................................    12,127     13,405     17,670      3,720       5,434
RCR:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 40,430   $ 49,738   $ 63,293    $13,200     $19,815
  Gross profit..............................................     5,328      7,361     11,689      2,456       4,080
Teepe's:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 35,400   $ 42,687   $ 50,627    $11,449     $10,546
  Gross profit..............................................     4,990      5,517      6,579      1,383       1,259
Keith Riggs:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 27,080   $ 29,680   $ 34,464    $ 7,279     $ 8,917
  Gross profit..............................................     3,097      3,815      4,499      1,084       1,460
Croson Ohio:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 26,185   $ 27,029   $ 25,234    $ 5,927     $ 7,247
  Gross profit..............................................     3,880      4,059      4,796        827       1,166
Croson Florida:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 11,722   $ 18,095   $ 28,142    $ 6,148     $ 8,274
  Gross profit..............................................     2,422      4,179      7,659      1,490       2,792
Power:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 14,039   $ 17,010   $ 17,109    $ 3,501     $ 5,620
  Gross profit..............................................     1,853      2,330      2,738        327       1,598
Nelson:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 12,507   $ 12,844   $ 15,058    $ 4,110     $ 4,670
  Gross profit..............................................     3,397      3,960      4,951      1,641       2,160
Sherwood:
  Revenues..................................................  $  8,261   $ 11,482   $ 13,556    $ 3,721     $ 4,069
  Gross profit..............................................     1,628      1,615      2,490        976         517
Miller:
  Revenues..................................................  $ 10,603   $  8,042   $ 11,346    $ 2,791     $ 2,497
  Gross profit..............................................     1,845      2,236      3,671        822         835
COMBINED:
  Total revenues............................................  $236,557   $267,516   $322,203    $70,870     $88,479
  Gross profit..............................................    40,567     48,477     66,742     14,726      21,301
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(a) The fiscal years presented are the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and
    1998 for all founding companies, except for Croson Ohio, Sherwood and
    Miller, for which the fiscal years presented are the years ended September
    30, 1996, 1997 and 1998; Nelson, for which the fiscal years presented are
    the years ended April 30, 1997 and December 31, 1997 and 1998; and
    Christianson, for which the fiscal years presented are August 31, 1996 and
    December 31, 1997 and 1998. For the three months ended December 31, 1998,
    Croson Ohio, Sherwood, and Miller had combined revenues of $16,329 and gross
    profit of $3,341.

(b) With respect to some of the founding companies, the statement of operations
    data for the 1996 fiscal year was derived from internal company financial
    records that have not been audited by any independent accountants.
    Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this
    information. Nevertheless, management believes that the financial
    information shown in this table may be helpful in understanding the past
    operations of the founding companies.

                                       11

<PAGE>   18

                                  RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the following factors as well as the other
information contained in this registration statement before deciding to invest
in the notes.

- -- WE RECENTLY ACQUIRED THE FOUNDING COMPANIES AND CONDUCTED NO BUSINESS UNTIL
   APRIL 1, 1999. IF TOO MUCH OF MANAGEMENT'S TIME IS SPENT ATTENDING TO
   INTEGRATING THE OPERATIONS, OUR OPERATIONS COULD SUFFER.


     Our company was founded in June 1998 but we had not conducted any
operations or generated any revenues until April 1, 1999 when we acquired the
founding companies. As a result, we have limited historical financial results as
one company for investors to evaluate. The unaudited pro forma combined
financial results of the founding companies cover periods during which the
founding companies and AMPAM were not under common control or management and,
therefore, may not accurately depict our future financial or operating results.
In addition, historical financial results for the individual founding companies
do not necessarily indicate the future results of our combined company.


- -- AS A RESULT OF OUR AGGRESSIVE ACQUISITION PROGRAM, WE HAVE GENERATED WHAT WE
   BELIEVE IS A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF DEBT. OUR CURRENT DEBT LEVEL COULD LIMIT
   OUR ABILITY TO FUND FUTURE WORKING CAPITAL NEEDS AND INCREASE OUR EXPOSURE
   DURING ADVERSE ECONOMIC CONDITIONS. ADDITIONALLY, OUR DEBT LEVEL COULD
   PREVENT US FROM FULFILLING OUR OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE NOTES.


     We have now and, after the offering, will continue to have a significant
amount of debt. The following chart, with dollar amounts in thousands, shows
some important credit statistics as of June 30, 1999:



<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Total indebtedness..........................................  $126,157
Redeemable preferred stock..................................  $ 13,635
Stockholders' equity........................................  $ 26,652
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges..........................       2.8x
</TABLE>


     Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For
example, it could:

     - make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to
       the notes;
     - increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry
       conditions;
     - limit our ability to fund future working capital, capital expenditures
       and other general corporate requirements;
     - limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our
       business and the industry in which we operate;
     - place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less
       debt; and
     - limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our
       indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds.
       Additionally, failing to comply with those covenants could result in an
       event of default which, if not cured or waived, could have a material
       adverse effect on us.

     See "Description of the Notes -- Optional Redemption" and "-- Change of
Control" and "Description of Other Indebtedness."

- -- YOUR RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAYMENTS ON THESE NOTES IS JUNIOR TO OUR EXISTING
   INDEBTEDNESS AND POSSIBLY ALL OF OUR FUTURE BORROWINGS. FURTHER, THE
   GUARANTEES OF THESE NOTES ARE JUNIOR TO ALL OUR GUARANTORS' EXISTING
   INDEBTEDNESS AND POSSIBLY TO ALL THEIR FUTURE BORROWINGS.

     The notes and the subsidiary guarantees rank behind all of our and our
subsidiary guarantors' existing indebtedness and all of our and their future
borrowings, except any future indebtedness that expressly provides that it ranks
equal with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the notes and the
guarantees. As a result, upon any distribution to our creditors or the creditors
of the guarantors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar
proceeding relating to us or the guarantors or our or their property,
                                       12
<PAGE>   19

the holders of senior indebtedness of our company and the subsidiary guarantors
will be entitled to be paid in full in cash before any payment may be made with
respect to the notes or the subsidiary guarantees.

     In addition, all payments on the notes and the subsidiary guarantees will
be blocked in the event of a payment default on senior indebtedness and may be
blocked for up to 179 consecutive days in the event of non-payment defaults on
senior indebtedness.

     In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar
proceeding relating to our company or the guarantors, holders of the notes will
participate with trade creditors and all other holders of subordinated
indebtedness of our company and the guarantors in the assets remaining after we
and the subsidiary guarantors have paid all of the senior indebtedness. However,
because the indenture requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the
notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior
indebtedness instead, holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than
holders of trade payables in any proceeding of this type. In any of these cases,
we and the subsidiary guarantors may not have sufficient funds to pay all of our
creditors and holders of notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of
senior indebtedness.


     These notes and the subsidiary guarantees are subordinated to approximately
$3.7 million of senior indebtedness and approximately $95 million was available
for borrowing as senior indebtedness under our credit facility as of June 30,
1999. We will be permitted to borrow substantial additional indebtedness,
including senior indebtedness, in the future under the terms of the indenture.


- -- TO SERVICE OUR INDEBTEDNESS, WE WILL REQUIRE A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF CASH.
   OUR ABILITY TO GENERATE CASH DEPENDS ON MANY FACTORS BEYOND OUR CONTROL.

     Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness,
including the exchange notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures will
depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to an extent, is
subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and
other factors that are beyond our control.

     We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow
from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating
improvements will be realized on schedule or that future borrowings will be
available to us under our credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us
to pay our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, or to fund our other
liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness,
including the notes, on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our credit facility and the
exchange notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

- -- FEDERAL AND STATE STATUTES ALLOW COURTS, UNDER SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCES, TO
   VOID GUARANTEES AND REQUIRE NOTEHOLDERS TO RETURN PAYMENTS RECEIVED FROM
   GUARANTORS. THESE STATUTES COULD CAUSE THE GUARANTEES TO BE WORTHLESS TO YOU.
   ALSO, IF YOU HAVE RECEIVED PAYMENTS FROM OUR GUARANTORS, YOU COULD BE
   REQUIRED TO FORFEIT THOSE PAYMENTS.

     Under the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state
fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a
guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among
other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced
by its guarantee received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair
consideration for the incurrence of this guarantee, and;

     - was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence;
     - or was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor's
       remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
     - intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its
       ability to pay these debts as they mature.

                                       13
<PAGE>   20

     In addition, any payment by that guarantor under the terms of its guarantee
could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor or to a fund for
the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.

     The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws
will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether
a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be
considered insolvent if:

     - the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than
       the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or
     - if the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the
       amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its
       existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute
       and mature; or
     - it could not pay its debts as they become due.

     On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history
and other factors, we believe that each subsidiary guarantor, after giving
effect to its guarantee of these notes, will not be insolvent, will not have
unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged and will not
have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay these debts as they mature. There
can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making
these determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this
regard.

- -- YOU CANNOT BE SURE THAT AN ACTIVE TRADING MARKET WILL DEVELOP FOR THESE
   NOTES.

     Prior to this offering, there was no public market for these notes. Firms
making a market in these notes may cease their market-making at any time. In
addition, the liquidity of the trading market in these notes, and the market
price quoted for these notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the
overall market for high yield securities and by changes in our financial
performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry
generally. As a result, you cannot be sure than an active trading market will
develop for these notes.

- -- THE FAILURE OF A NOTEHOLDER TO EXCHANGE THEIR NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER
   COULD CAUSE THAT HOLDER'S INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO BECOME ILLIQUID.

     The purpose of this exchange offer is to give the holders of the original
privately issued notes the opportunity to exchange those notes for publicly
registered exchange notes with identical terms. If a noteholder fails to
exchange their original notes for exchange notes, they would find themselves in
the position of holding restricted securities which are not freely tradeable.
This failure to exchange would have the effect of rendering illiquid this
holder's investment in the notes and that holder would face impediments in
trying to sell or transfer their original notes.

- -- DESPITE CURRENT INDEBTEDNESS LEVELS, WE AND OUR SUBSIDIARIES MAY STILL BE
   ABLE TO INCUR SUBSTANTIALLY MORE DEBT. THIS COULD FURTHER EXACERBATE THE
   RISKS DESCRIBED ABOVE.

     We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future.
Although the indenture contains limitations on our ability to incur additional
indebtedness, it does not prohibit us from doing so and any and all additional
indebtedness could be senior indebtedness. In addition, we have a credit
facility that provides for borrowings up to $95 million, all of which would
constitute senior indebtedness. The senior status of this additional debt means
that if we were to dissolve, all senior indebtedness would be repaid in full
before any amount would be paid to the holders of the notes. If new debt is
added to our current debt levels and the current debt levels of our
subsidiaries, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify.

     See "Capitalization," "Selected Historical Financial Data," "Description of
the Notes -- Optional Redemption" and "-- Change of Control" and "Description of
Other Indebtedness."

                                       14
<PAGE>   21

- -- DOWNTURNS IN CONSTRUCTION COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS BECAUSE A
   SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF OUR BUSINESS IS DEPENDENT ON LEVELS OF NEW
   CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY.

     Our business primarily involves the installation of plumbing and mechanical
systems in newly constructed and renovated residential, commercial, industrial
and institutional structures. The level of new commercial and institutional
installations is affected by fluctuations in the level of new construction of
commercial and institutional buildings in the markets in which we operate. The
commercial/institutional market is impacted by local economic conditions,
changes in interest rates, changes in governmental and institutional
appropriations for construction and other related factors. The residential
market is similarly affected by changes in general and local economic
conditions, such as the following:

     - employment and income levels;
     - interest rates and other factors affecting the availability and cost of
       financing;
     - tax implications for home buyers;
     - consumer confidence; and
     - housing demand.

     In addition, economic growth in our areas of operations has increased
substantially in the last several years, enabling us to achieve historic levels
of revenue and net income for the 1998 fiscal year. We can provide no assurances
that these levels of growth can be sustained in the future. A material downturn
in our areas of operations would result in a decline in the number of
residential and commercial housing starts, which could negatively affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

- -- OUR PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ASSUME A RATE AT WHICH WE WILL WRITE OFF
   THE SIGNIFICANT GOODWILL ON OUR BALANCE SHEET AND THIS MAY OVERSTATE OUR PRO
   FORMA EARNINGS. THIS AND OTHER ACQUISITION RELATED ACCOUNTING ISSUES COULD
   HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR FUTURE FINANCIAL RESULTS.


     The acquisition of the founding companies has been accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting, and the total purchase price has been allocated
to the assets and liabilities of the companies acquired based upon the fair
values of the assets and liabilities. As a result, we will have significant non-
cash charges for depreciation and amortization expense related to the fixed
assets and "goodwill" that were acquired in the acquisition. Our balance sheet
includes an amount designated as "goodwill" that as of June 30, 1999 represented
49% of assets and 437% of stockholders' equity. In addition, we will pay
additional consideration in the form of cash and stock in the event that
adjusted net income of the founding companies for the year ended December 31,
1999 exceeds targeted levels. These payments, if any, would result in additional
"goodwill." Goodwill arises when an acquiror pays more for a business than the
fair value of the tangible and separately measurable intangible net assets.
Generally accepted accounting principles require that this and all other
intangible assets be amortized over the period benefited. AMPAM's management has
determined that the period to be benefitted by the amounts designated as
goodwill is 30 years and will write off that goodwill as a noncash operating
expense over this period.


- -- OUR REPORTED EARNINGS COULD DECREASE FOR A PERIOD OF TIME IF THE FINANCIAL
   ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD DECREASES THE MAXIMUM WRITE-OFF PERIOD FOR
   GOODWILL.


     On September 7, 1999, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued an
exposure draft on accounting for business combinations and intangible assets
which, if adopted, would reduce the current maximum write-off period of 40 years
for goodwill to 20 years for most companies. The 20-year write-off period would
apply only to acquisitions occurring after a future date the FASB will set.



     If this FASB exposure draft results in a retroactive change in generally
accepted accounting principles we may be required to accelerate the rate at
which we recognize expense resulting from our goodwill. Any such acceleration
would cause our reported earnings to decrease for some period of time.


     In addition to the goodwill amortization issue described above, some
members of management and founders received stock in connection with the
organization of our company. The applicable accounting
                                       15
<PAGE>   22


rules require that the stock issued to some of these members of our management
be treated as compensation expense. As a result of this treatment, we recorded a
non-recurring non-cash charge on April 1, 1999 of approximately $8.0 million
which reduced our net income and was reflected in our 1998 second quarter
results.


- -- A FAILURE ON OUR PART TO SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE THE FOUNDING COMPANIES COULD
   HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR FUTURE FINANCIAL RESULTS.

     The founding companies have been operating and will continue to operate as
separate independent entities, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to
integrate these businesses on an economic basis. In addition, we cannot
guarantee that the recently assembled management group will be able to oversee
the combined entity and effectively implement our operating or growth
strategies. Until we establish centralized accounting and other administrative
systems, we will rely on the systems used by the founding companies. If we are
unable to successfully coordinate and integrate the founding companies and
future acquisitions into AMPAM, including their accounting and administrative
functions and other banking and insurance functions and computer systems, then
our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially
and adversely affected.

- -- OUR GROWTH COULD BE DIFFICULT TO MANAGE. AN ACTIVELY GROWING COMPANY LIKE
   OURS REQUIRES THE CONSTANT ATTENTION OF ITS MANAGEMENT. IF TOO MUCH OF OUR
   MANAGEMENT'S TIME IS SPENT ATTENDING TO THE GROWTH OF AMPAM, OUR OPERATIONS
   COULD SUFFER.

     If we are unable to manage our growth, or if we are unable to attract and
retain additional qualified management, there could be a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and results of operations. As we continue to grow,
there can be no assurance that our management group will be able to oversee
AMPAM and effectively implement our operating or growth strategies. We expect
our management will expend time and effort in evaluating, completing and
integrating acquisitions and opening new facilities. We cannot guarantee that
our systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support our expanding
operations, including the timely receipt of financial information from acquired
companies.

     A key point of our business strategy is to grow by acquiring other plumbing
and mechanical contracting service companies. We cannot guarantee that we will
be able to acquire additional businesses or integrate and manage them
successfully. We cannot assure you that the businesses we acquire will achieve
sales and profitability that justify our investment.

     Acquisitions we make may involve additional issues, including:

     - adverse short-term effects on our financial results;

     - diversion of our management's attention;

     - dependence on retention, hiring and training of key personnel; and

     - risks associated with unanticipated problems or legal liabilities.

     Although we believe we are the first company to focus primarily on
consolidating the plumbing and mechanical contracting service industry, we also
believe that the industry will continue to experience consolidation on both a
national and a regional level as existing consolidators focusing on related
industries pursue their acquisition strategies or as other companies develop
acquisition objectives similar to those of our company. In addition, we cannot
guarantee that other existing companies consolidating related industries or
yet-to-be-formed companies will not also adopt a similar focus and compete with
our company for acquisition candidates in plumbing and mechanical contracting
services and related industries. These competitors may have greater financial
resources than our company to finance acquisitions and internal growth
opportunities and might be willing to pay higher prices for the same acquisition
opportunities. This competition could have the effect of increasing the price
for acquisitions or reducing

                                       16
<PAGE>   23

the number of suitable acquisition candidates. If these types of acquisitions
can be made, we cannot give any assurance that businesses acquired will achieve
sales and profitability that justify the investment.

- -- IF WE ARE UNABLE TO OBTAIN A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL CAPITAL, WE MAY
   NOT BE ABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENT OUR GROWTH STRATEGY WHICH COULD HAVE A
   MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR FUTURE FINANCIAL RESULTS.

     The expansion of our company through our acquisition program will require
significant capital. The timing, size and success of our acquisition efforts and
the associated capital commitments cannot be readily predicted. We currently
intend to use common stock for a portion of the consideration used in future
acquisitions. If potential acquisition candidates are unwilling to accept common
stock as part of the consideration for the sale of their businesses, we may be
required to use more of our cash resources, if available, to pursue our
acquisition program. If we do not have enough cash resources, our growth could
be limited unless we are able to obtain additional capital through future debt
or equity financings, including borrowings under existing credit facilities. If
incurred, this indebtedness would increase our leverage, may make us more
vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit our ability to withstand
competitive pressures.

     We have put into place a credit facility to be used for working capital,
capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. Although we believe
this credit facility will be sufficient, we cannot guarantee that it will be
able to entirely fund our acquisition program. Additionally, this credit
facility includes financial covenants that limit our operations and financial
flexibility. As a result, we might be limited in our ability to pursue our
acquisition strategy successfully which could have a negative impact on our
financial results.

- -- FUTURE ACQUISITIONS COULD CHANGE OUR CAPITAL AND DEBT STRUCTURE AND COULD
   HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

     Although AMPAM does not currently have any agreements or understandings
with respect to the acquisition of any company or business, AMPAM may in the
future enter into discussions or negotiations with potential acquisition
candidates engaged in the plumbing, mechanical, utility installation or HVAC or
related businesses. Negotiations may result in agreements to acquire one or more
companies or businesses or their assets. In connection with any acquisition of
this type, the consideration payable by AMPAM may consist of shares of common
stock, cash, promissory notes or other securities of AMPAM or a combination of
these types of consideration. Accordingly, if AMPAM enters into agreements to
acquire one or more companies or businesses after the date of this prospectus,
the capitalization of AMPAM is likely to differ, possibly significantly, from
the capitalization reflected in this prospectus. In particular, the number of
shares of common stock that would be issued and outstanding, the amount of
indebtedness and the amount of working capital as of the date of the closing of
any future acquisitions may be significantly different from the amounts
reflected in this prospectus. In addition, if AMPAM enters into agreements to
acquire one or more companies or businesses after the date of this prospectus,
the pro forma financial statements of AMPAM are likely to differ from the pro
forma financial statements included in this prospectus.

- -- THERE IS CURRENTLY A SHORTAGE OF QUALIFIED PLUMBERS AND TECHNICIANS. SINCE
   THE MAJORITY OF OUR WORK IS PERFORMED BY PLUMBERS AND TECHNICIANS, THIS
   SHORTAGE COULD LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO GROW.

     We are dependent upon an adequate supply of skilled personnel to complete
our plumbing and mechanical contracts on time. The supply of skilled personnel
is sensitive to economic and competitive conditions and the level of demand for
plumbing and mechanical contracting services. Many companies in the plumbing and
mechanical contracting services industry are currently experiencing shortages of
qualified personnel, and as a result there is significant competition for
skilled labor. Accordingly, our ability to increase productivity and
profitability may be limited by our ability to employ, train and retain the
skilled personnel necessary to meet our service requirements. In addition, labor
shortages could result in wage

                                       17
<PAGE>   24

increases, which could reduce our operating margins and have a negative effect
on our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot guarantee that,
among other things:

     - we will be able to maintain the skilled labor force necessary to operate
       efficiently;
     - our labor expenses will not increase as a result of a shortage in the
       skilled labor supply; or
     - we will not have to curtail internal growth as a result of labor
       shortages.

- -- THE LOSS OF A GROUP OF KEY PERSONNEL, EITHER AT THE CORPORATE OR OPERATING
   LEVEL, COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS.

     Because we intend to continue to operate on a decentralized basis, our
operations will continue to depend on the efforts and experience of our
executive officers and the senior management of the founding companies.
Furthermore, we will depend on the senior management of companies that may be
acquired in the future. Although we have entered into employment agreements with
some of our executive officers, we cannot guarantee that any individual will
continue in their capacity for any particular period of time. We have not
entered into employment agreements with some of the members of management of the
founding companies. Also, we may not enter into employment agreements with
members of management of additional companies that we may acquire in the future.
The loss of key personnel or the inability to hire and retain qualified
employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. We do not maintain key man life insurance.

- -- THE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE NATURE OF OUR INDUSTRY COULD AFFECT OUR PROFITABILITY
   BY REDUCING OUR PROFIT MARGINS.

     The plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry is highly
fragmented and competitive. The industry is generally served by a large number
of small, owner-operated private companies and by several large companies that
provide plumbing and mechanical contracting services (often on an ancillary
basis to an HVAC business) on a regional or national basis. We will compete with
other consolidators, including those focused on the HVAC business, that also
provide some plumbing and mechanical contracting services. We could also face
competition in the future from other competitors entering the market. Some of
our competitors may have greater financial resources or may achieve greater
efficiencies which may allow these competitors the ability to provide a greater
range of services, provide services in a larger number of locations or offer
services at lower prices. In some geographic regions, we may not be eligible to
compete for contracts because our employees are not subject to collective
bargaining agreements.

- -- THE ESTIMATES WE USE IN PLACING BIDS COULD BE MATERIALLY INCORRECT. THE USE
   OF INCORRECT ESTIMATES COULD RESULT IN LOSSES ON A FIXED PRICE CONTRACT.
   THESE LOSSES COULD BE MATERIAL TO OUR BUSINESS.

     Nearly all of our plumbing and mechanical contracting services are
performed under fixed price contracts, so the risk of cost overruns on a given
project is generally borne by our company. Our ability to remain profitable
depends in part on our ability to accurately estimate the material and labor
costs of completing plumbing and mechanical installation projects. From time to
time, market conditions in a given geographic area can cause increases in
skilled labor costs, and disruptions in the supply of plumbing and mechanical
materials can cause cost increases, either directly or through delays in
delivery of materials. Costs can also be affected by delays caused by weather,
other contractors working on a given project or other factors beyond our
control. Increases in costs caused by any of these factors could have material
adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

- -- OUR INDUSTRY EXPERIENCES UPTURNS AND DOWNTURNS, DEPENDING ON THE SEASON OF
   THE YEAR AND THIS COULD HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING
   RESULTS.

     The plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry is influenced by
seasonal declines in operations and demand that affect the construction
business. These declines can result in lower activity levels during the first
and fourth quarters than in other periods. There can be no assurance that our
combined geographic, service and product mix will be sufficient to overcome any
declines that may occur

                                       18
<PAGE>   25

in the future or that seasonal patterns will not emerge. Quarterly results may
also be materially affected by the timing of acquisitions, the timing and
magnitude of costs relating to the assimilation of acquired companies and
regional economic conditions. Accordingly, performance in any particular quarter
may not indicate the results which can be expected for any other quarter or for
the entire year.

- -- THE FOUNDING COMPANIES HAVE SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION AND IF A
   FOUNDING COMPANY WERE TO LOSE A SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER, THIS COULD HAVE A
   MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON THE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF THAT PARTICULAR
   SUBSIDIARY.

     Although no individual customer of AMPAM accounts for more than 5% of our
revenues, some founding companies have customers that account for up to 63% of
their revenues. Although the loss of anyone of these customers would not have a
material adverse affect on us, this type of loss could significantly and
negatively affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of
a founding company.

- -- WE ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH A NUMBER OF OPERATIONAL AND LICENSING
   REQUIREMENTS. IF WE WERE TO LOSE A LICENSE OR WERE UNABLE TO OBTAIN A RENEWAL
   OF A LICENSE, OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE IN A PARTICULAR AREA MAY BE IMPAIRED

     Our business and the activities of our plumbing and mechanical contracting
service providers are subject to various federal, state and local laws,
regulations, ordinances and policies. Areas of governmental involvement include:

     - the licensing and certification of plumbers and technicians;
     - our advertising, warranties and disclosures to its customers;
     - the bidding process required to obtain plumbing and mechanical contracts;
       and
     - the applicable plumbing, mechanical and building codes with which we must
       comply.

     Most states require at least one of our employees to be a licensed master
plumber, and many jurisdictions regulate the number and level of license holders
who must be present on a construction site during the installation of plumbing
and mechanical systems. Some jurisdictions require us to obtain a building
permit for each plumbing or mechanical project. In addition, we must comply with
labor laws and regulations, including those that relate to verification by
employers of legal immigration or work permit status of employees.

     We believe that each of the founding companies holds all of the licenses
and permits required to conduct business in the jurisdictions in which we
operate, and our employees in each of these jurisdictions have knowledge of the
specifications of the applicable construction codes. However, as a result of our
expansion, in the future we may operate in jurisdictions where we will need to
employ persons with the required licenses and knowledge and we cannot guarantee
that we will be able to do so. Furthermore, applicable regulations may change
and may increase expenses or cause project delays. We cannot guarantee that
existing or new laws or regulations applicable to our business will not have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

- -- COMPLIANCE WITH OR ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY REGULATIONS COULD HAVE A
   SIGNIFICANT NEGATIVE EFFECT ON OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS.

     We are subject to safety standards established and enforced by the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration and environmental laws and
regulations relating to the use, storage, transportation and disposal of various
materials. To the extent that we perform work involving air conditioning and
refrigeration systems, we are subject to additional restrictions and regulations
governing the availability, handling and recycling of refrigerants. While we
believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and
regulations, these regulations may change and may increase expenses or cause
project delays. We cannot guarantee that existing or new laws or regulations
applicable to our business will not have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

                                       19
<PAGE>   26

     Some of the founding companies utilize underground or aboveground storage
tanks for motor fuels and other materials. Many of the founding companies'
facilities are located in industrial sectors, where contamination may result
from the activities of prior occupants or neighbors. Some environmental laws and
regulations impose liability on the operator of a tank or a facility at which
contamination is present, regardless of fault. While we know of no contamination
affecting any of the tanks or facilities which it will operate, we cannot
guarantee that undiscovered contamination does not exist, and that this
contamination will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

- -- OUR OPERATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO NUMEROUS PHYSICAL HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH THE
   CONSTRUCTION OF PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS,
   CLAIMS AGAINST US COULD EXCEED LEVELS COVERED BY OUR INSURANCE AND COULD
   SIGNIFICANTLY HARM OUR BUSINESS.

     The nature of our business exposes us to potential claims for personal
injury or death resulting from injuries to our employees and other persons,
property damage and negligence, intentional misconduct or defective materials or
workmanship in connection with the installation, repair or maintenance of
plumbing, mechanical and maintenance systems. Claims made by our customers may
be based on the warranties we provide with respect to materials or workmanship
or may be based on common law or state statutes relating to the conduct of
contractors. Although each of the founding companies is covered by comprehensive
insurance, subject to deductibles, various types of claims, such as claims for
punitive damages or damages arising from intentional misconduct, are generally
not covered by insurance. We cannot guarantee that existing or future claims
would not exceed our level of insurance or the level of insurance of the
founding companies, or that insurance will continue to be available on
economically reasonable terms, if at all.

- -- WE MAY NOT HAVE THE ABILITY TO RAISE THE FUNDS NECESSARY TO FINANCE THE
   CHANGE OF CONTROL OFFER REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE AND TO SIMULTANEOUSLY REPAY
   THE CREDIT FACILITY. ADDITIONALLY, WE MAY NOT HAVE THE ABILITY TO RAISE THE
   FUNDS NECESSARY TO REPAY THE NOTES AND THE CREDIT FACILITY SIMULTANEOUSLY IF
   PAYMENT UNDER THE CREDIT FACILITY IS ACCELERATED FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF
   DEFAULT THAT IN TURN CAUSES AN EVENT OF DEFAULT UNDER THE INDENTURE.

     On the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events we will be
required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes and may also be required
to repay all amounts outstanding under our credit facility. Similarly, if we are
in default under our credit facility, it could trigger a default under the
notes, requiring us to both repay all amounts outstanding under the credit
facility as well as all of the outstanding notes. It is possible that we will
not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the
required repurchase of notes or that restrictions in our credit facility will
not allow these repurchases. The same applies in the case of an event of
default. In addition, important corporate events, like leveraged
recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not
constitute a "Change of Control" under the indenture. See "Description of the
Notes -- Change of Control" and "--Events of Default."

- -- COMPUTER SYSTEMS WE RELY ON MAY FAIL TO RECOGNIZE YEAR 2000. A FAILURE COULD
   RESULT IN DISRUPTIONS OF OUR OPERATIONS AND OUR ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS.

     We are in the process of identifying and evaluating potential issues for
its information technology and third party relationships associated with the
date change in the year 2000. We have not yet fully assessed any year 2000
remedial costs, but we are in the process of identifying and developing
solutions to the year 2000 issues. Although we are not currently able to
quantify the cost of corrective actions, we do not expect that these actions
will materially exceed the cost of normal software upgrades and replacements
expected to occur through the year 2000. We believe that all necessary work will
be completed in a timely fashion, but we cannot guarantee that the systems of
other companies on which we rely will be converted within the same time frame.
We are attempting to obtain assurances from vendors, business partners, and
others with which we conduct business that their systems will be year 2000
compliant. If as a result of foregoing process we determine that a material
business interruption may occur due to the year 2000 issue,

                                       20
<PAGE>   27

we will attempt to implement an appropriate contingency plan. Any material
failure of our company or others to bring the computer systems on which we rely
into compliance with year 2000 requirements could result in additional costs of
corrective actions and delays in preparing contract bids, receiving payment on
completed contracts, integrating the reporting systems of the founding companies
and implementing our strategies. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Year 2000."

                                       21
<PAGE>   28

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these
forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about
future events. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks,
uncertainties, and assumptions about our company, including, among other things:

     - Our anticipated growth strategies,

     - Our ability to make acquisitions,

     - Our ability to integrate acquired businesses,

     - Our ability to gain efficiencies through consolidation,

     - Anticipated trends in our businesses,

     - Future expenditures for capital projects,

     - Our ability to continue to control costs and maintain quality, and

     - Our ability to compete.

     We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the forward-looking
events discussed in this prospectus might not occur.

                                       22
<PAGE>   29

                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     We sold the existing notes on May 19, 1999, to Fleet Securities, Inc.,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Banc One Capital Markets,
Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc. under a purchase agreement.
These initial purchasers then sold the existing notes to qualified institutional
buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. As a condition to the
purchase of the existing notes by the initial purchasers, AMPAM and the
guarantors entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial
purchasers, which requires, among other things, that promptly following the sale
of the existing notes, AMPAM and the guarantors:

     - file with the Commission the registration statement related to the
       exchange notes;

     - use their reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to
       become effective under the Securities Act; and

     - offer to the holders of the existing notes the opportunity to exchange
       their existing notes for a like principal amount of exchange notes upon
       the effectiveness of the registration statement.

     The exchange notes will be issued without a restrictive legend and may be
reoffered and resold without restrictions or limitations under the Securities
Act. A copy of the registration rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit to
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The term "holder"
means any person in whose name existing notes are registered on AMPAM's books.

     Based on existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of the
SEC described in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject to the
following sentence, we believe that the exchange notes issued in the exchange
offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by their
holders, other than broker-dealers or "affiliates" of AMPAM, without further
compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act. However, any purchaser of notes who is an affiliate of AMPAM or
who intends to participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing
the exchange notes, or any broker-dealer who purchased the notes from AMPAM to
resell under Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities
Act:

     - will not be able to rely on the interpretations by the staff of the
       Commission described in the above-mentioned no-action letters;

     - will not be able to tender its notes in the exchange offer; and

     - must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of
       the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the notes
       unless the sale or transfer is made under an exemption from these
       requirements.

     We do not intend to seek our own no-action letter, and there is no
assurance that the staff of the Commission would make a similar determination
regarding the exchange notes as it has in these no-action letters to third
parties. See "Plan of Distribution."

     As a result of the filing and effectiveness of the registration statement
of which this prospectus is a part, AMPAM and the guarantors will not be
required to pay an increased interest rate on the existing notes. Following the
closing of the exchange offer, holders of existing notes not tendered will not
have any further registration rights except in limited circumstances requiring
the filing of a shelf registration statement, and the existing notes will
continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity
of the market for the existing notes could be adversely affected.

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions stated in this prospectus and
in the letter of transmittal, we will accept all existing notes properly
tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City
                                       23
<PAGE>   30

time, on the expiration date. After authentication of the exchange notes by the
trustee or an authenticating agent, we will issue $1,000 principal amount of
exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding
existing notes accepted in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of
their existing notes in denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple of
$1,000.

     Each holder of the notes who wishes to exchange notes in the exchange offer
will be required to represent that:

     - it is not an affiliate of AMPAM or any guarantor;

     - any exchange notes to be received by it were acquired in the ordinary
       course of its business; and

     - it has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution
       of the exchange notes.

     Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account under
the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal
states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be judged to have admitted that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. The SEC has taken the position that participating
broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements related to the
exchange notes with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration
statement, other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of
the notes. AMPAM will be required to allow participating broker-dealers to use
the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement following
the exchange offer, in connection with the resale of exchange notes received in
exchange for notes acquired by participating broker-dealers for their own
account as a result of market-making or other trading activities. We will not be
required to allow participating broker-dealers to use this prospectus if we
determine, after being advised by our attorneys, that the continued use of the
prospectus would (1) require us to disclose material information that we have a
legitimate business reason for keeping confidential or (2) interfere with a
material transaction in which AMPAM or our subsidiaries is involved. See "Plan
of Distribution."

     The form and terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material
respects to the form and terms of the existing notes except that:

     - the exchange notes will be issued in a transaction registered under the
       Securities Act;

     - the exchange notes will not be subject to transfer restrictions; and

     - provisions relating to an increase in the stated interest rate on the
       existing notes provided for in some circumstances will be eliminated.

     The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the existing notes. The
exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the
indenture.

     As of the date of this prospectus, $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of the existing notes was outstanding. In connection with the issuance of the
existing notes, we arranged for the existing notes, which were initially
purchased by qualified institutional buyers as defined under Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, to be issued and transferable in book-entry form through the
facilities of the depositary, acting as depositary. The exchange notes will also
be issuable and transferable in book-entry form through the depositary.

     This prospectus, together with the accompanying letter of transmittal, is
initially being sent to all registered holders as of the close of business on
          , 1999. We intend to conduct the exchange offer as required by the
Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Exchange
Act, including Rule 14e-1, to the extent applicable.

     Rule 14e-1 describes unlawful tender practices under the Exchange Act. This
section requires us, among other things:

     - to hold our exchange offer open for twenty business days;
                                       24
<PAGE>   31

     - to give ten days notice of any change in the terms of this offer; and

     - to issue a press release in the event of an extension of the exchange
       offer.

     The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal
amount of existing notes being tendered, and holders of the existing notes do
not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware or under the indenture in connection with the exchange
offer. We shall be considered to have accepted existing notes tendered according
to the procedures in this prospectus when, as and if we have given oral or
written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent. See "-- Exchange Agent." The
exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of
receiving exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to those holders.

     If any tendered existing notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender or the occurrence of other events described in this prospectus,
certificates for these unaccepted existing notes will be returned, at our cost,
to the tendering holder of the existing notes as promptly as practicable after
the expiration date.

     Holders who tender existing notes in the exchange offer will not be
required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in
the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes related to the exchange of existing
notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than
applicable taxes, in connection with the exchange offer. See "-- Solicitation of
Tenders; Fees and Expenses."

     NEITHER THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMPAM NOR AMPAM MAKES ANY RECOMMENDATION
TO HOLDERS OF EXISTING NOTES AS TO WHETHER TO TENDER OR REFRAIN FROM TENDERING
ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THEIR EXISTING NOTES UNDER TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
MOREOVER, NO ONE HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ANY RECOMMENDATION. HOLDERS OF
EXISTING NOTES MUST MAKE THEIR OWN DECISION WHETHER TO TENDER IN THE EXCHANGE
OFFER AND, IF SO, THE AMOUNT OF EXISTING NOTES TO TENDER AFTER READING THIS
PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CONSULTING WITH THEIR ADVISORS, IF
ANY, BASED ON THEIR OWN FINANCIAL POSITION AND REQUIREMENTS.

EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS

     The term "expiration date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
          , 1999, unless we, in our sole discretion, extend the exchange offer,
in which case the term "expiration date" shall mean the latest date to which the
exchange offer is extended.

     We expressly reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

          (1) to delay acceptance of any existing notes, to extend the exchange
     offer or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept existing
     notes not previously accepted, if any of the conditions described in this
     prospectus under "-- Conditions" shall have occurred and shall not have
     been waived by us (if permitted to be waived by us), by giving oral or
     written notice of the delay, extension or termination to the exchange
     agent; and

          (2) to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

     Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be
followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice of the delay in
acceptance by us to the registered holders of the existing notes. If the
exchange offer is amended in a manner determined by us to constitute a material
change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably
calculated to inform the holders of the amendment.

     Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make public
announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of
the exchange offer, we shall have no obligation to publish, advise, or otherwise
communicate any public announcement, other than by making a timely release to
the Dow Jones News Service.

                                       25
<PAGE>   32

     You are advised that AMPAM may extend the exchange offer because some
portion of the notes may not tender on a timely basis. In order to give these
noteholders the ability to participate in the exchange and to avoid the
significant reduction in liquidity associated with holding an unexchanged note,
AMPAM may elect to extend the exchange offer.

INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES

     The exchange notes will bear interest from the date of issuance of the
existing notes that are tendered in exchange for the exchange notes (or the most
recent date on which interest was paid or provided for on the existing notes
surrendered for the exchange notes). Accordingly, holders of existing notes that
are accepted for exchange will not receive interest that is accrued but unpaid
on the existing notes at the time of tender. Interest on the exchange notes will
be payable semi-annually on each April 15 and October 15, commencing on October
15, 1999.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING

     Only a holder may tender its existing notes in the exchange offer. To
tender in the exchange offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the letter
of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signatures
guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal, and mail or otherwise
deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile, together with the existing
notes (unless the tender is being effected under the procedure for book-entry
transfer described below) and any other required documents, to the exchange
agent, prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the expiration date.

     Any financial institution that is a participant in the depositary's
book-entry transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of the existing
notes by causing the depositary to transfer the existing notes into the exchange
agent's account using the depositary's procedure for the transfer. Although
delivery of existing notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the
exchange agent's account at the depositary, the letter of transmittal (or
facsimile), with any required signature guarantees and any other required
documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to and received by the exchange
agent at its address listed in this prospectus under "-- Exchange Agent" prior
to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS
TO THE DEPOSITARY USING ITS PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE
EXCHANGE AGENT.

     The tender by a holder will constitute an agreement between the holder,
AMPAM and the exchange agent according to the terms and subject to the
conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

     In the case of a broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own
account in exchange for existing notes which were acquired by it as a result of
market-making or other trading activities, the letter of transmittal will also
include an acknowledgment that the broker-dealer will deliver a copy of this
prospectus in connection with the resale by it of exchange notes received in the
exchange offer. See "Plan of Distribution."

     THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF EXISTING NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND
ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK
OF THE HOLDERS. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE
AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE
ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR EXISTING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO US. HOLDERS MAY
ALSO REQUEST THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST
COMPANIES OR NOMINEES EFFECT THE TENDER FOR HOLDERS IN EACH CASE AS DESCRIBED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

     Any beneficial owner whose existing notes are registered in the name of his
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the
registered holder to tender on his behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to
tender on his own behalf, the beneficial owner must, prior to completing and
executing the letter of transmittal and delivering his existing notes, either
make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of

                                       26
<PAGE>   33

the existing notes in the owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power
from the registered holder. The transfer of record ownership may take
considerable time.

     Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
United States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule
17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act unless the existing notes tendered with the
letter of transmittal are tendered (1) by a registered holder who has not
completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or "Special
Delivery Instructions" of the letter of transmittal or (2) for the account of an
eligible institution. If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other
than the registered holder, the existing notes must be endorsed or accompanied
by appropriate bond powers which authorize the person to tender the existing
notes on behalf of the registered holder, in either case signed as the name of
the registered holder or holders appears on the existing notes. If the letter of
transmittal or any existing notes or bond powers are signed or endorsed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by us, evidence
satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted with the
letter of transmittal.

     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered existing notes will be
determined by us in our sole discretion. This determination will be final and
binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all existing notes not
properly tendered or any existing notes our acceptance of which would, in the
opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive
any irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular existing notes. Our
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the
instructions in the letter of transmittal) will be final and binding on all
parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders
of existing notes must be cured within the time as we shall determine. Although
we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities related to tenders of
existing notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person shall be
under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities related to
tenders of existing notes nor shall any of them incur liability for failure to
give notification. Tenders of existing notes will not be considered to have been
made until the irregularities have been cured or waived. Any existing notes
received by the exchange agent that we determine are not properly tendered or
the tender of which is otherwise rejected by us and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived by us will be returned by the
exchange agent to the tendering holder unless otherwise provided in the letter
of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

     In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to (1) purchase or
make offers for any existing notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the
expiration date, or, as described under "-- Termination," to terminate the
exchange offer and (2) to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase
existing notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or
otherwise. The terms of these purchases or offers may differ from the terms of
the exchange offer.

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER

     We understand that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after
the date of this prospectus to establish accounts for the existing notes at the
DTC for the purpose of facilitating the exchange offer, and subject to their
establishment, any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry
transfer facility's system may make book-entry delivery of existing notes by
causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer the existing notes into the
exchange agent's account for the existing notes using the book-entry transfer
facility's procedures for transfer. Although delivery of existing notes may be
effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at the
book-entry transfer facility, an appropriate letter of transmittal properly
completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantee and all other
required documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed
by the exchange agent at its address listed below on or prior to the expiration
date, or, if the guaranteed delivery procedures
                                       27
<PAGE>   34

described below are complied with, with the time period provided under the
procedures. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not
constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

     Holders who wish to tender their existing notes and (1) whose existing
notes are not immediately available, or (2) who cannot deliver their existing
notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange
agent prior to the expiration date, or if the holder cannot complete the
procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may effect a tender if:

     - the tender is made through an eligible institution;

     - prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from an
       eligible institution a properly completed and duly executed notice of
       guaranteed delivery (by facsimile transmittal, mail or hand delivery)
       setting forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number
       or numbers of the holder's existing notes and the principal amount of the
       existing notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made, and
       guaranteeing that, within five business days after the expiration date,
       the letter of transmittal (or facsimile), together with the
       certificate(s) representing the existing notes to be tendered in proper
       form for transfer and any other documents required by the letter of
       transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the
       exchange agent; and

     - the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal (or a
       facsimile), together with the certificate(s) representing all tendered
       existing notes in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of a
       book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at the depositary
       of existing notes delivered electronically) and all other documents
       required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent
       within three business days after the expiration date.

     Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be
sent to holders who wish to tender their existing notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures described above.

WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS

     Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, tenders of existing notes
may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date.

     To withdraw a tender of existing notes in the exchange offer, a written or
facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange
agent at its address listed below prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date. Any notice of withdrawal must:

     - specify the name of the person having deposited the existing notes to be
       withdrawn (the "depositor");

     - identify the existing notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate
       number or numbers and principal amount of the existing notes or, in the
       case of existing notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and
       number of the account at the depositary to be credited);

     - be signed by the depositor in the same manner as the original signature
       on the letter of transmittal by which the existing notes were tendered
       (including any required signature guarantee) or be accompanied by
       documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee for the existing
       notes to register the transfer of the existing notes into the name of the
       depositor withdrawing the tender; and

     - specify the name in which any of these existing notes are to be
       registered, if different from that of the depositor.

     All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of
receipt) of the withdrawal notices will be determined by us, whose determination
shall be final and binding on all parties. Any existing notes so withdrawn will
be judged not to have been tendered according to the procedures in this
prospectus for purposes of the exchange offer, and no exchange notes will be
issued in exchange for those
                                       28
<PAGE>   35

existing notes unless the existing notes so withdrawn are validly retendered.
Any existing notes that have been tendered but are not accepted for exchange
will be returned to the holder of the existing notes without cost to the holder
as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of
the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn existing notes may be retendered by
following one of the procedures described above under "-- Procedures for
Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

CONDITIONS

     The exchange offer is subject only to the following conditions:

     - the compliance of the exchange offer with securities laws;

     - the tender of the existing notes;

     - the representation by the holders of the existing notes that the exchange
       notes they will receive are being acquired by them in the ordinary course
       of their business and that at the time the exchange offer is completed
       the holder had no plan to participate in the distribution of the exchange
       notes; and

     - no judicial or administrative proceeding shall have been threatened that
       would limit us from proceeding with the exchange offer.

EXCHANGE AGENT

     State Street Bank and Trust Company, the trustee under the indenture, has
been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer. In this capacity, the
exchange agent has no fiduciary duties and will be acting solely on the basis of
our directions. Requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of
this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal should be directed to the
exchange agent addressed as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
By Mail:                                  State Street Bank and Trust Company
                                          Corporate Trust Department
                                          P.O. Box 778
                                          Boston, Massachusetts 02102-0778
By Hand Delivery or Overnight Courier:    State Street Bank and Trust Company
                                          Corporate Trust
                                          Window, Fifth Floor
                                          2 Avenue DeLafayette
                                          Boston, Massachusetts 02111-1724
Facsimile Transmission:                   (617) 664-5395
Confirm by Telephone:                     (617) 664-5587
</TABLE>

     DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS LISTED
ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS DESCRIBED
ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

SOLICITATION OF TENDERS; FEES AND EXPENSES

     We will bear the expenses of requesting that holders of existing notes
tender those notes for exchange notes. The principal solicitation under the
exchange offer is being made by mail. Additional solicitations may be made by
our officers and regular employees and our affiliates in person, by telegraph,
telephone or telecopier.

     We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange
offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons
soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We, however, will pay the exchange
agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the
exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection
with the exchange offer and will indemnify the exchange agent for all losses and
claims incurred by it as a result of the exchange
                                       29
<PAGE>   36

offer. We may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and
fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding
copies of this prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the
beneficial owners of the existing notes and in handling or forwarding tenders
for exchange.

     We will pay the expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange
offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee and
accounting and legal fees and printing costs.

     You will not be obligated to pay any transfer tax in connection with the
exchange, except if you instruct us to register new notes in the name of, or
request that notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be
returned to, a person other than you, you will be responsible for the payment of
any applicable transfer tax.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

     The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the
existing notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the
exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be
recognized by us upon the closing of the exchange offer. We will amortize the
expenses of the exchange offer over the term of the exchange notes.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The following general discussion is a summary of the material United States
federal income tax consequences of owning a note and applies to you if you are a
United States holder, you acquired existing notes at original issue for cash and
you exchange those existing notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer. This
discussion only applies to you if you purchased existing notes in the private
placement for an amount equal to the "issue price" of the notes and hold the
exchange notes as a "capital asset," generally, for investment, under Section
1221 of the Internal Revenue Code. This summary, however, does not consider
state, local or foreign tax laws. In addition, it does not include all of the
rules which may affect the United States tax treatment of your investment in the
exchange notes. For example, special rules not discussed here may apply to you
if you are, including without limitation:

     - a broker-dealer, a dealer in securities or a financial institution;

     - an insurance company;

     - a tax-exempt organization;

     - holding the exchange notes through partnerships or other pass-through
       entities; or

     - holding the exchange notes as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk
       reduction or constructive sale transaction.

     This discussion only represents our best attempt to describe and summarize
some federal income tax consequences that may apply to you based on current
United States federal tax law. This discussion may in the end inaccurately
describe the federal income tax consequences which are applicable to you because
the law may change, possibly retroactively, and because the IRS or any court may
disagree with this discussion.

     This summary may not cover your particular circumstances because it does
not consider foreign, state or local tax rules, disregards federal tax rules,
and does not describe future changes in federal tax rules. Please consult your
tax advisor concerning the application of United States federal income tax laws,
as well as the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction, to your
particular situation rather than relying on this general description.

                                       30
<PAGE>   37

UNITED STATES HOLDER

     You are a United States holder if you hold notes and you are:

     - a citizen or resident of the United States;

     - a corporation or partnership created or organized in the United States or
       under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision;

     - an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income
       tax regardless of its source; or

     - a trust, if (1) a United States court can exercise primary supervision
       over the administration of the trust and one or more United States
       persons can control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) the
       trust was in existence on August 20, 1996 and has properly elected to
       continue to be treated as a United States person.

RECEIPT OF EXCHANGE NOTES

     Because the economic terms of the exchange notes and the existing notes are
identical, your exchange of existing notes for exchange notes under the exchange
offer will not constitute a taxable exchange of the existing notes. As a result:

     - you will not recognize taxable gain or loss when you receive exchange
       notes in exchange for existing notes;

     - your holding period in the exchange notes will include your holding
       period in the existing notes; and

     - your basis in the exchange notes will equal your basis in the existing
       notes.

SALE OR OTHER TAXABLE DISPOSITION OF EXCHANGE NOTES

     You must recognize taxable gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption,
retirement or other taxable disposition of an exchange note. The amount of your
gain or loss equals the difference between the amount you receive for the
exchange note in cash or other property, valued at fair market value, minus the
amount attributable to accrued qualified stated interest on the exchange note,
minus your adjusted tax basis in the exchange note. Your initial tax basis in an
exchange note equals the price you paid for the existing note which you
exchanged for the exchange note increased by amounts previously includable in
income as original issue discount and reduced by any payments other than
payments of qualified stated interest made on the notes.

     Your gain or loss will generally be a long-term capital gain or loss if
your holding period in the exchange note is more than one year. Otherwise, it
will be a short-term capital gain or loss. Payments attributable to accrued
qualified stated interest which you have not yet included in income will be
taxed as ordinary interest income.

BACKUP WITHHOLDING

     You may be subject to a 31% backup withholding tax on payments of interest,
principal and premium on, and any proceeds upon the sale or disposition of, an
exchange note. Some holders, including, among others, corporations and some
tax-exempt organizations, are generally not subject to backup withholding. In
addition, the 31% backup withholding tax will not apply to you if you provide
your taxpayer identification number in the prescribed manner unless:

     - the IRS notifies us or our agent that the taxpayer identification number
       you provided is incorrect;

     - you fail to report interest and dividend payments that you receive on
       your tax return and the IRS notifies us or our agent that withholding is
       required; or

     - you fail to certify under penalties of perjury that you are not subject
       to backup withholding.

                                       31
<PAGE>   38

     You should consult your tax advisor as to your qualification for exemption
from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption. If the 31%
backup withholding tax does apply to you, you may use the amounts withheld as a
refund or credit against your federal income tax liability as long as you
provide necessary information to the IRS.

PARTICIPATION IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER; UNTENDERED NOTES

     Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary. Holders of the existing
notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own
decisions on what action to take.

     As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all
existing notes tendered under the terms of, this exchange offer, we will have
fulfilled a covenant contained in the terms of the registration rights
agreement. Holders of the existing notes who do not tender their certificates in
the exchange offer will continue to hold the certificates and will be entitled
to all the rights, and subject to the limitations applicable to the existing
notes, under the indenture, except for any rights under the registration rights
agreement that by their term terminate or cease to have further effect as a
result of the making of this exchange offer. See "Description of the Notes." All
untendered existing notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer described in the indenture. To the extent that existing notes are
tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for untendered
existing notes could be adversely affected. This is because there will probably
be many fewer remaining existing notes outstanding following the exchange,
significantly reducing the liquidity of the untendered notes.

     We may in the future seek to acquire untendered existing notes in the open
market or through privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange
offers or otherwise. We intend to make any acquisitions of existing notes
following the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission under the Exchange Act, including Rule 14e-1, to
the extent applicable. We have no present plan to acquire any existing notes
that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement
to permit resales of any existing notes that are not tendered in the exchange
offer.

                                       32
<PAGE>   39

                                  THE COMPANY

     We believe we are the largest company in the United States focused
primarily on the plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry. On April
1, 1999, we combined the operations of the ten founding companies, which
individually are leading regional providers of plumbing and mechanical
contracting services, and commenced operations as one company. A brief
description of each of the founding companies is set forth below.


     CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC., G.G.R. LEASING CORPORATION AND CHRISTIANSON
SERVICE COMPANY. Christianson Enterprises was founded as a sole proprietorship
in 1950, was originally incorporated as W. G. Christianson Co. in 1968 and was
reorganized as Christianson Enterprises, Inc. in 1988. G.G.R. Leasing
Corporation was founded in 1982 and does business as "Professional Services,
Inc." Christianson Service Company was founded in 1997. Christianson is
headquartered outside Austin, Texas, with additional facilities in San Antonio
and San Marcos, Texas, and operates principally in central Texas. For the 1998
fiscal year, Christianson had revenues of approximately $63.4 million,
principally from the residential market, with projects including new home and
apartment complex work. Christianson also has specialized expertise in providing
maintenance and repair services. At June 30, 1999, Christianson had
approximately 500 employees. Robert A. Christianson, the Chief Executive Officer
of Christianson, is expected to sign a five-year employment contract with AMPAM
to act as its Chief Executive Officer and became a director of AMPAM following
the acquisitions.



     R.C.R. PLUMBING, INC. RCR was founded in 1977 and is headquartered in
Riverside, California, east of Los Angeles, with additional facilities in Las
Vegas, Nevada and in Canoga Park, California in the San Fernando Valley. RCR
operates principally in southern California and southern Nevada. For the 1998
fiscal year, RCR had revenues of approximately $63.3 million from both the
commercial/institutional and residential markets, with projects including new
home and apartment complex construction. In addition to plumbing contracting
services, RCR has specialized expertise in residential and commercial HVAC
systems installation, fire sprinkler installation and various other mechanical
contracting services. At June 30, 1999, RCR had approximately 900 employees.
Robert C. Richey the Chief Executive Officer of RCR, is expected to sign a
five-year employment agreement with AMPAM to act as its Chief Operating Officer
and became a director of AMPAM following the acquisitions.



     TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC. Teepe's was founded in 1953 and is
headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, with an additional facility in Columbus,
Ohio. Teepe's operates principally in the Cincinnati, Columbus and Dayton, Ohio
metropolitan areas and in northern Kentucky and southeastern Indiana. For the
1998 fiscal year, Teepe's had revenues of approximately $50.6 million,
principally from the commercial/institutional new construction market, with
projects including schools, dormitories, hotels, prisons and office buildings.
Steven M. Teepe, the Chief Executive Officer of Teepe's and Scott W. Teepe, Sr.,
the President of Teepe's, each signed a five-year employment agreement with
AMPAM to continue in their present positions with Teepe's and Scott W. Teepe,
Sr. also became a director of AMPAM following the acquisitions. Since the date
of their acquisition by AMPAM, Teepe's and Croson Ohio have combined their
businesses and operations.



     KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC. Keith Riggs was founded in 1948 and is
headquartered outside Phoenix, Arizona with an additional facility also outside
Phoenix. Keith Riggs operates throughout the Phoenix metropolitan area. For the
1998 fiscal year, Keith Riggs had revenues of approximately $34.5 million,
principally from the residential market. Keith Riggs also has specialized
expertise in providing maintenance and repair services. At June 30, 1999, Keith
Riggs had approximately 350 employees. Gerald M. Riggs, the President, Sam
Sherwood, the Vice President and Gary N. Goodman, the Assistant Secretary and
Assistant Treasurer of Keith Riggs each signed a five-year employment agreement
with AMPAM to continue in their present positions with Keith Riggs and Sam
Sherwood also became a director of AMPAM following the acquisitions.


     J. A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY. J. A. Croson
Company was founded in 1959, and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company was founded in
1988. Croson Ohio is headquartered in Columbus, Ohio and operates principally in
the Columbus metropolitan area and central and southern
                                       33
<PAGE>   40


Ohio. For the 1998 fiscal year, Croson Ohio had revenues of approximately $25.2
million, principally from plumbing and mechanical contracting services provided
to commercial/institutional market with contracting projects including office
buildings, penal facilities, schools, university buildings, hospitals and waste
water and water purification projects. Croson Ohio also has specialized
expertise in designing and building fire protection systems in the institutional
and commercial/institutional markets. David Croson, the President of Croson
Ohio, signed a five-year employment agreement with AMPAM to continue in his
present position with Croson Ohio and became a director or AMPAM following the
acquisitions. Since the date of their acquisition by AMPAM, Croson Ohio and
Teepe's have combined their business and operations. The combined Company has
approximately 450 employee as of June 30, 1999.



     J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA. Croson Florida was founded in 1989, is
headquartered in Orlando, Florida, with additional offices in Mount Dora and
Tampa, Florida, and operates principally in Orlando, Tampa, Naples/Ft. Myers and
other areas of southern and central Florida. For the 1998 fiscal year, Croson
Florida had revenues of approximately $28.1 million, principally from plumbing
and mechanical contracting services provided to the commercial/institutional
market, with projects including time-share condominiums, apartment complexes,
hotels and assisted-living facilities. At June 30, 1999, Croson Florida had 280
employees. James A. Croson, the Chief Executive Officer of Croson Florida, and
Mark F. LaTourelle, the President of Croson Florida, each signed a five-year
employment agreement with AMPAM to continue in their present positions with
Croson Florida, and James A. Croson became a director of AMPAM following the
acquisitions. James A. Croson is the father of David A. Croson, the President of
Croson Ohio.



     POWER PLUMBING INC. Power was founded in 1988 and is headquartered in
Houston, Texas. It operates principally in Houston, Dallas and Austin, Texas,
but also performs services in the area outside Washington, D.C. on a
project-by-project basis. For the 1998 fiscal year, Power had revenues of
approximately $17.1 million, principally from plumbing and mechanical
contracting services provided to the residential and commercial/institutional
markets, with projects including apartment complexes and assisted-living
facilities. In addition, Power offers on-site utility services for private
developers. At June 30, 1999, Power had approximately 100 employees. James N.
Power, the President of Power, and Guy N. Mathieu, the Vice President of Power,
each signed a five-year employment agreement with AMPAM to continue in their
present positions with Power following the acquisitions.



     NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. Nelson was founded in 1964 and is
headquartered in Pensacola, Florida, with a branch office in northern Virginia
outside Washington D.C. Nelson operates principally along the Florida and
Alabama Gulf Coast, but also performs services in other parts of the
southeastern United States on a project-by-project basis. For the 1998 calendar
year, Nelson had revenues of approximately $15.1 million, principally from
plumbing and mechanical contracting services provided to the
commercial/institutional market, with projects including apartment complexes,
motels, hotels, nursing homes, office buildings, highrise condominiums, dental
and medical clinics, shopping centers and various buildings at the U.S. Naval
Air Station in Pensacola, Florida and Elgin Air Force Base in Ft. Walton Beach,
Florida. In addition, Nelson offers on-site utility services for private
developers including underground work on water and sewer systems, well pumping
stations, natural gas distribution systems, and communication and power
conduits. At June 30, 1999, Nelson had approximately 200 employees. Gilbert
Nelson, the President of Nelson, signed a five-year employment agreement with
AMPAM to continue in his present position with Nelson following the
acquisitions.



     SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC. Sherwood was founded in 1976, is headquartered
outside San Diego, California, and operates principally in southern California,
but also performs services in other parts of the southwestern United States on a
project-by-project basis. For the 1998 fiscal year, Sherwood had revenues of
approximately $13.6 million, principally from the commercial/institutional
market, with projects including hotels, apartment complexes, hospitals, medical
laboratories, prisons and waste water and water purification plants. In addition
to plumbing contracting services, Sherwood offers on-site utility services for
private developers. At June 30, 1999, Sherwood had approximately 170 employees.
Robert W. Sherwood, the President of Sherwood, signed a five-year employment
agreement with AMPAM to continue in his present position with Sherwood and
became a director of AMPAM following the acquisitions.

                                       34
<PAGE>   41


     MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. Miller was founded in 1977, is
headquartered in Marietta, Georgia, and operates principally in the Atlanta,
Georgia metropolitan area, but also performs services in other parts of the
southeastern United States on a project-by-project basis. For the 1998 fiscal
year, Miller had revenues of approximately $11.3 million, principally from the
multifamily residential and commercial/institutional markets, with specialized
expertise in apartment complexes and extended-stay motels. At June 30, 1999,
Miller had approximately 80 employees. Joseph E. Miller, Vice President of
Miller, signed a five-year employment agreement with AMPAM to continue his
employment with Miller and became a director of AMPAM following the
acquisitions.


                            ------------------------

     Sterling City Capital, LLC is a private investment firm that focuses on
selective investments in companies which plan to execute consolidation
strategies within fragmented industries. Sterling City Capital, LLC and its
principal, C. Byron Snyder, have founded or invested in numerous public and
private companies, including Carriage Services, Inc., a publicly traded death
care company, and Integrated Electrical Services, Inc., a publicly traded
electrical service company. C. Byron Snyder is also an active member on boards
of directors for several private companies as well as Carriage Services, Inc.
and Integrated Electrical Services, Inc.
                            ------------------------

     American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in June
1998. Its executive offices are located at 1950 Louis Henna Blvd., Round Rock,
Texas 78664, and its telephone number is (512)246-5200.

                                       35
<PAGE>   42

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange
notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this
prospectus, we will receive in exchange existing notes in like principal amount.
The existing notes surrendered in exchange for exchange notes will be retired
and canceled and cannot be reissued. Issuance of the exchange notes will not
result in a change in our amount of outstanding debt.

                                       36
<PAGE>   43

                                 CAPITALIZATION


     The following table sets forth the capitalization of AMPAM as of June 30,
1999. This table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Combined Liquidity
and Capital Resources" and the Consolidated Financial Statements of AMPAM and
the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF
                                                              JUNE 30, 1999
                                                              --------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Cash........................................................     $ 10,469
                                                                 ========
Long-term obligations (including current maturities):
  Credit facility...........................................     $     --
  Senior Notes..............................................      122,458(a)
  Other debt................................................        3,699(b)
                                                                 --------
Total debt..................................................      126,157
                                                                 --------
Redeemable preferred stock(c)...............................       13,635
                                                                 --------
Stockholders' equity(d).....................................       25,652
                                                                 --------
          Total capitalization..............................     $165,444
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>


- ---------------


(a)   Net of unamortized discount of $2,542,000.



(b)   Consists of capital lease obligations.



(c)   The redeemable preferred stock has a $0.01 par value per share. Currently,
      there are 1,048,820 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and
      outstanding with a liquidation preference of $13.6 million.



(d)   Consists of common stock with a $0.01 par value per share. There are
      105,000,000 shares authorized and 12,217,207 shares issued and
      outstanding. This includes 2,423,517 issued and outstanding shares of
      Class B common stock (5,000,000 authorized). All of these shares of Class
      B common stock have been issued to Sterling City Capital, LLC, the
      management of AMPAM and other individuals. See "Certain
      Transactions -- Organization of AMPAM." Excludes (i) any additional shares
      that may be issued as additional consideration to the former stockholders
      of the founding companies and (ii) 2,142,115 shares which may be issued
      upon exercise of stock options which were granted upon consummation of the
      acquisitions. See "Certain Transactions -- Acquisition of Founding
      Companies." Also includes common stock and additional paid-in capital of
      $22.1 million and retained earnings of $3.4 million.


                                       37
<PAGE>   44

                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

     AMPAM acquired the founding companies simultaneously on April 1, 1999. For
financial statement presentation purposes, Christianson has been identified as
the "accounting acquirer." As the accounting acquiror, for accounting purposes
under SEC SAB No. 97, Christianson is treated as

          - having acquired all the other founding companies (even though AMPAM
     legally made these acquisitions),

          - having merged with AMPAM (with purchase accounting reflected for
     AMPAM's non-management stock ownership) and

          - representing the financial history of AMPAM prior to April 1, 1999.

The following selected historical financial data for Christianson (not combined
or pro forma for the acquisition of the founding companies) as of December 31,
1997 and 1998 and August 31, 1996, and for the years ended August 31, 1995 and
1996, the four-month period ended December 31, 1996 and the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, have been
derived from the audited financial statements of Christianson included elsewhere
in this Prospectus and reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such data. The selected
historical financial data as of March 31, 1999 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1998, and as of August 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the years ended
August 31, 1993 and 1994, have been derived from the unaudited financial
statements of Christianson and, in the opinion of the Company management,
reflect all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for
a fair presentation of such data. The results of operations for the three months
ended March 31, 1999 should not be regarded as indicative of the results that
may be expected for the full year.
<TABLE>
                                                                                                                     THREE
                                                                                                                    MONTHS
                                                                                                                     ENDED
                                                                 FOUR MONTHS     FOUR MONTHS       YEAR ENDED        MARCH
                                     YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,         ENDED           ENDED         DECEMBER 31,        31,
                                   ---------------------------   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    -----------------   -------
                                    1994      1995      1996         1995           1996         1997      1998      1998
                                   -------   -------   -------   ------------   -------------   -------   -------   -------
                                                           ($ IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>             <C>       <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
  (CHRISTIANSON):
  Revenues.......................  $43,284   $39,449   $50,330     $14,619         $15,576      $50,909   $63,374   $12,744
  Cost of revenues (including
    depreciation)................   31,327    29,805    38,203      11,044          11,868       37,504    45,704     9,024
                                   -------   -------   -------     -------         -------      -------   -------   -------
  Gross profit...................   11,957     9,644    12,127       3,575           3,708       13,405    17,670     3,720
  Selling, general and
    administrative expenses......   11,834     8,977    11,051       3,430           5,142       11,497    17,078     3,253
                                   -------   -------   -------     -------         -------      -------   -------   -------
  Income (loss) from
    operations(a)................      123       667     1,076         145          (1,434)       1,908       592       467
  Interest and other income,
    net..........................      133       171       267         225              32           59        56       (18)
                                   -------   -------   -------     -------         -------      -------   -------   -------
  Income (loss) before provision
    for income taxes.............      256       838     1,343         370          (1,402)       1,967       648       449
  Provision (benefit) for income
    taxes........................       67       258       345          74             (56)          77        32        20
                                   -------   -------   -------     -------         -------      -------   -------   -------
  Net income (loss)(a)...........  $   189   $   580   $   998     $   296         $(1,346)     $ 1,890   $   616   $   429
                                   =======   =======   =======     =======         =======      =======   =======   =======
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS
  (CHRISTIANSON):
  Ratio of earnings to fixed
    charges(b)...................      3.7x      7.3x      9.9x        8.6x             --          8.8x      3.4x      3.7x
  Income (loss) from operations
    per common share.............  $  2.39   $  7.32   $ 13.59     $  3.74         $(18.11)     $ 23.21   $  7.20   $  5.22

<CAPTION>
                                    1999
                                   -------
<S>                                <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
  (CHRISTIANSON):
  Revenues.......................  $16,824
  Cost of revenues (including
    depreciation)................   11,390
                                   -------
  Gross profit...................    5,434
  Selling, general and
    administrative expenses......    1,863
                                   -------
  Income (loss) from
    operations(a)................    3,571
  Interest and other income,
    net..........................       (7)
                                   -------
  Income (loss) before provision
    for income taxes.............    3,564
  Provision (benefit) for income
    taxes........................      162
                                   -------
  Net income (loss)(a)...........  $ 3,402
                                   =======
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS
  (CHRISTIANSON):
  Ratio of earnings to fixed
    charges(b)...................     19.1x
  Income (loss) from operations
    per common share.............  $ 41.39
</TABLE>

                                       38
<PAGE>   45

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF AUGUST 31,        AS OF DECEMBER 31,     AS OF
                                                              -------------------------   ------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                               1994     1995     1996      1997       1998       1999
                                                              ------   ------   -------   -------   --------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD) (CHRISTIANSON):
  Working capital...........................................  $2,967   $3,343   $ 9,891   $4,279    $ 4,792     $ 8,256
  Total assets..............................................   6,718    5,822    11,607    7,634     11,210      15,876
  Long-term obligations, net of current maturities..........     699      584       425      329        349         532
  Total stockholders' equity................................  $3,560   $4,140   $ 3,792   $5,685    $ 6,301     $ 9,703
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(a)  The loss from operations and the level of net income in historical periods
     is primarily attributable to the level of owner's compensation paid during
     those periods.

(b)  For the purpose of this calculation "earnings" represents income from
     operations before income tax expense, plus fixed charges. "Fixed charges"
     consist of interest, whether expensed or capitalized, amortization of debt
     expense and an estimated portion of rentals representing interest expense.
     As a result of the loss incurred for the four months ended December 31,
     1996, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $1.4 million in
     that period.

                                       39
<PAGE>   46

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION


     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Unaudited
Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations, the Consolidated Financial
Statements of AMPAM, the founding companies' Financial Statements and related
notes thereto and "Selected Historical Financial Data" appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus.


     AMPAM's revenues are derived primarily from plumbing and mechanical
contracting services provided to residential, commercial and institutional
customers. Revenues from construction contracts are generally accounted for on a
percentage-of-completion basis. Maintenance and repair revenues are recognized
as the services are performed. Of AMPAM's 1998 pro forma revenues, approximately
54% were derived from residential services and approximately 46% were derived
from commercial and institutional services. Costs and estimated earnings in
excess of billings on uncompleted contracts are recorded as an asset and
billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are
recorded as a liability on the balance sheet. Provisions for estimated losses on
uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which the losses are determined.
Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final
contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income, and their
effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.

     Cost of revenues consists primarily of salaries and benefits of employees
and materials, which represented approximately 28% and 51% of pro forma cost of
revenues in 1998 respectively, as well as, subcontracted services, depreciation,
fuel and other vehicle expenses and equipment rentals. A number of the founding
companies also include salaries of estimators, insurance and other indirect
costs in the cost of revenues. AMPAM's gross margin, which is gross profit
expressed as a percentage of revenues, depends on the relative proportions of
costs related to labor and materials. On projects in which a higher percentage
of the cost of revenues consists of labor costs, AMPAM typically achieves higher
gross margins than on projects in which materials represent more of the cost of
revenues. Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
compensation and related benefits for owners, management and administrative
salaries and benefits, insurance, advertising, office rent and utilities,
communications and professional fees. In connection with the acquisitions, some
owners and some key employees of the founding companies agreed to reductions in
their compensation and related benefits that would have totaled $14.7 million
for the 1998 fiscal year. Such reductions in salaries, bonuses and benefits have
been reflected as a pro forma adjustment in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
Statement of Operations and are reflected in the terms of employment agreements
with AMPAM. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements" and the
Notes thereto.

     AMPAM believes that it will realize savings from:

     - greater volume discounts from suppliers of materials, parts and supplies;

     - lower labor costs resulting from scheduling efficiencies and reduced down
       time;

     - increased use of off-site prefabricated components; and

     - increased use of technology.

Offsetting these savings will be costs related to AMPAM's new corporate
management, costs of being a reporting company and costs of integrating the
companies acquired in the acquisitions. See "Business -- Operating Strategy."

     The plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry is influenced by
seasonal factors, which generally result in lower activity levels during colder
winter months than other periods. As a result, AMPAM expects that its revenues
and results of operations will generally be lower in the first and fourth
quarters of each fiscal year, and higher in the second and third quarters. See
"Risk Factors -- Our industry experiences upturns and downturns, depending on
the season of the year and this could have an adverse effect on our quarterly
operating results."

                                       40
<PAGE>   47


     Members of management and founders received stock and/or stock options in
connection with the organization of AMPAM. The applicable accounting rules
require that the stock issued to some members of our management be treated as
compensation expense. As a result of this treatment, we recorded a non-
recurring, non-cash charge on April 1, 1999 of approximately $8.0 million which
reduced our net income and was reflected in our second quarter results.


SUPPLEMENTAL UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     To facilitate a comparison, the following discussion and analysis is based
on the unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this
registration statement. This data includes our results of operations as if the
acquisitions and related transactions were closed on January 1 of the respective
period presented. This data does not necessarily indicate the results that we
would have obtained had these events actually occurred on January 1 of the
respective period presented, or our future results. During the periods presented
below, our founding companies were not under common control or management and,
therefore, the data presented may not be comparable to or indicative of future
performance. The unaudited pro forma financial data is based on preliminary
estimates, available information and some assumptions that our management deems
appropriate. Selling, general and administrative expenses for periods prior to
the acquisitions reflect the effects of historical salary and distributions to
the owners of the founding companies. The data will not be comparable to, and
may not be indicative of, AMPAM's post-combination results of operations
because:

     - the founding companies were not under common control or management and
       some founding companies had different tax structures (generally, S
       corporations) during the periods presented;

     - AMPAM will incur incremental costs for its corporate management and the
       costs of being a public company;

     - the combined data do not reflect the potential benefits and cost savings
       AMPAM expects to realize when operating as a combined entity.

     The following table sets forth supplemental unaudited pro forma combined
financial information of the founding companies on a historical basis and as a
percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FISCAL YEAR        SIX MONTHS
                                                                ENDED(A)       ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                  1998              1999
                                                             --------------    --------------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>
Revenues...................................................  $322,203   100%   $182,793   100%
Cost of revenues...........................................   255,461    79     144,675    79%
                                                             --------   ---    --------   ---
  Gross profit.............................................    66,742    21      38,118    21%
Selling, general and administrative expenses...............    32,321    10      16,695     9%
Non Cash Compensation Charge...............................       408    --       7,992     4%
Goodwill amortization......................................     3,800     1       1,900     1%
                                                             --------   ---    --------   ---
  Income from operations...................................  $ 30,213     9%   $ 11,531     6%
                                                             ========   ===    ========   ===
</TABLE>


- ---------------

(a) The fiscal year presented is the year ended December 31, 1998 for all
    founding companies, except for Croson Ohio, Sherwood and Miller, for which
    the fiscal year presented is the year ended September 30, 1998.


  Six months ended June 30, 1999



     Revenues and gross profit were the same on both a pro forma combined and
historical combined basis for the six months ended June 30, 1999. See discussion
on historical combined revenues and gross profit within "Supplemental Unaudited
Combined Financial Information."


                                       41
<PAGE>   48


     The gross profit as a percentage of revenues remained constant at 21% for
the six months ended June 30, 1999 from the year ended December 31, 1998.



     Combined selling, general and administrative expenses reduced as a
percentage of revenues in the six months ended June 30, 1999 from the year ended
December 31, 1998 because fixed cost did not increase in proportion to revenues.



     Goodwill amortization was $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30,
1999 on a pro forma combined basis. Goodwill was recorded for the acquisitions
and is being amortized over 30 years.


  Fiscal year ended December 31, 1998

     Revenues and gross profit were the same on both a pro forma combined and
historical combined basis for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. See
discussion on historical combined revenues and gross profit within "Supplemental
Unaudited Combined Financial Information."


     Selling, general and administrative expenses were 10% of revenues for the
year ended December 31, 1998.



     Goodwill amortization was $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1998
on a pro forma combined basis. Goodwill was recorded for the acquisitions and is
being amortized over 30 years.


SUPPLEMENTAL UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     To facilitate a meaningful comparison, the following discussion and
analysis is based on the combined historical results of the founding companies.
The following supplemental unaudited combined financial information for the
periods presented do not purport to present those of the combined founding
companies in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which do
not allow for the aggregating of financial data for entities that are not under
common ownership. The following discussion represents merely a summation of the
revenues, cost of revenues (including depreciation) and gross profit of the
individual founding companies on a historical basis and excludes the effects of
the pro forma adjustments that are included in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined
Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The data will not be
comparable to, and may not be indicative of, AMPAM's post-combination results of
operations because:

     - the founding companies were not under common control or management and
       some founding companies had different tax structures (generally, S
       corporations) during the periods presented;

     - AMPAM will use the purchase method to establish a new basis of accounting
       to record the acquisitions;

     - AMPAM will incur incremental costs for its corporate management and the
       costs of being a public company;

     - the combined data do not reflect reductions in salary, bonus and benefits
       of the owners of the founding companies occurring in connection with the
       acquisitions; and

     - the combined data do not reflect the potential benefits and cost savings
       AMPAM expects to realize when operating as a combined entity.

     Nevertheless, management believes that the aggregate financial information
shown below is helpful in understanding the past operations of the founding
companies.

                                       42
<PAGE>   49

     The following table sets forth supplemental unaudited combined financial
information of the founding companies on a historical basis and as a percentage
of total revenue for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED(a)                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                       --------------------------------------------------    --------------------------------
                          1996(B)             1997              1998              1998              1999
                       --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------    --------------
<S>                    <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>        <C>
Revenues.............  $236,557   100%   $267,516   100%   $322,203   100%   $158,214   100%   $182,793   100%
Cost of revenues.....   195,990    83     219,039    82     255,461    79     124,045    78     144,675    79
                       --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---    --------   ---
  Gross profit.......  $ 40,567    17%   $ 48,477    18%   $ 66,742    21%   $ 34,169    22%   $ 38,118    21%
                       ========   ===    ========   ===    ========   ===    ========   ===    ========   ===
</TABLE>


- ---------------

(a) The fiscal years presented are the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and
    1998, for all founding companies, except for Croson Ohio, Sherwood and
    Miller, for which the fiscal years presented are the years ended September
    30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, Nelson, for which the fiscal years presented are
    April 30, 1997, December 31, 1997 and 1998 and Christianson for which the
    fiscal years presented are August 31, 1996, December 31, 1997 and 1998. For
    the three months ended December 31, 1998, Croson Ohio, Sherwood and Miller
    had combined revenues of $16,329 and income from operations of $2,146.

(b) Because the 1996 information includes some unaudited 1996 data you are
    cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information. Nevertheless,
    management believes that this information may be helpful in understanding
    the past operations of the founding companies.


  Six months ended June 30, 1999 compared to the six months ended June 30, 1998



     Revenues increased approximately $24.6 million, or 16%, from $158.2 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1998 to $182.8 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1999. The increase in combined revenues occurred primarily in the
southern California residential market.



     Gross profit increased $3.9 million, or 12%, from $34.2 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1998 to $38.1 for the six months ended June 30, 1999. The
increase in combined gross profit was primarily generated by improved margins on
residential jobs offset by increased costs on certain commercial jobs. The
improvements in the residential jobs were primarily the result of the leverage
of fixed costs resulting from increased revenues. Additionally, initial
integration issues realized in the combination of Croson Ohio and Teepe's
operations resulted in increased costs for the six months ended June 30, 1999.


  Fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 compared to fiscal year ended December 31,
1997

     Combined revenues increased approximately $54.7 million, or 20%, from
$267.5 million for the 1997 fiscal year to $322.2 million for the 1998 fiscal
year. The increase in combined revenues occurred primarily at RCR, Christianson,
Croson Florida and Teepe's. RCR's revenues increased $13.6 million, or 27%, from
$49.7 million for the 1997 fiscal year to $63.3 million for the 1998 fiscal
year, primarily as a result of an increase in the number and size of projects
and contracts, reflecting the growth from two new facilities in Canoga Park,
California and Las Vegas, Nevada. Christianson's revenues increased $12.5
million, or 24.5%, from $50.9 million for the 1997 fiscal year to $63.4 million
for the 1998 fiscal year, primarily as a result of increased market share, more
favorable contract pricing and increased construction activity in the Austin and
central Texas housing market. Croson Florida's revenues increased $10.0 million,
or 56%, from $18.1 million for the 1997 fiscal year to $28.1 million for the
1998 fiscal year, primarily due to expanded operations and contract volumes at
Croson Florida's facility in the Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida area. Teepe's
revenues increased $7.9 million, or 19%, from $42.7 million for the 1997 fiscal
year to $50.6 million for the 1998 fiscal year, primarily as a result of an
increase in large commercial construction contracts in the Columbus, Ohio area
as well as continued growth in governmental and institutional projects. The most
significant increase in revenues among the other founding companies was an
increase of $4.8 million, or 16%, which occurred at Keith Riggs, primarily as a
result of increased demand for services due to increased housing starts and also
due to increased maintenance revenues.

                                       43
<PAGE>   50

     Combined gross profit increased $18.2 million, or 38%, from $48.5 million
for the 1997 fiscal year to $66.7 million for the 1998 fiscal year, generally as
a result of increased market share, more favorable pricing and increased
construction activity in AMPAM's markets. The increase in combined gross profit
occurred primarily due to increases in gross profit of $4.3 million, or 32%, at
Christianson, $4.3 million, or 59%, at RCR, and $3.5 million, or 83%, at Croson
Florida. The increase in combined gross profit is primarily attributable to
increased revenues and increased margins of each of these companies. Combined
gross margin increased to 21% for the 1998 fiscal year from 18% for the 1997
fiscal year. Christianson's gross margin increased to 28% for the 1998 fiscal
year from 26% for the 1997 fiscal year, primarily as a result of small price
increases for new home construction and increased maintenance revenues. RCR's
gross margin increased to 18% for the 1998 fiscal year from 15% for the 1997
fiscal year, primarily due to improved pricing on many contracts as a result of
increased demand for RCR's services as well as due to efficiencies gained
through additional experience in the Canoga Park, California and Las Vegas,
Nevada markets. Croson Florida's gross margin increased to 27% for the 1998
fiscal year from 23% for the 1997 fiscal year, primarily as a result of
favorable pricing of its contracts in the Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida area.

  Fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 compared to fiscal year ended December 31,
1996

     Revenues increased approximately $30.9 million, or 13%, from $236.6 million
for the 1996 fiscal year to $267.5 million for the 1997 fiscal year. The
increase in combined revenues occurred primarily at RCR, Teepe's and Croson
Florida. RCR's revenues increased $9.3 million, or 23%, from 1996 to 1997,
primarily as a result of the opening of two new facilities in early 1997.
Teepe's revenues increased $7.3 million, or 21%, from 1996 to 1997, primarily as
a result of an increase in large commercial construction contracts serviced from
Teepe's new facility in Columbus, Ohio which opened in August of 1997. Croson
Florida's revenues increased $6.4 million, or 54%, from 1996 to 1997, primarily
as a result of an increase in the number and size of contracts and revenues from
a new facility in Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida. All of the remaining seven
founding companies reported an increase between the 1997 and 1996 fiscal year,
except for Miller, which reported a decrease of $2.6 million, due to the fact
that in 1997 Miller ceased to provide HVAC services which it had begun providing
to a major customer in 1996.

     Gross profit increased $7.9 million, or 19%, from $40.6 million for the
1996 fiscal year, to $48.5 million for the 1997 fiscal year. The increase in
combined gross profit occurred primarily due to increases in gross profit of
$2.0 million, or 38%, at RCR, $1.8 million, or 73%, at Croson Florida and $1.3
million, or 11%, at Christianson. The increase in combined gross profit is
primarily attributable to increased revenues and increased gross margins of each
of these companies. Combined gross margin increased slightly from 17% during the
1996 fiscal year to 18% during the 1997 fiscal year. RCR's gross margin
increased to 15% for the 1997 fiscal year from 13% for the 1996 fiscal year.
Croson Florida's gross margin increased to 23% during the 1997 fiscal year from
21% during the 1996 fiscal year, primarily as a result of Croson Florida's new
facility in the Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida market and favorable overall pricing
of contracts. Christianson's gross margin increased to 26% for the 1997 fiscal
year from 24% for the 1996 fiscal year, primarily due to continued discounts on
materials purchases and incentive compensation programs.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


     As of June 30, 1999, AMPAM had $31.6 million in working capital and $126.2
million of outstanding indebtedness including capital lease obligations totaling
$3.7 million.



     For the six months ended June 30, 1999 net cash provided by operating
activities was $0.5 million primarily due to increases in accounts payable and
accrued liabilities. Cash used in investing activities was $56.5 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1999 primarily in connection with the acquisition of
the founding companies. Cash provided by financing activities for the six months
ended June 30, 1999 was $63.5 million and was attributable to the issuance of
the notes offset by payments to the former shareholders of Christianson, the
accounting acquiror, which were treated as distributions.


                                       44
<PAGE>   51

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM entered into a credit facility with The First
National Bank of Chicago. The total commitment under the credit facility is $95
million, of which AMPAM drew approximately $70.3 million at the closing of the
acquisitions to fund a portion of the cash portion of acquisition consideration.
All of these amounts were repaid with proceeds of the original issuance of the
notes, leaving the full commitment of the credit facility available for
borrowings after closing subject to the borrowing conditions set forth in the
credit facility. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM also entered into a subordinated loan with Fleet
Corporate Finance, Inc. The total commitment under the subordinated loan is
approximately $30 million, all of which was drawn at closing. AMPAM used all of
this amount to fund a part of the cash portion of the acquisition consideration.
The entire amount of the subordinated loan was repaid with the proceeds of the
original issuance of the notes.

     As part of the acquisitions, AMPAM issued 1,048,820 shares of its series A
preferred stock. This preferred stock has a liquidation value of $13 per share.
The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends at an
annual rate of 10% based upon the liquidation value, payable semi-annually. Each
semi-annual interest payment will be approximately $682,000. This preferred
stock will convert into common stock upon the occurrence of certain significant
corporate events. See "Certain Transactions -- Acquisition of Founding
Companies -- Acquisition Consideration -- Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock."

     Also as part of the acquisitions, AMPAM may be obligated to pay the former
stockholders of the founding companies additional consideration if the founding
companies meet previously set income thresholds or targets. This additional
consideration is payable no later than April 30, 2000 in the form of cash and
stock. The maximum amount of additional consideration which may be required to
be paid under the terms of the acquisition agreements is approximately $28
million. Half of this amount must be cash (or AMPAM notes at the election of the
recipient) with the balance paid in the form of common stock. The amount of
additional consideration we may be required to pay depends on how many founding
companies meet their targets and by how much these targets are exceeded. See
"Certain Transactions -- Acquisition of Founding Companies -- Additional
Consideration."

     On May 19, 1999, AMPAM sold $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the
existing notes to qualified institutional buyers in a private placement. The
existing notes are being exchanged for new notes with substantially identical
terms in the exchange offer. These notes accrue interest at the rate of 11 5/8%.
AMPAM will make interest payments of $7.3 million semi-annually on these notes.
These notes will be due in October of 2008.

     We have the ability to issue stock options as a way to reward employees and
to attract them to come work for us. Because the exercise price of these options
is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the common stock on the
date of grant, their issuance should have nominal effect on our results of
operations other than any dilutive effect they may have on our earnings per
share; however the footnotes to our audited financial statements will reflect,
on a pro forma basis, the cost to us of issuing these options under the fair
value method of accounting as required by SFAS 123.

     We currently have commitments for capital expenditures aggregating
approximately $3.3 million over the next 12 months. These expenses primarily
relate to the purchase of vehicles and equipment and will be funded from cash
flow from operations.

     AMPAM anticipates that its cash flow from operations will provide
sufficient cash to enable AMPAM to meet its working capital needs, debt service
requirements and planned capital expenditures for property and equipment through
the foreseeable future. Combined capital expenditures for the founding companies
for the 1998 fiscal year were $2.8 million.

     AMPAM intends to continue pursuing attractive acquisition opportunities. We
currently intend to acquire companies for a mix of stock and cash. The timing,
size or success of any acquisition effort and the associated potential capital
commitments cannot be predicted. AMPAM expects to fund future

                                       45
<PAGE>   52

acquisitions primarily with working capital, cash flow from operations and
borrowings, including any unborrowed portion of the credit facility, as well as
issuances of additional equity.

     Due to the relatively low levels of inflation experienced in the 1996, 1997
and 1998 fiscal years, inflation did not have a significant effect on the
results of the combined founding companies in those fiscal years, or on any of
the founding companies, individually.

CHRISTIANSON RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Christianson is headquartered outside Austin, Texas, with an additional
office in San Antonio, Texas, and operates principally in central Texas. The
following table sets forth selected statement of operations data and data as a
percentage of revenues for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEAR ENDED                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                             YEAR ENDED               DECEMBER 31,                       MARCH 31,
                             AUGUST 31,      ------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                1996             1997             1998             1998             1999
                            -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>
Revenues..................  $50,330   100%   $50,909   100%   $63,374   100%   $12,744   100%   $16,824   100%
Cost of revenues..........   38,203    76     37,504    74     45,704    72      9,024    71     11,390    68
                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Gross profit............   12,127    24     13,405    26     17,670    28      3,720    29      5,434    32
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses................   11,051    22     11,497    23     17,078    27      3,253    26      1,863    11
                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Income from
    operations............  $ 1,076     2%   $ 1,908     3%   $   592     1%   $   467     3%   $ 3,571    21%
                            =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===
</TABLE>

  Three months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the three months ended March 31,
  1998

     Revenues increased $4.1 million, or 32%, from $12.7 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 to $16.8 million for the three months ended March
31, 1999, primarily due to price increases for new home construction contracts
and increases in the number of construction contracts resulting from the
favorable housing market in Austin and surrounding areas.

     Gross profit increased $1.7 million, or 46%, during the three months ended
March 31, 1999 to $5.4 million, and gross margin increased to 32% in the first
three months of 1999 from 29% in the first three months of 1998 as a result of
price increases for new home construction contracts and increased maintenance
and service revenues.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $1.4 million, or
43%, from $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $1.9 million
for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The decrease was a result of a
decrease in officer compensation, offset by an increase in overhead related to
the overall growth in the business. The total officers' compensation for the
three months ended March 31, 1999 was $0.4 million compared to $2.1 million for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 due to agreed upon compensation
reductions.

  Year ended December 31, 1998 compared to the year ended December 31, 1997

     Revenues increased $12.5 million, or 25%, from $50.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997 to $63.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1998,
primarily due to increased market share as a result of contracts with new
builder customers, small increases in contract pricing and increased
construction activity in the Austin and central Texas housing market.

     Gross profit increased $4.3 million, or 32%, during the year ended December
31, 1998 to $17.7 million, and gross margin increased to 28% in 1998 from 26% in
1997 as a result of small increases in contract pricing and increased
maintenance and service revenues.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.6 million, or
49%, from $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $17.1 million
for the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to an
increase in officer compensation and increases in administrative costs due to
the

                                       46
<PAGE>   53

increased volume of contracts. The total officers' compensation for the year
ended December 31, 1998 was $10.7 million.

  Year ended December 31, 1997 compared to the year ended August 31, 1996

     Revenues increased $0.6 million, or 1%, from $50.3 million for the year
ended August 31, 1996 to $50.9 million for the 1997 fiscal year, primarily as a
result of increased construction activity in Christianson's areas of operations.

     Gross profit increased $1.3 million, or 11%, during the 1997 fiscal year to
$13.4 million, and gross margin increased to 26% during the 1997 fiscal year
from 24% during the 1996 fiscal year as a result of continued discounts on
materials purchases and incentive compensation programs.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or 4%,
from $11.1 million for the 1996 fiscal year to $11.5 million for the 1997 fiscal
year. The increase was attributable to an increase in rent expenses and real
property taxes after Christianson's relocation to a new headquarters facility in
November 1997 offset by a $0.3 million reduction in total officers' compensation
for the year ended December 31, 1997 which was $6.6 million.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Christianson generated approximately $3.7 million of net cash from
operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 1999 primarily due to
net income before depreciation and deferred income taxes of $3.5 million and a
decrease in working capital of $0.2 million. Net cash used in investing
activities was approximately $0.1 million related to the purchase of property
and equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $0.1
million, primarily related to the repayment of long-term debt.

     At March 31, 1999, Christianson had working capital of $8.3 million and
total debt of $1.0 million.

     Christianson generated approximately $2.5 million of net cash from
operating activities for year ended December 31, 1998 primarily due to net
income before depreciation and deferred income taxes of $1.3 million and a
decrease in working capital of $1.2 million. Net cash used in investing
activities was approximately $0.2 million related to the purchase of property
and equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $0.5
million, primarily related to the repayment of long-term debt.

     At December 31, 1998, Christianson had working capital of $4.8 million and
total debt of $0.8 million.

RCR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     RCR is headquartered in Riverside, California, east of Los Angeles, with
additional facilities in Las Vegas, Nevada and Canoga Park, California in the
San Fernando Valley. The following table sets forth selected statement of
operations data and data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated
(dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                            -----------------------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                1996             1997             1998             1998             1999
                            -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>
Revenues..................  $40,430   100%   $49,738   100%   $63,293   100%   $13,200   100%   $19,815   100%
Cost of revenues..........   35,102    87     42,377    85     51,604    82     10,744    81     15,735    79
                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Gross profit............    5,328    13      7,361    15     11,689    18      2,456    19      4,080    21
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses................    3,979    10      5,712    12      8,370    13      1,724    13      2,452    13
                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Income from
    operations............  $ 1,349     3%   $ 1,649     3%   $ 3,319     5%   $   732     6%   $ 1,628     8%
                            =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===
</TABLE>

                                       47
<PAGE>   54

  Three months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the three months ended March 31,
1998

     Revenues increased $6.6 million, or 50%, from $13.2 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 to $19.8 million for the three months ended March
31, 1999, primarily as a result of continued growth generated by the two newer
facilities in Canoga Park, California and Las Vegas, Nevada.

     Gross profit increased $1.6 million, or 66%, during the three months ended
March 31, 1999 to $4.0 million, and gross margin increased to 21% in the first
three months of 1999 from 19% in the first three months of 1998 as a result of
increases in pricing on many contracts reflecting increased demand for RCR's
services and cost efficiencies achieved in the additional markets serviced by
the two newer facilities.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or
42%, from $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $2.5 million
for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The increase was attributable to an
increase in administrative support related to the continued growth generated by
the newer facilities.

  Year ended December 31, 1998 compared to the year end December 31, 1997

     Revenues increased $13.6 million, or 27%, from $49.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997 to $63.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998,
primarily as a result of an increase in the number and size of projects and
contracts, reflecting the growth from two new facilities in Canoga Park,
California and Las Vegas, Nevada.

     Gross profit increased $4.3 million, or 59%, during the year ended December
31, 1998 to $11.7 million, and gross margin increased to 18% in 1998 from 15% in
1997 as a result of improved pricing on many contracts as well as due to
efficiencies gained through additional experience in the Canoga Park and Las
Vegas markets.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.7 million, or
47%, from $5.7 million for the December 31, 1997 to $8.4 million for the
December 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to an increase in
administrative support required by the increased contract volumes.

 Year ended December 31, 1997 compared to the year ended December 31, 1996

     Revenues increased $9.3 million, or 23%, from $40.4 million for the 1996
fiscal year to $49.7 million for the 1997 fiscal year, primarily as a result of
the opening of two new operating divisions in early 1997 in Canoga Park,
California and Las Vegas, Nevada.

     Gross profit increased $2.0 million, or 38%, during the 1997 fiscal year to
$7.4 million as a result of an increase in revenues for two new facilities in
Canoga Park, California and Las Vegas, Nevada and improvements in gross margin.
Gross margin increased slightly to 15% during the year ended December 31, 1997
from 13% during the 1996 fiscal year.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.7 million, or
44%, from $4.0 million for the 1996 fiscal year to $5.7 million for the 1997
fiscal year. The increase was attributable to an increase in administrative
support required by the increased contract volumes and costs related to two
start-up divisions.

                                       48
<PAGE>   55

TEEPE'S RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Teepe's is headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, with an additional facility
added in August of 1997 in Columbus, Ohio. The following table sets forth
selected statement of operations data as a percentage of revenues for the
periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                            -----------------------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                1996             1997             1998             1998             1999
                            -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>
Revenues..................  $35,400   100%   $42,687   100%   $50,627   100%   $11,449   100%   $10,546   100%
Cost of revenues..........   30,410    86     37,170    87     44,048    87     10,066    88      9,287    88
                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Gross profit............    4,990    14      5,517    13      6,579    13      1,383    12      1,259    12
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses................    3,414    10      4,158    10      4,779     9      1,205    10      1,126    11
                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Income from
    operations............  $ 1,576     4%   $ 1,359     3%   $ 1,800     4%   $   178     2%   $   133     1%
                            =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===
</TABLE>

  Three months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the three months ended March 31,
1998

     Revenues decreased $0.9 million, or 8%, from $11.4 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 to $10.5 million for the three months ended March
31, 1999, primarily due to the fact that the majority of the projects in
progress during the first three months of 1999 were in the beginning stages, the
phase in which less revenues are earned.

     Gross profit decreased $0.1 million, or 9%, from $1.4 million during the
three months ended March 31, 1998 to $1.3 million during the three months ended
March 31, 1998, as a result of the decrease in revenues discussed above. Gross
margin remained constant for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 at
12%.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.1 million, or 7%,
from $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $1.1 million for
the three months ended March 31, 1999. The decrease is a result of certain cost
reduction measures implemented by management coupled with the voluntary
termination of certain members of the office staff who have not been replaced.

  Year ended December 31, 1998 compared to the year ended December 31, 1997

     Revenues increased $7.9 million, or 19%, from $42.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997 to $50.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1998,
primarily as a result of an increase in large commercial construction contracts
in the Columbus, Ohio area as well as continued growth in governmental and
institutional projects.

     Gross profit increased $1.1 million, or 19%, from $5.5 million during the
year ended December 31, 1997 to $6.6 million during the year ended December 31,
1998, as a result of an increased number of successful bids with higher gross
margins and further expansion in the Columbus, Ohio market. Gross margin
remained constant for 1997 and 1998 at 13%.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.6 million, or
15%, from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $4.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to an increase
in administrative support required by the higher level of revenues and due to
additional overhead associated with the opening of a new facility in the
Columbus, Ohio area.

 Year ended December 31, 1997 compared to the year ended December 31, 1996

     Revenues increased $7.3 million, or 21%, from $35.4 million for the 1996
fiscal year to $42.7 million for the 1997 fiscal year, primarily as a result of
an increase in large commercial construction contracts performed from a new
facility in Columbus, Ohio which opened in August of 1997.

                                       49
<PAGE>   56

     Gross profit increased $0.5 million, or 11%, from $5.0 million during the
1996 fiscal year to $5.5 million during the 1997 fiscal year, and gross margin
decreased to 13% during the 1997 fiscal year from 14% during the 1996 fiscal
year as a result of further efforts to expand into the Columbus, Ohio market.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or
22%, from $3.4 million for the 1996 fiscal year to $4.2 million for the 1997
fiscal year. The increase was attributable to an increase in administrative
support required by the increased contract volumes and one-time start-up costs
associated with the opening of a new facility in Columbus, Ohio.

KEITH RIGGS RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Keith Riggs is headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona. The following table sets
forth selected statement of operations data and data as a percentage of revenues
for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                            ------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                1997             1998             1998             1999
                                            -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>
Revenues..................................  $29,680   100%   $34,464   100%   $ 7,279   100%   $ 8,917   100%
Cost of revenues..........................   25,865    87     29,965    87      6,190    85      7,457    84
                                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Gross profit............................    3,815    13      4,499    13      1,089    15      1,460    16
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses................................    2,583     9      2,943     9        655     9        728     8
                                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Income from operations..................  $ 1,232     4%   $ 1,556     4%   $   434     6%   $   732     8%
                                            =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===
</TABLE>

  Three months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the three months ended March 31,
  1998

     Revenues increased $1.6 million, or 23%, from $7.3 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 to $8.9 million for the three months ended March 31,
1999, primarily due to an increase in average billing rates and demand for Keith
Riggs' services as a result of the increased construction activity in the
Phoenix metropolitan area.

     Gross profit increased $0.4 million, or 34%, from $1.1 million during the
three months ended March 31, 1998 to $1.5 million during the three months ended
March 31, 1999, and gross margin increased to 16% during the first three months
of 1999 from 15% during the first three months of 1998, as a result of price
increases offset by increased labor and other cost efficiencies associated with
additional contract volumes.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses remained relatively constant
at $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999.

  Year ended December 31, 1998 compared to the year ended December 31, 1997

     Revenues increased $4.8 million, or 16%, from $29.7 million for the year
ended December 31,1997 to $34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1998,
primarily as a result of increased demand for Keith Riggs' services due to
increased housing starts.

     Gross profit increased $0.7 million, or 18%, from $3.8 million during the
year ended December 31, 1997 to $4.5 million during the year ended December 31,
1998, as a result of increased revenues from new housing starts.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or
14%, from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31,1997 to $2.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to an increase
in administrative support required by the increased contract volumes.

                                       50
<PAGE>   57

CROSON OHIO RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Croson Ohio is headquartered in Columbus, Ohio. The following table sets
forth selected statement of operations data and data as a percentage of revenues
for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                  SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                            -----------------------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                1996             1997             1998             1998             1999
                            -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>
Revenues..................  $26,185   100%   $27,029   100%   $25,234   100%   $12,330   100%   $17,194   100%
Cost of revenues..........   22,305    85     22,970    85     20,438    81     10,500    85     14,407    84
                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Gross profit............    3,880    15      4,059    15      4,796    19      1,830    15      2,787    16
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses................    2,263     9      2,217     8      2,032     8        894     7      1,232     7
                            -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Income from
    operations............  $ 1,617     6%   $ 1,842     7%   $ 2,764    11%   $   936     8%   $ 1,555     9%
                            =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===
</TABLE>

  Six months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the six months ended March 31,
  1998

     Revenues increased $4.9 million or 39%, from $12.3 million for the six
months ended March 31, 1998 to $17.2 million for the six months ended March 31,
1999, primarily as a result of additional HVAC and plumbing projects.

     Gross profit increased $1.0 million, or 52%, from $1.8 million during the
six months ended March 31, 1998 to $2.8 million during the six months ended
March 31, 1999, and gross margin increased nominally to 16% in 1999 from 15% in
1998 as a result of increased prices, as well as cost efficiencies, for
wastewater treatment plant projects.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.3 million, or 38%
from $0.9 million for the six months ended March 31, 1998 to $1.2 million for
the six months ended March 31, 1999, primarily as a result of an increase in
advertising and supply expense related to the combination of Croson Ohio's and
Teepe's operations as well as an increase in administrative salaries.

  Year ended September 30, 1998 compared to the year ended September 30, 1997

     Revenues decreased $1.8 million or 7%, from $27.0 million for the year
ended September 30, 1997 to $25.2 million for the year ended September 30, 1998,
primarily as a result of a decrease in new starts due to strong competition in
Ohio.

     Gross profit increased $0.7 million, or 18%, from $4.1 million during the
year ended September 30, 1997 to $4.8 million during the year ended September
30, 1998, and gross margin increased to 19% in 1998 from 15% in 1997 as a result
of increased revenues and prices on wastewater treatment plant projects, as well
as improved margins for specific jobs.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.2 or 8% from $2.2
million for the year ended September 30, 1997 to $2.0 million for the year ended
September 30, 1998, primarily as a result of a decrease in administrative
salaries due to the retirement of a key employee. In addition, Croson Ohio
replaced the profit sharing plan with a discretionary bonus plan, which resulted
in less expense.

  Year ended September 30, 1997 compared to the year ended September 30, 1996

     Revenues increased $0.8 million, or 3%, from $26.2 million for the 1996
fiscal year to $27.0 million for the 1997 fiscal year, primarily as a result of
larger contracts for mechanical contracting services for wastewater and
purification projects, offset by smaller plumbing contracting services contracts
due to increased competition in the Columbus, Ohio area.

     Gross profit increased $0.2 million, or 5%, from $3.9 million during the
1996 fiscal year to $4.1 million during the 1997 fiscal year, as a result of
increased revenues. Gross margin remained relatively constant at 15% for the
1996 and 1997 fiscal years.

                                       51
<PAGE>   58

     Selling, general and administrative expenses remained relatively constant
at approximately $2.2 million in 1996 and 1997.

CROSON FLORIDA RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Croson Florida is headquartered in Orlando, Florida, with additional
facilities in Sorrento and Tampa, Florida. The following table sets forth
selected statement of operations data and data as a percentage of revenues for
the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                              -----------------------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                  1996             1997             1998             1998            1999
                              -------------    -------------    -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Revenues....................  $11,722   100%   $18,095   100%   $28,142   100%   $6,148   100%   $8,274   100%
Cost of revenues............    9,300    79     13,916    77     20,483    73     4,658    76     5,482    66
                              -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---    ------   ---
  Gross profit..............    2,422    21      4,179    23      7,659    27     1,490    24     2,792    34
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses...    1,050     9      2,213    12      2,960    10       718    12       869    11
                              -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---    ------   ---
  Income from operations....  $ 1,372    12%   $ 1,966    11%   $ 4,699    17%   $  772    12%   $1,923    23%
                              =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===    ======   ===    ======   ===
</TABLE>

  Three months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the three months ended March 31,
  1998

     Revenues increased $2.2 million, or 35%, from $6.1 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 to $8.3 million for the three months ended March 31,
1999, primarily due to continued growth and contract volumes in the newer
Tampa/Fort Meyer, Florida operation.

     Gross profit increased $1.3 million or, 87%, from $1.5 million during the
three months ended March 31, 1998 to $2.8 million during the three months ended
March 31, 1999, and gross margin increased to 34% in the first three months of
1999 from 24% in the first three months of 1998 as a result of price increases
reflecting the demand for Croson Florida's services and costs efficiencies
obtained from additional experience in the newer operation.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.2 million, or
21%, from $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $0.9 million
for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The increase was due to an increase
in compensation and an increase in the number of employees needed at the newer
Tampa/Fort Meyer facility.

  Year ended December 31, 1998 compared to the year ended December 31, 1997

     Revenues increased $10.0 million, or 56%, from $18.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997 to $28.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1998,
primarily due to expanded operations and contract volumes at Croson Florida's
facility in the Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida area.

     Gross profit increased $3.5 million or, 83%, during the year ended December
31, 1998 to $7.7 million, and gross margin increased to 27% in 1998 from 23% in
1997 as a result of favorable pricing of contracts in the Tampa/Fort Meyers,
Florida area.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, or
34%, from $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $3.0 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to an increase
in workforce and salaries after the opening of the Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida
facility, as well as increases in bonus and incentive pay.

  Year ended December 31, 1997 compared to the year ended December 31, 1996

     Revenues increased $6.4 million, or 54%, from $11.7 million for the 1996
fiscal year to $18.1 million for the 1997 fiscal year, primarily as a result of
an increase in the number and size of contracts and revenues from Croson
Florida's new facility in Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida.

                                       52
<PAGE>   59

     Gross profit increased $1.8 million, or 73%, during the 1997 fiscal year to
$4.2 million, and gross margin increased to 23% during the 1997 fiscal year from
21% during the 1996 fiscal year as a result of the new facility in the
Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida market and favorable overall pricing of contracts.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million, or
111%, from $1.1 million for the 1996 fiscal year to $2.2 million for the 1997
fiscal year. The increase was attributable to the opening of the new facility in
Tampa/Fort Meyers, Florida, which included increases in administrative salaries
and additional rent and travel expenses.

POWER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Power is headquartered in Houston, Texas. The following table sets forth
selected statement of operations data and this data as a percentage of revenues
for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                              ------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                  1997             1998             1998            1999
                                              -------------    -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Revenues....................................  $17,010   100%   $17,109   100%   $3,501   100%   $5,620   100%
Cost of revenues............................   14,680    86     14,371    84     3,174    91     4,022    72
                                              -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---    ------   ---
  Gross profit..............................    2,330    14      2,738    16       327     9     1,598    28
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..................................    1,128     7      1,268     7       217     6       346     6
                                              -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---    ------   ---
  Income from operations....................  $ 1,202     7%   $ 1,470     9%   $  110     3%   $1,252    22%
                                              =======   ===    =======   ===    ======   ===    ======   ===
</TABLE>

  Three months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the three months ended March 31,
  1998

     Revenues increased $2.1 million, or 61%, from $3.5 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31,
1999, primarily as a result of an increase in the demand for Power's services,
which has increased the volume of projects.

     Gross profit increased $1.3 million, or 389%, during the three months ended
March 31, 1999 to $1.6 million, and gross margin increased to 28% in the three
months ended March 31, 1999 from 9% in the three months ended March 31, 1998 as
a result of an improved bidding environment resulting from the increase in
demand and slightly lower materials costs. In addition, Power began achieving
cost efficiencies associated with gaining experience working with certain
builders with whom recurring work was performed and further cost reductions were
achieved as a result of Power's business being provided primarily in the Houston
area versus areas outside Houston.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.1 million, or
59%, from $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $0.3 million
for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The increase was attributable to a
slight increase in administrative payroll and payroll related costs as well as
an increase in communication costs and in travel and entertainment expenses.

  Year ended December 31, 1998 compared to the year ended December 31, 1997

     Revenues increased slightly by $0.1 million, or 1%, from $17.0 million for
the year ended December 31, 1997 to $17.1 million for the year ended December
31, 1998, primarily as a result of favorable market conditions in Houston,
offset by the limited capacity to accept additional work.

     Gross profit increased $0.4 million, or 18%, during the year ended December
31, 1998 to $2.7 million, and gross margin increased to 16% in the year ended
December 31, 1998 from 14% in the year ended December 31, 1997 as a result of a
decrease in material prices, partially offset by an increase in labor rates.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.2 million, or
12%, from $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $1.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase was attributable to an increase
in administrative salary expense and increased employee benefits.

                                       53
<PAGE>   60

NELSON RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Nelson is headquartered in Pensacola, Florida. The following table sets
forth selected statement of operations data and data as a percentage of revenues
for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                ELEVEN
                                                                YEAR ENDED APRIL 30,         MONTHS ENDED
                                                           ------------------------------      MARCH 31,
                                                               1997             1998             1999
                                                           -------------    -------------    -------------
<S>                                                        <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>
Revenues.................................................  $12,507   100%   $14,240   100%   $14,039   100%
Cost of revenues.........................................    9,110    73      9,641    68      9,349    67
                                                           -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Gross profit...........................................    3,397    27      4,599    32      4,690    33
Selling, general and administrative expenses.............    2,408    19      2,458    17      1,914    13
                                                           -------   ---    -------   ---    -------   ---
  Income from operations.................................  $   989     8%   $ 2,141    15%   $ 2,776    20%
                                                           =======   ===    =======   ===    =======   ===
</TABLE>

 Eleven months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the year ended April 30, 1998

     Revenues of $14.0 million were earned during the eleven months ended March
31, 1999 compared to $14.2 million earned during the year ended April 30, 1998.
Fiscal year 1999 revenues are on pace to exceed fiscal year 1998 revenues as a
result of the continued growth in underground utility installation and building
pipe replacement projects.

     Gross profit of $4.7 million was earned for the eleven months ended March
31, 1999 compared to $4.6 million earned during the year ended April 30, 1998.
Fiscal year 1999 gross profit is on pace to exceed fiscal year 1998 gross profit
as a result of material and labor cost efficiencies associated with building
pipe replacement contracts. Gross margin increased nominally to 33% in 1999 from
32%.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses were $1.9 million for the
eleven months ended March 31, 1999 compared to $2.5 million for the year ended
April 30, 1998, which would result in a decrease for the fiscal year. The
decrease is due to a reduction in officer compensation.

  Year ended April 30, 1998 compared to the year ended April 30, 1997

     Revenues increased $1.7 million, or 14%, from $12.5 million for the 1997
fiscal year to $14.2 million for the 1998 fiscal year, primarily as a result of
an increase in contracts for underground utility installation and existing
building pipe replacement, partially offset by the effects of the wet winter
season in the panhandle region of Florida.

     Gross profit increased $1.2 million, or 35%, during the year ended April
30, 1998 to $4.6 million, and gross margin increased to 32% during the 1998
fiscal year from 27%, during the 1997 fiscal year as a result of increased
margins on materials required for some building pipe replacement contracts, and
reduced labor costs associated with Nelson's underground utility contracts.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.1 million, or 2%,
from $2.4 million for the 1997 fiscal year to $2.5 million for the 1998 fiscal
year. The increase was attributable to an increase in office labor expense.

SHERWOOD RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Sherwood is headquartered in San Diego, California. The following table
sets forth selected statement of operations data and data as a percentage of
revenues for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,        SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                              ------------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                  1997             1998             1998            1999
                                              -------------    -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Revenues....................................  $11,482   100%   $13,556   100%   $6,607   100%   $7,790   100%
Cost of revenues............................    9,867    86     11,066    82     5,372    81     6,530    84
                                              -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---    ------   ---
  Gross profit..............................    1,615    14      2,490    18     1,235    19     1,260    16
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..................................    1,505    13      2,189    16       850    13     1,150    15
                                              -------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---    ------   ---
  Income from operations....................  $   110     1%   $   301     2%   $  385     6%   $  110     1%
                                              =======   ===    =======   ===    ======   ===    ======   ===
</TABLE>

                                       54
<PAGE>   61

  Six months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the six months ended March 31,
1998

     Revenues increased $1.2 million, or 18%, from $6.6 million for the six
months ended March 31, 1998 to $7.8 million for the six months ended March 31,
1999, primarily as a result of an increase in private projects, principally
hotels.

     Gross profit increased slightly from $1.2 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1998 to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 1999;
however gross margin decreased to 16% in the six months 1999 from 19% in 1998 as
a result of inefficiency for two specific projects due to contract period
extension.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.3 million, or
40%, from $0.9 million for the six months ended March 31, 1998 to $1.2 million
for the six months ended March 31, 1999. The increase was attributable to
continued development of the pre-fab department, creation of a Special Projects
division, and expansion of the Design department.

  Year ended September 30, 1998 compared to the year ended September 30, 1997

     Revenues increased $2.1 million, or 18%, from $11.5 million for the year
ended September 30, 1997 to $13.6 million for the year ended September 30, 1998,
primarily as a result of the expansion into more on-site utility services, and
an increase in public works projects and private projects, principally hotels.

     Gross profit increased $0.9 million, or 54%, during 1998 to $2.5 million,
and gross margin increased to 18% in 1998 from 14% in 1997 as a result of
Sherwood's new prefabrication process and improved market conditions as well as
an increase in the number of private sector projects.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or
45%, from $1.5 million for the year ended September 30, 1997 to $2.2 million for
the year ended September 30, 1998. The increase was attributable to an increase
in costs related to the relocation to a new facility and an increase in staffing
necessary to manage growing operations. In addition, Sherwood incurred a one
time charge related to a litigation settlement of approximately $0.3 million.

MILLER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Miller is headquartered in Marietta, Georgia. The following table sets
forth selected statement of operations data and data as a percentage of revenues
for the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,        SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                               -----------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                   1997            1998             1998            1999
                                               ------------    -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>      <C>    <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Revenues.....................................  $8,042   100%   $11,346   100%   $5,369   100%   $5,158   100%
Cost of revenues.............................   5,806    72      7,675    68     3,713    69     3,346    65
                                               ------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---    ------   ---
  Gross profit...............................   2,236    28      3,671    32     1,656    31     1,812    35
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...................................   2,023    25      2,531    22     1,224    21       892    17
                                               ------   ---    -------   ---    ------   ---    ------   ---
  Income (loss) from operations..............  $  213     3%   $ 1,140    10%   $  432     8%   $  920    18%
                                               ======   ===    =======   ===    ======   ===    ======   ===
</TABLE>

  Six months ended March 31, 1999 compared to the six months ended March 31,
1998

     Revenues decreased $0.2 million, or 4%, from $5.4 million for the six
months ended March 31, 1998 to $5.2 million for the six months ended March 31,
1999, primarily as a result of a reduction in projects with a significant
customer.

     Gross profit increased $0.1 million, or 9%, from $1.7 million during the
six months ended March 31, 1998 to $1.8 million during the six months ended
March 31, 1999, and gross margin increased to 35% in the six months ended March
31, 1999 from 31% in the six months ended March 31, 1998 as a result of
favorable pricing and improved efficiencies resulting from experience obtained
in performing similar projects.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.3 million, or
27%, from $1.2 million for the six months ended March 31, 1998 to $0.9 million
for the six months ended March 31, 1999. The decrease was attributable to a
reduction in officer compensation.

                                       55
<PAGE>   62

  Year ended September 30, 1998 compared to the year ended September 30, 1997

     Revenues increased $3.3 million, or 41%, from $8.0 million for the year
ended September 30, 1997 to $11.3 million for the year ended September 30, 1998,
primarily as a result of an increase in multifamily housing starts and increased
contract volumes in Miller's areas of operations.

     Gross profit increased $1.4 million, or 64%, from $2.2 million during the
year ended September 30, 1997 to $3.7 million for the year ended September 30,
1998 as a result of the increase in revenues and gross margins. Gross margin
increased to 32% in 1998 from 28% in 1997 as a result of small increases in
contract pricing and increased productivity.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.5 million, or
25%, from $2.0 million for the year ended September 30, 1997 to $2.5 million for
the year ended September 30, 1998. The increase was attributable to an increase
in officer and employee bonus compensation.

YEAR 2000

     Year 2000 Issue. Many software applications, hardware and equipment and
embedded chip systems identify dates using only the last two digits of the year.
These products may be unable to distinguish between dates in the year 2000 and
dates in the year 1900. That inability (referred to as the "Year 2000" issue),
if not addressed, could cause applications, equipment or systems to fail or
provide incorrect information after December 31, 1999, or when using dates after
December 31, 1999. This in turn could have an adverse effect on AMPAM due to
AMPAM's direct dependence on its own applications, equipment and systems and
indirect dependence on those of other entities with which AMPAM must interact.

     Systems and Equipment. AMPAM's founding companies utilize two basic types
of computer systems: accounting/administrative and design/estimation. These
systems are generally personal computer based systems or are small network or
local area network systems. Neither AMPAM nor the founding companies employ any
wide area networks or mainframe computers. Because AMPAM's business is not
heavily dependent on the use of computer technology for the completion of the
vast majority of its work, AMPAM believes it will be able to continue
operations, with minor disruptions, were it to experience systems failures as a
result of the Year 2000 issue. AMPAM and the founding companies have had
discussions with their technical vendors and consultants in an attempt to
anticipate any Year 2000 issues and have received either oral assurances as to
their systems' state of readiness or guidance as to steps necessary to ensure
their systems will continue to function in the Year 2000 environment.

     Risk of Non-Compliance and Contingency Plans. Potential problems if the
Year 2000 compliance program is not successful could include disruptions of
AMPAM's revenue generation and collection from its customers and purchasing and
payments to its vendors and the inability to perform its other financial and
accounting functions. AMPAM operates on a decentralized basis with each
individual reporting unit having independent information technology (IT) and
non-IT systems. AMPAM's Year 2000 compliance program is focused on the systems
which could materially affect its business. AMPAM has completed a preliminary
assessment of its significant operating units and believes that the systems at
these companies are or will shortly be Year 2000 compliant. AMPAM is in the
process of testing equipment at some of its largest subsidiaries to ensure that
the equipment is Year 2000 compliant. AMPAM currently has assessed its remaining
Year 2000 risk as low because:

     - AMPAM is not dependent on any key customers or suppliers (none represent
       as much as 5% of AMPAM's sales or purchases, respectfully),

     - AMPAM has many separate personal computer based systems and is not
       dependent on any one system,

     - many of AMPAM's processes are performed using spreadsheets and/or other
       manual processes which are not technologically dependent,

                                       56
<PAGE>   63

     - AMPAM performs construction and service maintenance on site for its
       customers, the work performed is manual in nature and not dependent on
       automated information technology systems to be completed, and

     - AMPAM currently believes that most of its systems that have Year 2000
       compliance issues are based on prepackaged third-party software that can
       be upgraded at nominal costs through vendor supported upgrades.

     As a result, AMPAM believes that its reasonably likely worst case Year 2000
scenario is a temporary inability for it to process the accounting transactions
representing its business activity using automated information systems at some
of its operating units. AMPAM does not currently believe that Year 2000 failures
at AMPAM or the founding company level would materially affect the ability of
AMPAM to complete or continue work on its projects.

     The goal of AMPAM's year 2000 project is to ensure that all of the critical
systems and processes which are under the direct control of AMPAM remain
functional. However, because some systems and processes may be interrelated with
systems outside of the control of AMPAM, there can be no assurance that all
implementations will be successful. Accordingly, as part of the Year 2000
project, contingency and business plans are in the process of being developed to
respond to potential failures that may occur. Such contingency and business
plans are scheduled to be completed by the fourth quarter of fiscal 1999. To the
extent appropriate, these plans will include emergency back up and recovery
procedures, remediation of existing systems with system upgrades or installation
of new systems and replacing electronic applications with manual processes. Due
to the uncertain nature of contingency planning, there can be no assurances that
these plans actually will be sufficient to reduce the risk of material impacts
on AMPAM's operations due to Year 2000 issues. AMPAM has ongoing information
systems development and implementation projects, none of which have experienced
delays due to its Year 2000 compliance program.

     Compliance Program. In order to address the Year 2000 issue, AMPAM has
established a project team to assure that key automated systems and related
processes will remain functional through year 2000. The team is addressing the
project in the following stages: (1) awareness, (2) assessment, (3) remediation,
(4) testing and (5) implementation of the necessary modifications. The key
automated systems consist of (a) project estimating, management and financial
systems applications, (b) hardware and equipment, (c) embedded chip systems and
(d) third-party developed software. The evaluation of the Year 2000 issue
includes the evaluation of the Year 2000 exposure of third parties material to
the operations of AMPAM.

     AMPAM State of Readiness. The recently completed awareness phase of the
Year 2000 project began with a corporate-wide awareness program which will
continue to be updated throughout the life of the project. AMPAM believes that
there is not a material risk related to its non-IT systems because AMPAM is
primarily a manual service provider and does not rely on these types of systems.
The assessment phase of the project involves for both IT and non-IT systems,
among other things, efforts to obtain representations and assurances from third
parties, including third party vendors, that their hardware and equipment,
embedded chip systems and software being used by or impacting AMPAM or any of
its business units are or will be modified to by Year 2000 compliant. To date,
AMPAM does not expect that responses from third parties will be conclusive.
AMPAM does not control its customers, suppliers and vendors and cannot guarantee
that these third parties will not experience material business disruptions that
could affect AMPAM as a result of the Year 2000 problem. However, because AMPAM
is not dependent on any key customers or suppliers, AMPAM does not believe that
a disruption in service with any third party would have a material adverse
effect on its business, results of operations or financial condition. The
remediation phase involves identifying the changes which are required to be
implemented by system for them to be Year 2000 compliant. The testing and
implementation phases involve verifying that the identified changes address the
Year 2000 problems identified through testing the system as part of implementing
such changes. Management expects that the remediation, testing and
implementation phases will be substantially completed during the third and
fourth quarters of fiscal 1999.

                                       57
<PAGE>   64

     Costs to Address Year 2000 Compliance Issues. While the total cost to AMPAM
of the Year 2000 project is still being evaluated, AMPAM's management currently
estimates that the costs to be incurred by AMPAM in 1999 associated with the
assessing and testing applications, hardware and equipment, embedded chip
systems, and third party developed software will be less than $500,000, which
will be funded with existing operating cash flows and AMPAM will deduct from
income as incurred. AMPAM believes that software vendor Year 2000 releases
should address the majority of AMPAM's Year 2000 issues. These costs were
primarily related to the assessment phase of the project. AMPAM expects that the
majority of its costs related to the Year 2000 project to be incurred in the
third and fourth quarters of its 1999 fiscal year. Because AMPAM's internal
systems are PC-based, management does not expect the costs to AMPAM of the Year
2000 project to have a material adverse effect on AMPAM's financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.

                                       58
<PAGE>   65

                                    BUSINESS


     We believe AMPAM is the largest company in the United States focused
primarily on the plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry. On April
1, 1999, AMPAM combined the operations of the ten founding companies, which
individually are leading regional providers of plumbing and mechanical
contracting services, and commenced operations as one company. AMPAM believes
that by combining these regional leaders into one professional organization,
AMPAM has created a national provider which it expects to strengthen and broaden
AMPAM's relationships with its consolidating customer base and enhance its
operating efficiency. The ten founding companies have been in business for an
average of approximately 31 years and, in 1998 performed plumbing and mechanical
contracting services in 24 states. On a pro forma basis for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1998, AMPAM generated revenue and EBITDA of $322.2 million
and $38.5 million, respectively.


     Plumbing contracting includes the installation of integrated domestic water
systems, sanitary waste and vent systems, irrigation systems, fire protection
systems and natural gas piping systems. Mechanical contracting includes the
installation of mechanical and process piping and tubing systems that convey hot
and chilled water, steam, medical gases, fuels and other liquid and gaseous
substances. Both plumbing and mechanical systems include related equipment
(water heaters, boilers, chillers, pumps, sprinklers and drains) and fixtures
(basins, toilets, sinks, tubs, faucets, spigots and valves). AMPAM also provides
renovation/retrofitting and maintenance and repair services for plumbing and
mechanical systems on a per-visit basis and under short-term and long-term
maintenance contracts.

     AMPAM provides plumbing and mechanical contracting services in the
residential and commercial/institutional markets. The residential market
includes single family and multifamily homes and low-rise apartments. The
commercial/institutional market includes retail establishments, office
buildings, high-rise apartments and condominiums, theaters and restaurants,
hotels and casinos, waste water and water purification plants, manufacturing
plants and other industrial complexes, and public and private institutional
buildings, including schools, hospitals, dormitories, assisted-living centers,
military and other governmental facilities, stadiums, arenas, convention
centers, airports and prisons. During fiscal 1998, approximately 54%, and 46% of
AMPAM's pro forma revenues were derived from the residential, and
commercial/institutional markets, respectively. Of AMPAM's
commercial/institutional revenue, approximately 43% was derived from
institutional customers.

     AMPAM's strategy is to conduct its operations on a decentralized basis,
including among other things, retaining the operating names of its founding
companies in their respective regions. Senior management at the founding
companies will retain primary responsibility for operations, profitability and
growth of their respective business units. AMPAM believes that a decentralized
operating strategy, balanced by centralized financial and accounting controls,
will retain the entrepreneurial approach of the founding companies and preserve
AMPAM's knowledge of its individual markets, its extensive brand name
recognition and strong customer relationships. In addition, AMPAM believes that
this decentralized operating strategy will enable it to better respond to future
customer demand and changing market conditions.

                                       59
<PAGE>   66

     The following table contains information for each founding company as well
as our combined operations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Revenues
                                                                                             ---------------------------
                                           YEARS IN          PRIMARY         TARGET MARKET       FISCAL        1996-1998
FOUNDING COMPANY                           OPERATION    MARKET(S) SERVED     SEGMENT(S)(1)        1998          CAGR(2)
- ----------------                           ---------   -------------------   -------------       ------        ---------
                                                                                             ($ in millions)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>                   <C>             <C>               <C>
Christianson.............................     49          Central Texas      Residential         $ 63.4          12.2%
RCR......................................     22       Southern California   Residential           63.3          25.1%
                                                           and Nevada           and CI
Croson Ohio/Teepe's(3)...................     43          Ohio Valley,            CI               75.8          11.0%
                                                          Southwestern
                                                        Indiana, Northern
                                                            Kentucky
Keith Riggs..............................     51         Greater Phoenix     Residential           34.5          12.8%
Croson Florida...........................     10          Southern and       Residential           28.1          54.9%
                                                         Central Florida        and CI
Power....................................     11        Greater Houston,     Residential           17.1          10.4%
                                                        Dallas and Austin       and CI
Nelson...................................     35           Florida and            CI               15.1           9.7%
                                                             Alabama
                                                           Gulf Coast
Sherwood.................................     23       Southern California        CI               13.6          28.1%
Miller...................................     22         Greater Atlanta     Residential           11.3           3.4%
                                                                                and CI
                                                                                                 ------          -----
                                                                             COMBINED....        $322.2          16.7%
                                                                                                 ======          =====
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) "CI" means a commercial/institutional market segment.

(2) "CAGR" means compound annual growth rate. With respect to some of the
    founding companies, the statement of operations data for the 1996 fiscal
    year was derived from internal financial company records that have not been
    audited by any independent accountants. Because the 1996-1998 CAGR of these
    companies, and of AMPAM on a combined basis, includes some unaudited 1996
    data you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information.
    Nevertheless, management believes that the financial information shown above
    may be helpful in understanding the past operations of the founding
    companies.

(3) Immediately following their acquisition, we combined the business and
    operations of Croson Ohio and Teepe's. Croson Ohio's fiscal 1998 revenues
    were $25.2 million and Teepe's fiscal 1998 revenues were $50.6 million.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     General. Virtually all construction and renovation in the United States
generates demand for plumbing and mechanical contracting services. Depending
upon the exact scope of work, AMPAM estimates that the plumbing and mechanical
contracting work it performs generally accounts for approximately 8% to 12% of
the total construction cost of the related commercial and institutional projects
and approximately 5% to 10% of the total construction cost of the related
residential projects. In 1992, the most recent year for which data are available
from the United States Department of Commerce, the total value of new
construction and repair and maintenance work completed by plumbing and
mechanical contractors totaled approximately $28 billion, including
approximately $17 billion from plumbing services and $11 billion from mechanical
services.

     The plumbing and mechanical contracting service industry is highly
fragmented and we estimate it to include at least 40,000 companies. These
companies are generally small, owner-operated, independent contractors who serve
customers in a local market and therefore have limited access to capital for
investment in infrastructure, technology and expansion. According to our
estimates, approximately 200, or 0.5% of all industry participants, had annual
sales greater than $20 million, and no single company accounted for more than
1.0% of total expenditures for plumbing and mechanical contracting services in
the United States.

                                       60
<PAGE>   67

     Residential Market. Residential customers include regional and national
homebuilders and apartment and condominium developers. Typical residential
plumbing projects include the installation, maintenance and repair of domestic
water systems, sanitary waste and vent systems, lawn and garden irrigation
systems, fire protection systems and natural gas piping systems. The residential
construction market has increasingly become dominated by large regional and
national homebuilders, who have been rapidly consolidating or merging, and
national apartment or multifamily residential developers. AMPAM believes that
these large customers generally select plumbing and mechanical contractors with
a large, trained workforce that is able to meet the customer's location and
scheduling requirements and to provide reliable, high-quality services.
Substantially all of AMPAM's residential contracts are obtained on negotiated
terms through ongoing customer relationships versus through a competitive bid
process. The residential market has repetitive floor plans which enables AMPAM
to utilize its prefabrication techniques. In this way, AMPAM can increase
productivity and profitability by reducing construction time, labor costs and
skill requirements. In addition to installation, the residential market includes
substantial demand for maintenance and repair services, which are provided both
on a per visit basis and under short-term and long-term contracts.

     The residential market depends primarily on the number of single family and
multifamily home starts, which are in turn affected by interest rates, tax
considerations and general economic conditions. The founding companies serve
many of the more rapidly growing metropolitan areas, including Houston, San
Antonio, and Austin, Texas, Phoenix, Arizona, Las Vegas, Nevada, Atlanta,
Georgia, Orlando, Florida and Riverside and the San Fernando Valley, California.
These metropolitan areas have experienced significant new construction activity
for single family homes and low-rise multifamily residences over the last
several years and demographic trends indicate continued growth in these areas.
In 1998, AMPAM installed plumbing systems in over 20,000 new or renovated homes.
AMPAM's residential plumbing and mechanical contracting service revenues have
grown at an average compound annual rate of approximately 16% from the 1996
fiscal year through the 1998 fiscal year.

     Commercial/Institutional Market. Commercial and institutional customers
include general contractors, commercial developers, consulting engineers,
architects, owners and managers of retail establishments, office buildings,
apartments and condominiums, theaters and restaurants, hotels and casinos,
operators of waste water and water purification plants, manufacturing and other
industrial corporations, schools, hospitals, military and other governmental
agencies, stadiums, arenas and convention centers, airports and prisons.
High-rise residential projects are viewed as commercial rather than residential
projects because of the nature of the installation techniques and plumbing codes
involved. Because of the long-term nature of the budgetary processes involved,
government and institutional construction projects tend to be less affected by
economic downturns. In 1998, approximately 43% of AMPAM's revenues from the
commercial/institutional market were attributable to governmental and
institutional projects.

     Typically, plumbing and mechanical contracting services for the
commercial/institutional market involve the installation, maintenance and repair
of integrated systems that transport hot and chilled water, domestic water,
steam, medical gas, fuels and other liquid and gaseous substances and the
related equipment, such as water heaters, boilers, chillers, and pumps.
Commercial and institutional plumbing and mechanical construction is most often
performed by a subcontractor for a general contractor, although a plumbing and
mechanical contractor may also perform services directly as a prime contractor.

     Commercial/institutional contracts are obtained through a competitive bid
process or on negotiated terms through ongoing customer relationships. Many
larger projects have substantial bonding requirements that eliminate smaller
contractors from the bidding process because of inadequate financial resources
or capacity. As with the residential market, AMPAM is increasingly able in the
commercial and institutional markets to prefabricate system components off-site,
and these items are transported to the job site ready to be installed. The
commercial/institutional market also involves maintenance and repair of plumbing
and mechanical systems. AMPAM provides plumbing and mechanical contracting
services for the commercial/institutional market in several of the country's
growth areas, including the southeastern, southwestern and western United
States. From the 1996 fiscal year through the 1998 fiscal year, AMPAM's revenues
from plumbing and mechanical contracting services for commercial and
institutional customers have grown at an average compound annual rate of
approximately 18% per year.
                                       61
<PAGE>   68

     Industry Trends. Significant consolidation has occurred among a number of
the industry's principal customers, such as homebuilders, apartment and
condominium developers and other commercial developers, REITs and other real
estate concerns and national contractors and construction managers.
Additionally, we believe the privitization of, or outsourcing by, water
utilities in many areas of the country may provide us with additional customer
opportunities. AMPAM has also witnessed significant consolidation within its
supply channels. We believe these consolidations present an opportunity for a
large, more proficient and professional company, like us, to consolidate and
provide plumbing and mechanical contracting services on a regional and national
basis.

     AMPAM believes that smaller, traditional plumbing and mechanical
contractors may find it increasingly difficult to compete for plumbing and
mechanical contracting projects due to scarcity of qualified manpower, customer
demand for broader geographic coverage and the associated licensing
requirements, costs associated with automating project bidding and estimating,
bonding and insurance requirements (including workers' compensation and
liability insurance) and manufacturers' discounts available to volume
purchasers. In the residential sector, AMPAM believes homebuilders will be
increasingly searching for contractors they can use in multiple capacities, a
"preferred provider," and that AMPAM will be able to take advantage of this
opportunity because of its size and diversity of operations.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     We believe several factors give us a competitive advantage in our industry,
including our:

     - Strong Customer Relationships and Market Leadership. We believe that our
       strong customer relationships and market reputation allows us the ability
       to obtain a high percentage of negotiated contracts, which are
       economically more favorable for us than competitive bid situations.
       Currently, approximately 75% of our business has been obtained through
       negotiated contracts. Our long-standing relationships also result in a
       significant amount of repeat business as well as the opportunity for
       cross-selling our services;

     - Geographically Diverse Operations. In 1998, we provided plumbing and
       mechanical contracting services in 24 states. We have operations in the
       higher growth southwest, southeast and western regions of the United
       States. We believe our broad geographic coverage will allow us to build
       and strengthen our relationships with large regional and national
       customers and will reduce the impact of local and regional economic
       downturns as well as minimize seasonal variations in activity;

     - Large Highly Skilled Work Force. We believe our size, national scope,
       stable and recurring project base, and comprehensive benefits packages
       and training programs allow us to attract and retain the most highly
       qualified personnel in the industry. We currently employee over 2,100
       technicians which enables us to deliver quality service with greater
       reliability than many of our competitors. This is particularly important
       given a current industry shortage of qualified plumbers;

     - Diverse Business Mix. We believe that our balanced customer base of
       residential, commercial, governmental and institutional work and our
       ability to offer both plumbing and mechanical contracting services
       provide us with greater stability both in revenues and cash flow. On a
       pro forma basis, no single customer represented more than 5% of our total
       1998 revenues; and

     - Experienced Management Team. Our chief executive and chief operating
       officer combined have over 65 years of experience in plumbing and
       mechanical contracting services and have developed extensive industry
       relationships. In addition, the presidents of our operating companies
       have an average of over 28 years in the industry and have established
       reputations in their local markets. The combined management team of AMPAM
       holds more than 76% of our company's outstanding common stock.

                                       62
<PAGE>   69

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our goal is to build on our position as a leading provider of plumbing and
mechanical contracting services in the residential and commercial/institutional
markets by (1) increasing our market share and the profitability of our
operations; and (2) pursuing a selective acquisition strategy.

     OPERATING STRATEGY

          We intend to leverage the geographical presence and competitive
     strengths of our founding and subsequently acquired companies with the
     objective of continuing strong internal growth. We also believe that there
     are significant opportunities to increase the profitability of our business
     through the implementation of various best practices used by some of the
     founding companies throughout our operations. AMPAM has formed a Best
     Practices Committee consisting of various members of the management of the
     founding companies and smaller forum groups composed of representatives of
     similarly situated companies, all of which will meet regularly to
     facilitate communication and sharing of best practices. The key elements of
     our operating strategy are:

     - Achieve Purchasing Savings and Other Economies of Scale. As a result of
       AMPAM's size, it believes it will achieve substantial cost savings by
       purchasing copper, steel, cast iron, PVC and ABS pipe, plumbing fixtures,
       boilers, chillers and air handling equipment, pumps, drains, sprinkler
       systems and other materials. Our size will also enable us to purchase and
       negotiate rebates directly from manufacturers for high volume items. In
       1998, AMPAM's materials purchases were 51% of its total combined cost of
       revenues. In addition, AMPAM believes it can reduce costs associated
       with:

          (1) purchasing or leasing and routine maintenance of vehicles, cranes,
              backhoes, loaders, highlifts and other heavy equipment;

          (2) bonding, casualty and liability insurance;

          (3) health insurance and related benefits;

          (4) retirement benefits administration;

          (5) marketing and advertising; and

          (6) accounting, financial management and legal services;

     - Continue to Attract, Develop and Retain Qualified Plumbers and Management
       Personnel. AMPAM intends to provide:

          (1) stock-based compensation for a large portion of its employees;

          (2) progressive performance-based compensation for management;

          (3) recruitment and training programs to provide a steady labor
              supply, including state-registered apprenticeship programs;

          (4) advancement opportunities for talented employees within the larger
              public company; and

          (5) a broad-based health, disability and life insurance and retirement
              benefits program which is often not available from smaller
              plumbing and mechanical contracting services businesses;

     - Increase Off-site Prefabrication of Plumbing and Mechanical Systems and
       Components. AMPAM intends to increase the use of prefabricated components
       in the installation of plumbing and mechanical systems. Prefabrication
       generally involves measuring, cutting and assembling pipe segments and
       attaching various fittings and valves, which is particularly useful in
       the residential market where standard floor plans are often repeated.
       These fabricated segments are then numerically ordered and packaged
       together for installation at the job site. Prefabrication increases
       consistency and quality of work products and allows AMPAM to reduce
       on-site labor costs, materials costs and accelerate its on-site
       production schedule. In some of our regions, we have
                                       63
<PAGE>   70

       experienced a high degree of success in lowering labor costs, reducing
       materials usage and increasing standardization by fabricating portions of
       the plumbing and mechanical systems prior to installation at the job
       site. By sharing the most sophisticated and efficient prefabrication
       techniques currently utilized in some of our operating regions, AMPAM
       believes that it can increase the use of prefabrication to achieve
       meaningful cost reductions for AMPAM as a whole;

     - Emphasize "Value Engineering" and Design-and-Build Capability. In
       addition to the traditional installation of plumbing systems to the
       specifications set forth in architectural or engineering plans, AMPAM
       also provides "value engineering" and design-and-build capability. "Value
       engineering" involves the modification or enhancement of existing plans
       for plumbing and mechanical systems to improve efficiency and
       cost-effectiveness. AMPAM also provides full design-and-build services
       using its technical expertise to create designs for plumbing and
       mechanical systems. By providing this more sophisticated level of
       service, AMPAM is able to integrate itself with the customer earlier in
       the design process, thereby generating higher margins and differentiating
       itself from the competition;

     - Increase Use of Technology. AMPAM intends to take advantage of new and
       innovative technology currently utilized in some of our operating
       regions. AMPAM will use computer-assisted contract bid preparation and
       historical cost analysis in order to reduce the variances between the
       estimates used in the contract bidding process and the actual costs
       incurred. Additionally, AMPAM will expand its use of technology,
       including computer-aided design or "CAD" display stations used for
       project design and engineering;

     - Leverage Geographic Presence to Obtain and Retain Multi-Location
       Customers. AMPAM intends to enhance the sales and marketing programs of
       the founding companies to target large regional and national
       homebuilders, apartment and condominium developers and other commercial
       developers, REITs and other real estate concerns and national contractors
       and construction managers. AMPAM believes that significant demand exists
       from these companies to utilize the services of a single plumbing and
       mechanical contractor that has demonstrated consistent quality,
       dependability, bonding pre-qualification and financial stability; and

     - Broaden Scope of Specialty Services. AMPAM intends to broaden its service
       capabilities within its existing operating areas to provide an expanded
       range of plumbing and mechanical services without any significant
       incremental investment in infrastructure. Such complementary services
       include installation and maintenance of on-site and off-site utility
       systems, fire protection systems and HVAC systems.

     ACQUISITION STRATEGY

          We believe that the highly fragmented nature of the plumbing and
     mechanical contracting services industry offers significant opportunities
     for us to pursue our acquisition strategy. We have an acquisition team
     focused on identifying profitable acquisition candidates with leading
     market positions, stable operating histories, prospects for growth, strong
     management and entrepreneurial skills. We currently intend to acquire
     companies for a mix of common stock and cash. We are evaluating and have
     entered into confidentiality agreements with several acquisition
     candidates. Key elements of our acquisition strategy include:

     - Increase Geographic Coverage. We believe that increasing our geographical
       presence will allow us to build and strengthen our relationships with
       large, regional and national customers and will reduce the impact of
       local and regional economic downturns as well as minimize seasonal
       variations in activity. We intend to pursue acquisition candidates that
       serve geographic markets that we do not currently serve and have an
       appropriate customer base to integrate with or complement our existing
       business; and

                                       64
<PAGE>   71

     - Expand Our Service Capabilities. We will seek to acquire companies that
       offer diverse services which broaden our service capabilities within
       existing operational areas. We intend to pursue acquisition candidates
       who:

      - serve the commercial/institutional market in locations where we
        currently focus on the residential market, or vice versa;

      - offer expertise in higher margin complex installation projects, like
        waste water and water purification plants; and

      - focus on maintenance and repair services.

SERVICES

     Plumbing. Plumbing services provided by AMPAM consist primarily of the
installation of systems that convey domestic water throughout a building,
systems that transport sanitary waste out of a building to a sewer connection
and systems that transport natural gas to various equipment or appliances such
as heaters, boilers, ovens and stoves. A domestic water system typically
includes separate piping for hot and chilled water as well as a number of
fixtures such as sinks, bathtubs and showers and may also include the
installation of interior or exterior sprinkler systems and other specialty
purpose fixtures. A sanitary waste and vent system includes toilets, urinals and
piping to transport sanitary waste. A natural gas system typically includes
piping and connections to transport natural gas, including valves and other
equipment to regulate the natural gas flow. AMPAM also provides repair and
maintenance services for plumbing systems, primarily for systems which AMPAM
initially installed.

     For both residential and commercial/institutional customers, plumbing
contracting projects begin with project design and engineering in which the
locations, configuration and specifications for the plumbing systems to be
installed are determined. Whether the design is provided by the customer or
produced by AMPAM utilizing CAD technology, the type, size and design of piping,
fittings, valves, fixtures and other equipment is typically input into AMPAM's
computer systems which handle estimation, materials ordering and job scheduling
functions. Where appropriate, AMPAM plans to integrate its most advanced systems
into additional locations and areas of its operations to increase automation and
efficiency. Substantially all of the equipment and component parts AMPAM
installs are purchased from third-party wholesale suppliers or directly from the
manufacturers and resold to the customer as part of the contracted installation.
Orders and deliveries are coordinated to match the project schedule. Whenever
possible, a significant portion of the plumbing and piping assembly will be
prefabricated at AMPAM facilities in order to reduce on-site installation time,
increase quality control and reduce material costs. Such prefabrication
generally involves measuring, cutting and assembling pipe segments and attaching
various fittings and valves. These prefabricated segments are then numerically
ordered and packaged together for installation at the job site.

     Once the job moves onto the construction site, connections are made to the
municipal sewage system and supply and drainage piping is installed within the
construction "footings" along the building's perimeter. Risers are installed
which extend this piping above the level of the foundation. These risers are
designed either to be contained within the walls for extension into upper floors
or to connect with fixtures to be installed in specified locations on ground
level floors. After the foundation is poured and as framing for the walls and
floors of the upper levels of the building are constructed, piping systems are
extended to supply the fixtures and systems throughout the building.
Simultaneously, venting systems are installed which ultimately extend through
the roof of the structure. Once the walls have been covered and flooring,
ceilings and roofing completed, fixtures (including sinks, hot water heaters,
toilets, baths, faucets and spigots) are installed and the system is connected
to the water main and gas supply. Typically, plumbing personnel are on-site
during all phases of construction, as AMPAM assigns separate, specialized
plumbing crews to each specific required task (water and gas connections and
pressure testing, sewage connections, ground level piping, wall and ceiling
extensions and fixture installation). AMPAM believes that it increases its
efficiency and labor productivity by training crews to perform specialized
tasks. Municipal inspectors

                                       65
<PAGE>   72

also generally tour a job site several times during the construction process to
assure compliance with the applicable plumbing codes.

     Mechanical. Mechanical contracting services provided by AMPAM consist
primarily of the installation of mechanical and process piping and tubing,
including systems which convey hot and chilled water, steam, medical gas, fuels
and other liquid and gaseous substances, as well as the installation of related
equipment and fixtures which store, pump, regulate and measure the distribution
of these substances. In some cases, these mechanical systems installed by AMPAM
are critical to the underlying business of the future tenant, as in the case of
water treatment plants, chemical plants and medical laboratories. Mechanical
contracting services provided by AMPAM also include the installation of the
piping portion of HVAC systems, including the piping and tubing used to convey
hot and chilled water to the heating or cooling systems and the related boilers,
chillers, cooling towers, pumps, valves and control devices. See "-- HVAC"
below. AMPAM also provides repair and maintenance services for mechanical
systems on a per visit and short-term and long-term contract basis, primarily
for systems which AMPAM initially installed.

     Mechanical contracting projects begin with project design and engineering
which may be produced by AMPAM or specified by the customer. In response to
customer demand, AMPAM may develop some or all of the design parameters using
its CAD programs or may "value engineer" customer supplied specifications in
order to suggest more efficient installation configurations or lower cost
components. Prefabrication at AMPAM facilities may also be employed to
efficiently pre-assemble various piping and mechanical configurations prior to
deployment at the construction site. Most mechanical projects begin after the
foundation has been poured with the installation of distribution piping and duct
systems within the walls and between the floor and ceilings in accordance with
technical design specifications. Once the distribution and main service lines
have been installed, service branches to various equipment are completed, and
the equipment and controls are then balanced and commissioned.

     HVAC. In some regions, we also offer HVAC contracting services as a
complement to our plumbing and mechanical businesses. HVAC systems typically
involve piping and air-handling components. The piping component, as described
above, often is classified as a mechanical contracting service. The air-
handling component of an HVAC system includes the ductwork and ventilation
systems that carry air as opposed to hot or chilled water or other liquids or
gaseous substances. Equipment and fixtures related to the air-handling component
of an HVAC system include heaters, compressors, air handlers and air
conditioning units. Typically, HVAC installation projects begin with the
customer providing the architectural plans and mechanical drawings for the
building to be constructed. The process of on-site installation is similar to
that required for mechanical systems, with the installation of distribution
ductwork followed by the connection of service branches and the installation of
the appropriate HVAC equipment.

     Maintenance and Repair. Maintenance and repair contracting services are
generally provided on a per visit basis and through short-term and long-term
maintenance contracts. Revenue from repair and maintenance contracting services
has historically fluctuated, representing a larger portion of the overall
revenue of the founding companies when existing manpower capacity is not already
implemented on installation projects. AMPAM plans to expand its maintenance and
repair business through greater focus on promoting these services.

OPERATIONS

     Contracting. Residential work is generally obtained by relationships and
referrals, with pricing being negotiated between the homebuilder and the
plumbing subcontractor. Commercial and institutional work is typically awarded
through a competitive bid process, which is often limited to approved bidders
who meet bonding and other requirements. Often large projects attract fewer
bidders because smaller contractors are unable to meet the bonding and manpower
capacity requirements. Contracts may provide precise specifications for the work
to be completed, require the contractor to design and build the plumbing system
or may permit the contractor to provide revised specifications for the project.
AMPAM's plumbing contracts are generally structured on a fixed cost basis,
although repair and maintenance contracting

                                       66
<PAGE>   73

services are generally provided for on a fixed periodic fee or an hourly fee.
Revenues from a single residential plumbing contracting service project range
from approximately $350,000 to $550,000 for installation in a typical low-rise
apartment complex to approximately $1.5 million for installation in a typical
300-residence subdivision of new homes or approximately $5,000 per home.
Revenues from a single commercial or institutional mechanical contracting
project generally ranges from approximately $500,000 to $10 million, depending
upon the size of the building involved, the nature of the plumbing and
mechanical contracting services involved and the specific equipment and fixtures
to be installed. For example, revenue from a plumbing and mechanical project
involving a ten-floor high-rise apartment building may range from approximately
$650,000 to $1,000,000, whereas the revenues from a large plumbing and
mechanical contracting service project such as a stadium or industrial complex
may range from $5 million to $10 million.

     Engineering and Design. We have engineering and design capabilities which
enable us to offer a higher level of service to our customers. These
capabilities may be offered in-house or obtained from third parties, as
appropriate. CAD systems may be used to "value engineer" the project by
providing cost saving alternatives to the specifications and designs provided by
the customer or to actually design and build the plumbing and mechanical systems
to be installed. CAD systems can be used to automate the production of
blueprints, specifications and a schedule of required assemblies and to assist
in selecting the materials and equipment to be used. AMPAM plans to further
develop its "value engineering" and design-and-build capabilities to capture the
higher margins justifiable on account of the cost savings passed on to the
customer.

     Purchasing. AMPAM purchases copper, steel, cast iron, PVC and ABS pipe,
valves, hangers, fire protection and sprinkler systems and plumbing fixtures,
drains, water heaters, boilers, chillers, air handling units and pumps and other
materials from a number of manufacturers. AMPAM purchases these materials
directly from the manufacturer or through wholesalers and other distributors. In
some instances, AMPAM receives discounts from wholesalers in return for prompt
payment, and AMPAM plans to negotiate with wholesalers to receive discounts
whenever possible. AMPAM estimates that its cost of materials purchased
represents approximately 51% of AMPAM's costs of revenues. As a result of its
size following the acquisitions, AMPAM also plans to negotiate directly with the
national manufacturers to participate in rebate programs offered by these
manufacturers. AMPAM also believes it will be able to lower its costs for

     - the purchase or lease and maintenance of vehicles;

     - bonding, casualty and liability insurance;

     - health insurance and related benefits;

     - retirement benefits administration;

     - marketing and advertising; and

     - a variety of accounting, information, financial management and legal
       services.

     Management Information Systems and Controls. AMPAM intends to centralize
consolidated accounting and financial reporting activities at its corporate
headquarters while basic accounting activities will continue to be conducted at
the operating level. In addition, where an operating unit has a system in place
that is inadequate for its existing or near-term needs, AMPAM will implement
standards that will allow for greater consistency. In addition, several of the
founding companies, serving both the residential and commercial/institutional
markets, possess sophisticated (and in several cases proprietary) software
systems which handle estimation, materials ordering and job scheduling
functions. Where appropriate, AMPAM plans to integrate these advanced systems
into additional areas of its operations.

     Recruiting and Training. Recruiting and training will primarily occur at
the local level for each operating unit of AMPAM, but will also be supplemented
by national programs. AMPAM will share best practices in recruiting, selection
and training, to take advantage of the successful human resources, training and
apprenticeship programs developed by some of the founding companies. AMPAM plans
to offer state-
                                       67
<PAGE>   74

registered apprenticeship programs which use local inspectors and AMPAM
supervisory personnel as instructors. Upon completion of the program, each
apprentice will be a licensed plumber and placed on a AMPAM project where
needed. AMPAM believes it will be able to attract highly qualified candidates as
a result of its national size, potential for growth and advancement as well as
its health, disability and life insurance and retirement benefits packages and
stock-based compensation plans.

     Advertising and Marketing. AMPAM uses both local advertising and local
direct sales forces to market its commercial and residential services in its
geographic markets. AMPAM intends to preserve the value of the long-standing
trade names and customer identification enjoyed by the individual operating
units.

CUSTOMERS

     AMPAM has a diverse customer base with no one customer accounting for more
than 5% of AMPAM's pro forma combined revenues for the year ended December 31,
1998. As a result of an emphasis on quality and reliability, the founding
companies have been responsible for developing and maintaining successful
relationships with key customers. AMPAM intends to continue this emphasis on
superior quality and customer service in order to maintain these relationships.
We have provided plumbing and mechanical contracting services to numerous
customers in the residential and commercial/institutional markets and for a wide
variety of intended tenants and owners, some of which are listed below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  COMMERCIAL/ INSTITUTIONAL            TENANTS/ OWNERS                   RESIDENTIAL
  -------------------------            ---------------                   -----------
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
Ashland Chemical Company        AMC Theatre                     Beazer Homes USA, Inc.
Barton Mallow                   Bank One Corporation            Centex Corporation
Camden Development Company      Callaway Golf Company           Del Webb Corporation
Clark Construction Company      Citibank                        D. R. Horton, Inc.
Finger Construction Company     Doubletree Corporation          The Fortress Group, Inc.
Fluor Daniel, Inc.              Embassy Suites Hotels           Kaufman and Broad Home
Greenbelt Construction Company  Fidelity Investments              Corporation
Hamilton County, Ohio           Marriott Hotels                 Lennar Corporation
Hubert, Hunt & Nichols          Nordstrom, Inc.                 Newmark Home Corporation
JPI Construction                The Proctor & Gamble Company    Pulte Corporation
Lincoln Property Trust          Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.   The Ryland Group, Inc.
Ohio State University           Sears, Roebuck and Co.          Toll Brothers, Inc.
Post Properties, Inc.           Sony Corporation                Trammel Crow Residential
A. G. Spanos Construction,      United Airlines, Inc.             Construction
  Inc.                          USAA Insurance Company          UDC Homes, Inc.
Spaw Glass Corporation          Walmart Stores
State of Florida
State of Ohio
Trammel Crow Company
Turner Construction Company
Winegardner & Hammonds
</TABLE>

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     AMPAM operates a fleet of approximately 1,500 owned and leased service
trucks, vans and support vehicles, as well as heavy machinery including cranes,
backhoes, dump trucks and high-lifts. It believes these vehicles generally are
adequate for AMPAM's current operations.

                                       68
<PAGE>   75


     At June 30, 1999, AMPAM maintained 31 facilities in eight states. All of
these facilities are leased by AMPAM. AMPAM's current warehouses, shops, and
administrative offices are currently as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION                                            SQUARE FEET            USE
- --------                                            -----------            ---
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
Glendale, Arizona.................................     6,588      Office/Warehouse
Mesa, Arizona.....................................     7,648      Office/Warehouse/Shop
Mesa, Arizona.....................................     5,675      Office/Warehouse/Shop
Mesa, Arizona.....................................     8,550      Office/Warehouse/Shop
Adelanto, California..............................    10,000      Office/Warehouse
Canoga Park, California...........................    15,900      Office/Warehouse
Poway, California.................................    14,500      Office/Warehouse
Riverside, California.............................    35,000      Office/Warehouse
San Diego, California.............................    13,000      Office/Warehouse
Tustin, California................................     1,500      Office
Mount Dora, Florida...............................     1,700      Office
Orlando, Florida..................................    21,000      Office/Warehouse
Orlando, Florida..................................     6,000      Shop
Pensacola, Florida................................    20,000      Office/Warehouse
Tampa Bay, Florida................................     7,000      Warehouse
Marietta, Georgia.................................    24,000      Office/Warehouse
Marietta, Georgia.................................    10,000      Warehouse
Las Vegas, Nevada.................................    19,000      Office/Warehouse
Cincinnati, Ohio..................................    24,000      Office
Cincinnati, Ohio..................................     5,700      Office/Warehouse
Columbus, Ohio....................................     9,550      Office/Warehouse
Columbus, Ohio....................................    20,100      Office/Warehouse
Houston, Texas....................................     4,200      Office
Houston, Texas....................................     1,250      Warehouse
Round Rock, Texas.................................     7,800      Office
Round Rock, Texas.................................       900      Office
Round Rock, Texas.................................    34,900      Office/Warehouse
Round Rock, Texas.................................     4,000      Office
Round Rock, Texas.................................    30,900      Office/Warehouse
San Antonio, Texas................................    14,500      Office/Warehouse
Woodbridge, Virginia..............................     1,500      Office
</TABLE>


     In addition to the facilities listed above, AMPAM may operate on a
short-term basis in other locations as may be required from time to time to
perform its contracts.


     AMPAM believes that its properties are generally adequate for its present
needs. Furthermore, AMPAM believes that suitable additional or replacement space
will be available as required.

COMPETITION

     The plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry is a highly
fragmented and competitive industry. AMPAM believes that the primary competitive
factors in the plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry are high
quality service, reliability and price. Other competitive factors in the
plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry include:

     - the availability of qualified and licensed plumbers and mechanics;

     - safety record;

                                       69
<PAGE>   76

     - cost structure;

     - relationships with customers;

     - relationships with plumbing component manufacturers;

     - geographic diversity;

     - ability to reduce project costs;

     - access to technology;

     - experience in specialized plumbing applications; and

     - ability to obtain bonding.

     Although AMPAM believes it is the first company to focus primarily on
consolidating the plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry, it will
compete with other existing companies for acquisitions and there can be no
assurance that other existing companies consolidating related industries or
yet-to-be-formed companies will not also adopt a similar focus. In particular,
other existing companies which are consolidating various aspects of the
residential and commercial contracting industry have focused on acquiring
companies that provide residential and commercial plumbing repair services and
residential and commercial HVAC installation and repair services. Some of these
existing companies have acquired companies engaged in the plumbing and
mechanical contracting services business with respect to new installations;
however, these companies have not represented a significant portion of the
overall revenues of the acquiring companies. Competition from existing companies
or yet-to-be-formed companies could have the effect of increasing the price for
acquisitions or reducing the number of suitable acquisition candidates. See
"Risk Factors -- The highly competitive nature of our industry could affect our
profitability by reducing our profit margins."

REGULATION

     Operations and Licensing. AMPAM's business and the activities are subject
to various federal, state and local laws, regulations, ordinances and policies
relating to, among other things:

     - the licensing and certification of plumbers and technicians;

     - AMPAM's advertising, warranties and disclosures to its customers;

     - the bidding process required to obtain plumbing and mechanical contracts;
       and

     - the applicable plumbing, mechanical and building codes with which AMPAM
       must comply.

     Most states require at least one of AMPAM's employees to be a licensed
master plumber, and many jurisdictions regulate the number and level of license
holders who must be present on a construction site during the installation of
plumbing and mechanical systems. Some jurisdictions require AMPAM to obtain a
building permit for each plumbing or mechanical project. In addition, AMPAM must
comply with labor laws and regulations, including those that relate to
verification by employers of legal immigration or work permit status of
employees.

     Environment, Health and Safety. AMPAM is subject to safety standards
established and enforced by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
and environmental laws and regulations relating to the use, storage,
transportation and disposal of various materials. To the extent that AMPAM
performs work involving air conditioning and refrigeration systems, it is
subject to additional restrictions and regulations governing the availability,
handling and recycling of various refrigerants, due to the phase-out of ozone-
depleting substances under the Montreal Protocol and the Clean Air Act.

                                       70
<PAGE>   77

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Each of the founding companies has, from time to time, been a party to
litigation arising in the normal course of its business, most of which involves
claims for personal injury or property damage incurred in connection with its
operations. Management believes that none of these actions will have a material
adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of AMPAM.

EMPLOYEES


     At June 30, 1999, AMPAM had approximately 3,500 employees. Currently, none
of AMPAM's employees are members of unions or work under a collective bargaining
agreement. AMPAM believes that its relationship with its employees is
satisfactory.



RECENT DEVELOPMENTS



     On September 30, 1999, we closed three transactions to acquire the stock of
two companies and the assets of a third company. These three companies have
combined annual revenues of approximately $65.7 million and are located in
northern Virginia, southern California and the greater Phoenix area. These
companies and assets were acquired for a mix of our common stock and cash.



     Also, we are continually considering other possible acquisitions and may
from time negotiate and enter into letters of intent with potential acquisition
candidates. We intend that these potential acquisitions will be acquired for a
mix of our stock and cash. However, the timing, size or success of any
acquisition effort and the associated capital commitments cannot be predicted.
The completion of these other potential acquisitions is subject to a
satisfactory due diligence review, negotiation of definitive acquisition
agreements, obtaining any necessary approvals and fulfilling all other
conditions to closing.




                                       71
<PAGE>   78

                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


     The following table sets forth information as of June 30, 1999 concerning
AMPAM's directors and executive officers:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME                   AGE                   POSITION
                 ----                   ----                  --------
<S>                                     <C>    <C>
C. Byron Snyder.......................   50    Chairman of the Board of Directors
Robert A. Christianson................   53    President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                 Director
Robert C. Richey......................   48    Senior Vice President, Chief Operating
                                                 Officer and Director
David C. Baggett......................   38    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
                                                 Officer, Secretary and Director
David A. Croson.......................   44    Director
James A. Croson.......................   67    Director
Joseph E. Miller......................   46    Director
Albert W. Niemi, Jr. .................   56    Director
Susan O. Rheney.......................   39    Director
Robert W. Sherwood....................   48    Director
Sam B. Sherwood.......................   43    Director
Scott W. Teepe, Sr. ..................   41    Director
</TABLE>


     All officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors and are
expected to enter into employment agreements with AMPAM. See "-- Employment
Agreements."

     C. Byron Snyder. Mr. Snyder has been Chairman of the Board of AMPAM since
its inception. Mr. Snyder is the President of Sterling City Capital, LLC, a
Houston-based private investment company that focuses on selective investments
in companies which plan to execute consolidation strategies within fragmented
industries. He was the owner and President of Relco Refrigeration Co., a
distributor of refrigerator equipment which he acquired in 1992 and which was
merged in February 1998 into Hospitality Companies, Inc. Mr. Snyder is a
director of Hospitality Companies, Inc., a supplier of food equipment and
heating/air conditioning products to the hospitality industry. Prior to 1992,
Mr. Snyder was the owner and Chief Executive Officer of Southwestern Graphics
International, Inc., a diversified holding company which owned Brandt & Lawson
Printing Co., a Houston-based general printing business, and Acco Waste Paper
Company, an independent recycling business. Mr. Snyder is a director of Carriage
Services, Inc., a publicly held death care company and Chairman of the Board of
Directors of Integrated Electrical Services, Inc., a publicly held electrical
contracting and maintenance services consolidator.

     Robert A. Christianson. Mr. Christianson became Chief Executive Officer and
a director of AMPAM following the acquisitions. Mr. Christianson has been Chief
Executive Officer of Christianson Enterprises, Inc., since it was founded in
1980. He also served in management positions with its predecessor company. He
has over 35 years experience in the plumbing and mechanical contracting services
industry. He is a past president of the Austin Association of Plumbing, Heating
and Cooling Contractors and a past secretary of the Plumbing, Heating and
Cooling Contractors of Texas.

     Robert C. Richey. Mr. Richey became Chief Operating Officer and a director
of AMPAM following the acquisitions. Mr. Richey has been Chief Executive Officer
of R.C.R. Plumbing, Inc. since it was founded in 1977. He has over 30 years
experience in the plumbing and mechanical contracting services industry.

     David C. Baggett. Mr. Baggett has been the Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of AMPAM since August 1998 and became a director of AMPAM
following the acquisitions. Prior to that, he served as the Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of Kelley Oil & Gas Corporation from

                                       72
<PAGE>   79

March 1997 until August 1998. Before joining Kelley Oil & Gas Corporation, Mr.
Baggett was the partner in charge of energy and corporate finance for the
Houston office of the accounting and consulting firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

     David A. Croson. Mr. David Croson became a director of AMPAM following the
acquisitions. Mr. David Croson has been President and Chief Executive officer of
J. A. Croson since 1986. Mr. David Croson is the son of Mr. James Croson.

     James A. Croson. Mr. James Croson became a director of AMPAM following the
acquisitions. Mr. Croson was President of Croson Florida from 1989 until 1997
and Chief Executive Officer from 1998 to present. Mr. James Croson is the father
of Mr. David Croson.

     Joseph E. Miller. Mr. Miller became a director of AMPAM following the
acquisitions. Mr. Miller has been Vice President of Miller Mechanical
Contractors, Inc. since that company was formed in 1977 and acts as the Chief
Operating Officer. Mr. Miller is past-President of the Georgia Association of
Plumbing, Heating and Cooling Contractors.

     Albert W. Niemi, Jr. Dr. Niemi is the John and Debbie Tolleson Dean of the
Edwin L. Cox School of Business at Southern Methodist University where his areas
of expertise include economic growth, economic forecasting and American business
history. Before Dr. Niemi's arrival at Southern Methodist University, he served
as dean of the Terry College of Business from 1982 through 1996. He also served
as dean of the School of Business at the University of Alabama at Birmingham for
the 1996-1997 academic year.

     Susan O. Rheney. Ms. Rheney has been a director of AMPAM since April, 1999.
Ms. Rheney is a principal of The Sterling Group, Inc., a private financial
organization engaged in the acquisition and ownership of operating businesses,
where she has served as Vice President since 1992. Ms. Rheney is also a director
of Texas Petrochemical Holdings, Inc. and AXIA Group, Inc.

     Robert W. Sherwood. Mr. Robert Sherwood became a director of AMPAM
following the acquisitions. Mr. Robert Sherwood has been President and Chief
Executive Officer of Sherwood Mechanical, Inc. since he founded that company in
1976. Mr. Robert Sherwood is the current President of the San Diego chapter of
Associated Builders and Contractors and is the current Chairman of the Plumbing
Industry Committee of the California Contractors Alliance. Robert W. Sherwood
and Sam B. Sherwood are not related to each other.

     Sam B. Sherwood. Mr. Sam Sherwood became a director of AMPAM following the
acquisitions. Mr. Sam Sherwood has been Vice President of Keith Riggs Plumbing,
Inc. since 1989. Robert W. Sherwood and Sam B. Sherwood are not related to each
other.

     Scott W. Teepe, Sr. Mr. Teepe became a director of AMPAM following the
acquisitions. Mr. Teepe was Vice President of Teepe's River City Mechanical,
Inc. from 1984 until 1998 and has been President since 1998.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The Board of Directors established an Audit Committee and a Compensation
Committee. The Audit Committee recommends the appointment of auditors and
oversees the accounting and audit functions of AMPAM. The Compensation Committee
determines the salaries and bonuses of executive officers and administers the
1999 Stock Plan. Messrs. J. Croson, Miller and Niemi serve as members of AMPAM's
Audit Committee and Messrs. R. Sherwood, Christianson and Ms. Rheney serve as
members of AMPAM's Compensation Committee. Any future material transactions
between AMPAM and its management and affiliates, including approval of executive
employment agreements and the issuance of securities other than through the 1999
Stock Plan and the 1999 Directors Stock Plan, will be subject to prior review
and approval by the members of the Board of Directors without an interest in the
transaction.

     The Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors, with
directors serving staggered three-year terms, expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders following the 1999 fiscal year (Class I),
                                       73
<PAGE>   80

2000 fiscal year (Class II) and 2001 fiscal year (Class III), respectively. At
each annual meeting of stockholders, one class of directors is elected for a
full term of three years to succeed that class of directors whose terms are
expiring. The Board of Directors is classified as follows: Messrs. J. Croson, S.
Sherwood, Snyder and Miller are Class I directors, Messrs. R. Sherwood, D.
Croson, Christianson and Niemi are Class II directors and Messrs. Teepe,
Baggett, Richey and Ms. Rheney are Class III directors.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     Directors who are employees of AMPAM or a subsidiary do not receive
additional compensation for serving as directors. Each director who is not an
employee of AMPAM or a subsidiary will receive a fee of $2,000 for attendance at
each Board of Directors meeting and $1,000 for each committee meeting (unless
held on the same day as a Board of Directors meeting). Directors of AMPAM will
be reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending
meetings of the Board of Directors or committees THEREOF, and for other expenses
reasonably incurred in their capacity as directors of AMPAM. Each non-employee
director receives stock options to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock upon
initial election to the Board of Directors and thereafter an annual grant of
5,000 options at each annual meeting on which the non-employee director
continues to serve. See "-- 1999 Stock Plan."

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The annualized base salaries of AMPAM's most highly compensated executive
officers are as follows: Robert A. Christianson -- $220,000; Robert C. Richey
 -- $220,000 and David C. Baggett -- $190,000.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     AMPAM is currently negotiating and expects to enter into an employment
agreement with each of the executive officers named above on substantially the
same terms and conditions as described in this and the following paragraphs.
These agreements will prohibit the officer from disclosing AMPAM's confidential
information and trade secrets and will generally restricts these individuals
from competing with AMPAM for a period of two years after the date of the
termination of employment with AMPAM. However, many states' courts have a
presumption against non-competition agreements due to public policy concerns and
some state courts may decide not to enforce or only partially enforce these
noncompetition clauses. Each of the agreements will have an initial term of five
years and will provide for an annual extension at the end of its initial term,
unless either party timely notifies the other that the term will not be
extended, and will be terminable by AMPAM or by the officer upon thirty days'
written notice. The employment agreements will provide that AMPAM will pay each
officer the annual salary set forth above under "-- Executive Compensation,"
which may be increased by the Board of Directors. Such agreements will also
provide that each officer will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket business expenses
and will be eligible to participate in all benefit plans and programs as are
maintained from time to time by AMPAM. All employment agreements will provide
that if the officer's employment is terminated by AMPAM without "cause" or is
terminated by the officer for "good reason," the officer will be entitled to
receive a lump sum severance payment at the effective time of termination equal
to the base salary (at the rate then in effect) for some period of time. In this
type of an event, the time period during which the officer is restricted from
competing with AMPAM will be shortened.

     The employment agreements will contain provisions concerning a
change-in-control of AMPAM, including the following:

     - in the event the officer's employment is terminated within two years
       following the change in control by AMPAM other than for "cause" or by the
       officer for "good reason," or the officer is terminated by AMPAM within
       three months prior to the change in control at the request of the
       acquiror in anticipation of the change in control, the officer will be
       entitled to receive a lump sum severance amount equal to the greater of
       (a) three years' base salary (at the rate then in effect) or (b) the base
       salary for whatever period is then remaining on the initial term, and the
       provisions which restrict competition with AMPAM will not apply;

                                       74
<PAGE>   81

     - in any change-of-control situation, the officer may elect to terminate
       his employment by giving five business days' written notice prior to the
       closing of the transaction giving rise to the change-in-control, which
       will be considered to be a termination of employment by the officer for
       "good reason," and the provisions of the employment agreement governing
       the same will apply, except that the severance amount otherwise payable
       will be doubled (but not to exceed six times the officer's base pay) (if
       the successor does not give written notice of its acceptance of AMPAM's
       obligations under the employment agreement at least ten business days
       prior to the anticipated closing date, the severance amount will be
       tripled, but not to exceed nine times base salary), and the provisions
       which restrict competition with AMPAM will not apply; and

     - if any payment to the officer is subject to the 20% excise tax on excess
       parachute payments, the officer will be made "whole" on a net after-tax
       basis.

     A change in control is generally defined to occur upon:

     - the acquisition by any person of 20% or more of the total voting power of
       the outstanding securities of AMPAM;

     - the first purchase pursuant to a tender or exchange offer for common
       stock;

     - the approval of some types of mergers, sale of substantially all the
       assets, or dissolution of AMPAM; or

     - a change in a majority of the members of AMPAM's Board of Directors.

     In general, a "parachute payment" is any "payment" made by AMPAM in the
nature of compensation that is contingent on a change in control of AMPAM and
includes the present value of the accelerations of vesting and the payment of
options and other deferred compensation amounts upon a change in control. If the
aggregate, present value of the parachute payments to individuals, including
officers, equals or exceeds three times that individual's "base amount"
(generally, the individual's average annual compensation from AMPAM for the five
calendar years ending before the date of the change in control), then all
parachute amounts in excess of the base amount are "excess" parachute payments.
An individual will be subject to a 20% excise tax on excess parachute amounts
and AMPAM will not be entitled to a tax deduction for these payments.

1999 STOCK PLAN

     The Board of Directors of AMPAM adopted the 1999 Stock Plan. The purpose of
the 1999 Stock Plan is to provide officers, employees, directors and consultants
with additional incentives by increasing their ownership interests in AMPAM.
Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of one or more of:

        - non-qualified stock options ("NQSOs");

        - stock appreciation rights ("SARs");

        - restricted stock;

        - phantom stock;

        - performance awards;

        - bonus stock awards;

        - other stock-based awards, i.e., awards not otherwise provided for, the
          value of which are based in whole or in part upon the value of the
          common stock; and

        - cash awards that may or may not be based on the achievement of
          performance goals (collectively, "Awards").

                                       75
<PAGE>   82

     The performance goals for Awards, until changed, include target levels of
net income, cash flows, return on equity, profit margins, sales, stock price,
reductions in cost of goods sold and earnings per share.

     The Compensation Committee or AMPAM's Chief Executive Officer, to the
extent duties are delegated to the Chief Executive by the Compensation
Committee, administers the 1999 Stock Plan and selects the individuals who will
receive awards and establish the terms and conditions of those awards. The
maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to outstanding
awards, determined immediately prior to the grant of any award, may not exceed
the greater of 3,700,000 shares of common stock or 15% of the aggregate number
of shares of common stock then outstanding. Shares of common stock which are
attributable to awards which have expired, terminated or been canceled or
forfeited are available for issuance or use in connection with future awards.
The maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which any person
may receive options and SARs in any calendar year is 200,000 shares. With
respect to other forms of awards, the maximum award that may be granted to any
individual in any calendar year cannot exceed $5.0 million (determined as of the
date of the grant of the award). Options and SARs may have exercise prices as
the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, determines.

     The 1999 Stock Plan will remain in effect for 10 years, unless earlier
terminated by the Board of Directors. The 1999 Stock Plan may be amended by the
Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee without the consent of the
stockholders of AMPAM, except that any amendment will be subject to stockholder
approval if required by any federal or state law or regulation or by the rules
of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the common stock
may then be listed or quoted.

     NQSOs to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock have been granted to David
C. Baggett, Chief Financial Officer and NQSOs to purchase 1,942,115 shares of
common stock have been granted to other members of management of AMPAM,
employees of the founding companies and holders of the preferred stock. Each of
the foregoing options have an exercise price of $7.00. These options will vest
at the rate of 20% per year, commencing on the first anniversary of grant and
will expire at the earliest of:

        - ten years from the date of grant;

        - three months following termination of employment or service, other
          than due to death or disability; or

        - one year following a termination of employment or service due to death
          or disability.

                                       76
<PAGE>   83

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

ORGANIZATION OF AMPAM

     AMPAM (1) issued 3,417,517 shares of common stock and Class B common stock,
to Sterling City Capital, LLC, the management of AMPAM and other individuals and
(2) granted options to purchase 2,142,115 shares of common stock to various
officers and employees of AMPAM, holders of the preferred stock and other
persons. The following executive officers and directors of AMPAM have been
issued the following number of shares of common stock and Class B common stock,
respectively: Mr. Snyder -- 0 and 1,598,901 (these shares are held in the name
of Sterling City Capital, LLC), Mr. Christianson -- 300,000 and 108,372,
respectively, Mr. Richey -- 150,000 and 54,186, respectively, Mr.
Baggett -- 300,000 and 108,372, respectively.


     Sterling City Capital, LLC advanced funds to AMPAM to pay for the expenses
related to the acquisitions. The advances totaled approximately $3.1 million
through the closing of the acquisitions and were repaid concurrently with
closing of the acquisitions in the form of a sponsor note. This note was repaid
with the proceeds of the original issuance of the notes.


ACQUISITION OF FOUNDING COMPANIES

     At the closing of the acquisitions, AMPAM purchased all the issued and
outstanding capital stock of the founding companies, at which time each founding
company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of AMPAM. The acquisition consideration
was negotiated by the parties and was based primarily upon the pro forma
adjusted net income of each founding company for prior historical periods, the
amounts of indebtedness and working capital of each of the founding companies as
well as the future prospects of the businesses of each of the founding
companies. The acquisition consideration delivered upon the closing of the
acquisitions consisted of:

     - $99.9 million in cash (which represents a portion of the $106.3 million
       total cash consideration, subject to adjustment as discussed below, to be
       paid to the stockholders of the founding companies);

     - $5.8 million of seller notes;

     - 8,898,618 shares of common stock; and

     - 1,048,820 shares of preferred stock. Only some of the stockholders of
       Christianson received shares of preferred stock, and these stockholders
       did not receive any seller notes or shares of common stock.


     Included in the $99.9 million cash acquisition consideration paid upon
closing was a portion of the cash payments to be made to the stockholders of the
founding companies based upon the level of working capital of that founding
company as of the closing date. The cash portion of the acquisition
consideration attributable to the level of working capital was increased by
approximately $12.0 million based on the actual working capital as of the
closing date.



     The stockholders of each founding company were also entitled to
distributions of nonoperating assets of the founding company (subject to
assumption of related liabilities), retained earnings of the founding company
(if a C corporation) or the positive amount of the accumulated adjustment
account (if an S corporation). Distributions of excess working capital and
non-operating assets ("owner amounts") amounted to: $6.1 million for
Christianson; $4.1 million for RCR; $5.1 million for Teepe's; $2.6 million for
Riggs; $3.8 million for Croson Ohio; $5.2 million for Croson Florida; $2.3
million for Power; $0.3 million for Nelson; $1.4 million for Sherwood; and $1.5
million for Miller. In addition to the acquisition consideration and other
payments and distributions described above, the stockholders of each founding
company (including some of the former stockholders of Christianson) may receive
additional consideration in the event the founding company generates actual
adjusted net income for the year ending December 31, 1999, in excess of a
designated target level of net income for that period.


                                       77
<PAGE>   84

  ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION

     In addition to the $99.9 million in cash consideration and 8,898,618 shares
of common stock issued to stockholders of the companies, AMPAM issued
approximately $5.8 million in seller notes and 1,048,820 shares of preferred
stock. The principal features of the seller notes and preferred stock are set
forth below.

  Seller Notes


     Principal Amount and Interest Rate. Concurrently with the closing of the
acquisitions, AMPAM issued $5.8 million principal amount of seller notes due
three years from the date of issuance. The seller notes bore interest at the
rate of 10% per annum, and any overdue payments also bore interest at a rate of
10%. These notes were repaid with the proceeds from these notes.


     Interest Payment Dates. Interest on the seller notes was payable quarterly,
commencing 90 days from the date of issuance.

     Ranking. The seller notes were unsecured obligations of AMPAM, subordinated
in right of payment to any and all existing and future senior indebtedness of
AMPAM, including the credit facility.

     Redemption at the Option of AMPAM. The seller notes were redeemable at any
time, at the option of AMPAM, in whole or from time to time in part, at a price
equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to the date of redemption.

     Redemption at the Option of Holders. In the event AMPAM completed a
qualified financing each of the holders of the seller notes would have had a
one-time "put right," but not an obligation, to require AMPAM to repurchase the
seller notes held by any holder, together with any accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the date of redemption, subject to some limitations. A "qualified
financing" meant the completion by AMPAM of (i) an initial public offering of
common stock or (ii) a private placement or public offering of unsecured, senior
subordinated or subordinated notes from which AMPAM would have received at least
$75 million in gross proceeds. The consummation of the original issuance of the
notes was a "qualified financing" and all of the seller notes have been repaid
in full.

  Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock

     Shares and Liquidation Value. An aggregate of 1,048,820 shares of preferred
stock were issued to members of the Christianson family at the closing of the
acquisitions. These Christianson stockholders received their acquisition
consideration solely in the form of cash and shares of preferred stock and did
not receive any common stock. The issuance of the preferred stock was the result
of arms' length negotiation between AMPAM and the stockholders of Christianson
and was a necessary component of the consideration required for the sale of
their company. The preferred stock is cumulative, redeemable and convertible.
The aggregate liquidation value of the preferred stock is $13,634,660, plus
accrued and unpaid dividends, as adjusted proportionately for any stock
dividends, combinations, splits or other similar events with respect to those
shares.

     Dividends. The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive
dividends at an annual rate of 10% based on the "liquidation value" of the
preferred stock. The dividends are payable in cash semiannually in arrears. The
dividend payment dates are June 30 and December 31, beginning on June 30, 1999.

     Ranking. The preferred stock ranks senior to all other classes of AMPAM's
capital stock, including the common stock, in right of liquidation, dividends
and distributions.

     Voting Rights. Except as set forth below, the preferred stock is not
entitled to vote as a separate class, but votes together with the holders of
shares of all other classes of capital stock of AMPAM as one class on all
matters submitted to a vote of AMPAM's stockholders. Each holder of shares of
preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest number
of full shares of common stock into which all shares of preferred stock held by
a holder could be converted at the record date for the
                                       78
<PAGE>   85

determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on those matters. In all
cases where the holders of shares of preferred stock are required by law to vote
separately as a class, the holders are entitled to one vote for each share.

     Without the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of
the shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class, AMPAM may not
issue preferred stock having equal or superior rights to the preferred stock,
repurchase common stock or amend its charter documents in a manner which is
adverse to the holders of preferred stock.

     Additionally, at any time and for so long as either (i) AMPAM has failed to
punctually pay when due any redemption payment or (ii) dividends payable on the
preferred stock have been in arrears and unpaid for a period of forty days,
AMPAM shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a
majority of the shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class:

     - incur any additional indebtedness for borrowed money other than
       borrowings under any credit facility to which AMPAM is a party at that
       time and as then in effect;

     - effect any (a) sale, lease, assignment, transfer or other conveyance of
       the assets of AMPAM or its subsidiaries which individually or in the
       aggregate would constitute a significant subsidiary, (b) consolidation or
       merger involving AMPAM or any of its subsidiaries, or (c) dissolution,
       liquidation or winding-up of AMPAM or any of its subsidiaries;

     - make (or permit any subsidiary to make) any loan or advance to, or own
       any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation,
       partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by AMPAM and
       except for any loans and advances which do not in the aggregate exceed
       $250,000;

     - make any loan or advance to any person, including, without limitation,
       any employee or director of AMPAM or any subsidiary, except advances and
       similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business; or

     - acquire, by purchase, exchange, merger or otherwise, all or substantially
       all of the properties or assets of any other corporation or entity.

     Redemption. The preferred stock is redeemable at AMPAM's option, at any
time and from time to time, in whole or in part, prior to an initial public
offering of common stock for the greater of (i) the fair market value of the
preferred stock and (ii) $13.00 per share of preferred stock, plus, in each
case, accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. After an initial public offering of
common stock, AMPAM has the right to redeem the preferred stock at any time and
from time to time, in whole or in part, at a price equal to the trading price of
the common stock at the time of redemption but in no event for less than $13.00
per share of preferred stock, plus accrued and unpaid dividends. After the third
anniversary of the date of issuance, the holders of the preferred stock may
require AMPAM to redeem the preferred stock. In each case, the redemption price
per share will be equal to the liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid
dividends through the date of redemption.

     Convertibility. Prior to the filing of a registration statement by AMPAM
with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to an initial public
offering of common stock, the holders of preferred stock may convert the
preferred stock into common stock on a share-for-share basis.

     AMPAM may convert the preferred stock following the completion of an
initial public offering of common stock on a share-for-share basis, unless this
conversion would result in the holder of preferred stock receiving common stock
having a value of less than $13.00 per share, in which case the conversion would
be made at a conversion ratio equal to the liquidation value (without inclusion
of accrued but unpaid dividends) divided by the price per share to the public in
the initial public offering of common stock.

                                       79
<PAGE>   86

 ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATION

     In addition to the acquisition consideration and the other payments and
distributions described above, the stockholders of each founding company, other
than Christianson, are entitled to receive additional consideration in the event
that founding company generates actual adjusted net income for the year ended
December 31, 1999 in excess of a designated target level of net income for that
period. This target net income for each founding company is generally an amount
equal to 107.5% of the founding company's pro forma adjusted net income for the
12-month period ended June 30, 1998.

     In the event that the adjusted net income for a founding company for the
year ending December 31, 1999 exceeds the target net income for that period, the
stockholders of that founding company will be entitled to receive additional
consideration, subject to a maximum amount of additional consideration as
described below, having a value equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1)
50% of the difference between adjusted net income of the founding company for
that period and the target net income by (2) ten. The amount of additional
consideration payable to the stockholders of a founding company eligible for
additional consideration is subject to a maximum limitation of 15% of the total
value of acquisition consideration paid to that stockholder upon the closing of
the acquisitions. Any additional consideration payable to stockholders of a
founding company will be paid 50% in cash and 50% in shares of common stock of
AMPAM. AMPAM's obligation to pay the cash portion of the additional
consideration is subject to the covenants, limitations and restrictions
contained in AMPAM's outstanding debt and equity instruments then in existence.

     Additionally, seven of the previous stockholders of Christianson, including
Robert A. Christianson, entered into employment agreements with Christianson
and/or AMPAM, effective upon the closing of the acquisitions. As part of the
compensation to be received by these individuals through their employment
agreements, they are entitled to receive additional consideration based on the
adjusted net income for Christianson for the year ending December 31, 1999 in
the same manner, subject to the same restrictions and determined by the same
methodology as described above for the stockholders of the other founding
companies.

  COVENANT NOT TO COMPETE

     Pursuant to the agreements relating to the acquisitions, all of the former
stockholders of each of the founding companies have agreed not to compete with
AMPAM in the plumbing and mechanical contracting services business for a period
of two years after the closing of the acquisitions. However, many states' courts
have a presumption against non-competition agreements due to public policy
concerns and some state courts may decide not to enforce or only partially
enforce the provisions of these noncompetition clauses. In addition, some of the
management personnel of each of the founding companies will enter into
employment agreements through which these persons will agree not to compete with
AMPAM in the plumbing and mechanical contracting services business for a period
of two years after the termination of their affiliation with AMPAM. In
connection with the acquisitions, AMPAM and the owners of the founding companies
have agreed to indemnify each other for breaches of representations and
warranties and other matters, subject to limitations.

  COMMON STOCK REDEMPTION RIGHTS

     Redemption Trigger. In the event that within three years of the closing of
the acquisitions, (1) AMPAM has not consummated an initial public offering of
common stock and (2) any stockholder of any founding company has not received
cash (including the proceeds from the public or private sale of common stock and
the receipt of principal payments, if any, on the seller notes held by that
stockholder) equal to or exceeding 50% of the aggregate value of the acquisition
consideration received by each stockholder through his or her respective
acquisition agreement, each stockholder will have a "put right," to require
AMPAM to purchase a number of shares of common stock representing 10% of the
total number of shares of common stock then owned by that stockholder, subject
to the limitations described below. The purchase price for this redemption will
be $13.00 per share of common stock.

                                       80
<PAGE>   87

     Minimum Redemption; Limitations. If the events specified in clauses (1) and
(2) above, have not occurred within the time specified, AMPAM will be obligated
to purchase annually from each eligible stockholder no less than 10% of the
common stock held by that stockholder; provided, however, that an eligible
stockholder will not be entitled to exercise his or her put right if and to the
extent that the stockholder's founding company has not achieved the target net
income for that founding company for the year preceding the year the stockholder
seeks to exercise his put right. AMPAM's obligation to effect these redemptions
will be subject to the covenants, limitations and restrictions contained in
AMPAM's outstanding private or public debt and equity instruments then in
existence.

     Additional Redemptions. In the event an initial public offering of common
stock has not been consummated, to the extent the stockholders who have received
greater than 50% of their acquisition consideration in cash wish to tender
common stock to AMPAM for purchase, AMPAM will use its commercially reasonable
efforts to continue to repurchase annually up to 10% of the common stock held by
those stockholders. AMPAM's obligation to make any additional redemptions will
also be subject to any covenants, limitations or restrictions contained in
AMPAM's outstanding private or public debt and equity instruments then in
existence.

     Termination of Redemption Obligation. The put rights with respect to any
individual stockholder will terminate upon receipt by a stockholder of 50% of
his acquisition consideration in cash. This termination will not, however, limit
the stockholder's ability to participate in the additional redemptions described
above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of AMPAM's redemption obligations
under the acquisition agreements will terminate on the earlier to occur of (1)
an initial public offering of common stock, (2) any sale of all or substantially
all of AMPAM's assets in one transaction or series of transactions, (3) any
merger or consolidation which involves AMPAM and in which AMPAM is not the
surviving entity or (4) any transaction after which the shares of common stock,
if any, which are then held by persons other than the holders of common stock as
of the closing date of the acquisitions constitute 50% or more of the shares of
common stock outstanding as of the date of the closing of the transaction.

  ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION PAID TO OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     Individuals who are executive officers or directors of AMPAM received the
following portions of the acquisition consideration for their interests in the
founding companies. Mr. Teepe's share number excludes 10,000 of the 20,000
shares of common stock that AMPAM has agreed to contribute to a deferred
compensation plan for the benefit of some of the employees of Teepe's. Mr. David
Cronson's share number excludes 76,928 shares of common stock that AMPAM has
agreed to contribute to deferred compensation plans for the benefit of some of
the employees of Croson Ohio. Mr. Miller's share number

                                       81
<PAGE>   88

excludes 5,880 shares of the 12,000 shares of common stock that AMPAM has agreed
to contribute to a deferred compensation plan for the benefit of some of the
employees of Miller.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     SHARES OF
                                                                         SELLER       COMMON         OWNER
                      FOUNDING COMPANY                        CASH(1)   NOTES(1)     STOCK(1)      AMOUNTS(1)
                      ----------------                        -------   ---------   -----------    ----------
                                                                          (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>
Christianson
  Robert A. Christianson....................................  $ 3,706        --        665,166       $   35
RCR
  Robert C. Richey(2).......................................    8,473    $1,412      1,412,230          193
Teepe's
  Scott W. Teepe, Sr........................................    2,052       990        532,760          159
Keith Riggs
  Sam B. Sherwood(3)........................................      921        --        169,451           12
Croson Florida
  James A. Croson...........................................    1,906        --        463,225           92
Croson Ohio
  David A. Croson...........................................    4,066        --        720,334          648
Sherwood
  Robert W. Sherwood........................................    1,765       294        294,120          450
Miller
  Joseph E. Miller..........................................    1,838       306        300,461           47
                                                              -------    ------      ---------       ------
        Total...............................................  $24,727    $3,002      4,557,747       $1,636
                                                              =======    ======      =========       ======
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Does not include any additional consideration that may be payable to the
    stockholders of the founding companies. Owner amounts are estimates and
    assume the transactions were consummated on December 31, 1998. Owner amounts
    consist of non-operating assets, S corporation accumulated adjustment
    accounts and excess working capital of the founding companies.

(2) The acquisition consideration was paid to the Robert C. Richey Family Trust.

(3) The acquisition consideration was paid to the Sam B. Sherwood and Vicki S.
    Sherwood Trust.

  USE OF PROCEEDS OF NOTE ISSUANCE


     We used the net proceeds from the private placement of the existing notes
(approximately $117.7 million after deducting underwriting commissions and
estimated offering expenses) to repay approximately $70.3 million of
indebtedness then outstanding under the credit facility, to repay the $30.0
million subordinated loan and to repay $8.9 million of seller and sponsor notes.
All of the debt which was repaid was incurred to fund the cash portion of the
acquisition of the founding companies. The balance of the proceeds from the
private placement of notes were retained for general corporate purposes,
including but not limited to future acquisitions, capital expenditures and
additional working capital.


OTHER TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING CERTAIN OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS


     Byron Snyder is the principal of Sterling City Capital, LLC. In connection
with the organization of AMPAM, Sterling City Capital, LLC advanced AMPAM funds
to pay legal, accounting and other expenses. Sterling City Capital, LLC was
reimbursed for these expenses in the form of a note which has since been paid
off. See "Certain Transactions -- Organization of AMPAM."


     Christianson leases its office and warehouse space in Round Rock and San
Antonio, Texas from the Glen T. Christianson Family Trusts, W. George
Christianson, Jr. Family Trusts, Robert A. Christianson Family Trusts, and
Wilburn G. Christianson Family Trusts. Amounts paid through these leases were
$156,000 for the 1996 fiscal year, $466,000 for the 1997 fiscal year and
$492,000 for the 1998 fiscal year. Future minimum lease payments under these
noncancelable operating leases are $495,000 for 1999, $554,000 for 2000,
$559,000 for 2001, $69,000 for 2002 and $24,000 for 2003. AMPAM believes that
these rents are not in excess of the fair rental value for these facilities.
Glen Christianson and George Christianson are brothers of Robert Christianson
who is the Chief Executive Officer and a director of AMPAM.

                                       82
<PAGE>   89


     Through December 31, 1995, Christianson subcontracted its construction
labor from Contractor Resources, Inc., a company which is wholly-owned by Robert
Christianson. Christianson was charged for this labor based on Contractor
Resources' actual costs. For the 1996 fiscal year, and the four months ended
December 31, 1995, subcontractor labor costs reflected within cost of revenues
in the accompanying statements of operations were $2,663,000 and $2,663,000,
respectively. This relationship was terminated effective December 31, 1995.


     Also through December 31, 1995, Contractor Resources provided workers'
compensation insurance to Christianson's employees through a self-insurance
program. Contractor Resources charged Christianson an agreed-upon rate for this
insurance based on an estimate of the cost of workers' compensation insurance as
a subscriber under the Texas risk pool. Claims were administered and paid by
Contractor Resources. For the 1996 fiscal year, and the four months ended
December 31, 1995, workers' compensation insurance costs reflected within cost
of revenues in the accompanying statements of operations were $268,000 and
$268,000, respectively. This relationship was terminated effective December 31,
1995.

     Effective January 1, 1999, Christianson entered into a 7 year operating
agreement with Contractor Resources to lease some furniture for an annual lease
payment of $63,000.

     Also, Robert Christianson's employment agreement with AMPAM contains a
provision whereby Robert Christianson may earn additional consideration. See
"Certain Transactions -- Acquisition of Founding Companies -- Additional
Consideration."

     G.G.R. Leasing Corporation, d.b.a. Professional Services, Inc.
("Professional Services"), a company in which Robert Christianson had a
one-third ownership interest prior to the closing of the acquisitions, provided
various administrative and management services to Christianson Enterprises, Inc.
In connection with these services, Professional Services charged a fee to
Christianson. For the 1996 fiscal year, and the four months ended December 31,
1995, Professional Services charged Christianson $225,000 and $225,000,
respectively. These amounts are included within other income in the accompanying
statements of operations. As discussed above, the relationship was terminated
December 31, 1995; therefore, no fees were charged subsequent to this date.

     Mr. Richey was a part owner in a partnership which leased vehicles to RCR
at rates approximating market. During 1996, the partnership contributed these
leased vehicles to RCR, at their historical cost, less accumulated depreciation.
Upon the contribution of these assets, the net book value approximated zero. Mr.
Richey is the Chief Operating Officer and a director of AMPAM.

     A partnership owned by Mr. Richey leased steel storage containers to RCR at
rates approximating market rates. During 1996, the partnership contributed all
of RCR's leased steel storage containers. These assets were contributed at the
approximate historical cost, less accumulated depreciation, of approximately
$37,000.

     A partnership owned by Mr. Richey leased some equipment to RCR, at rates
approximating market rates. RCR incurred lease expense under this arrangement of
approximately $87,000, $52,000 and $77,000 for the 1996, 1997 and 1998 fiscal
years, respectively.

     RCR funds three life insurance policies for Mr. Richey and some other
parties affiliated with RCR. Two of the policies name RCR as the beneficiary.
Total payments for these policies approximated $41,000, $29,000 and $12,000 for
the 1996, 1997 and 1998 fiscal years.

     RCR leases some facilities from Mr. Richey. Lease expense related to these
buildings totaled approximately $220,000, $220,000 and $220,000 for the 1996,
1997 and 1998 fiscal years, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under
this lease are approximately $233,400 for 1999, $240,400 for 2000, and $123,500
for 2001. AMPAM believes that this rent is not in excess of the fair rental
value for this property.

     In 1997, Teepe's entered into an operating lease for some facilities with
Teepe, Ltd., of which Scott W. Teepe, Sr. and Steven M. Teepe each own 50%. The
lease expires in August 2003 with an option to renew for two five-year terms.
The lease calls for monthly lease payments of approximately
                                       83
<PAGE>   90

$5,000. Total rent paid under this lease was $18,000 and $55,000 in 1997 and
1998, respectively. Future minimum yearly lease payments under this lease are
$60,000 for 1999 through 2003. AMPAM believes that this rent is not in excess of
the fair rental value for this property. Steven M. Teepe's brother, Scott W.
Teepe, Sr., is a director of AMPAM.

     As of December 31, 1997 and 1998, Teepe's has an outstanding loan to Steven
M. Teepe. The loan is classified as other receivables for balance sheet
presentation. The loan to Steven M. Teepe had an outstanding balance of $114,000
and $122,940 at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The loan bears
interest at the blended federal rate (5.9% at December 31, 1997 and 1998). Total
interest income related to this loan was $7,000 for the 1997 and 1998 fiscal
years.

     In July 1998, Teepe's sold some property to an entity controlled by Scott
W. Teepe, Sr. Concurrent with the sale, Teepe's entered into a lease with the
entity for the same property. The lease calls for monthly lease payments of
approximately $12,000.

     On March 1, 1995, Croson Ohio sold some facilities to David Croson for
$500,000. Croson Ohio now leases these facilities from David Croson. David
Croson's mortgage on these facilities is guaranteed by Croson Ohio. In 1996,
1997 and 1998, Croson Ohio made yearly lease obligation payments to David Croson
in the amount of $99,600. As of September 30, 1997 and 1998, Croson Ohio owed
David Croson $537,743 and $484,155, respectively. Future minimum lease payments
are $213,000 for 1999, $159,000 for 2000, $106,000 for 2001, $100,000 for 2002,
and $241,000 for each year thereafter. David Croson and his father, James
Croson, are both directors of AMPAM.

     Croson Florida leases some property and facilities from James Croson under
a noncancelable operating lease expiring in September 2002. Rent expense under
this Lease was approximately $32,000 for each of the 1996 and 1997 fiscal years,
and $24,000 for the 1998 fiscal year. Future minimum yearly lease payments under
this lease are approximately $22,000. AMPAM believes that these rents are not in
excess of the fair rental value for these properties.

     Croson Florida has a Subordinated Note Agreement with James Croson, with a
balance of $434,000 at December 31, 1997 and $0 at December 31, 1998. Interest
is due quarterly at the rate of prime plus 2% (9.75% at December 31, 1998).
Principal is due in full on December 15, 2002.

     During the 1996 and 1997 fiscal years, Croson Florida purchased supplies
from Eastway Supplies, Inc., a company in which James Croson had a 35% ownership
interest. Croson Florida's purchases totaled approximately $81,000, $48,000 and
$0 for the 1996, 1997 and 1998 fiscal year, respectively. No amounts were owed
to Croson Florida at December 31, 1997 and 1998. James Croson was also a
director of Eastway Supplies, Inc., until 1996. At December 31, 1997, James
Croson no longer owned any interest in Eastway Supplies, Inc.

     Sherwood entered into a construction contract with Poway Land Associates,
LLC, which is 90% owned by Mr. Sherwood. The total contract receivable balance
as of September 30, 1997 and 1998 was approximately $302,000 and $88,000,
respectively. Sherwood recorded construction revenue and gross margin for this
contract of approximately $457,000 and $23,000 for 1997, and approximately
$475,000 and $(112,000) for 1998, respectively. Mr. Sherwood is a director of
AMPAM.

     Poway Land Associates, LLC, leases some facilities to Sherwood. Amounts
paid through this lease were $78,000 for the 1997 fiscal year and $97,000 for
the 1998 fiscal year. Future minimum lease payments under the lease, which
expire in May 2003 are $126,000 for 1999, $129,000 for 2000, $133,000 for 2001,
$137,000 for 2002, and $129,000 for 2003. AMPAM believes that the leases are not
in excess of fair rental value for these facilities.

     As of September 30, 1998 and 1997, Mr. Sherwood had an outstanding loan to
Sherwood with a balance of $63,000 and $83,000, respectively. The indebtedness
was originally incurred in June 1997.

     Miller purchased various materials and supplies from North Georgia Supply
and Appliance Company, a company in which Joseph H. Miller is a part owner.
Miller also bills salaries, insurance, and office supplies to North Georgia
Supply and Appliance Company. Miller purchased approximately $1,940,000 of
                                       84
<PAGE>   91

material and supplies from North Georgia Supply and Appliance Company in 1997,
and $3,048,000 in 1998. Miller had receivables of $195,334 due from North
Georgia Supply and Appliance Company at September 30, 1997 and $8,241 at
September 30, 1998.

     Miller leases some facilities from Joseph H. Miller under a lease agreement
that expires on September 30, 2005. Rent expense for the years ended September
30, 1997 and 1998 was $90,000. Future yearly lease payments for fiscal years
1999 through 2005 are $90,000. AMPAM believes that this rent is not in excess of
the fair rental value for this property. Joseph E. Miller, a director of AMPAM,
is the son of Joseph H. Miller.

                                       85
<PAGE>   92

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth information with respect to beneficial
ownership of AMPAM's common stock and Class B common stock, by (i) all persons
known to AMPAM to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the common stock,
(ii) each director and nominee for director, (iii) each executive officer and
(iv) all executive officers and directors as a group.

     The holders of Class B common stock, voting together as a single class, are
entitled to elect one member of AMPAM's Board of Directors and to one-fourth of
one vote on any other matters on which they are entitled to vote. Each share of
Class B common stock will automatically convert to common stock (as adjusted
proportionately to give effect to any stock dividends, combinations, splits or
other similar events with respect to the common stock) on a share-for-share
basis in the event AMPAM consummates any of the following events: (i) an initial
public offering of common stock, (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of
our assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions, (iii) any
merger or consolidation that involves AMPAM in which AMPAM is not the surviving
entity or (iv) any transaction after which the common stock held by persons
other than the holders of common stock as of April 1, 1999 constitutes 50% or
more of the common stock outstanding as of the date of the consummation of such
transaction. Furthermore, if the Class B common stock has not previously been
converted into common stock before April 1, 2002, AMPAM will have the option to
redeem all outstanding shares of Class B common stock for $0.01 a share.

     Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person is c/o American
Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., 1950 Louis Henna Blvd., Round Rock, Texas 78664.
All persons listed have sole voting and investment power with respect to their
shares unless otherwise indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              COMMON STOCK            CLASS B COMMON STOCK
                                        BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP(1)       BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                        ------------------------     ----------------------
                                          SHARES        PERCENT        SHARES       PERCENT
                                        -----------     --------     ----------     -------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>
Sterling City Capital, LLC............          --          --        1,598,901      66.0
C. Byron Snyder.......................          --          --        1,598,901(2)   66.0
Robert A. Christianson................     965,166         8.9          108,372       4.5
Robert C. Richey......................   1,562,230(3)     14.4           54,186       2.2
David C. Baggett......................     300,000         2.8          108,372       4.5
David A. Croson.......................     720,334(4)      6.6               --        --
James A. Croson.......................     463,225         4.3               --        --
Joseph E. Miller......................     300,461(5)      2.8               --        --
Albert W. Niemi, Jr.(6)...............          --          --               --        --
Susan O. Rheney(7)....................      10,000(8)     *                  --        --
Robert W. Sherwood....................     294,120         2.7               --        --
Sam B. Sherwood.......................     169,451(9)      1.6               --        --
Scott W. Teepe, Sr....................     532,760(10)     4.9               --        --
                                        ----------        ----       ----------      ----
All executive officers and directors
  as a group (12 persons).............   5,317,747        49.0        1,869,831      77.2
</TABLE>


- ---------------


  *  Indicates less than a 1% ownership.


 (1) Assumes conversion of the 1,048,820 shares of preferred stock into the same
     number of shares of common stock.

 (2) Represents 1,598,901 shares of Class B common stock owned by Sterling City
     Capital, LLC. Mr. Snyder is the only natural person who shares beneficial
     ownership over these shares.

 (3) Of these shares, 1,412,230 are held by the Robert C. Richey Trust and
     150,000 shares are held by Robert C. Richey.

 (4) Excludes 76,928 shares of common stock that AMPAM has agreed to contribute
     to deferred compensation plans for the benefit of some of the employees of
     Croson Ohio.

 (5) Excludes 5,880 shares of the 12,000 shares of common stock that AMPAM has
     agreed to contribute to a deferred compensation plan for the benefit of
     some of the employees of Miller.

 (6) Southern Methodist University, 6212 Bishop Blvd., Room 200A, Dallas, TX
     75275.

 (7) The Sterling Group, 8 Greenway Plaza, Suite 702, Houston, TX 77046.


 (8) All of these shares are owned by the Rheney Living Trust, of which Ms.
     Rheney is a trustee.



 (9) All of these shares are held by the Sam B. Sherwood and Vicki S. Sherwood
     Trust.



(10) Excludes 10,000 of the 20,000 shares of common stock that AMPAM has agreed
     to contribute to a deferred compensation plan for the benefit of some of
     the employees of Teepe's.


                                       86
<PAGE>   93

                       DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS


     On June 30, 1999 AMPAM had senior indebtedness of approximately $3.7
million related to capital lease obligations. In addition AMPAM is able to
borrow up to $95.0 million under its credit facility, subject to the conditions
set forth in the credit facility. The terms of our credit facility are
substantially as follows:



     Commitment; Interest Rates. The credit facility is a senior secured
revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $95 million which
includes a sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit. Amounts
borrowed under the credit facility were used to fund a part of the cash portion
of the acquisition consideration and will be used to fund future acquisitions
and to provide financing for general corporate purposes. The credit facility
bears interest, at the option of AMPAM, at the base rate of the arranging bank
plus an applicable margin or at LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The applicable
margin will fluctuate based on AMPAM's ratio of funded debt to EBITDA. The
applicable margin is between 1.50% and 2.50% above LIBOR or 0.00% and 1.00%
above the arranging banks base rate.



     Repayment; Maturity. Interest will be payable no less frequently than
quarterly in arrears. The term of the credit facility is three years from the
date of the closing of the acquisitions (April 1, 1999), and all principal
amounts borrowed thereunder are payable in full at maturity.


     Security and Guarantees. The obligations of AMPAM under the credit facility
are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in (1) all the
accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and other personal property of AMPAM
and (2) all of the capital stock owned by AMPAM of its existing or later-formed
domestic subsidiaries. Also, the obligations of AMPAM are guaranteed by the
founding companies.

     Prepayments. AMPAM is required to make prepayments or commitment reductions
on the credit facility in an amount equal to:

     - 100% of the cash proceeds from any property insurance recoveries not
       promptly applied toward the repair or replacement of the damaged
       property;
     - 100% of the net proceeds of the sale of any equity securities; and
     - 100% of the net proceeds of any public or private debt financing.

     Conditions and Covenants. The obligations of the lenders under the credit
facility are subject to the satisfaction of conditions precedent customary under
similar credit facilities or otherwise appropriate under the circumstances.
AMPAM is subject to customary negative covenants contained in the credit
facility, including without limitation covenants that restrict, subject to
specified exceptions:

     - the incurrence of additional indebtedness;
     - asset sales;
     - capital expenditures;
     - mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and liquidations;
     - transactions with affiliates;
     - permitted investments; and
     - the ability of AMPAM to make various payments (including payments of the
       cash portion of the additional consideration and for redemption of common
       stock), to incur guaranty obligations and to incur additional liens.

The credit facility also contains customary affirmative covenants, including:

     - the delivery of financial statements, reports, accountants' letters,
       projections, officers' certificates and other information requested by
       the lenders;
     - the continuation of business and maintenance of material rights and
       privileges;
     - the payment of other obligations;
     - maintenance of property and insurance;
     - maintenance of books and records;
     - compliance with environmental laws;
                                       87
<PAGE>   94

     - the right of the lenders to inspect AMPAM's property and books; and
     - notice of defaults, litigation and other material events.

       In addition, the credit facility requires AMPAM to maintain compliance
with a number of specified financial covenants including:

     - a maximum ratio of funded total debt to EBITDA of no more than 4.0 to 1.0
       calculated on a rolling four quarter basis;
     - a maximum ratio of funded senior debt to EBITDA of no more than 2.5 to
       1.0 calculated on a rolling four quarter basis;
     - a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0x to 1.25x
       calculated on a rolling four quarter basis; and
     - a minimum net worth with quarterly step-ups equal to 75% of positive net
       income and 100% of net proceeds from equity issuances.

     Events of Default. The credit facility includes events of default that are
usual and customary under similar credit facilities, including without
limitation, failure to pay principal, failure to pay interest or fees, cross
default on other indebtedness:

     - change of control of AMPAM;

     - breach of covenants;

     - material judgments rendered against AMPAM;

     - ERISA events; and

     - a material inaccuracy in any representation or warranty. The occurrence
       of any of these events of default could result in the acceleration of
       AMPAM's obligations under the credit facility which, in turn, could have
       a material adverse effect on AMPAM's operations.

                                       88
<PAGE>   95

                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

     You can find the definitions of capitalized terms used in the following
description under the subheading "-- Certain Definitions." In this description,
the words "AMPAM," "we," "our," "ours," and "us" refers only to American
Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

     We will issue the exchange notes under an indenture among AMPAM, the
guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee. The terms of the
notes include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture
by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

     The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the
indenture. It does not restate the indenture in its entirety. We urge you to
read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as
holders of these notes. We have filed a copy of the indenture as an exhibit to
the registration statement which includes this prospectus.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES

  THE NOTES

     These notes:

     - are general obligations of AMPAM;

     - are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior
       Indebtedness of AMPAM;

     - are senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of
       AMPAM; and

     - are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the guarantors.

  THE GUARANTEES

     These notes are guaranteed by all of the current direct subsidiaries of
AMPAM.

     The guarantees of these notes:

     - are general obligations of each guarantor;

     - are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Guarantor
       Senior Indebtedness; and

     - are senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of
       each guarantor.

     As of the date of the indenture, all of our subsidiaries were Restricted
Subsidiaries. However, under the circumstances described below, we will be
permitted to designate some of our subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive
covenants in the indenture. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee these
notes.

     As of the date of this prospectus, all of our subsidiaries were guarantors
of these notes. It is possible that in the future not all of our Restricted
Subsidiaries will guarantee these notes. In the event of a bankruptcy,
liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, these
non-guarantor subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade
creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us.

MATURITY, INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL

     We will issue exchange notes with a maximum aggregate principal amount of
$125 million. We will issue exchange notes in denominations of $1,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000. The exchange notes will mature on October 15,
2008.

     Interest on these notes will accrue at the rate of 11 5/8% per year and
will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15, commencing
on October 15, 1999. We will make each interest

                                       89
<PAGE>   96

payment to the holders of record of these notes on the April 1 and October 1
immediately before each payment date.

     Interest on these notes will accrue from the date the existing notes were
issued or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently
paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of
twelve 30-day months.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

     After April 15, 2004, we may redeem all or a part of these notes upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period
beginning April 15 of the years indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               REDEMPTION
YEAR                                                             PRICE
- ----                                                           ----------
<S>                                                            <C>
2004........................................................    106.000%
2005........................................................    104.000%
2006........................................................    102.000%
2007 and thereafter.........................................    100.000%
</TABLE>

     In addition, at any time, or from time to time, on or prior to April 15,
2002, AMPAM may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Public
Equity Offerings to redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the principal amount of
the notes originally issued, at a redemption price equal to 111.625% of the
principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon
to the redemption date; if that at least 65% of the originally issued principal
amount of notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of this
redemption. In order to effect this redemption with the proceeds of any Public
Equity Offering, AMPAM must consummate this redemption not later than 60 days
after the closing of any Public Equity Offering.

SELECTION AND NOTICE

     If less than all of the notes are to be redeemed at any time, the trustee
will select notes for redemption as follows:

     - if the notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the
       principal national securities exchange on which the notes are listed; or

     - if the notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by any method
       the trustee shall determine to be fair and appropriate.

     No notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed at its registered
address.

     If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that
relates to that note shall state the portion of the principal amount to be
redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the
original note will be issued in the name of the holder of the original note upon
cancellation of the original note. Notes called for redemption become due on the
date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on notes or portions of them called for redemption, unless AMPAM defaults
in the payment of the redemption price.

CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, AMPAM shall be obligated to
make an offer to purchase all of the outstanding notes at a purchase price equal
to 101% of the principal amount of the

                                       90
<PAGE>   97

notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes to the date the
offer is completed. AMPAM shall be required to purchase all notes properly
tendered and not withdrawn.

     In order to effect a Change of Control offer, AMPAM must mail to each
holder of notes notice of the Change of Control offer no later than 30 days
after the Change of Control takes place. We must complete the offer on a
business day not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of
the notice of the Change of Control. We are required to keep the offer open for
at least 20 business days. The notice governs the terms of the offer and states
the procedures that holders of notes must follow to accept the offer.

     If a Change of Control offer is made, AMPAM cannot give any assurance that
it will have available funds sufficient to pay the purchase price for all of the
notes that might be delivered by holders of notes seeking to accept the Change
of Control offer. In addition, AMPAM cannot give any assurance that its debt
instruments will permit an offer to be made. AMPAM's credit facility does not
permit AMPAM to make a Change of Control offer. In order to make this type of
offer, AMPAM would be required to pay off the credit facility in full or seek a
waiver from the lenders under the credit facility to allow AMPAM to make the
Change of Control offer.

     The occurrence of a Change of Control is also an event of default under the
credit facility and would entitle the lenders under the credit facility to
accelerate all amounts owing under the credit facility. Any future credit
agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which AMPAM
becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. Moreover, the
exercise by the holders of their rights to require AMPAM to repurchase the notes
could cause a default under indebtedness of the type described, even if the
Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of this type of
repurchase on AMPAM. AMPAM's failure to make a Change of Control offer, even if
prohibited by AMPAM's debt instruments, would constitute a default under the
indenture. See "Risk Factors."

     AMPAM shall not be required to make a Change of Control offer upon a Change
of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control offer at the same
purchase price, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements applicable to a Change of Control offer made by AMPAM and purchases
all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under a Change of Control offer.

     In addition, AMPAM shall not be required to make a Change of Control offer,
as provided above, if, in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of
Control, it has made an offer to purchase any and all notes validly tendered at
a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control purchase price and
has purchased all notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of this
alternate offer.

     The provisions of the indenture may not afford Note holders protection in
the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, restructuring,
merger or similar transaction involving AMPAM if the transaction is not a
transaction defined as a "Change of Control." The existence of a holder's right
to require AMPAM to repurchase the notes upon a Change of Control may deter a
third party from acquiring AMPAM in a transaction that constitutes, or results
in, a Change of Control.

     The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of AMPAM and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is
a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is
no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require AMPAM to repurchase
their notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition of less than all of the assets of AMPAM and its Subsidiaries taken
as a whole may be uncertain.

     AMPAM will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations, to the extent these laws or regulations are
applicable, in connection with a repurchase of notes resulting from a Change of
Control. Any violation of the provisions of the indenture relating to this type
of offer shall not be considered to be a default or an event of default.

                                       91
<PAGE>   98

SUBORDINATION

     The payment of principal, premium and interest, if any, on these notes will
be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of
AMPAM. The credit facility provides that the subordination provisions of the
notes may not be modified or amended without the prior written consent of the
lenders under the credit facility.

     The holders of Senior Indebtedness (including, in the case of Designated
Senior Indebtedness, any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a
petition for bankruptcy regardless of whether interest is an allowed claim in
the bankruptcy proceeding) will be entitled to receive payment in full before
the holders of notes will be entitled to receive any payment related to the
notes (except that holders of notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior
Securities and payments made from the trust described under "-- Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture"), in the event of any distribution to
creditors of AMPAM:

     - in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of AMPAM;

     - in any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding or any receivership,
       liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding relating
       to AMPAM or its assets;

     - in an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

     - in any marshalling of our assets and liabilities.

     We also may not make any payment in respect of the notes (except in
Permitted Junior Securities or from the trust described under "-- Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance of Indenture") if:

     - a payment default on Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing and the
       trustee and AMPAM receive a notice from representatives of the holders of
       the Senior Indebtedness; or

     - any other default occurs and is continuing on Designated Senior
       Indebtedness that permits holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness
       to accelerate its maturity and the earlier of either of the following;
       (a) the trustee and AMPAM receive a notice of the default from
       representatives of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness or
       (b) if the default is the result of the acceleration of the maturity of
       the notes, the date of the acceleration.

     Payments on the notes may and shall be resumed:

     - in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which the default is
       cured, waived or ceases to exist or the Senior Indebtedness is paid in
       full or indefeasibly discharged; and

     - in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of

        (a) the date on which the nonpayment default is cured, waived or ceases
        to exist or the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full or indefeasibly
        discharged;

        (b) 179 days after the date on which the notice of default is received
        or the date of acceleration, unless the maturity of any Designated
        Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated; or

        (c) the receipt of notice from those representatives of the holders of
        Designated Senior Indebtedness who gave the original notice of default
        stating that payments may be resumed.

     No new notice of default may be delivered unless and until 360 days have
elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior notice of default. No
nonpayment default shall be the basis for a subsequent notice of default unless
that default will have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90
days.

     As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event
of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of AMPAM, holders of these notes
may recover less ratably than creditors of AMPAM who are holders of Senior
Indebtedness.
                                       92
<PAGE>   99

     On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the sale of the notes and the
application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, AMPAM and the guarantors
would have had, without duplication, approximately $3.5 million of Senior
Indebtedness and guarantor Senior Indebtedness outstanding as of December 31,
1998. The indenture will limit, but not prohibit, the incurrence by AMPAM of
additional Indebtedness which is senior to the notes and will prohibit the
incurrence by AMPAM of Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to
any other indebtedness of AMPAM and senior in right of payment to the notes.

GUARANTEES

     The guarantors will jointly and severally guarantee our obligations under
these notes. The guarantees are full and unconditional. Each guarantee will be
subordinated to the prior payment in full of all guarantor Senior Indebtedness.
The obligations of each guarantor under its guarantee will be limited as
necessary to prevent that guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance
under applicable law.

     Each guarantor may consolidate with or merge into or sell its assets to us
or another guarantor without limitation, or with other persons upon the terms
and conditions described in the indenture. See "-- Consolidation, Merger, Sale
of Assets, Etc." In the event all or substantially all of the assets or the
capital stock of a guarantor is sold or the guarantor is designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as allowed by the terms of the indenture, then the
guarantors guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally discharged and
released.

     Separate financial statements of the guarantors are included in this
prospectus because of their status as subsidiaries, not because of their status
as guarantors. The guarantors are jointly and severally liable with respect to
AMPAM's obligations under the notes, and the aggregate net assets, earnings and
equity of the guarantors and AMPAM are substantially equivalent to the net
assets, earnings and equity of AMPAM on a consolidated basis.

MATERIAL COVENANTS

     LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS. AMPAM will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or in any manner become directly or indirectly liable,
contingently or otherwise for the payment of any Indebtedness (including any
Acquired Indebtedness) other than Permitted Indebtedness; provided, however,
that AMPAM and any guarantor will be permitted to incur Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness), if:

     - the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of AMPAM is at least 2.0 to
       1; and

     - no default or event of default would occur or be continuing.

     LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS. AMPAM will not, and will not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

        (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution or
        payment on or in respect of capital stock of AMPAM or any of its
        Restricted Subsidiaries or make any payment to the direct or indirect
        holders of capital stock of AMPAM or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
        (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in capital stock
        of AMPAM (other than Redeemable capital stock or in options, warrants or
        other rights to purchase capital stock of AMPAM (other than Redeemable
        capital stock)) (other than the declaration or payment of dividends or
        other distributions to the extent declared or paid to AMPAM or any
        guarantor);

        (b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
        capital stock of AMPAM or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any
        options, warrants or other rights to purchase any capital stock (other
        than any securities owned by AMPAM or a Restricted Subsidiary);

        (c) make any principal payment on, or purchase, defease, redeem or
        otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to any scheduled maturity,
        scheduled repayment, scheduled sinking fund payment

                                       93
<PAGE>   100

        or other Stated Maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than any
        Subordinated Indebtedness owed to AMPAM or a guarantor); or

        (d) make any Investment (other than any Permitted Investment) in any
        person (payments or Investments described in the preceding clauses (a),
        (b), (c) and (d) are collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"),
        unless, after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment (the
        amount of any Restricted Payment, if other than cash, shall be the fair
        market value of the asset(s) proposed to be transferred by AMPAM or the
        Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, under the Restricted
        Payment):

           (A) no default or event of default shall have occurred and be
           continuing;

           (B) after giving pro forma effect to the Restricted Payment, AMPAM
           would be able to incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than
           Permitted Indebtedness) in accordance with the "Limitation on
           Indebtedness" covenant described above; and

           (C) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments declared or made
           from and after the Issue Date would not exceed the sum of:

               (1) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of AMPAM accrued
               on a cumulative basis during the period beginning on April 1,
               1999 and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter ending
               immediately prior to the date of the proposed Restricted Payment
               for which consolidated financial statements are available (or, if
               the aggregate cumulative Consolidated Net Income of AMPAM for the
               period shall be a loss, minus 100% of the loss);

               (2) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by AMPAM as capital
               contributions to AMPAM after the Issue Date and which constitute
               shareholders' equity of AMPAM in accordance with GAAP;

               (3) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by AMPAM from the
               issuance or sale of capital stock, excluding redeemable capital
               stock, of AMPAM to any person other than to a Subsidiary of AMPAM
               after the Issue Date;

               (4) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by AMPAM from any
               person, other than a Subsidiary of AMPAM, upon the exercise of
               any options, warrants or rights to purchase shares of capital
               stock (other than redeemable capital stock) of AMPAM after the
               Issue Date;

               (5) the aggregate net cash proceeds received after the Issue Date
               by AMPAM from any person, other than a subsidiary of AMPAM, from
               the issuance and sale of debt securities that have been converted
               into or exchanged for capital stock of AMPAM (other than
               Redeemable capital stock) to the extent the debt securities were
               originally sold for cash, plus the aggregate amount of cash
               received by AMPAM, other than from a subsidiary of AMPAM, at the
               time of the conversion or exchange;

               (6) to the extent not otherwise included in AMPAM's Consolidated
               Net Income, in the case of the disposition or repayment of any
               Investment constituting a Restricted Payment after the Issue
               Date, an amount equal to the lesser of the return of capital with
               respect to the Investment and the initial amount of the
               Investment, in either case, less the cost of the disposition of
               the Investment;

               (7) so long as the Designation was treated as a Restricted
               Payment made after the Issue Date, with respect to any
               Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been redesignated as a
               Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date in accordance with
               "-- Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries"
               below, the fair market value of AMPAM's interest in the
               Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation. However, this amount
               shall

                                       94
<PAGE>   101

               not in any case exceed the Designation Amount with respect to the
               Restricted Subsidiary upon its Designation; and

               (8) $4.0 million.

     For purposes of the preceding clause (C)(4), the value of the aggregate net
proceeds received by AMPAM upon the issuance of capital stock upon the exercise
of options, warrants or rights will be the net cash proceeds received upon the
issuance of the options, warrants or rights plus the incremental amount received
by AMPAM upon the exercise of the options, warrants or rights.

     None of the foregoing provisions will prohibit, so long as, in the case of
clauses (5) and (6) below, there is no default or event of default continuing:

        (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the
        date of its declaration, if at the date of declaration this payment
        would be permitted by the first paragraph of this covenant;

        (2) the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of any
        shares of any class of capital stock of AMPAM in exchange for, or out of
        the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale of,
        other shares of capital stock of AMPAM (other than Redeemable capital
        stock) to any person (other than to a Subsidiary of AMPAM); provided,
        however, that the net cash proceeds are excluded from clause (C) above;

        (3) any redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of
        Subordinated Indebtedness of AMPAM in exchange for, or out of the net
        cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale of, (A)
        capital stock (other than redeemable capital stock) of AMPAM to any
        person (other than to a Subsidiary of AMPAM); provided, however, that
        any net cash proceeds of this type are excluded from clause (C) of the
        first paragraph of this covenant; or (B) other Subordinated Indebtedness
        of AMPAM which:

           - has no scheduled principal payment prior to the 91st day after the
             Maturity Date;

           - has an Average Life to Stated Maturity greater than the remaining
             Average Life to Stated Maturity of the notes; and

           - is subordinated to the notes to at least the same extent as the
             Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed,
             acquired or retired;

        (4) payments to purchase capital stock of AMPAM from management or
        employees of AMPAM or any of its Subsidiaries or their authorized
        representatives, upon the death, disability or termination of employment
        of these employees, in aggregate amounts under this clause (4) not to
        exceed $1.0 million in any fiscal year of AMPAM;

        (5) the payment of regularly scheduled semi-annual dividends in respect
        of the Seller Preferred Stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.4
        million in any one year;

        (6) the payment of the aggregate liquidation preference of the Seller
        Preferred Stock at final maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed
        $14.0 million;

        (7) the application of the net proceeds of the private placement of
        notes to which this registration statement relates;

        (8) cash payments in lieu of fractional shares issuable as dividends on
        preferred securities of AMPAM or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in
        aggregate amounts under this clause (8) not to exceed $20,000 in any
        fiscal year of AMPAM;

        (9) repurchases of capital stock considered to have occurred upon
        exercise of stock options if that capital stock represents a portion of
        the exercise price of options previously described;

                                       95
<PAGE>   102

        (10) the payment of the redemption price of rights issued through any
        shareholders, rights plan not in excess of $0.05 per right and not in
        excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate;

        (11) the payment of "Additional Consideration" (as defined in the
        Acquisition Agreements) in the manner and in the amounts as provided in
        the Acquisition Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date and described
        in the Offering Memorandum, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $16.2
        million; provided, however, that AMPAM's Consolidated Fixed Charge
        Coverage Ratio at that time is at least 3.25 to 1; and

        (12) the payment of amounts constituting post-closing adjustments to the
        former stockholders of the founding companies in respect of (A) working
        capital adjustments for which AMPAM received assets of comparable value
        and (B) unpaid cash consideration reflected in the pro forma financial
        statements of AMPAM on the Issue Date, in each case, in accordance with
        the Acquisition Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date.

Any payments made pursuant to clauses (1), (4), (6), (10) and (11) of this
paragraph shall be taken into account in calculating the amount of Restricted
Payments made from and after the Issue Date.

     In computing Consolidated Net Income of AMPAM under clause (C)(1) of the
first paragraph of this covenant:

     - AMPAM shall use audited financial statements for the portions of the
       relevant period for which audited financial statements are available on
       the date of determination and unaudited financial statements and other
       current financial data based on the books and records of AMPAM for the
       remaining portion of that period; and

     - AMPAM shall be permitted to rely in good faith on the financial
       statements and other financial data derived from the books and records of
       AMPAM that are available on the date of determination.

If AMPAM makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time the Restricted Payment is
made would in the good faith determination of AMPAM be permitted under the
requirements of the indenture, that Restricted Payment shall be considered to
have been made in compliance with the indenture notwithstanding any subsequent
adjustments made in good faith to AMPAM's financial statements affecting
Consolidated Net Income of AMPAM for any period.

     LIMITATION ON LIENS. AMPAM will not, and will not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly and indirectly, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist any Liens of any kind securing Indebtedness upon any of its
property or assets, or any proceeds therefrom, unless the notes are equally and
ratably secured (except that Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness shall be
expressly subordinate to Liens securing the notes to the same extent that
Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinate to the notes), except for:

     - Liens securing Senior Indebtedness and guarantor Senior Indebtedness;

     - Liens securing the notes;

     - Liens securing Indebtedness which is incurred to refinance Indebtedness
       which has been secured by a Lien (other than a Lien in favor of AMPAM or
       a Restricted Subsidiary) permitted under the indenture and which has been
       incurred in accordance with the provisions of the indenture; provided,
       however, that these Liens do not extend to or cover any property or
       assets of AMPAM or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the
       Indebtedness so refinanced; and

     - Permitted Liens.

                                       96
<PAGE>   103

     DISPOSITION OF PROCEEDS OF ASSET SALES. AMPAM will not, and will not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Sale unless:

     - AMPAM or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
       consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair
       market value of the shares or assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

     - at least 75% of the consideration in the Asset Sale, plus all other Asset
       Sales since the Issue Date on a cumulative basis, consists of cash or
       Cash Equivalents;

For purposes of this provision, the following shall be regarded as cash:

     - the amount of any Indebtedness (as shown on the most recent balance sheet
       of AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary) of AMPAM or a Restricted
       Subsidiary that is assumed by the transferee of the assets as a result of
       which AMPAM and its Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable thereon;
       and

     - any securities, notes or other obligations received by AMPAM or a
       Restricted Subsidiary from a transferee that are converted within 60 days
       into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash
       Equivalents received).

     Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset
Sale, AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Cash Proceeds at its
option:

     - to repay, and permanently reduce the commitments under Senior
       Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness;

     - to an investment in properties and assets that replace the properties and
       assets that were the subject of an Asset Sale;

     - to an investment in properties and assets that are used or useful in the
       business of AMPAM and its Restricted Subsidiaries conducted at that time;
       or

     - to an investment in capital stock of a person, the principal portion of
       whose assets qualify under either of the previous two points in
       businesses reasonably related thereto or in capital stock of a person,
       the principal portion of whose assets consist of these types property or
       assets.

     Any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are neither used to repay,
and permanently reduce the commitments under, Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor
Senior Indebtedness in accordance with their terms nor invested in replacement
assets within this 360-day period will constitute "Excess Proceeds" subject to
disposition as provided below. However, that any Net Cash Proceeds from any
Asset Sale which are used to repay Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior
Indebtedness but are subsequently invested in replacement assets within this
360-day period will not constitute "Excess Proceeds."

     When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds equals or exceeds $10 million,
AMPAM shall make an offer to purchase, from all holders of the notes and any
then outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness required to be repurchased or repaid on
a permanent basis in connection with an Asset Sale, an aggregate principal
amount of notes and any then outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness equal to the
Excess Proceeds as follows:

     - (A) AMPAM shall make an offer to purchase from all holders of the notes
       in accordance with the procedures set forth in the indenture the maximum
       principal amount (expressed as a multiple of $1,000) of notes that may be
       purchased out of an amount equal to the product of the Excess Proceeds,
       multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding
       principal amount of the notes and the denominator of which is the sum of
       the outstanding principal amount of the notes and Pari Passu
       Indebtedness, if any of all notes tendered, and (B) to the extent
       required by the Pari Passu Indebtedness and provided there is a permanent
       reduction in the principal amount of the

                                       97
<PAGE>   104

       Pari Passu Indebtedness, AMPAM shall make an offer to purchase Pari Passu
       Indebtedness in an amount equal to the excess of the Excess Proceeds over
       the Asset Sale offer amount;

     - The offer price for the notes shall be payable in cash in an amount equal
       to 100% of the principal amount of the notes tendered in connection with
       an Asset Sale Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
       date the Asset Sale Offer is consummated, in accordance with the
       procedures set forth in the indenture. To the extent that the aggregate
       Offered Price of the notes tendered in connection with an Asset Sale
       Offer is less than the Asset Sale Offer Amount relating thereto or the
       aggregate amount of the Pari Passu Indebtedness that is purchased or
       repaid in connection with the Pari Passu Offer is less than the Pari
       Passu Indebtedness Amount, AMPAM may use the Asset Sale Deficiency for
       general corporate purposes, subject to the limitations contained in the
       indenture; and

     - If the aggregate total price of notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
       by holders exceeds the amount offered, notes to be purchased will be
       selected on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of the offers described
       above, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

     AMPAM will comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations, to the extent these laws and regulations are
applicable, in the event that an Asset Sale occurs and AMPAM is required to
purchase notes as described above, and any violation of the provisions of the
indenture relating to the offer described above occurring as a result of this
compliance shall not be considered a default or an event of default.

     LIMITATION ON ISSUANCES AND SALES OF RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY STOCK. AMPAM
will not

     - permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any capital stock (other than
       to AMPAM or a Restricted Subsidiary); and

     - permit any Person (other than AMPAM and/or one or more Restricted
       Subsidiaries) to own any capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary.

This covenant shall not prohibit:

     - the issuance and sale of all, but not less than all, of the issued and
       outstanding capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary owned by AMPAM or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with the other
       provisions of the indenture; or

     - the ownership by directors of directors' qualifying shares or the
       ownership by foreign nationals of capital stock of any Restricted
       Subsidiary, to the extent mandated by applicable law.

     LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. AMPAM will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into
any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without
limitation, the sale, transfer, disposition, purchase, exchange or lease of
assets, property or services) with, or for the benefit of, any of its
Affiliates, except:

        (a) on terms that are no less favorable to AMPAM or the Restricted
        Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those which could have been
        obtained at the time in a comparable transaction or series of related
        transactions from persons who are not Affiliates of AMPAM,

        (b) with respect to a transaction or series of related transactions
        involving aggregate payments or value equal to or greater than $5
        million, AMPAM shall have delivered an officers' certificate to the
        trustee certifying that this transaction or transactions comply with the
        preceding clause (a) and have been approved by the Disinterested Members
        of the Board of Directors of AMPAM; provided, however that AMPAM may, if
        there are no Disinterested Members of the Board of Directors or at its
        option, obtain and deliver to the trustee the written opinion referred
        to in clause (c) below in lieu of an officers' certificate and

        (c) with respect to a transaction or series of related transactions
        involving aggregate payments or value equal to or greater than $10
        million, AMPAM shall have delivered to the trustee the
                                       98
<PAGE>   105

        officers' certificate referred to in clause (b) which includes a
        certification that this transaction or transactions have been approved
        by a majority of the Disinterested Members of the Board of Directors of
        AMPAM or, in the event there are no Disinterested Members of the Board
        of Directors, that AMPAM has obtained a written opinion from an
        independent nationally recognized investment banking firm, accounting
        firm or appraisal firm, in each case specializing or having a specialty
        in the type and subject matter of the transaction or series of
        transactions at issue, which opinion shall be to the effect set forth in
        clause (a) above or shall state that SUCH transaction or series of
        related transactions is fair from a financial point of view to AMPAM or
        the Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions set forth in this covenant shall
not apply to

     - transactions between or among AMPAM and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     - customary directors' fees, indemnification and similar arrangements,
       consulting fees, employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements,
       compensation or employee benefit arrangements and incentive arrangements
       with any officer, director or employee of AMPAM or any Restricted
       Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     - any dividends made in compliance with "-- Limitation on Restricted
       Payments" above;

     - loans and advances to officers, directors and employees of AMPAM or any
       Restricted Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business in an
       aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 outstanding at any one time;

     - transactions in connection with agreements in effect on the Issue Date;

     - written agreements assumed in connection with Asset Acquisitions with
       persons who were not Affiliates prior to the transactions; provided,
       however, that these agreements were not entered into in connection with
       or in contemplation of an Asset Acquisition;

     - leases of property or equipment entered into in the ordinary course of
       business on terms that are substantially similar to those which could
       have been obtained at the time in a comparable transaction with
       non-Affiliates; or

     - any sale or other issuance for cash of capital stock (other than
       Redeemable capital stock) of AMPAM.

     LIMITATION ON DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES. AMPAM will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

     - pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on
       or in respect of its capital stock to AMPAM or any other Restricted
       Subsidiary,

     - pay any Indebtedness owed to AMPAM or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

     - make loans or advances to AMPAM or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

     - transfer any of its properties or assets to AMPAM or any other Restricted
       Subsidiary or

     - guarantee any Indebtedness of AMPAM or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

However, the following encumbrances or restrictions are allowed:

     - those existing under or by reason of applicable law or any applicable
       rule, regulation or order;

     - customary nonassignment provisions of any contract or any lease governing
       a leasehold interest of AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     - customary restrictions on transfers of property subject to a Lien
       permitted under the indenture (including purchase money Liens permitted
       under the indenture);

                                       99
<PAGE>   106

     - any agreement or other instrument of a person acquired by AMPAM or any
       Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of the acquisition (but
       not created in contemplation of such an acquisition), which encumbrance
       or restriction is not applicable to any person, or the properties or
       assets of any person, other than the person, or the property or assets of
       the person, so acquired;

     - an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of capital stock or
       assets of a Restricted Subsidiary or an agreement entered into for the
       sale of specified assets (in either case, so long as the encumbrance or
       restriction, by its terms, terminates on the earlier of the termination
       of the agreement or the consummation of the agreement and so long as the
       restriction applies only to the capital stock or assets to be sold);

     - any agreement in effect on the Issue Date (including, without limitation,
       the credit facility);

     - those existing under or by reason of the indenture and the guarantees;
       and

     - any agreement that amends, extends, refinances, renews or replaces any
       agreement described in the foregoing clauses; provided, however, that the
       terms and conditions of any agreement of this type are not materially
       less favorable to the holders of the notes with respect to these
       encumbrances or restrictions than those under the agreement amended,
       extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced.

     LIMITATION ON DESIGNATIONS OF UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES. AMPAM may
designate after the Issue Date any Restricted Subsidiary as an "Unrestricted
Subsidiary" under the indenture (a "Designation") only if:

     - no default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after
       giving effect to a Designation;

     - AMPAM would be permitted to make an Investment (other than a Permitted
       Investment covered by clause (x) of that definition) at the time of the
       Designation pursuant to the first paragraph of "-- Limitation on
       Restricted Payments" above in an amount (the "Designation Amount") equal
       to the fair market value of AMPAM's interest in the Subsidiary on that
       date; and

     - AMPAM would be permitted under the indenture to incur $1.00 of additional
       Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant
       described under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness" at the time of the
       Designation (assuming the effectiveness of the Designation).

     In the event of any Designation of this type, AMPAM shall be regarded as
having made an Investment constituting a Restricted Payment under the covenant
"-- Limitation on Restricted Payments" for all purposes of the indenture in the
Designation Amount.

     AMPAM shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary
to, at any time:

     - provide credit support for or subject any of its property or assets
       (other than the capital stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) to the
       satisfaction of, any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

     - be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted
       Subsidiary; or

     - be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness which provides that
       the holder of that Indebtedness may (upon notice, lapse of time or both)
       declare a default thereon or cause payment to be accelerated or payable
       prior to its final Stated Maturity upon the occurrence of a default with
       respect to any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          The Designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall
     automatically include the Designation of all Subsidiaries of that
     Subsidiary as Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

                                       100
<PAGE>   107

     AMPAM may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (a "Revocation") if:

     - no default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of and after
       giving effect to the Revocation; and

     - all Liens and Indebtedness of the Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding
       immediately following the Revocation would, if incurred at that time,
       have been permitted to be incurred under the indenture.

     All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by Board Resolutions of
AMPAM delivered to the trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing
provisions.

     LIMITATION ON THE ISSUANCE OF SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS. AMPAM will not,
and will not permit any guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is expressly subordinate or
junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of AMPAM or that guarantor
and senior in right of payment to the notes or the guarantee of that guarantor,
as the case may be.

     ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. If AMPAM or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries acquires, creates or designates another Restricted Subsidiary
organized under the laws of the United States or any of its possessions or
territories, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, then
this newly acquired, created or designated Restricted Subsidiary shall, within
30 days after the date of its acquisition, creation or designation, whichever is
later, execute and deliver to the trustee a supplemental indenture in form
reasonably satisfactory to the trustee through which that Subsidiary shall
unconditionally guarantee (on a senior subordinated basis) all of AMPAM's
obligations under the notes and the indenture on the terms set forth in the
indenture; provided, however, that this Restricted Subsidiary shall not be
obligated to become a guarantor in the manner set forth above if this Restricted
Subsidiary is not, either individually or when considered in the aggregate with
all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not guarantors, a Significant
Subsidiary. Thereafter, this Restricted Subsidiary shall be a guarantor for all
purposes of the indenture. Any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a guarantor
shall become a guarantor in the manner provided above within 30 days of that
time as it becomes, either individually or when considered in the aggregate with
all other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not guarantors, a Significant
Subsidiary. AMPAM at its option may also cause any other Restricted Subsidiary
to so become a guarantor.

     REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. For so long as the notes are outstanding, whether
or not AMPAM is subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or any
successor provisions, AMPAM shall file with the SEC the annual reports,
quarterly reports and other documents which AMPAM would have been required to
file with the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) or any successor provisions if
AMPAM were so subject, these documents to be filed with the SEC on or prior to
the respective dates by which AMPAM would have been required so to file these
documents if AMPAM were so subject. AMPAM shall also in any event within 15 days
after each required filing date file with the trustee, copies of the annual
reports, quarterly reports and other documents which AMPAM would be required to
file with the SEC if the notes were then registered under the Exchange Act and
to make this information available to holders of notes upon request. In
addition, if AMPAM is not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, AMPAM will furnish to the
holders of notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered under Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OF ASSETS, ETC.

     AMPAM will not, in any transaction or series of transactions, merge or
consolidate with or into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any person
or persons, and AMPAM will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
enter into any transaction of this type or series of transactions if that
transaction or series of transactions, in the aggregate, would result in a sale,
assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or

                                       101
<PAGE>   108

substantially all of the properties and assets of AMPAM and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, to any other person or persons, unless:

     - either (1) if the transaction or series of transactions is a merger or
       consolidation, AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
       shall be the surviving person of the merger or consolidation, or (2) the
       person formed by the consolidation or into which AMPAM or the Restricted
       Subsidiary, as the case may be, is merged or to which the properties and
       assets of AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, are
       disposed of shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws
       of the United States of America, any state or the District of Columbia
       and shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture executed and
       delivered to the trustee, in form satisfactory to the trustee, all the
       obligations of AMPAM under the notes, the indenture and the registration
       rights agreement, and in each case, the indenture shall remain in full
       force and effect;

     - immediately after giving effect to the transaction or series of
       transactions on a pro forma basis, no default or event of default shall
       have occurred and be continuing; and

     - except in the case of any merger of AMPAM with any Restricted Subsidiary
       or any merger of guarantors, AMPAM or the surviving entity, as the case
       may be, after giving effect to the transaction or series of transactions
       on a pro forma basis on the assumption that the transaction or
       transactions had occurred on the first day of the period of four fiscal
       quarters ending immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction
       or transactions, with the appropriate adjustments with respect to the
       transaction or transactions being included in the pro forma calculation,
       could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness in accordance with the
       "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant described above.

     Upon any consolidation, merger or any sale, assignment, conveyance,
transfer, lease or other disposition in accordance with the immediately
preceding paragraphs, the successor person formed by the consolidation or into
which AMPAM or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is merged or the
successor person to which the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or
other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of AMPAM under the notes, the indenture and/or
the registration rights agreement, as the case may be, with the same effect as
if the successor had been named as AMPAM in the notes, the indenture and/or the
registration rights agreement, as the case may be, and, except in the case of a
lease, AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary shall be released and discharged from
its obligations under the notes and the indenture.

     For all purposes of the indenture and the notes (including, without
limitation, the provision of this covenant and the covenants described in
"-- Material Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness," "-- Limitation on
Restricted Payments," and "-- Limitation on Liens"), Subsidiaries of any
surviving person shall, upon the transaction or series of related transactions,
become Restricted Subsidiaries unless and until designated Unrestricted
Subsidiaries under and in accordance with "-- Limitation on Designations of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries" and all Indebtedness, and all Liens on property or
assets, of AMPAM and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence immediately after
the transaction or series of related transactions will be considered to have
been incurred upon the transaction or series of related transactions.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     The following are "events of default" under the indenture:

        (1) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, when
        due and payable, on any of the notes (at Stated Maturity, upon optional
        redemption, required purchase or otherwise) (whether or not prohibited
        by the subordination provisions of the indenture); or

        (2) default in the payment of an installment of interest on any of the
        notes, when due and payable, for 30 days (whether or not prohibited by
        the subordination provisions of the indenture); or

                                       102
<PAGE>   109

        (3) default in the performance or breach of any covenant or agreement of
        AMPAM under the indenture (other than a default in the performance or
        breach of a covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt with in
        clause (1), (2) or (4)) and this default or breach shall continue for a
        period of 30 days after written notice has been given, by certified
        mail,

        - to AMPAM by the trustee or

        - to AMPAM and the trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate
          principal amount of the outstanding notes; or

        (4) failure by AMPAM to comply with the provisions described under the
        captions "Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets, Etc.," "-- Material
        Covenants -- Disposition of Proceeds of Asset Sales" or "Change of
        Control"; or

        (5) default or defaults under one or more agreements, instruments,
        mortgages, bonds, debentures or other evidences of Indebtedness under
        which AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary then has outstanding
        Indebtedness in excess of $10 million, individually or in the aggregate,
        and

        - the default or defaults include a failure to make a payment of
          principal,

        - the Indebtedness is already due and payable in full or

        - the default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the
          maturity of this Indebtedness;

        provided, that if any default described above is cured or waived or any
        acceleration rescinded, or the Indebtedness is repaid, within a period
        of 10 days from the continuation of the default beyond the applicable
        grace period or the occurrence of the acceleration, as the case may be,
        the event of default under the indenture and any consequential
        acceleration of the notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as
        the rescission does not conflict with any judgment or decree; or

        (6) one or more judgments, orders or decrees of any court or regulatory
        or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction for the payment of
        money in excess of $10 million, either individually or in the aggregate
        (net of applicable insurance coverage which is acknowledged in writing
        by the insurer or which has been determined to be applicable by a final
        nonappealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction), shall
        be entered against AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their
        respective properties and shall not be discharged and there shall have
        been a period of 60 days after the date on which any period for appeal
        has expired and during which a stay of enforcement of this judgment,
        order or decree shall not be in effect; or

        (7) the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the
        premises (A) for relief in respect of AMPAM or any Significant
        Subsidiary or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together,
        would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case or
        proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other federal, state
        or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law or (B)
        adjudging AMPAM or any Significant Subsidiary or one or more Restricted
        Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
        Subsidiary, bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition seeking
        reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
        of AMPAM or any Significant Subsidiary or one or more Restricted
        Subsidiaries that taken together, would constitute a Significant
        Subsidiary, under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other similar
        federal, state or foreign law, or appointing a custodian, receiver,
        liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar
        official) of AMPAM or any Significant Subsidiary or one or more
        Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
        Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of any of their
        properties, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of any of their
        affairs, and the continuance of any decree or order unstayed and in
        effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

        (8) the institution by AMPAM or any Significant Subsidiary or one or
        more Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
        Significant Subsidiary of a voluntary case or

                                       103
<PAGE>   110

        proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other similar
        federal, state or foreign law or any other case or proceedings to be
        adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by AMPAM or any
        Significant Subsidiary or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries that,
        taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to the entry
        of a decree or order for relief in respect of AMPAM or a Significant
        Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries in any involuntary case
        or proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other similar
        federal, state or foreign law or to the institution of bankruptcy or
        insolvency proceedings against AMPAM or a Significant Subsidiary or
        group of Restricted Subsidiaries, or the filing by AMPAM or any
        Significant Subsidiary or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries that,
        taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of a petition
        or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal
        Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal, state or foreign law, or
        the consent by it to the filing of any petition of this type or to the
        appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver,
        liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar
        official) of any of AMPAM or any Significant Subsidiary or one or more
        Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
        Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its property, or
        the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the
        admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally
        as they become due or the taking of corporate action by AMPAM or any
        Significant Subsidiary or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries that,
        taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in furtherance
        of any action of this type; or

        (9) any of the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary or one or more
        Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
        Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect or any of
        these Guarantees is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or
        any of these Guarantees is found to be invalid or any guarantors denies
        its liability under its Guarantee, other than by reason of release of
        the guarantor in accordance with the terms of the indenture.

     If an event of default (other than those covered by clause (7) or (8)
above) shall occur and be continuing, the trustee, by notice to AMPAM, or the
holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then
outstanding, by notice to the trustee and AMPAM, may declare the principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the
outstanding notes due and payable immediately on which declaration, all amounts
payable in respect of the notes shall be due and payable. If an event of default
specified in clause (7) or (8) above occurs and is continuing, then the
principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all
the outstanding notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of
notes.

     After a declaration of acceleration under the indenture, but before a
judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the
trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding notes, by written notice to AMPAM and the trustee, may rescind the
declaration if:

     - AMPAM or any guarantor has paid or deposited with the trustee a sum
       sufficient to pay

        (a) all sums paid or advanced by the trustee under the indenture and the
            reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
            trustee, its agents and counsel,

        (b) all overdue interest on all notes,

        (c) the principal of and premium, if any, on any notes which have become
            due otherwise than by the declaration of acceleration and interest
            thereon at the rate borne by the notes, and

        (d) to the extent that payment of interest is lawful, interest upon
            overdue interest and overdue principal at the rate borne by the
            notes which has become due otherwise than by a declaration of
            acceleration;

                                       104
<PAGE>   111

     - the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court
       of competent jurisdiction; and

     - all events of default, other than the non-payment of principal of,
       premium, if any, and interest on the notes that has become due solely by
       a declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

     No holder of any of the notes will have any right to institute any
proceeding with respect to the indenture or any remedy thereunder, unless the
holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes
have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the trustee to
institute a proceeding of this type as trustee under the notes and the
indenture, the trustee has failed to institute a proceeding of this type within
45 days after receipt of notice and the trustee, within the 45-day period, has
not received directions inconsistent with the written request by holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes. Such
limitations will not apply, however, to a suit instituted by a holder of a note
for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on the note on or after the respective due dates expressed in the note.

     During the existence of an event of default, the trustee will be required
to exercise the rights and powers vested in it under the indenture and use the
same degree of care and skill in its exercise of these rights as a prudent
person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of that person's
own affairs. Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties
of the trustee, in case an event of default shall occur and be continuing, the
trustee under the indenture will not be under any obligation to exercise any of
its rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of
the holder unless the holders shall have offered to the trustee reasonable
security or indemnity. Subject to provisions concerning the rights of the
trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the trustee under the indenture.

     If a default or an event of default occurs and is continuing and is known
to the trustee, the trustee shall mail to each holder of the notes notice of the
default or event of default within 30 days after obtaining knowledge of the
default or event of default. Except in the case of a default or an event of
default in payment of principal of premium, if any, or interest on any notes,
the trustee may withhold the notice to the holders of these notes if a committee
of its trust officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in
the interest of the Noteholders.

     AMPAM must furnish to the trustee annual and quarterly statements as to the
performance by AMPAM of its obligations under the indenture and as to any
default in this performance. AMPAM also will be required to notify the trustee
within five business days of any event which is, or after notice or lapse of
time or both would become, an event of default.

NO LIABILITY FOR CERTAIN PERSONS

     No director, officer, employee or stockholder of AMPAM, nor any director,
officer or employee of any guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any
obligations of AMPAM or any guarantor under the notes, the guarantees or the
indenture based on, in respect of, or by reason of the obligations described or
their creation. Each holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all
liability of this type. The foregoing waiver and release are an integral part of
the consideration or the issuance of the notes. Such waiver may not be effective
to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE OF INDENTURE

     AMPAM may, at its option and at any time, terminate the obligations of
AMPAM and the guarantors with respect to the outstanding notes ("Legal
Defeasance") to the extent set forth below. Such

                                       105
<PAGE>   112

Legal Defeasance means that AMPAM shall be considered to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding notes, except
for:

     - the rights of holders of outstanding notes to receive payment in respect
       of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on these notes when
       payments are due;

     - AMPAM's obligations to issue temporary notes, register the transfer or
       exchange of any notes, replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes
       and maintain an office or agency for payments in respect of the notes;

     - the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the trustee; and

     - the Legal Defeasance provisions of the indenture. In addition, AMPAM may,
       at its option and at any time, elect to terminate the obligations of
       AMPAM and the guarantors with respect to covenants in the indenture, some
       of which are described under "-- Material Covenants" above, and any
       subsequent failure to comply with these obligations shall not constitute
       a default or an event of default with respect to the notes.

     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

     - AMPAM or any guarantor must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in
       trust, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, cash in United States
       dollars, U.S. Government Obligations (as defined in the indenture), or
       any combination, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a
       nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the
       principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding notes to
       redemption or maturity (except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have
       been replaced or paid);

     - AMPAM shall have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the
       effect that the holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize
       income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of this
       Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal
       income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
       as would have been the case if this Legal Defeasance or Covenant
       Defeasance had not occurred (in the case of Legal Defeasance, this
       opinion must refer to and be based upon a ruling of the Internal Revenue
       Service or a change in applicable federal income tax laws);

     - no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing on
       the date of this deposit (other than a default or event of default
       relating to the borrowing of funds to be applied to this deposit);

     - the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not cause the trustee
       to have a conflicting interest with respect to any securities of AMPAM;

     - the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach
       or violation of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or
       instrument to which AMPAM is a party or by which it is bound;

     - AMPAM shall have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the
       effect that after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds
       will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy,
       insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights
       generally;

     - AMPAM shall have delivered to the trustee an officers' certificate
       stating that the deposit was not made by AMPAM with the intent of
       preferring the holders of the notes over the other creditors of AMPAM
       with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of AMPAM
       or others;

     - no event or condition shall exist that would prevent AMPAM from making
       payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes
       on the date of the deposit or at any time ending on the 91st day after
       the date of the deposit; and

                                       106
<PAGE>   113

     - AMPAM shall have delivered to the trustee an officers' certificate and an
       opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent under the
       indenture to either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case
       may be, have been complied with.

     AMPAM may exercise its Legal Defeasance option notwithstanding its prior
exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as
to all outstanding notes when:

     - either

           (a) all the notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except
           lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or repaid
           and notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in
           trust or segregated and held in trust by AMPAM and thereafter repaid
           to AMPAM or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the
           trustee for cancellation or

           (b) all notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for
           cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and
           payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called
           for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the
           trustee for the serving of notice of redemption by the trustee in the
           name, and at the expense, of AMPAM, and AMPAM or any guarantor has
           irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee
           funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
           Indebtedness on the notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee
           for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
           the notes to the date of deposit or to the Stated Maturity or date
           for redemption, as the case may be, together with irrevocable
           instructions from AMPAM directing the trustee to apply these funds to
           the payment of the notes at Stated Maturity or redemption, as the
           case may be;

     - AMPAM or the guarantors have paid all other sums payable under the
       indenture by AMPAM or the guarantors; and

     - AMPAM has delivered to the trustee an officers' certificate and an
       opinion of counsel which, taken together, state that all conditions
       precedent under the indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge
       of the indenture have been complied with.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

     From time to time, AMPAM and the guarantors, when authorized by a
resolution of its Board of Directors, and the trustee may, without the consent
of the holders of any outstanding notes, amend or modify the indenture or the
notes for specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities,
defects or inconsistencies, qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, the
indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, to provide for the assumption of
AMPAM's or any guarantor's obligations in the case of a merger or consolidation
or sale of all or substantially all of AMPAM's assets, or to make any change
that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the holders of the
notes, in each case, as long as any change of this type does not adversely
affect the rights of any holder of notes. Other amendments and modifications of
the indenture or the notes may be made by AMPAM, the guarantors and the trustee
with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding notes; provided, however, that no
modification of this type or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of
each outstanding Note affected thereby:

     - change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of
       interest on, any Note or alter the redemption provisions of the notes;

     - reduce the principal amount of (or the premium, if any, on), or interest
       on, any notes;

     - change the currency in which any notes or any premium or the interest
       thereon is payable;

                                       107
<PAGE>   114

     - reduce the above-stated percentage in principal amount of outstanding
       notes that must consent to an amendment or modification of the indenture
       or the notes;

     - impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on
       or with respect to the notes or the guarantees;

     - reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes
       necessary to waive compliance with provisions of the indenture or to
       waive various defaults under the indenture;

     - amend or modify the obligation of AMPAM to make and consummate a Change
       of Control Offer after the occurrence of a Change of Control or make and
       consummate the Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has
       been consummated or modify any of the provisions or definitions with
       respect thereto;

     - release any guarantor from its obligations under its guarantee or the
       Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
       or

     - modify or change any provision of the indenture or the related
       definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the notes or any
       guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Noteholders.

     The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the outstanding notes may on behalf of the holders of all the notes waive (1)
compliance by AMPAM with restrictive provisions of the indenture and (2) any
past defaults under the indenture, except a default in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, or in respect of a
covenant or provision which under the indenture cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the holder of each Note outstanding.

THE TRUSTEE

     The indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an event of
default, the trustee thereunder will perform only those duties as are
specifically set forth in the indenture. If an event of default has occurred and
is continuing, the trustee will exercise the rights and powers vested in the
trustee under the indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its
exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the
conduct of a person's own affairs.

     The indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act incorporated by
reference therein contain limitations on the rights of the trustee thereunder,
should it become a creditor of AMPAM, to obtain payment of claims in cases or to
realize on property received by it in respect of any claims of the type
previously described, as security or otherwise. The trustee may engage in other
transactions; provided, however, that if it acquires any conflicting interest
(as defined in the Trust Indenture Act), it must eliminate this conflict or
resign.

     State Street Bank and Trust Company, is the trustee under the indenture.

GOVERNING LAW

     The indenture and the notes are governed by the laws of the State of New
York.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a person (a) assumed in
connection with an Asset Acquisition from that person or (b) existing at the
time this person becomes or is merged into a Subsidiary of any other person.

     "Acquisition Agreements" means, collectively, the acquisition agreements
dated February 11, 1999 between AMPAM and each of the stockholders of the
founding companies through which AMPAM acquired the founding companies.

                                       108
<PAGE>   115

     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified person, any other person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with that specified person. For purposes of this definition,
"control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling,"
"controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any
person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of this person,
whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by agreement or otherwise;
provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock
of a person shall be considered to be control.

     "Asset Acquisition" means (a) an Investment by AMPAM or any Restricted
Subsidiary in any other person through which this person shall become a
Restricted Subsidiary, or shall be merged with or into AMPAM or any Restricted
Subsidiary, or (b) the acquisition by AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
assets of any person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of
this person, any division or line of business of this person or, other than in
the ordinary course of business, any other properties or assets of this person.

     "Asset Sale" means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other
disposition by AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary to any person other than AMPAM
or a Restricted Subsidiary, of:

     - any capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;

     - all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or
       line of business of AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

     - any other properties or assets of AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary
       outside of the ordinary course of business, other than sales of obsolete,
       damaged or used equipment or other equipment or inventory sales in the
       ordinary course of business, sales of assets in one or a series of
       related transactions for an aggregate consideration of less than $2.0
       million and sales of accounts receivable for financing purposes.

For the purposes of this definition the term "Asset Sale" shall not include:

     - any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of
       properties or assets that is governed by the provisions described under
       "-- Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets, Etc."; or

     - a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described under
       "-- Material Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments", or the
       trade or exchange by AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary of any property
       or assets owned or held by AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary for any
       property or assets owned or held by another person, provided that the
       fair market value of the properties traded or exchanged by AMPAM or the
       Restricted Subsidiary (including any cash or Cash Equivalents to be
       delivered by AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary) is reasonably equivalent
       to the fair market value of the properties (together with any cash or
       Cash Equivalents) to be received by AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary,
       and provided further that any cash or Cash Equivalents of this type shall
       be considered to constitute Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale for
       purposes of the covenant described under "Material
       Covenants -- Disposition of Proceeds of Asset Sales."

     "Attributable Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means,
at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee
for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in the
sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which the lease has been
extended or may, at the option of lessor, be extended. Such present value shall
be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in
this transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

                                       109
<PAGE>   116

     "Average Life to Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any Indebtedness,
as at any date of determination, the quotient obtained by dividing: the sum of
the products of

        (a) the number of years (and any portion of years) from the date of the
        determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled
        principal payment (including, without limitation, any sinking fund or
        mandatory redemption payment requirements) of this Indebtedness, and

        (b) the amount of each principal payment

by the sum of all principal payments.

     "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of a company or its
equivalent, including managers of a limited liability company, general partners
of a partnership or trustees of a business trust, or any duly authorized
committee of the board.

     "capital stock" means, with respect to any person, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents of this person's
capital stock or equity participations, and any rights, warrants or options
exchangeable for or convertible into capital stock and including, without
limitation, with respect to partnerships, limited liability companies or
business trusts, ownership interests and any other interest or participation
that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, partnerships, limited liability companies or
business trusts of this type.

     "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means any obligation to pay rent or other
amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to use) any
property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is required to be classified and
accounted for as a capital lease obligation under GAAP, and, for the purpose of
the indenture, the amount of an obligation at any date shall be the capitalized
amount of this lease at that date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Cash Equivalents" means, at any time,

        (a) any evidence of Indebtedness, maturing not more than two years after
        that time, issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or any
        of its agencies (provided that the full faith and credit of the United
        States of America is pledged in support of this Indebtedness);

        (b) commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days from the date of
        issue, rated at least A-2 by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group or P-2 by
        Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

        (c) any certificate of deposit or bankers acceptance, maturing not more
        than one year after that time, or overnight Federal Funds transactions
        that are issued or sold by a banking institution that is a member of the
        Federal Reserve System and has a combined capital and surplus and
        undivided profits of not less than $500 million;

        (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
        underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered
        into with any bank meeting the specifications of clause (c) above; and

        (e) investments in funds investing primarily in investments of the types
        described in clauses (a) through (d) above.

     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

     - any "Person" or "group" (as these terms are used in Sections 13(d) and
       14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as
       defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a
       person shall be considered to have "beneficial ownership" of all
       securities that the person has the right to acquire, whether this right
       is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly
       or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total Voting Stock of AMPAM;

     - AMPAM consolidates with, or merges with or into, another person or sells,
       assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or
       substantially all of its assets to any person, or any

                                       110
<PAGE>   117

       person consolidates with, or merges with or into, AMPAM in any event
       through a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of AMPAM is
       converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other
       than any transaction where:

        - the outstanding Voting Stock of AMPAM is converted into or exchanged
          for Voting Stock (other than Redeemable capital stock) of the
          surviving or transferee corporation; and

        - immediately after the transaction no "person" or "group" (as these
          terms are used in Sections 13 (d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is
          the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
          Exchange Act, except that a person shall be considered to have
          "beneficial ownership" of any securities that this person has the
          right to acquire, whether this right is exercisable immediately or
          only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than
          50% of the total Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee
          corporation;

     - during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning
       of this period constituted the Board of Directors of AMPAM (together with
       any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose
       nomination for election by the stockholders of AMPAM was approved by a
       vote of 66 2/3% of the directors then still in office who were either
       directors at the beginning of this period or whose election or nomination
       for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to
       constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of AMPAM then in office;
       or

     - AMPAM is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation.

     "common stock" means the common stock of AMPAM, par value $0.01 per share.

     "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" as of any date of
determination means, with respect to any person for any period, the Consolidated
Net Income of a person for a period plus, to the extent deducted from
Consolidated Net Income during this period, the sum of, without duplication, the
amounts for this period, taken as a single accounting period, of (a)
Consolidated Non-cash Charges, (b) Consolidated Interest Expense and (c)
Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax expense (either positive
or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains or losses) less all cash
payments during this period relating to non-cash charges that were added back in
determining Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges in any prior
period.

     "Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination
means, with respect to any person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of
Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of this person for the four
full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, for which financial information in
respect of which is available immediately preceding the date of the transaction
(the "Transaction Date") giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (this four full fiscal quarter period referred to as
the "Four Quarter Period") to the aggregate amount of Consolidated Fixed Charges
of this person for this Four Quarter Period. For purposes of making the
computation referred to above, Consolidated Cash Flow Average for Fixed Charges
and Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be calculated giving pro forma effect (in a
manner consistent with Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X to the following events
(without duplication):

     - any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition occurring since the first day of the
       Four Quarter Period (including to the date of calculation) as if the
       acquisition or disposition occurred at the beginning of the Four Quarter
       Period (including giving effect to (A) the amount of any reduction in
       expenses related to any compensation, remuneration or other benefit paid
       or provided to any employee, consultant, Affiliate or equity owner of the
       entity involved in any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition to the extent the
       costs are eliminated or reduced (or public announcement has been made of
       the intent to eliminate or reduce these costs) prior to the date of this
       calculation and not replaced and (B) the amount of any reduction in
       general, administrative or overhead costs of the entity involved in any
       Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition of this type);

     - the incurrence of Indebtedness giving rise to the need to calculate the
       Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and (if applicable) the
       application of the net proceeds therefrom, including to
                                       111
<PAGE>   118

       refinance other indebtedness, as if the Indebtedness were incurred at the
       beginning of the Four Quarter Period;

     - the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any other Indebtedness by
       AMPAM and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of the Four
       Quarter Period and prior to the date of making this calculation as if the
       Indebtedness or obligations were incurred, prepaid or retired at the
       beginning of the Four Quarter Period (except that in making this
       computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit
       facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of the
       Indebtedness during the Four Quarter Period); and

     - elimination of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and
       Consolidated Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as
       determined in accordance with GAAP, but, with respect to Consolidated
       Fixed Charges, only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to
       Consolidated Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the referent person
       or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Transaction Date.

In calculating Consolidated Fixed Charges for purposes of determining the
denominator (but not the numerator) of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio,

     - interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as
       of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined
       thereafter shall be considered to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum
       equal to the rate of interest on this Indebtedness in effect on the
       Transaction Date; and

     - if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date
       may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a
       prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other
       rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be
       considered to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period. If this
       person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly
       guarantees Indebtedness of a third person, the above provisions shall
       give effect to the incurrence of this guaranteed Indebtedness as if the
       person or the Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed this
       guaranteed Indebtedness.

     "Consolidated Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any person for any
period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for this period of:

     - Consolidated Interest Expense; and

     - the product of (a) the aggregate amount of dividends and other
       distributions paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid during this period in
       respect of Redeemable capital stock or Preferred Stock of that person and
       its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (other than dividends
       or distributions paid solely in shares of capital stock (other than
       Redeemable capital stock)) times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which
       is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current
       effective consolidated federal, state and local tax rate of the person,
       expressed as a decimal.

     "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" means, with respect to any person for any
period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of this
person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any person for any
period, without duplication, the sum of:

     - the interest expense of a person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for a
       period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,
       including, without limitation;

        (a) an amortization of debt discount, capitalized debt issuance costs
        and original issue discount,

        (b) the net cost under Interest Rate Protection Obligations (including
        any amortization of discounts);

        (c) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;
                                       112
<PAGE>   119

        (d) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with
        respect to letters of credit, bankers' acceptance financing or similar
        facilities;

        (e) all accrued interest; and

        (f) imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt; and

     - the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued
       and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by this person and its Restricted
       Subsidiaries during the period as determined on a consolidated basis in
       accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any person, for any
period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of that person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to
the extent included in calculating the net income, by excluding, without
duplication:

     - all items classified as extraordinary gains or losses (net of fees and
       expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto) on an after-tax
       basis;

     - net income (or loss) of any person combined with the person or one of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries on a "pooling of interests" basis attributable to
       any period prior to the date of combination;

     - gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales by the person or one of its
       Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the
       transaction giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis;

     - the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the person to the extent
       that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that
       Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted,
       directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any
       agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
       governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
       stockholders;

     - any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a
       change in accounting principles;

     - the net income of any person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the
       referent person, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions
       paid to the referent person or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the referent
       person by the person;

     - any restoration to income of any contingency reserve in excess of
       $100,000 in the aggregate for any one fiscal quarter, except to the
       extent that provision for this reserve was made out of Consolidated Net
       Income accrued at any time following the Issue Date and reflected on the
       financial statements of the person;

     - in the case of a successor to the referent person by consolidation or
       merger or as a transferee of the referent person's assets, any earnings
       of the successor corporation prior to the consolidation, merger or
       transfer of assets; and

     - one-time non-cash charges reducing net income resulting from stock issued
       to management of AMPAM in connection with AMPAM's organization.

     "Consolidated Non-cash Charges" means, with respect to any person for any
period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of
goodwill and other intangibles) and other non-cash charges of that person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent that reducing Consolidated Net Income
of that person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for that period, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP excluding non-cash charges (other
than any non-cash charge reflected on the financial statements of that person on
the Issue Date) which require an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for
any future period.

     "credit facility" means the Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1999
among AMPAM, the First National Bank of Chicago, as Agent, LC Issuer and lender,
Credit Lyonnais, New York Branch, as Documentation Agent, and the Lenders named
in the agreement, including any notes, guarantees,

                                       113
<PAGE>   120

collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection
therewith, and in each case as amended (including any amendment and restatement
of it), modified, extended, renewed, refunded, substituted or replaced or
refinanced from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of,
refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the
amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of AMPAM as
additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the
Indebtedness under the agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and
whether by the same or any other agents, creditor, lender or group of creditors
or lenders.

     "default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an event of default.

     "Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (i) all Senior Indebtedness under
the credit facility and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness which (a) at the time
of the determination is equal to or greater than $25 million in aggregate
principal amount and (b) is specifically designated by AMPAM in the instrument
evidencing the Senior Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness."

     "Disinterested Member of the Board of Directors of AMPAM" means, with
respect to any transaction or series of related transactions, a member of the
Board of Directors of AMPAM other than a member who has any material direct or
indirect financial interest in or with respect to that transaction or series of
related transactions or is an Affiliate, or an officer, director or an employee
of any person (other than AMPAM) who has any direct or indirect financial
interest in or with respect to that transaction or series of related
transactions (in each case other than an interest arising solely from the
beneficial ownership of capital stock of AMPAM).

     "event of default" has the meaning set forth under "-- Events of Default".

     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     "fair market value" means, with respect to any asset, the price (after
taking into account any liabilities relating to these assets) which could be
negotiated in an arm's length free market transaction between a willing seller
and a willing buyer, neither of which is under pressure or compulsion to
complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined by the
Disinterested Members of the Board of Directors of AMPAM in good faith.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in other statements by an other
entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession
of the United States of America, which are in effect from time to time.

     "guarantee" means, as applied to any obligation:

     - a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
       collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in
       any manner, of any part or all of the obligation; and

     - an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical
       effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or
       payment of damages in the event of nonperformance) of all or any part of
       this obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the payment
       of amounts available to be drawn down under letters of credit of another
       person. When used as a verb, "guarantee" shall have a corresponding
       meaning.

     "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" of a guarantor means the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness of this guarantor, whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed,
unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or
evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding expressly provides
that the Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the guarantor's
guarantee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (x) "Guarantor
Senior Indebtedness" shall include all monetary obligations of every nature
under the credit facility, including the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on all obligations of every

                                       114
<PAGE>   121

nature of the guarantor from time to time owed to the lenders under the credit
facility, including, without limitation, principal of and interest on,
reimbursement obligations under letters of credit and all fees, indemnities and
expenses payable under, the credit facility, and (y) in the case of amounts
owing under the credit facility and Guarantees of Designated Senior
Indebtedness, "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" shall include interest accruing
thereon subsequent to the occurrence of an event of default specified in clause
(7) or (8) under "-- Events of Default" relating to the guarantor, whether or
not the claim for the interest is allowed under any applicable Bankruptcy Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Guarantor Senior Indebtedness" shall not
include:

     - Indebtedness evidenced by the notes or the guarantees;

     - Indebtedness that is expressly subordinate or Junior in right of payment
       to any other Indebtedness of the guarantor;

     - Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election
       under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is by its terms
       without recourse to the guarantor;

     - Indebtedness which is represented by Redeemable capital stock;

     - to the extent it constitutes Indebtedness, any liability for federal,
       state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the guarantor;

     - Indebtedness of the guarantor to AMPAM or a Subsidiary of AMPAM or any
       other Affiliate of AMPAM or any of the Affiliate's Subsidiaries;

     - that portion of any Indebtedness which is incurred by the guarantor in
       violation of the indenture; and

     - trade payables.

     "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any person, without duplication:

     - all liabilities of a person for borrowed money or for the deferred
       purchase price of property or services, excluding any trade payables and
       other accrued current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of
       business, but including, without limitation, all obligations, contingent
       or otherwise, of a person in connection with any letters of credit,
       bankers' acceptance or other similar credit transaction, if, and to the
       extent, any of the foregoing would appear as a liability on a balance
       sheet of a person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

     - all obligations of a person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or
       other similar instruments, if, and to the extent, any of the foregoing
       would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of a person prepared in
       accordance with GAAP;

     - all indebtedness of a person created or arising under any conditional
       sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired
       by a person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender
       under an agreement in the event of a default are limited to repossession
       or sale of property), but excluding consignments and trade accounts
       payable arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue
       by 90 days or more or are being contested in good faith by appropriate
       proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted;

     - all Capitalized Lease Obligations of a person;

     - all Indebtedness referred to in the preceding clauses of other persons
       and all dividends of other persons, the payment of which is secured by
       (or for which the holder of Indebtedness has an existing right,
       contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon property
       (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by a
       person, even though that person has not assumed or become liable for the
       payment of the Indebtedness (the amount of this obligation being
       considered to be the lesser of the fair market value of that property or
       asset or the amount of the obligation so secured);

                                       115
<PAGE>   122

     - all guarantees of Indebtedness referred to in this definition by a
       person;

     - all Redeemable capital stock of a person valued at the greater of its
       voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued
       dividends;

     - all Interest Rate Protection Obligations of a person; and

     - all Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions of a
       person;

provided, that the term "Indebtedness" shall not include:

     - Indebtedness arising from agreements of AMPAM or any Restricted
       Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment or holdback of
       purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed
       in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets
       or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any
       person acquiring all or any portion of this business, assets or
       Subsidiary for the purpose of financing this acquisition; or

     - obligations under performance bonds, performance guarantees, surety
       bonds, appeal bonds or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary
       course of business and consistent with past practices.

     For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any Redeemable
capital stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated
in accordance with the terms of this Redeemable capital stock as if this
Redeemable capital stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall
be required to be determined under the indenture, and if the price is based
upon, or measured by, the fair market value of the Redeemable capital stock, the
fair market value shall be approved in good faith by the board of directors of
the issuer of the Redeemable capital stock; provided, however, that if the
Redeemable capital stock is not at the date of determination permitted or
required to be repurchased, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" shall be the
book value of the Redeemable capital stock. In the case of Indebtedness issued
with original issue discount, the amount of the Indebtedness shall be the
accreted value of the Indebtedness as of that date.

     "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means, with respect to any person, any
arrangement with any other person whereby, directly or indirectly a person is
entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying
either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in
exchange for periodic payments made by a person calculated by applying a fixed
or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include,
without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar
agreements or arrangements designed to protect against or manage a person's
exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.

     "Interest Rate Protection Obligations" means the net obligations of any
person under any Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

     "Investment" means, with respect to any person, any direct or indirect loan
or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or
capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to
others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of
others), or any purchase or acquisition by a person of any capital stock bonds,
notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by,
any other person; provided, however, that the term "Investment" shall not
include:

     - extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance
       with normal trade practices; and

     - Interest Rate Protection Obligations entered into in the ordinary course
       of business.

     "Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or other),
security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security, claim or other
encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind. A person shall be
considered to own subject to a Lien any property which that person has acquired
or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional
sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement.

                                       116
<PAGE>   123

     "Maturity Date" means October 15, 2008.

     "Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of
the sale received by AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary in the form of cash or
Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations
when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent that
these obligations are financed or sold with recourse to AMPAM or any Restricted
Subsidiary) net of:

     - brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including, without
       limitation, fees and expenses of legal counsel and investment bankers,
       recording fees, transfer fees and appraisers' fees) related to this Asset
       Sale;

     - provisions for all taxes payable as a result of this Asset Sale;

     - amounts required to be paid to an person (other than AMPAM or any
       Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject
       to the Asset Sale;

     - payments made to permanently retire Indebtedness where payment of this
       Indebtedness is secured by the assets or properties the subject of this
       Asset Sale; and

     - appropriate amounts to be provided by AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary,
       as the case may be, as a reserve required in accordance with GAAP against
       any liabilities associated with this Asset Sale and retained by AMPAM or
       any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after this Asset Sale,
       including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit
       liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities
       under any indemnification obligations associated with this Asset Sale;

provided, that any amounts remaining after adjustments, revaluations or
liquidations of reserves shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds.

     "Pari Passu Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of AMPAM that is pari
passu in right of payment to the notes.

     "Permitted Indebtedness" means, without duplication:

        (a) Indebtedness of AMPAM and the guarantors evidenced by the notes
        issued on the date of the Indenture, the Exchange notes and the
        guarantees;

        (b) Indebtedness of AMPAM and any guarantor under the credit facility in
        an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed
        $125 million, less any amounts permanently repaid in accordance with the
        covenant described under "-- Material Covenants -- Disposition of
        Proceeds of Asset Sales";

        (c) Indebtedness of AMPAM or any guarantor outstanding on the Issue
        Date;

        (d) Indebtedness of AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in
        respect of bankers' acceptances and letters of credit in the ordinary
        course of business, including Indebtedness evidenced by letters of
        credit issued in the ordinary course of business to support the
        insurance or self-insurance obligations of AMPAM or any of its
        Restricted Subsidiaries (including to secure workers' compensation and
        other similar insurance coverages), in an aggregate amount not to exceed
        $5.0 million at any time, but excluding letters of credit issued in
        respect of or to secure money borrowed;

        (e) (1) Interest Rate Protection Obligations of AMPAM or a guarantor
        covering Indebtedness of AMPAM or a guarantor and (2) Interest Rate
        Protection Obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary covering Permitted
        Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiary;
        provided, however, that, in the case of either clause (1) or (2), (x)
        any Indebtedness to which any Interest Rate Protection Obligations
        correspond bears interest at fluctuating interest rates and is otherwise
        permitted to be incurred under the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant
        and (y) the notional principal amount of any Interest Rate Protection
        Obligations that exceeds
                                       117
<PAGE>   124

        105% of the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which Interest Rate
        Protection Obligations relate shall not constitute Permitted
        Indebtedness;

        (f) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by AMPAM or
        another Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

        - any transfer of Indebtedness by AMPAM or a Restricted Subsidiary
          (other than to AMPAM or another Restricted Subsidiary);

        - the sale, transfer or other disposition by AMPAM or any Restricted
          Subsidiary of capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary which is owed
          Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary so that it shall no
          longer be a Restricted Subsidiary; and

        - the Designation of a Restricted Subsidiary which is owed Indebtedness
          of another Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall,
          in each case, be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
          Subsidiary subject to the other provisions of the indenture;

        (g) Indebtedness of AMPAM owed to and held by a Restricted Subsidiary
        which is unsecured and expressly subordinated in right of payment to the
        payment and performance of the obligations of AMPAM under the indenture
        and the notes, except that:

        - any transfer of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than to
          another Restricted Subsidiary);

        - the sale, transfer or other disposition by AMPAM or any Restricted
          Subsidiary of capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary which is owed
          Indebtedness of AMPAM so that it shall no longer be a Restricted
          Subsidiary; and

        - the Designation of a Restricted Subsidiary which is owed Indebtedness
          of AMPAM shall, in each case, be an incurrence of Indebtedness by
          AMPAM, subject to the other provisions of the indenture;

        (h) Indebtedness of AMPAM or any guarantor represented by Capitalized
        Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in
        each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the
        purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant
        or equipment used in the business of AMPAM or a guarantor, in an
        aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15 million at any time
        outstanding;

        (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of AMPAM, in an aggregate principal amount
        not to exceed $10 million at any time outstanding, that is convertible
        into common stock and issued in connection with an Asset Acquisition of
        a business engaged in the plumbing and mechanical contracting and
        maintenance services businesses and any other businesses reasonably
        related thereto;

        (j) Indebtedness of AMPAM, in addition to that described in clauses (a)
        through (i) of this definition, in an aggregate principal amount not to
        exceed $15 million at any time outstanding;

        (k) (1) Indebtedness of AMPAM, the proceeds of which are used solely to
        refinance (whether by amendment, renewal, extension or refunding)
        Indebtedness of AMPAM or any of the guarantors incurred under the
        Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test of the proviso of the
        "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant or clause (a) or (c) of this
        definition and (2) Indebtedness of any guarantor the proceeds of which
        are used solely to refinance (whether by amendment, renewal, extension
        or refunding) Indebtedness of this guarantor incurred under the
        Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test of the proviso of the
        "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant or clause (c) or (k) of this
        definition; provided, that (x) the principal amount of Indebtedness
        incurred under this clause (k) (or if the Indebtedness provides for an
        amount less than the principal amount of this Indebtedness to be due and
        payable upon a declaration of acceleration of maturity of this
        Indebtedness, the original issue price of this Indebtedness) shall not
        exceed the sum of the principal amount of Indebtedness so refinanced,
                                       118
<PAGE>   125

        plus the amount of any premiums and fees required to be paid in
        connection with this refinancing under the terms of this Indebtedness,
        and (y) any Indebtedness incurred under this clause (k) (A) has an
        Average Life to Stated Maturity greater than the remaining Average Life
        to Stated Maturity of the notes and (B) is subordinated to the notes or
        the guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same extent that the
        Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated to the notes or the
        guarantees, as the case may be;

        (l) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes Acquired
        Indebtedness not incurred in contemplation of the acquisition of a
        Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that this Indebtedness is
        repaid within 90 days following the consummation of the Asset
        Acquisition in which AMPAM acquired this Restricted Subsidiary; and

        (m) guarantees by AMPAM or guarantees by a guarantor of Indebtedness
        that was permitted to be incurred under the indenture.

     For purposes of determining compliance with the "Limitation on
Indebtedness" covenant, (A) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the
criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the clauses
of the preceding paragraph, or is entitled to be incurred under the proviso of
the "Limitation on Indebtedness" covenant, AMPAM, in its sole discretion, shall
classify the item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and
type of this Indebtedness in one clause of this type and (B) the amount of
Indebtedness issued at a price that is either less or greater than the principal
amount of the Indebtedness shall be equal to the amount of the liability in
respect of the Indebtedness determined in conformity with GAAP.

     "Permitted Investments" means any of the following:

     - Investments in AMPAM or in a Restricted Subsidiary;

     - Investments in another person, if as a result of the Investment (A) the
       other person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) the other person is
       merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or
       substantially all of its assets to AMPAM or a Restricted Subsidiary;

     - Investments representing capital stock or obligations issued to AMPAM or
       any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in settlement of debts created in the
       ordinary course of business or claims against any other person by reason
       of a composition or readjustment of debt or a reorganization of any
       debtor of AMPAM or the Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of
       judgments;

     - Investments in Interest Rate Protection Agreements on commercially
       reasonable terms entered into by AMPAM or any of its Restricted
       Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection with the
       operations of the business of AMPAM or its Restricted Subsidiaries to
       hedge against fluctuations in interest rates on its outstanding
       Indebtedness;

     - Investments in the notes;

     - Investments in Cash Equivalents;

     - Investments acquired by AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection
       with an Asset Sale permitted under "-- Material Covenants -- Disposition
       of Proceeds of Asset Sales" to the extent these Investments are non-cash
       proceeds as permitted under the covenant;

     - any Investment to the extent that the consideration therefor is capital
       stock (other than Redeemable capital stock) of AMPAM;

     - any loans or other advances made under any employee benefit plans
       (including plans for the benefit of directors) or employment agreements
       or other compensation arrangements (including for the purchase of capital
       stock by these employees), in each case as approved by the Board of
       Directors of AMPAM in its good faith judgment, not to exceed $1 million
       at any one time outstanding; and

     - other Investments not to exceed $2 million at any time outstanding.

                                       119
<PAGE>   126

     "Permitted Junior Securities" means capital stock of AMPAM or debt
securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt
securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to at least the same
extent as the notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness.

     "Permitted Liens" means the following types of Liens:

        (a) any Lien existing as of the date of the indenture;

        (b) any Lien securing Acquired Indebtedness created prior to (and not
        created in connection with, or in contemplation of) the incurrence of
        the Indebtedness by AMPAM or any Restricted Subsidiary, if this Lien
        does not attach to any property or assets of AMPAM or any Restricted
        Subsidiary other than the property or assets subject to the Lien prior
        to this incurrence;

        (c) Liens in favor of AMPAM or a guarantor;

        (d) Liens on and pledges of the capital stock of any Unrestricted
        Subsidiary securing any Indebtedness of this Unrestricted Subsidiary;

        (e) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims, to
        the extent any changes or claims of this type constitute Indebtedness,
        either (1) not delinquent or (2) contested in good faith by appropriate
        proceedings and as to which AMPAM or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall
        have set aside on its books these reserves as may be required under
        GAAP;

        (f) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business
        in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance or
        other kinds of social security, old age pension or public liability
        obligations;

        (g) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease
        Obligations) permitted by clause (h) under the definition of "Permitted
        Indebtedness" covering only the assets acquired with this indebtedness;

        (h) Liens securing Interest Rate Protection Obligations permitted to be
        entered into under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness";

        (i) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an event of default
        or Liens created by or existing from any litigation or legal proceeding
        that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
        proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

        (j) Liens in favor of collecting or payor banks having a right of
        setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback with respect to money or
        instruments of AMPAM or any Subsidiary on deposit with or in possession
        of this bank; and

        (k) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (a) through (j) that are
        incurred in the ordinary course of business of AMPAM or any Restricted
        Subsidiary with respect to Indebtedness that does not exceed $5 million
        at any one time outstanding.

     "person" means any individual, corporation, partnership (general or
limited), limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock
Company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or
political subdivision of the entities previously described.

     "Preferred Stock," as applied to any person, means capital stock of any
class or series (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of
dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of this person, over shares
of capital stock of any other class or series of this person.

     "Public Equity Offering" means any public sale of common stock of AMPAM in
connection with a registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with
the Securities Act (other than any public offerings with respect to AMPAM's
common stock registered on Form S-8 or Form S4).

                                       120
<PAGE>   127

     "Redeemable capital stock" means any class or series of capital stock that,
either by its terms, by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or exchangeable or by contract or otherwise, is or upon the happening of an
event or passage of time would be required to be redeemed prior to the 91st day
after the Maturity Date or is redeemable at the option of the holder of the
Redeemable capital stock at any time prior to the 91st day after the Maturity
Date, or is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at any time
prior to the 91st day after the Maturity Date; provided, however, that (i)
capital stock will not constitute Redeemable capital stock solely because the
holders of the Redeemable capital stock have the right to require AMPAM to
repurchase or redeem this capital stock upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control or an Asset Sale and (ii) the common stock of AMPAM will not constitute
Redeemable capital stock solely because of the redemption trigger features
described under "Certain Transactions--Acquisition of Founding Companies--Common
Stock Redemption Rights."

     "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of AMPAM that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     "Seller Preferred Stock" means the 10% Cumulative Redeemable Convertible
Preferred Stock, Series A of AMPAM.

     "Senior Indebtedness" means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on any Indebtedness of AMPAM, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or created
afterwards, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular
Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or in connection
with which the same is outstanding expressly provides that this Indebtedness
shall not be senior in right of payment to the notes. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, (x) "Senior Indebtedness" shall include all
monetary obligations of every nature under the credit facility, including the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all obligations of every nature
of AMPAM from time to time owed to the lenders under the credit facility,
including, without limitation, principal of and interest on, reimbursement
obligations under letters of credit, and all fees, indemnities and expenses
payable under, the credit facility and (y) in the case of Designated Senior
Indebtedness, "Senior Indebtedness" shall include interest accruing thereon
subsequent to the occurrence of any event of default specified in clause (vii)
or (viii) under "-- Events of Default" relating to AMPAM, whether or not the
claim for this interest is allowed under any applicable Bankruptcy Code.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Senior Indebtedness" shall not include (a)
Indebtedness evidenced by the notes, (b) Indebtedness that is expressly
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of AMPAM,
(c) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under
Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is by its terms without
recourse to AMPAM, (d) Indebtedness which is represented by Redeemable capital
stock, (e) to the extent it constitutes Indebtedness, any liability for federal,
state, local or other taxes owed or owing by AMPAM, (f) Indebtedness of AMPAM to
a Subsidiary of AMPAM or any other Affiliate of AMPAM or any of this Affiliate's
Subsidiaries, (g) that portion of any Indebtedness which is incurred by AMPAM in
violation of the indenture and (h) trade payables.

     "Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated under the Securities Act, as this Regulation is in effect on the
date of the indenture.

     "Stated Maturity" means, when used with respect to any note or any
installment of interest on that note, the date specified in this note as the
fixed date on which the principal of this note or the installment of interest is
due and payable, and when used with respect to any other Indebtedness, means the
date specified in the instrument governing that Indebtedness as the fixed date
on which the principal of that Indebtedness, or any installment of interest
thereon, is due and payable.

     "Subordinated Indebtedness" means, with respect to AMPAM, Indebtedness of
AMPAM which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes.

     "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any person, (1) a corporation a
majority of whose Voting Stock is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by
that person, by one or more Subsidiaries of that person or by that person and
one or more Subsidiaries of that person and (2) any other person (other than a
corporation), including, without limitation, a partnership, limited liability
company, business trust or joint

                                       121
<PAGE>   128

venture, in which that person, one or more of its Subsidiaries of that person or
that person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, at the
date of determination of that person, have at least majority ownership interest
entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of that
person (or other person performing similar functions). For purposes of this
definition, any directors' qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals
mandated by applicable law shall be disregarded in determining the ownership of
a Subsidiary.

     "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (1) each Subsidiary of AMPAM designated as
a Subsidiary of AMPAM under and in compliance with the covenant described under
"-- Material Covenants -- Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries" and (2) each Subsidiary of any Subsidiary described in clause (1)
of this definition.

     "Voting Stock" means any class or classes of capital stock through which
the holders of the capital stock have the general voting power under ordinary
circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers
or trustees of any person.

BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

     Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities Act will be represented by a single, permanent global note in
definitive, fully registered book-entry form (the "Global Security") which will
be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC and deposited on behalf of
purchasers of the notes represented thereby with a custodian for DTC for credit
to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they
may direct) at DTC.

     THE GLOBAL SECURITY. AMPAM expects that, under procedures established by
DTC, ownership of the notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership of
the notes will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its
nominee (with respect to interests of Participants (as defined below)) and the
records of Participants (with respect to interests of persons other than
Participants). Such accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the
Initial Purchasers and ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Security
will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC ("Participants") or
persons who hold interests through Participants. QIBs may hold their interests
in the Global Security directly through DTC if they are Participants in this
system, or indirectly through organizations which are Participants in this
system.

     So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of any of
the notes, DTC or its nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the
notes represented by the Global Security for all purposes under the indenture
and under the notes represented thereby. No beneficial owner of an interest in
the Global Security will be able to transfer the interest except in accordance
with the applicable procedures of DTC in addition to those provided for under
the indenture. The laws of some states require that some persons take physical
delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the
ability to transfer beneficial interest in the Global Security to the persons
will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of
Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants (as defined
in this prospectus), the ability of a person having beneficial interests in the
Global Security to pledge these interests to persons or entities that do not
participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of the
interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing
these interests.

     Payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes
represented by the Global Security will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the
case may be, as the registered owner of the Global Security. None of AMPAM, the
trustee or any paying agent under the indenture will have any responsibility or
liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account
of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Security or for maintaining,
supervising or reviewing any records relating to the beneficial ownership
interest.

     AMPAM expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes represented by the
Global Security, will credit Participants'

                                       122
<PAGE>   129

accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial
interests in the Global Security as shown in the records of DTC or its nominee.
AMPAM also expects that payments by Participants to owners of beneficial
interests in the Global Security held through Participants will be governed by
standing instructions and customary practice as is now the case with securities
held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for these
customers. Such payment will be the responsibility of the Participants.

     DTC has advised AMPAM that DTC will take any action permitted to be taken
by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes for exchange as
described below) only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose
account the DTC interests in the Global Security are credited and only in
respect of the aggregate principal amount as to which the Participant or
Participants has or have given direction.

     DTC has advised AMPAM as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company
organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal
Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform
Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered under the provisions of
Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its
Participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of its Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement
of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks,
trust companies and clearing corporations and various other organizations.
Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others like banks, brokers,
dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly ("Indirect
Participants").

     Although DTC is expected to follow the foregoing procedures in order to
facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Security among Participants of
DTC, is it under no obligation to perform these procedures, and these procedures
may be discontinued at any time. Neither AMPAM nor the trustee will have any
responsibility for the performance by DTC or its direct or indirect participants
of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

     CERTIFICATED SECURITIES. Interests in the Global Security will be exchanged
for Certificated Securities if DTC notifies AMPAM that it is unwilling or unable
to continue as depositary for the Global Security, or DTC ceases to be a
"Clearing Agency" registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary
is not appointed by AMPAM within 90 days. Upon the occurrence of any of the
events described in the preceding sentence, AMPAM will cause the appropriate
Certificated Securities to be delivered.

                                       123
<PAGE>   130

                              REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     AMPAM has entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial
purchasers under which AMPAM and the guarantors have agreed, for the benefit of
the holders of the notes, at AMPAM's cost, to use their reasonable best efforts:

     - to file with the SEC the registration statement of which this prospectus
       is a part related to the exchange offer of the exchange notes within 60
       days after the Issue Date;

     - to cause this exchange offer registration statement to be declared
       effective under the Securities Act within 150 days of the Issue Date;

     - to keep this exchange offer registration statement effective until the
       closing of the exchange offer; and

     - to cause this exchange offer to be completed within 180 days of the Issue
       Date.

     Under the registration rights agreement, AMPAM is required to allow
participating broker-dealers to use the prospectus contained in the exchange
offer registration statement (subject to "black out" periods) following the
exchange offer, in connection with the resale of exchange notes received in
exchange for notes acquired by those participating broker-dealers for their own
account as a result of market-making or other trading activities.

     The registration rights agreement shall be governed by, and construed
under, the laws of the State of New York. If you have further questions about
registration rights, you should refer to the registration rights agreement, a
copy of which is available upon request to AMPAM. The registration rights
agreement is also attached as an exhibit to this registration statement. In
addition, the information described above concerning interpretations of and
positions taken by the staff of the SEC is not intended to constitute legal
advice, and prospective investors should consult their own advisors on these
matters.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in the
exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for existing notes where the
existing notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities.

     AMPAM will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by
broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
in the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions
in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing
of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at
market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to those
prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any resale may be made
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or
the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange
notes that were received by it for its own account in the exchange offer and any
broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may
be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on
any resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any
person may be considered underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The
letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by
delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be regarded as an admission
that it is an "underwriter," within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     AMPAM has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer
(including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes), other than
commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers, and will indemnify the holders
of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against some liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
                                       124
<PAGE>   131

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the notes offered hereby will be passed upon for AMPAM by
Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

                                    EXPERTS

     The audited financial statements of AMPAM and the founding companies
included elsewhere in this prospectus have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,
independent public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect
thereto, and are included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of
said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     We have filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities
Act on Form S-4 related to the exchange notes offered by this prospectus. As
allowed by SEC rules, this prospectus does not contain all the information
contained in the registration statement. If you have a question on any contract,
agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement,
please see the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved.


     Before filing this registration statement, we have not been subject to the
periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the U.S. Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. We have agreed that, whether or not we are required to do
so by the rules and regulations of the Commission (and within 15 days of the
date that is or would be prescribed thereby), for so long as any of the notes
remain outstanding, we will furnish to the holders of the notes and file with
the Commission (unless the Commission will not accept that filing) (1) all
quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the Commission on forms 10-Q and 10-K if we were
required to file forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and, with respect to the annual
information only, a report thereon by our independent auditors and (2) all
reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if we
were required to file these reports. In addition, for so long as any of the
notes remain outstanding, we have agreed to make available, upon request, to any
prospective purchaser of the notes and beneficial owner of the notes in
connection with the sale of the notes the information required by Rule
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Information may be obtained from us at 1950
Louis Henna Blvd., Round Rock, TX 78664, Attention: Secretary.


                                       125
<PAGE>   132

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              -----
<S>                                                           <C>
AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
  Introduction to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of
     Operations.............................................    F-3
  Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for
     the year ended December 31, 1998.......................    F-4
  Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for
     the six months ended June 30, 1999.....................    F-5
  Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of
     Operations.............................................    F-6
AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................    F-9
  Consolidated Balance Sheets...............................   F-10
  Consolidated Statements of Operations.....................   F-11
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.....................   F-12
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity...........   F-13
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................   F-14
AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................   F-29
  Balance Sheets............................................   F-30
  Statements of Operations..................................   F-31
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................   F-32
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity........................   F-33
  Notes to Financial Statements.............................   F-34
FOUNDING COMPANIES:
CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC. AND COMBINED COMPANIES
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................   F-42
  Combined Balance Sheets...................................   F-43
  Combined Statements of Operations.........................   F-44
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows.........................   F-45
  Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity...............   F-46
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements....................   F-47
RCR PLUMBING, INC. (dba RCR COMPANIES, INC.)
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................   F-56
  Balance Sheets............................................   F-57
  Statements of Operations..................................   F-58
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................   F-59
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity........................   F-60
  Notes to Financial Statements.............................   F-61
TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................   F-68
  Balance Sheets............................................   F-69
  Statements of Operations..................................   F-70
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................   F-71
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity........................   F-72
  Notes to Financial Statements.............................   F-73
</TABLE>


                                       F-1
<PAGE>   133


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              -----
<S>                                                           <C>
KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................   F-81
  Balance Sheets............................................   F-82
  Statements of Operations..................................   F-83
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................   F-84
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity........................   F-85
  Notes to Financial Statements.............................   F-86
J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................   F-93
  Combined Balance Sheets...................................   F-94
  Combined Statements of Operations.........................   F-95
  Combined Statements of Cash Flows.........................   F-96
  Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity...............   F-97
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements....................   F-98
J.A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-105
  Balance Sheets............................................  F-106
  Statements of Operations..................................  F-107
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................  F-108
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity........................  F-109
  Notes to Financial Statements.............................  F-110
POWER PLUMBING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-117
  Consolidated Balance Sheets...............................  F-118
  Consolidated Statements of Operations.....................  F-119
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.....................  F-120
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity...........  F-121
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................  F-122
NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-130
  Balance Sheets............................................  F-131
  Statements of Operations..................................  F-132
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................  F-133
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity........................  F-134
  Notes to Financial Statements.............................  F-135
SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-141
  Balance Sheets............................................  F-142
  Statements of Operations..................................  F-143
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................  F-144
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity........................  F-145
  Notes to Financial Statements.............................  F-146
MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
  Report of Independent Public Accountants..................  F-154
  Balance Sheets............................................  F-155
  Statements of Operations..................................  F-156
  Statements of Cash Flows..................................  F-157
  Statement of Stockholders' Equity.........................  F-158
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................  F-159
</TABLE>


                                       F-2
<PAGE>   134

          AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                             BASIS OF PRESENTATION


     The following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations give
effect to (a) the acquisitions by American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM),
of the outstanding capital stock of Christianson, RCR, Teepe's, Keith Riggs,
Croson Ohio, Croson Florida, Power, Nelson, Sherwood and Miller, and related
transactions, and (b) the issuance of the 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2008 and application of the net proceeds therefrom. The acquisitions occurred on
April 1, 1999 and have been accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. Christianson has been reflected as the accounting acquiror for
financial statement presentation purposes.



     The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations give effect to
the acquisitions and related transactions as if they had occurred on January 1
of the respective period presented.



     These pro forma combined statements of operations should be read in
conjunction with the financial statements of each of the Founding Companies
included elsewhere herein.


     AMPAM has preliminarily analyzed the savings that it expects to be realized
from reductions in salaries, bonuses and certain benefits, including lease
payments to the owners. To the extent the owners of the founding companies have
contractually agreed to prospective changes in salary, bonuses, benefits and
lease payments, these changes have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma
combined statements of operations. With respect to other potential cost savings,
AMPAM cannot fully quantify these savings. Any potential cost savings are
expected to be partially offset by costs related to AMPAM's new corporate
management and by the costs associated with being a public company. However,
because these costs cannot be accurately quantified at this time, they have not
been included in the pro forma combined financial information of AMPAM.


     The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, available
information and certain assumptions that AMPAM management deems appropriate and
may be revised as additional information becomes available. The pro forma
financial data do not purport to represent what AMPAM's combined results of
operations would actually have been if such transactions in fact had occurred on
those dates and are not necessarily representative of AMPAM's combined results
of operations for any future period. Since the founding companies were not under
common control or management, historical combined results may not be comparable
to, or indicative of, future performance. The unaudited pro forma combined
financial statements should be read in conjunction with the historical financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this offering memorandum. See
also "Risk Factors" included elsewhere herein.


                                       F-3
<PAGE>   135

          AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         KEITH    CROSON    CROSON
                                     CHRISTIANSON     RCR     TEEPE'S    RIGGS     OHIO     FLORIDA    POWER    NELSON    SHERWOOD
                                     ------------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
REVENUES...........................    $63,374      $63,293   $50,627   $34,464   $25,234   $28,142   $17,109   $15,058   $13,556
COST OF REVENUES (including
  depreciation)....................     45,704       51,604    44,048    29,965    20,438    20,483    14,371    10,107    11,066
                                       -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
        Gross profit...............     17,670       11,689     6,579     4,499     4,796     7,659     2,738     4,951     2,490
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES.........................     17,078        8,370     4,779     2,943     2,032     2,960     1,268     1,759     2,189
NONCASH COMPENSATION EXPENSE.......
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION..............         --           --        --        --        --        --        --        --        --
                                       -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
        Income from operations.....        592        3,319     1,800     1,556     2,764     4,699     1,470     3,192       301
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest, net....................        (14)        (270)      (43)      (73)       (9)     (108)       30       (18)      (83)
  Other, net.......................         70          (11)     (177)       97        (7)       --        83       184         3
                                       -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
        Other income (expense),
          net......................         56         (281)     (220)       24       (16)     (108)      113       166       (80)
                                       -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
  TAXES............................        648        3,038     1,580     1,580     2,748     4,591     1,583     3,358       221
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.........         32           24       666        --        33        --       612        --       207
                                       -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
NET INCOME.........................        616        3,014       914     1,580     2,715     4,591       971     3,358        14
PREFERRED DIVIDENDS................         --           --        --        --        --        --        --        --        --
                                       -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON
  STOCKHOLDERS.....................    $   616      $ 3,014   $   914   $ 1,580   $ 2,715   $ 4,591   $   971   $ 3,358   $    14
                                       =======      =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======
PRO FORMA NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO
  COMMON STOCKHOLDERS PER SHARE:
  Basic............................
  Diluted..........................
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PRO FORMA
  NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON
  STOCKHOLDERS PER SHARE(1):
  Basic............................
  Diluted..........................

<CAPTION>
                                                          PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                     MILLER     AMPAM    ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                     -------   -------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES...........................  $11,346   $    --    $     --     $  322,203
COST OF REVENUES (including
  depreciation)....................    7,675        --          --        255,461
                                     -------   -------    --------     ----------
        Gross profit...............    3,671        --          --         66,742
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES.........................    2,531     1,066     (14,654)        32,321
NONCASH COMPENSATION EXPENSE.......                408                        408
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION..............       --        --       3,800          3,800
                                     -------   -------    --------     ----------
        Income from operations.....    1,140    (1,474)     10,854         30,213
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest, net....................       35        --     (13,783)       (14,336)
  Other, net.......................       13        --          --            255
                                     -------   -------    --------     ----------
        Other income (expense),
          net......................       48        --     (13,783)       (14,081)
                                     -------   -------    --------     ----------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
  TAXES............................    1,188    (1,474)     (2,929)        16,132
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.........      463      (426)      6,212          7,823
                                     -------   -------    --------     ----------
NET INCOME.........................      725    (1,048)     (9,141)         8,309
PREFERRED DIVIDENDS................       --        --       1,363          1,363
                                     -------   -------    --------     ----------
NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON
  STOCKHOLDERS.....................  $   725   $(1,048)   $(10,504)    $    6,946
                                     =======   =======    ========     ==========
PRO FORMA NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO
  COMMON STOCKHOLDERS PER SHARE:
  Basic............................                                    $     0.56
                                                                       ==========
  Diluted..........................                                    $     0.56
                                                                       ==========
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PRO FORMA
  NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON
  STOCKHOLDERS PER SHARE(1):
  Basic............................                                    12,316,135
                                                                       ==========
  Diluted..........................                                    12,403,248
                                                                       ==========
</TABLE>


- ---------------


(1) Includes (a) 3,417,517 shares of common stock and Class B common stock
    issued to Sterling City Capital LLC, the management of AMPAM and certain
    other individuals (b) 8,898,618 shares issued to acquire founding companies
    and (c) 108,928 shares not outstanding but to be issued to deferred
    compensation plans for the benefit of employees of certain founding
    companies. These share amounts exclude additional shares of common stock
    that may be issued to the stockholders of the founding companies if certain
    targeted earnings thresholds are satisfied during the year ended December
    31, 1999. See "Certain Transaction -- Acquisition of Founding
    Companies -- Additional Consideration" included elsewhere herein. The
    diluted share amount includes common stock equivalents for approximately 2.1
    million shares of common stock subject to options granted in connection with
    the acquisitions.


  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

                                       F-4
<PAGE>   136

          AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     KEITH    CROSON    CROSON
                                      AMPAM       RCR     TEEPE'S    RIGGS     OHIO     FLORIDA    POWER    NELSON    SHERWOOD
                                     --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
REVENUES...........................  $111,138   $19,815   $10,546   $ 8,917   $ 7,247   $ 8,274   $ 5,620   $ 4,670   $ 4,069
COST OF REVENUES (including
  depreciation)....................    88,887    15,735     9,287     7,457     6,081     5,482     4,022     2,510     3,552
                                     --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
        Gross profit...............    22,251     4,080     1,259     1,460     1,166     2,792     1,598     2,160       517
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES.........................     9,558     2,452     1,126       728       676       869       346     1,029       612
NONCASH COMPENSATION EXPENSE.......     7,992        --        --        --        --        --        --        --        --
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION..............       950        --        --        --        --        --        --        --        --
                                     --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
        Income from operations.....     3,751     1,628       133       732       490     1,923     1,252     1,131       (95)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest, net....................    (3,197)      (30)      (49)        2        (4)       (7)       19       (71)      (27)
  Other, net.......................       119       613         5       227        (9)       --         4       425        (3)
                                     --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
        Other income (expense),
          net......................    (3,078)      583       (44)      229       (13)       (7)       23       354       (30)
                                     --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
  TAXES and EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.....       673     2,211        89       961       477     1,916     1,275     1,485      (125)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.........     2,695        26        27        --        (6)       --       488        --      (122)
                                     --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY
  LOSS.............................    (2,022)    2,185        62       961       483     1,916       787     1,485        (3)
EXTRAORDINARY LOSS ON EARLY
  EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT...........       455        --        --        --        --        --        --        --        --
NET INCOME (LOSS)..................    (2,477)    2,185        62       961       483     1,916       787     1,485        (3)
PREFERRED DIVIDENDS................       340        --        --        --        --        --        --        --        --
                                     --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO
  COMMON STOCKHOLDERS..............  $ (2,817)  $ 2,185   $    62   $   961   $   483   $ 1,916   $   787   $ 1,485   $    (3)
                                     ========   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======
PRO FORMA NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO
  COMMON STOCKHOLDERS PER SHARE
  (BASIC AND DILUTED):
  Income before extraordinary
    loss...........................
  Extraordinary loss...............
  Net loss.........................
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PRO FORMA
  NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON
  STOCKHOLDERS PER SHARE(1):
  Basic............................
  Diluted..........................

<CAPTION>
                                                PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
                                     MILLER    ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                     -------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES...........................  $ 2,497     $    --     $   182,793
COST OF REVENUES (including
  depreciation)....................    1,662          --         144,675
                                     -------     -------     -----------
        Gross profit...............      835          --          38,118
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES.........................      458      (1,159)         16,695
NONCASH COMPENSATION EXPENSE.......       --          --           7,992
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION..............       --         950           1,900
                                     -------     -------     -----------
        Income from operations.....      377         209          11,531
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest, net....................       16      (3,405)         (6,753)
  Other, net.......................       14        (896)            499
                                     -------     -------     -----------
        Other income (expense),
          net......................       30      (4,301)         (6,254)
                                     -------     -------     -----------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
  TAXES and EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.....      407      (4,092)          5,277
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.........      173       2,808           6,089
                                     -------     -------     -----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY
  LOSS.............................      234      (6,900)           (812)
EXTRAORDINARY LOSS ON EARLY
  EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT...........       --          --             455
NET INCOME (LOSS)..................      234      (6,900)         (1,267)
PREFERRED DIVIDENDS................       --         341             681
                                     -------     -------     -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO
  COMMON STOCKHOLDERS..............  $   234     $(7,241)    $    (1,948)
                                     =======     =======     ===========
PRO FORMA NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO
  COMMON STOCKHOLDERS PER SHARE
  (BASIC AND DILUTED):
  Income before extraordinary
    loss...........................                          $      (.12)
  Extraordinary loss...............                          $      (.04)
                                                             -----------
  Net loss.........................                          $      (.16)
                                                             ===========
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PRO FORMA
  NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON
  STOCKHOLDERS PER SHARE(1):
  Basic............................                           12,316,135
                                                             ===========
  Diluted..........................                           12,403,248
                                                             ===========
</TABLE>


- ---------------


(1) Includes (a) 3,417,517 shares of common stock and Class B common stock
    issued to Sterling City Capital LLC, the management of AMPAM and certain
    other individuals (b) 8,898,618 shares issued to acquire founding companies
    and (c) 108,928 shares not outstanding but to be issued to deferred
    compensation plans for the benefit of employees of certain founding
    companies. These share amounts exclude additional shares of common stock
    that may be issued to the stockholders of the founding companies if certain
    targeted earnings thresholds are satisfied during the year ended December
    31, 1999. See "Certain Transaction -- Acquisition of Founding
    Companies -- Additional Consideration" included elsewhere herein. The
    diluted share amount includes common stock equivalents for approximately 2.1
    million shares of common stock subject to options granted in connection with
    the acquisitions.


  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

                                       F-5
<PAGE>   137

          AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES


         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

1. GENERAL:

     American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM) was founded to be the leading
national provider of plumbing and mechanical contracting services to the
residential and commercial/institutional markets. AMPAM conducted no operations
prior to April 1, 1999, when it acquired the founding companies concurrently
with entering into the credit facility and the subordinated loan.


     The pro forma financial statements reflect the results of operations of the
founding companies and were derived from the respective founding companies'
financial statements. The periods included in the unaudited pro forma combined
statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1998 for the individual
founding companies are for the year ended December 31, 1998, except for Miller,
Sherwood and Croson Ohio for which the period is the twelve months ended
September 30, 1998. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for
the six months ended June 30, 1999 for AMPAM includes the results of operations
for the accounting acquiror (Christianson) for the three months ended March 31,
1999 and the consolidated results of AMPAM for the three months ended June 30,
1999, and for the other founding companies, for the three months ended March 31,
1999.


2. ACQUISITION OF FOUNDING COMPANIES:


     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired all of the outstanding capital stock and
other equity interests of the founding companies. The acquisitions were
accounted for using the purchase method of accounting, with Christianson being
reflected as the accounting acquiror. As the accounting acquiror, for accounting
purposes under SEC SAB No. 97, Christianson is treated as (a) having acquired
all the other founding companies (even though AMPAM legally made such
acquisitions), (b) having merged with AMPAM (with purchase accounting reflected
for AMPAM's non-management stock ownership) and (c) representing the financial
history of AMPAM prior to April 1, 1999.



     The following table sets forth the consideration paid (a) in cash, (b)
seller notes and (c) stock to the stockholders of each of the founding
companies. This initial consideration excludes certain additional shares of
common stock and cash that may be issued to the stockholders of the founding
companies if certain targeted earnings thresholds are satisfied during the year
ended December 31, 1999, which could increase goodwill and amortization of
goodwill from the amounts reflected herein. See "Certain
Transactions -- Acquisition of Founding Companies -- Additional Consideration"
included elsewhere herein for further discussion.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     IN THOUSANDS
                                                            --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  COMMON STOCK
                                                                               ------------------    PREFERRED     TOTAL
                                                                                          VALUE        STOCK      PURCHASE
                                                             CASH     NOTES    SHARES   OF SHARES      VALUE       PRICE
                                                            -------   ------   ------   ---------   -----------   --------
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>
Founding Companies:
  RCR.....................................................  $10,048   $1,675   1,675     $12,560      $    --     $ 24,283
  Teepe's.................................................    5,538      990   1,036       7,769           --       14,297
  Keith Riggs.............................................    5,128       --     575       4,311           --        9,439
  Croson Ohio.............................................    4,708       --   1,079       8,091           --       12,799
  Croson Florida..........................................    5,776       --   1,219       9,145           --       14,921
  Power...................................................    3,035       --     474       3,555           --        6,590
  Nelson..................................................    6,059    1,010   1,010       7,573           --       14,642
  Sherwood................................................    1,765      294     294       2,206           --        4,265
  Miller..................................................    4,261      306     610       4,579           --        9,146
AMPAM shares issued to Promoter, other investors and
  certain Management......................................       --       --   2,296(a)   14,004           --       14,004
Acquisition Costs.........................................       --       --      --          --           --          500
                                                            -------   ------   ------    -------      -------     --------
        Total Purchase Consideration......................   46,318    4,275   10,268     73,793           --      124,886
                                                            -------   ------   ------    -------      -------     --------
Accounting Acquiror:
  Christianson............................................   34,586    1,491     927       6,951       13,635       56,663
                                                            -------   ------   ------    -------      -------     --------
        Total.............................................  $80,904   $5,766   11,195    $80,744      $13,635     $181,549
                                                            =======   ======   ======    =======      =======     ========
</TABLE>


- ---------------

(a) Included in the 2,296,000 shares is 150,000 of common and 2,146,000 of Class
    B common shares.


                                       F-6
<PAGE>   138
          AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

                          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

                COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)



    3. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS:



     The following table summarizes unaudited pro forma combined statement of
operations adjustments for the year ended December 31, 1998 related to the
acquisitions and related transactions, and the issuance of the notes (in
thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       ADJUSTMENT
                                    -------------------------------------------------    PRO FORMA
                                      (A)        (B)       (C)        (D)       (E)     ADJUSTMENTS
                                    --------   -------   --------   -------   -------   -----------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses.........  $(14,654)  $    --   $     --   $    --   $    --    $(14,654)
Goodwill amortization.............        --     3,800         --        --        --       3,800
                                    --------   -------   --------   -------   -------    --------
          Income from
            operations............    14,654    (3,800)        --        --        --      10,854
Interest expense..................        --        --    (13,783)       --        --     (13,783)
                                    --------   -------   --------   -------   -------    --------
          Income before income
            taxes.................    14,654    (3,800)   (13,783)       --        --      (2,929)
Provisions for income taxes.......        --        --         --     6,212        --       6,212
                                    --------   -------   --------   -------   -------    --------
Net income........................    14,654    (3,800)   (13,783)   (6,212)       --      (9,141)
Preferred dividends...............        --        --         --        --     1,363       1,363
                                    --------   -------   --------   -------   -------    --------
Net income available to common
  shareholders....................  $ 14,654   $(3,800)  $(13,783)  $(6,212)  $(1,363)   $(10,504)
                                    ========   =======   ========   =======   =======    ========
</TABLE>



     The following table summarizes unaudited pro forma combined statement of
operations adjustments related to the acquisitions for the three months from
January 1, 1999 to March 31, 1999, as AMPAM recorded actual costs for these
types of expenses from April 1, 1999, the date which AMPAM acquired the Founding
Companies, through June 30, 1999 (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        ADJUSTMENT
                                       ---------------------------------------------    PRO FORMA
                                         (A)      (B)      (C)       (D)       (E)     ADJUSTMENTS
                                       -------   -----   -------   -------   -------   -----------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses...........................  $(1,159)  $  --   $    --   $    --   $    --     $(1,159)
Goodwill amortization................       --     950        --        --        --         950
                                       -------   -----   -------   -------   -------     -------
          Income from operations.....    1,159    (950)       --        --        --         209
Interest expense.....................       --      --    (3,405)       --        --      (3,405)
Other income.........................     (896)     --        --        --        --        (896)
                                       -------   -----   -------   -------   -------     -------
          Income before income
            taxes....................      263    (950)   (3,405)       --        --      (4,092)
Provisions for income taxes..........       --      --        --     2,808        --       2,808
                                       -------   -----   -------   -------   -------     -------
Net income...........................      263    (950)   (3,405)   (2,808)       --      (6,900)
Preferred dividends..................       --      --        --        --       341         341
                                       -------   -----   -------   -------   -------     -------
Net income available to common
  shareholders.......................  $   263   $(950)  $(3,405)  $(2,808)  $  (341)    $(7,241)
                                       =======   =====   =======   =======   =======     =======
</TABLE>


  Pro Forma Adjustments:

(a)   Reflects the $17.6 million and $1.9 million reduction in salaries,
      bonuses, benefits and lease payments to the owners of the founding
      companies for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended
      March 31, 1999, respectively. These reductions in salaries, bonuses,
      benefits and lease payments have been agreed to prospectively in
      accordance with the terms of employment and lease agreements executed as
      part of the acquisitions. Such employment agreements are

                                       F-7
<PAGE>   139
          AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

                          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA

                COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)


      primarily for five years, contain restrictions related to competition and
      provide severance for termination of employment in certain circumstances.
      This reversal is partially offset by a $2.9 million and $0.7 million
      charge for recurring contractual salaries of AMPAM management for the year
      ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999,
      respectively. Also, for the three months ended March 31, 1999, reflects
      the reduction of other income to eliminate the gain on disposal of assets
      related to AMPAM's acquisition of the founding companies.


      Upon consummation of the acquisitions, AMPAM also recorded a
      non-recurring, non-cash compensation charge of $8.0 million related to
      shares of common stock and Class B common stock owned by management. Such
      charge represents the difference between the estimated fair value of the
      shares issued and their recorded values. The issuances of the management
      shares were made in connection with the organization of AMPAM, and no
      further issuances of this nature are anticipated.



(b)   Reflects the amortization of goodwill to be recorded as a result of these
      acquisitions over a 30-year estimated life, which is management's estimate
      as the period to be benefitted. Upon consummation of the acquisitions,
      AMPAM recorded on its balance sheet $114.0 million of goodwill,
      representing the excess of the purchase price for the founding companies
      over the fair value of the net assets to be acquired. Neither the goodwill
      amortization nor the compensation charge will be deductible for federal
      income tax purposes.



(c)   Reflects the net effect on interest expense related to the $114.6 million
      portion of the original issuance of the notes used to repay existing debt
      at an estimated rate of 11 5/8% per annum and related amortization of
      unamortized debt discount and offering costs


(d)   Reflects the incremental provision for federal and state income taxes at a
      39% overall tax rate, before nondeductible goodwill and other permanent
      items, relating to the other statements of operations adjustments and for
      income taxes on the pretax income of founding companies that have
      historically elected S corporation tax status.

(e)   Reflects the dividends which would have been owed to the shareholders of
      the redeemable preferred stock.

                                       F-8
<PAGE>   140

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc.


and Subsidiaries:



     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American
Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31,
1997 and 1998, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows
and stockholders' equity for the year ended August 31, 1996, the four months
ended December 31, 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.


     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as
of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for each of the year ended August 31, 1996, the four months ended
December 31, 1996, and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.


ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Houston, Texas


September 29, 1999


                                       F-9
<PAGE>   141


             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31
                                                              ----------------     JUNE 30
                                                               1997     1998        1999
                                                              ------   -------   -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  165   $ 1,980    $ 10,469
  Accounts receivable --
     Contract, net..........................................   4,835     6,301      63,219
     Other..................................................     166        93       1,466
     Related parties........................................      32         3          --
  Inventories...............................................     376       450       6,338
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     143       273      10,941
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................     165       233       1,797
                                                              ------   -------    --------
          Total current assets..............................   5,882     9,333      94,230
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................   1,590     1,699      14,972
GOODWILL, net...............................................      --        --     113,065
OTHER NONCURRENT ASSETS.....................................     162       178       6,334
                                                              ------   -------    --------
          Total assets......................................  $7,634   $11,210    $228,601
                                                              ======   =======    ========

                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current maturities of capital lease obligations...........  $  396   $   480    $  1,260
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................     944     3,213      36,579
  Accounts payable, including acquisition consideration
     payable................................................      17        37       9,994
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     174       611      13,250
  Income taxes payable......................................      66       169       2,219
  Deferred income taxes.....................................       6        31         719
                                                              ------   -------    --------
          Total current liabilities.........................   1,603     4,541      64,021
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
  Long-term debt............................................      --        --     122,458
  Capital lease obligations, net of current maturities......     329       349       2,439
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      17        19         396
                                                              ------   -------    --------
          Total liabilities.................................   1,949     4,909     189,314
                                                              ------   -------    --------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SERIES A REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, $.01 par value,
  10,000,000 shares authorized, none, none and 1,048,820
  shares issued and outstanding, respectively...............      --        --      13,635
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1.00, $1.00 and $.01 par value,
     respectively and 3,000,000 shares authorized through
     December 31, 1998 and 100,000,000 shares authorized at
     June 30, 1999, 82,000, 82,000 and 9,783,690 shares
     issued and outstanding, respectively...................      82        82          98
  Class B common stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
     authorized, none, none and 2,423,517 shares issued and
     outstanding, respectively..............................      --        --          24
  Additional paid-in capital................................      11        11      22,139
  Retained earnings.........................................   5,592     6,208       3,391
                                                              ------   -------    --------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   5,685     6,301      25,652
                                                              ------   -------    --------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $7,634   $11,210    $228,601
                                                              ======   =======    ========
</TABLE>



  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>   142


             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    FOUR MONTHS           YEAR ENDED          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                  YEAR ENDED     ENDED DECEMBER 31        DECEMBER 31             JUNE 30
                                  AUGUST 31,   ---------------------   -----------------   ----------------------
                                     1996         1995        1996      1997      1998        1998         1999
                                  ----------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -----------   --------
                                               (UNAUDITED)                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES........................   $50,330       $14,619     $15,576   $50,909   $63,374     $30,973     $111,138
COST OF REVENUES (Including
  depreciation).................    38,203        11,044      11,868    37,504    45,704      21,461       88,887
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
    Gross profit................    12,127         3,575       3,708    13,405    17,670       9,512       22,251
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
SELLING, GENERAL AND
  ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.......    11,051         3,430       5,142    11,497    17,078       7,455        9,558
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
NONCASH COMPENSATION EXPENSE....        --            --          --        --        --          --        7,992
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION...........        --            --          --        --        --          --          950
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
    Income (loss) from
      operations................     1,076           145      (1,434)    1,908       592       2,057        3,751
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest and dividend
    income......................       109            24          39       126       102           6           69
  Interest expense..............       (92)          (29)        (33)     (102)     (116)        (72)      (3,266)
  Other, net....................       250           230          26        35        70          31          119
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
    Other income (expense),
      net.......................       267           225          32        59        56         (35)      (3,078)
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION
  FOR INCOME TAXES and
  EXTRAORDINARY LOSS............     1,343           370      (1,402)    1,967       648       2,022          673
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME
  TAXES.........................       345            74         (56)       77        32          91        2,695
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
  EXTRAORDINARY LOSS............       998           296      (1,346)    1,890       616       1,931       (2,022)
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
EXTRAORDINARY LOSS ON EARLY
  EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT (net of
  income taxes of $314).........        --            --          --        --        --          --          455
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
NET INCOME (LOSS)...............       998           296      (1,346)    1,890       616       1,931       (2,477)
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
PREFERRED DIVIDENDS.............        --            --          --        --        --          --          340
                                   -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     --------
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO
  COMMON STOCKHOLDERS...........   $   998       $   296     $(1,346)  $ 1,890   $   616     $ 1,931     $ (2,817)
                                   =======       =======     =======   =======   =======     =======     ========
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
  (BASIC AND DILUTED):
  Income before Extraordinary
    Loss........................                                                                         $  (0.36)
  Extraordinary Loss............                                                                            (0.07)
                                                                                                         --------
  Net Loss......................                                                                         $  (0.43)
                                                                                                         ========
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING NET
  INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:
  Basic.........................                                                                            6,567
                                                                                                         ========
  Diluted.......................                                                                            6,608
                                                                                                         ========
</TABLE>



  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>   143


             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             SIX MONTHS
                                                                  FOUR MONTHS           YEAR ENDED             ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED     ENDED DECEMBER 31        DECEMBER 31           JUNE 30
                                                AUGUST 31,   ---------------------   -----------------   ------------------
                                                   1996         1995        1996      1997      1998      1998       1999
                                                ----------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)...........................    $  998       $  296      $(1,346)  $ 1,890   $   616   $ 1,931   $ (2,477)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
    to net cash provided by (used in)
    operating activities --
    Depreciation and amortization.............       461          152          184       595       673       318      1,914
    Non cash compensation charge related to
      issuance of stock to management.........        --           --           --        --        --        --      7,992
    Amortization of deferred compensation
      expense.................................        --           --           --        --        --        --        114
    Extraordinary loss on early
      extinguishments of debt.................        --           --           --        --        --        --        455
    Loss on disposal of property and
      equipment...............................         1           --           14         1        --        --          5
    Deferred income taxes.....................       145          (53)        (135)       49       (35)       --       (372)
    Increase (decrease) in cash flows from:
        Accounts receivable...................      (870)         421        1,425      (648)   (1,363)   (1,956)   (10,398)
        Inventories...........................      (160)        (282)        (269)      411       (75)   (1,054)    (1,307)
        Prepaid expenses and other current
          assets..............................      (234)        (234)         (80)      (16)     (153)     (385)        --
        Accounts payable and accrued
          expenses............................     2,008        2,958        2,312    (5,631)    2,290     7,746      3,994
        Billings in excess of earnings........        --           --           --        --        --        --      4,038
        Other.................................         6          123          207        14       540       165     (2,492)
                                                  ------       ------      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
        Net cash provided by (used in)
          operating activities................     2,355        3,381        2,312    (3,335)    2,493     6,765      1,466
                                                  ------       ------      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions of property and equipment.........      (269)         (76)         (61)     (166)     (167)       --     (2,102)
  Proceeds from sale of property and
    equipment.................................        --           --           --        --        --       (42)        32
  Acquisition of founding companies, net of
    cash acquired.............................        --           --           --        --        --        --    (54,387)
                                                  ------       ------      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
          Net cash used in investing
            activities........................      (269)         (76)         (61)     (166)     (167)      (42)   (56,457)
                                                  ------       ------      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings on subordinated loan.............        --           --           --        --        --        --     30,000
  Payments on subordinated loan...............        --           --           --        --        --        --    (30,000)
  Net payments on short term credit
    facility..................................        --           --           --        --        --        --     (1,320)
  Payments to shareholders....................        --           --           --        --        --        --    (39,123)
  Payments of long-term debt assumed..........      (351)         (46)        (147)     (425)     (511)     (267)    (8,639)
  Payments on notes to shareholders...........        --           --           --        --        --        --     (5,766)
  Issuance of subordinated notes..............        --           --           --        --        --        --    118,668
  Preferred dividends.........................        --           --           --        --        --        --       (340)
                                                  ------       ------      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
          Net cash used in financing
            activities........................      (351)         (46)        (147)     (425)     (511)     (267)    63,480
                                                  ------       ------      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS.................................     1,735        3,259        2,104    (3,926)    1,815     6,456      8,489
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
  period......................................       252          252        1,987     4,091       165       165      1,980
                                                  ------       ------      -------   -------   -------   -------   --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period......    $1,987       $3,511      $ 4,091   $   165   $ 1,980   $ 6,621   $ 10,469
                                                  ======       ======      =======   =======   =======   =======   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
    Interest..................................    $   92       $   29      $    33   $   102   $   116   $    72   $  2,945
    Income taxes..............................       200          127           80        28        29        91         80
  Capital lease additions.....................       630          141           --       460       615       255         --
</TABLE>



  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                      F-12
<PAGE>   144


             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               CLASS B
                                        COMMON STOCK         COMMON STOCK                 ADDITIONAL                  TOTAL
                                     ------------------   ------------------    STOCK      PAID-IN     RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                      SHARES     AMOUNT    SHARES     AMOUNT   WARRANTS    CAPITAL     EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                     ---------   ------   ---------   ------   --------   ----------   --------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE, August 31, 1995...........     79,200    $ 79           --    $ --     $  --      $     11    $ 4,050      $  4,140
  Net income.......................         --      --           --      --        --            --        998           998
                                     ---------    ----    ---------    ----     -----      --------    -------      --------
BALANCE, August 31, 1996...........     79,200      79           --      --        --            11      5,048         5,138
  Net loss.........................         --      --           --      --        --            --     (1,346)       (1,346)
                                     ---------    ----    ---------    ----     -----      --------    -------      --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.........     79,200      79           --      --        --            11      3,702         3,792
  Formation of Christianson Service
     Company.......................      3,000       3           --      --        --            --         --             3
  Net income.......................         --      --           --      --        --            --      1,890         1,890
                                     ---------    ----    ---------    ----     -----      --------    -------      --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.........     82,200      82           --      --        --            11      5,592         5,685
  Net income.......................         --      --           --      --        --            --        616           616
                                     ---------    ----    ---------    ----     -----      --------    -------      --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.........     82,200      82           --      --        --            11      6,208         6,301
  Unaudited:
     Exchange of accounting
       acquiror stock..............    (82,200)    (82)          --      --        --            82         --            --
     Issuance of stock to
       accounting acquiror.........    926,772       9           --      --        --            (9)        --            --
     Issuance of stock to
       shareholders of founding
       companies, and promoter.....  8,012,918      80    2,146,587      21        --        72,875         --        72,976
     Distribution to accounting
       acquiror....................         --      --           --      --        --       (55,603)        --       (55,603)
     Issuance of shares to
       management..................    844,000       9      276,930       3        --         7,980         --         7,992
     Stock issuance costs..........         --      --           --      --        --        (3,611)        --        (3,611)
     Amortization of deferred
       compensation expense........         --      --           --      --        --           114         --           114
     Issuance of common stock
       warrants....................         --      --           --      --       300            --         --           300
     Expiration of common stock
       warrants....................         --      --           --      --      (300)          300         --            --
     Preferred dividends...........         --      --           --      --                      --       (340)         (340)
     Net loss......................         --      --           --      --                      --     (2,477)       (2,477)
                                     ---------    ----    ---------    ----     -----      --------    -------      --------
BALANCE, June 30, 1999
  (Unaudited)......................  9,783,690    $ 98    2,423,517    $ 24     $   0      $ 22,139    $ 3,391      $ 25,652
                                     =========    ====    =========    ====     =====      ========    =======      ========
</TABLE>



  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>   145


             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:


     American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (AMPAM or the
"Company"), was organized in June 1998 to be the leading provider of plumbing
and mechanical contracting services in the United States, focusing primarily on
the commercial/institutional and residential markets. On April 1, 1999, AMPAM
acquired ten U.S. businesses (see Note 11, Founding Company Acquisitions) and
completed the initial financings (see Note 12). The acquisitions were accounted
for using the purchase method of accounting with Christianson being reflected as
the accounting acquiror. As the accounting acquiror, for accounting purposes
under SEC SAB No. 97, Christianson is treated as (a) having acquired all of the
other founding companies (even though AMPAM legally made such acquisitions), (b)
having merged with AMPAM (with purchase accounting reflected for AMPAM's
non-management stock ownership) and (c) representing the financial history of
AMPAM prior to April 1, 1999. On May 19, 1999, the Company completed additional
financings (see Note 13) and intends to continue to acquire through merger or
purchase similar companies to expand its national or regional operations.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Principles of Consolidation and Combination


     The accompanying financial statements prior to April 1, 1999 present
Christianson Enterprises, Inc., consolidated with its wholly owned subsidiaries,
Christianson Service Company and GGR Leasing Corporation, (together referred to
as "Christianson"), as the accounting acquiror. These financial statements
consolidate Christianson with the consolidated results of AMPAM since April 1,
1999. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation and combination.


     Effective December 31, 1997, Christianson Enterprises, Inc., and its
subsidiaries changed their year ends from August 31 to December 31. Christianson
Service Company and GGR Leasing Corporation have each reported on a December 31
year-end since inception. For the years ended August 31, 1995 and 1996, the
results of operations for Christianson Service Company and GGR Leasing
Corporation have been conformed to an August 31 year-end. Generally accepted
accounting principles have been consistently applied to the financial statements
for all periods presented.

  Interim Financial Information


     The interim financial statements for the four months ended December 31,
1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1999, are unaudited and have
been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and
footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete
financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited
interim financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation. The results
of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the
results for the entire fiscal year.


  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>   146

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and depreciation
costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. An amount equal
to contract costs attributable to claims is included in revenues when
realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

     The current asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Warranty Costs

     For certain contracts, the Company warrants labor for one year after
completion of a plumbing or air conditioning installation. The Company generally
warrants labor for 90 days after plumbing and air conditioner repairs. A reserve
for warranty costs is recorded based upon the historical level of warranty
claims and management's estimate of future costs.

  Provision for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.


  Preacquisition Officers' Compensation of the Accounting Acquiror



     Total officers' compensation of Christianson for the years ended August 31,
1996, and December 31, 1997 and 1998, the four months ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1999 was $6,905,000, $6,643,000,
$10,701,000, $2,257,000 (unaudited), $3,763,000, and $400,000 respectively. Such
amounts are included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the
accompanying statements of operations.


  Income Taxes


     Effective January 1, 1997, Christianson Enterprises, Inc., including its
wholly owned subsidiaries, elected S Corporation status. Christianson Service
Company and GGR Leasing Corporation have elected S Corporation status. Under S
Corporation status, as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, Christianson

                                      F-15
<PAGE>   147

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



was not subject to taxation for federal purposes; rather, the stockholders
reported their share of the Christianson's taxable earnings or losses in their
personal tax returns. Certain states do not recognize S Corporation status for
purposes of state taxation. Consequently, the provision for current and deferred
income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1997, and 1998 consists of only
state income taxes. Christianson terminated its S Corporation status
concurrently with the effective date of the merger discussed in Note 11.


     The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred assets and
liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
underlying assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.


  Use of Estimates


     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property
and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability
would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future
undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's
carrying amount to determine if an impairment of such property is necessary. The
effect of any impairment would be to expense the difference between the fair
value of such property and its carrying value. Adoption of this standard did not
have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
Company.

  Reclassifications

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior-year financial
statements to conform to the current-year presentation.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables consist of the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31
                                                              ----------------
                                                               1997      1998
                                                              ------    ------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Billed......................................................  $4,957    $6,402
Allowance for uncollectible accounts........................    (122)     (101)
                                                              ------    ------
Contract receivables, net...................................  $4,835    $6,301
                                                              ======    ======
</TABLE>


                                      F-16
<PAGE>   148

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


     Activity in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts receivable
consists of the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             FOUR MONTHS ENDED    YEAR ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED      DECEMBER 31       DECEMBER 31
                                                AUGUST 31,   ------------------   -----------
                                                   1996         1995       1996   1997   1998
                                                ----------   -----------   ----   ----   ----
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>    <C>    <C>
Balance at beginning of period................     $ 74          $74       $117   $109   $122
Additions to costs and expenses...............       74           25          2     63     59
Deductions for uncollectible receivables
  written off and recoveries..................      (31)          (6)       (10)   (50)   (80)
                                                   ----          ---       ----   ----   ----
Balance at end of period......................     $117          $93       $109   $122   $101
                                                   ====          ===       ====   ====   ====
</TABLE>


     Plumbing and air conditioning installation contracts in progress are as
follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31
                                                              -----------------
                                                               1997      1998
                                                              -------   -------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress.....................  $ 1,200   $ 1,848
Estimated earnings, net of losses...........................    1,100     4,259
                                                              -------   -------
                                                                2,300     6,107
Less -- Billings to date....................................   (2,331)   (6,445)
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              $   (31)  $  (338)
                                                              =======   =======
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts.....................................  $   143   $   273
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts.....................................     (174)     (611)
                                                              -------   -------
                                                              $   (31)  $  (338)
                                                              =======   =======
</TABLE>


     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31
                                                              -------------
                                                              1997    1998
                                                              ----   ------
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>
Accounts payable, trade.....................................  $239   $2,101
Accrued warranty............................................   315      410
Accrued payroll.............................................    25      132
Accrued bonuses.............................................    74      173
Accrued vacation............................................   258      205
Self-insurance reserve......................................    --      115
Other accrued expenses......................................    33       77
                                                              ----   ------
                                                              $944   $3,213
                                                              ====   ======
</TABLE>


                                      F-17
<PAGE>   149

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:

     Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          ESTIMATED        DECEMBER 31
                                                         USEFUL LIVES   -----------------
                                                           IN YEARS      1997      1998
                                                         ------------   -------   -------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>       <C>
Vehicles and equipment.................................        5        $ 4,531   $ 5,180
Office equipment.......................................      5-7            403       378
                                                                        -------   -------
                                                                          4,934     5,558
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization......                  (3,344)   (3,859)
                                                                        -------   -------
  Property and equipment, net..........................                 $ 1,590   $ 1,699
                                                                        =======   =======
</TABLE>



     Capital leases of approximately $1,118,000 and $1,529,000 as of December
31, 1997 and 1998 are included in vehicles and equipment.


5. LONG-TERM DEBT:

     Long-term debt consists of capital lease obligations. The maturities of
capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1998
                                                              ------------
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................     $ 522
2000........................................................       328
2001........................................................        95
                                                                 -----
          Total lease payments..............................       945
Less -- Amounts representing interest.......................      (116)
                                                                 -----
Present value of minimum lease payments.....................       829
Less -- Current maturities..................................      (480)
                                                                 -----
Capital lease obligations, net of current maturities........     $ 349
                                                                 =====
</TABLE>


6. LEASES:

     The Company leases facilities under operating leases from related parties.
The Company also leases certain vehicles and equipment under operating leases
from third parties. Lease expiration dates vary, and approximate lease payments
were as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              RELATED     THIRD
                                                              PARTIES    PARTIES
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Four months ended December 31 --
  1995 (unaudited)..........................................   $ 52        $15
  1996......................................................     52         11
Year ended August 31, 1996..................................    156         43
Year ended December 31 --
  1997......................................................    466         33
  1998......................................................    492         18
Six months ended June 30, 1999 (unaudited)..................    711         78
</TABLE>


                                      F-18
<PAGE>   150

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


     Future minimum lease payments under these noncancelable operating leases
are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              RELATED     THIRD
                                                              PARTIES    PARTIES
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Year ending December 31 --
  1999......................................................  $  495       $19
  2000......................................................     554         2
  2001......................................................     559        --
  2002......................................................      69        --
  2003......................................................      24        --
                                                              ------       ---
                                                              $1,701       $21
                                                              ======       ===
</TABLE>

7. INCOME TAXES:

     Federal and state income taxes are as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FOUR MONTHS         YEAR ENDED
                                       YEAR ENDED     ENDED DECEMBER 31     DECEMBER 31
                                       AUGUST 31,    -------------------    ------------
                                          1996          1995        1996    1997    1998
                                       ----------    -----------    ----    ----    ----
                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>           <C>            <C>     <C>     <C>
Federal --
  Current............................     $155          $105        $ 71    $ --    $ --
  Deferred...........................      126           (49)        (64)    (16)     --
State --
  Current............................       45            22           8      28      67
  Deferred...........................       19            (4)        (71)     65     (35)
                                          ----          ----        ----    ----    ----
                                          $345          $ 74        $(56)   $ 77    $ 32
                                          ====          ====        ====    ====    ====
</TABLE>


     Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by
applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate rate of 35 percent to income
(loss) before provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FOUR MONTHS        YEAR ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED    ENDED DECEMBER 31     DECEMBER 31
                                                     AUGUST 31,   -------------------   -------------
                                                        1996         1995       1996    1997    1998
                                                     ----------   -----------   -----   -----   -----
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>           <C>     <C>     <C>
Provision (benefit) at the statutory rate..........    $ 470         $130       $(491)  $ 688   $ 227
Increase (decrease) resulting from --
  Earnings of combined corporations taxed as S
     Corporations..................................     (199)         (78)        501    (688)   (227)
  Permanent differences, primarily meals and
     entertainment.................................       31           10          (3)      5      --
  State income tax, net of benefit for federal
     deduction.....................................       43           12         (63)     88      32
  Reversal of C Corporation federal deferred
     taxes.........................................       --           --          --     (16)     --
                                                       -----         ----       -----   -----   -----
                                                       $ 345         $ 74       $ (56)  $  77   $  32
                                                       =====         ====       =====   =====   =====
</TABLE>


     Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the
recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for tax
purposes. The tax effects of these temporary

                                      F-19
<PAGE>   151

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


differences, representing deferred tax assets and liabilities, result
principally from the following (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                              ------------
                                                              1997    1998
                                                              ----    ----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
Deferred income tax assets --
  Reserves and accrued expenses.............................  $ 25    $ 62
  Other.....................................................     1      --
                                                              ----    ----
          Total deferred income tax assets..................    26      62
                                                              ----    ----
Deferred income tax liabilities --
  Property and equipment....................................   (17)    (15)
  Revenue recognition.......................................   (32)    (23)
  Other.....................................................    --     (12)
                                                              ----    ----
          Total deferred income tax liabilities.............   (49)    (50)
                                                              ----    ----
          Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)......  $(23)   $ 12
                                                              ====    ====
</TABLE>


     The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following
(in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                              ------------
                                                              1997    1998
                                                              ----    ----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>
Deferred tax assets --
  Current...................................................  $ 26    $ 56
  Long-term.................................................    --       6
                                                              ----    ----
          Total deferred income tax assets..................    26      62
                                                              ----    ----
Deferred tax liabilities --
  Current...................................................   (32)    (31)
  Long-term.................................................   (17)    (19)
                                                              ----    ----
          Total deferred income tax liabilities.............   (49)    (50)
                                                              ----    ----
     Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)...........  $(23)   $ 12
                                                              ====    ====
</TABLE>



     Effective January 1, 1997, Christianson Enterprises, Inc., elected S
Corporation status. As such, Christianson Enterprises, Inc., was no longer
directly responsible for any federal deferred tax liability. The removal of the
federal deferred tax liability of $16,000 at December 31, 1996, was recognized
in the 1997 statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1997.



8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:



  Common Stock



     In connection with the organization and initial capitalization of AMPAM,
the Company issued 2,092,401 shares of Class B common stock at $.01 par value
(Class B common stock). AMPAM has subsequently issued 1,325,116 additional
shares of Class B common stock and common stock to certain management of AMPAM
and other individuals. The shares of Class B common stock have rights similar to
shares of common stock, except that such shares are entitled to elect one member
of the board of directors and are entitled to one-fourth of one vote for each
share held on all other matters, and are subordinate in liquidation to all other
classes of stock.



     Each share of Class B common stock will automatically convert to common
stock (as adjusted proportionately to give effect to any stock dividends,
combinations, splits or other similar events with


                                      F-20
<PAGE>   152

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



respect to the common stock) on a share-for-share basis in the event AMPAM
consummates any of the following events: (i) an IPO, (ii) any sale of all or
substantially all of our assets in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, (iii) any merger or consolidation that involves AMPAM in which
AMPAM is not the surviving entity or (iv) any transaction after which the common
stock held by persons other than the holders of common stock as of April 1, 1999
constitutes 50% or more of the common stock outstanding as of the date of the
consummation of such transaction. Furthermore, if the Class B common stock has
not previously been converted into common stock before April 1, 2002, AMPAM will
have the option to redeem all outstanding shares of Class B common stock for
$.01 a share.



     On April 1, 1999, the Company recorded a nonrecurring, non cash
compensation charge related to all shares issued to management of $8.0 million
which represented the difference between the estimated fair value ($7.50 for
common stock and $6.00 for Class B common stock) of such shares and their
recorded values. Compensation expense was recognized for shares issued to
management of the Company (1) who were formerly management of the accounting
acquiror and (2) who did not participate in negotiating the acquisitions of the
founding companies.



     On April 1, 1999, the Company reflected the shares previously issued to
Sterling City Capital, LLC and certain consultants as acquisition costs (i.e.
goodwill) in connection with the acquisitions. The management and Sterling City
Capital, LLC shares were issued in contemplation of the acquisitions, and no
further stock issuances of this nature are anticipated.



  Preferred Stock



     An aggregate of 1,048,820 shares of preferred stock was issued to certain
stockholders of Christianson at the closing of the acquisitions. Such
Christianson stockholders received their acquisition consideration solely in the
form of cash and shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock is cumulative,
redeemable and convertible and was recorded at its estimated fair value of $13
per share.



     The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends at an
annual rate of 10% based on the liquidation value (as defined below). The
dividends are payable in cash semiannually in arrears. The dividend payment
dates are June 30 and December 31, beginning on June 30, 1999. The holders of
the preferred stock are also entitled to receive additional dividends on an
equal share for share basis with the common stock to the extent that the Company
has paid cumulative dividends on a base amount of $13.00 per share of common
stock, as proportionately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits
or other similar events with respect to such shares, a common stock base amount.
However, the right of the holders of the preferred stock to receive this
preferential dividend will extinguish 40 days after the 25th day following the
date of the final prospectus related to an initial public offering of the
Company's common stock. After such time, the holders will be entitled to share
equally, on a per share basis, in any dividends of the Company with the holders
of common stock.



     The preferred stock is senior to all other classes of the Company's capital
stock (including the common stock) in right of liquidation, dividends and
distributions.



     The liquidation value of the preferred stock is $13.00 per share, plus
accrued and unpaid dividends, as adjusted proportionately for any stock
dividends, combinations, splits or other similar events with respect to such
shares, at liquidation value. In addition, the preferred stock shares equally,
on a per share basis, with the common stock after each share is paid the common
stock base amount plus a cumulative amount of dividends equal to 10% from the
later to occur of the date of issuance of the preferred stock or the date of the
issuance of such share of common stock.



     Except under certain circumstances, the preferred stock is not entitled to
vote as a separate class, but votes together with the holders of shares of all
other classes of capital stock of the Company as one class on all matters
submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders. Each holder of shares of
preferred stock


                                      F-21
<PAGE>   153

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



is entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest number of full shares of
common stock into which all shares of preferred stock held by such holder could
be converted at the record date for the determination of the stockholders
entitled to vote on such matters. In all cases where the holders of shares of
preferred stock are required by law to vote separately as a class, such holders
are entitled to one vote for each such share.



     The preferred stock is redeemable at the Company's option, in whole or in
part prior to an initial public offering of AMPAM common stock for the greater
of (i) the fair market value of the preferred stock or (ii) $13.00 per share of
preferred stock, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. After
an IPO, the Company has the right to redeem the preferred stock at any time and
from time to time, in whole or in part, at a price equal to the trading price of
the common stock at the time of redemption but in no event for less than $13.00
per share of preferred stock, plus accrued and unpaid dividends. After April 1,
2002, the holders of the preferred stock may require the Company to redeem the
preferred stock. In each such case, the redemption price per share will be equal
to the liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of
redemption.



     Prior to the filing of a registration statement by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to an IPO, the holders of
preferred stock may convert the preferred stock into common stock on a
share-for-share basis. Not later than the twenty-fifth day after the date of the
final prospectus relating to such IPO, the Company will give notice to each
holder of preferred stock to the effect that the preferred stock will
automatically convert into shares of common stock on the 40th day thereafter
unless such holder gives the Company written notice on or before such date that
such holder elects such conversion not occur with respect to such holder's
shares of preferred stock. In the event the Company does not receive such notice
on or before such date, the preferred stock shall be converted into common stock
at a conversion ratio equal to the liquidation value (without inclusion of
accrued but unpaid dividends) divided by the price per share to the public in
the IPO, effective as of such date.



     The Company may convert the preferred stock following the consummation of
an IPO on a share-for-share basis, unless such conversion would result in the
holder of preferred stock receiving common stock having a value of less than
$13.00 per share, in which case the conversion would be made at a conversion
ratio equal to the liquidation value (without inclusion of accrued but unpaid
dividends) divided by the price per share to the public in the IPO.



  Other Preferred Stock



     Additionally, the board of directors of the Company may authorize the
issuance from time to time shares of one or more new classes or series of
preferred stock. Subject to the provisions of the Company's amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, the board of
directors is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the shares, to
fix the number of shares and to change preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereof, including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative),
dividend rates, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions),
redemption prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares
constituting any class or series of the preferred stock, in each case without
any further action or vote by the stockholders. The Company has no current plans
to issue any shares of preferred stock or any class or series other than the
preferred stock.



9. EARNINGS PER SHARE:



     In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." SFAS
No. 128 revises the methodology to be used in computing earnings per share (EPS)
such that the computations previously required for primary and fully diluted EPS
are to be replaced with "basic" and "diluted" EPS. Basic EPS is computed by
dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock


                                      F-22
<PAGE>   154

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed in a similar manner as
fully diluted EPS, except that, common stock equivalents (such as "in the money"
stock options) are included in diluted weighted average shares. The effect of
the assumed conversion of Preferred Stock during the first six months of 1999
was anti-dilutive.



10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION:



     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," allows entities to choose between a new fair value
method of accounting for employee stock options or similar equity instruments
and the current method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25 under
which compensation expense is recorded to the extent that the fair market value
of the related stock is in excess of the options exercise price at date of
grant. Entities electing to remain with the accounting in APB Opinion No. 25
must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the
fair value method of accounting prescribed in SFAS No. 123 had been applied. The
Company will measure compensation expense attributable to stock options based on
the method prescribed in APB Opinion No. 25 and will provide the required pro
forma disclosure of net income and earnings per share, as applicable, in the
notes to future consolidated annual financial statements.



     In February 1999, the Company's board of directors and stockholders
approved the Company's 1999 Stock Plan, or the "stock plan", which provides for
the granting or awarding of incentive or nonqualified stock options, stock
appreciation rights, restricted or phantom stock, and other incentive awards to
directors, officers, key employees and consultants of the Company. The number of
shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the stock plan is the greater
of 3.7 million shares or 15% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock
outstanding. The terms of the option awards will be established by the
Compensation Committee of the Company's board of directors. The Company granted
nonqualified stock options to purchase a total of approximately 2.1 million
shares of common stock at a price of $7.00 per share to key employees of the
Company at the consummation of the acquisitions. These options vest at the rate
of 20 percent per year, commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date
and will expire at the earliest of ten years from the date of grant, three
months following termination of employment other than due to death or
disability, or one year following termination of employment due to death or
disability. As described below, the Company has elected to account for employee
stock options under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25.
Compensation expense in the amount of $114,167 (unaudited) was recognized during
the three months ended June 30, 1999 for the difference between the fair market
value and the exercise price over the vesting period of the options, and
approximately $0.9 million of unamortized deferred compensation expense existed
at June 30, 1999.



11. FOUNDING COMPANY ACQUISITIONS:



     On April 1, 1999 AMPAM acquired ten entities contemporaneously with the
related initial financings (collectively referred to as the "Founding
Companies"). The entities acquired were:



       Christianson Enterprises, Inc., Christianson Service Company and
       Professional Services, Inc.


         (collectively, Christianson)


       R.C.R. Plumbing, Inc.


       Teepe's River City Mechanical, Inc.


       Keith Riggs Plumbing, Inc.


       J.A. Croson Company and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company


       J.A. Croson Company of Florida


       Power Plumbing, Inc.


       Nelson Mechanical Contractors, Inc.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>   155

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



       Sherwood Mechanical, Inc.


       Miller Mechanical Contractors, Inc.



     The Company's results of operations include the Founding Companies
beginning April 1, 1999. Prior to April 1, 1999, the Company's results of
operations are reflected as those of Christianson, since it was the accounting
acquiror.



     The acquisition consideration delivered upon the closing of the
acquisitions consisted of:



          (i) $99.9 million in cash,



          (ii) $5.8 million of seller notes,



          (iii) 8,898,618 shares of common stock, and,



          (iv) 1,048,820 shares of preferred stock.



     Additionally, approximately 2.1 million shares of Class B common stock
issued to Sterling City Capital, LLC and certain consultants are reflected as
goodwill as part of the acquisition transactions.



     Included in the $99.9 million cash acquisition consideration was an
estimated amount based on the level of working capital of each Founding Company
as of the closing date. The cash portion of the acquisition consideration
attributable to the level of working capital was increased by approximately
$12.0 million based on the actual working capital as of the closing date.
Approximately $2.0 million had been paid as of June 30, 1999 and $10.0 million
was recorded as acquisition consideration payable.



     The stockholders of each Founding Company were also entitled to
distributions of certain non-operating assets of such Founding Company (subject
to assumption of related liabilities), retained earnings of such Founding
Company (if a C corporation) or the positive amount of the accumulated
adjustment account (if an S corporation). In addition to the acquisition
consideration and other payments and distributions described above, the
stockholders of each Founding Company (including certain former shareholders of
Christianson) may receive additional consideration in the event such Founding
Company generates actual adjusted net income for the year ending December 31,
1999, in excess of a designated target level of net income for that period. Any
additional stock issued or cash paid will be recorded as additional
consideration and, accordingly, will be reflected as goodwill in the financial
statements of the Company.



     The acquisitions resulted in a substantial amount of goodwill recorded on
the Company's balance sheet. Goodwill from the acquisitions is being amortized
on a straight-line basis over 30 years. The Company's management will
periodically evaluate recorded goodwill balances, net of accumulated
amortization, for impairment based on the undiscounted cash flows associated
with the asset compared to the carrying amount of that asset.



     In addition, the Company has entered into employment agreements with
certain key executives of the Founding Companies and with the executive officers
of AMPAM. These employments agreements will generally prohibit such individuals
from disclosing confidential information and trade secrets, and restrict such
individuals from competing with the Company for a period of two years following
termination of employment. The initial terms of these employment agreements is
five years with provisions for annual extensions at the end of the initial term.



     The accompanying June 30, 1999 balance sheet includes allocations of the
respective purchase prices to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based
on the preliminary estimates of fair value and is subject to final adjustment.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>   156

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



     The unaudited pro forma data presented below consist of the income
statement data presented in these consolidated financial statements plus income
statement data for the Founding Companies as if the acquisitions and the related
financings were effective on January 1, 1998 through the respective dates of the
acquisitions (in thousands except per shared data):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    JUNE 30
                                                              -------------------
                                                                1998       1999
                                                              --------   --------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Revenues....................................................  $158,214   $182,793
Net income (loss)...........................................     5,191     (1,267)
Net income per share........................................       .43       (.10)
Shares used in computing net income per share...............    12,207     12,207
</TABLE>



12. INITIAL FINANCINGS:



     On April 1, 1999, the Company obtained debt financing in the form of a
credit facility, a subordinated loan, seller notes and a note to Sterling City
Capital, LLC or a sponsor note, which all comprise the initial financings. The
key terms of these debt instruments are as follows:



  The Credit Facility



     The credit facility is a senior secured revolving credit facility in an
aggregate principal amount of $95 million. Amounts borrowed under the credit
facility were used to fund a part of the cash portion of the acquisition
consideration and will be used to fund future acquisitions and to provide
financing of general corporate purposes. The credit facility bears interest, at
the option of the Company, at the base rate of the arranging bank plus an
applicable margin or at LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin
fluctuates based on the Company's ratio of funded debt to EBITDA and will be
between 1.50% and 2.50% above LIBOR or 0.00% and 1.00% above the arranging banks
base rate. Interest is payable no less frequently than quarterly in arrears. The
term of the credit facility is three years from the date of closing of the
acquisitions and all principal amounts borrowed will be payable in full at
maturity.



     The credit facility is secured by (1) the accounts receivable, the seller
notes, inventory, equipment and other personal property of the Company and (2)
all of the capital stock owned by AMPAM of its existing or later-formed domestic
subsidiaries. The Company is required to make prepayments or commitment
reductions on the credit facility under certain circumstances.



     The credit facility requires the Company to maintain compliance with
certain specified financial covenants including maximum ratios of funded debt to
EBITDA, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a minimum net worth and other
restrictive covenants. Additionally, the terms of the credit facility limit the
ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, make
acquisitions or other investments and to make various other payments.



     As of April 1, 1999, $70.3 million was outstanding on the credit facility.
The Company repaid such outstanding amount in full with the proceeds from the
offering discussed in Note 13. At June 30, 1999 there were no amounts
outstanding on the credit facility.



  The Subordinated Loan



     The subordinated loan was a senior subordinated loan in an aggregate
principal amount of $30.0 million. The subordinated loan was a senior
subordinated obligation of the Company, subordinated to all other of the
Company's senior debt (including the credit facility) and senior to all other
subordinated


                                      F-25
<PAGE>   157

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



debt of the Company (including the seller notes). Amounts borrowed under the
subordinated loan were used to fund a portion of the cash acquisition
consideration. The subordinated loan bore interest at an annual rate equal to
three months LIBOR plus 350 basis points. Interest was payable quarterly in
arrears.



     Concurrently with entering into the subordinated loan, AMPAM deposited into
escrow, for the benefit of the lenders, warrants to purchase common stock. The
warrants terminated when the subordinated loan was repaid, upon closing of the
offering discussed in Note 13. The warrants were immediately exercisable at a
price of $0.01 per share in the event that the subordinated loan was not repaid
prior to or at maturity. Upon exercise, the warrants would have represented
approximately 5.0% of the outstanding common stock and would have been subject
to customary anti-dilution provisions. The Company recorded the warrants as an
increase to stockholder's equity for their estimated fair value (approximately
$0.3 million) and a corresponding discount to the subordinated loan recorded
value. The discount was amortized as additional interest expense.



     As of April 1, 1999, $30.0 million was outstanding on the subordinated
loan. The Company repaid such outstanding amount in full with the proceeds from
the offering discussed below. Upon repayment, the Company wrote off deferred
loan issuance costs of $0.5 million and the discount of approximately $0.3
million.



  The Seller Notes



     The Company issued $5.8 million principal amount of seller notes due on
April 1, 2002. The seller notes bore interest at the rate of 10% per annum.



     Interest on the seller notes was payable quarterly, commencing 90 days from
the date of issuance. The seller notes were unsecured obligations of the
Company, subordinated in the right of payment to any and all existing and future
senior indebtedness of the Company (including the credit facility and the
subordinated loan). The seller notes were repaid upon completion of the offering
discussed in Note 13.



  The Sponsor Note



     The Company issued a subordinated note payable to Sterling City Capital,
LLC on April 1, 1999 in settlement of the amounts due to stockholders of $3.1
million ($2.0 million at December 31, 1998). The sponsor note was due on April
1, 2002 and bore interest payable quarterly at the annual rate of 10%. The
sponsor note was redeemed by the Company upon completion of the offering
discussed in Note 13.



13. THE OFFERING AND THE EXCHANGE OFFERING:



     On May 19, 1999, the Company completed an offering of $125.0 million of
11 5/8% senior subordinated notes due in 2008. The notes are subordinated to all
existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company and are guaranteed by
each of the Company's current and future subsidiaries. The Company has the
option to redeem the notes at any time on or after 2004, at specified redemption
prices. Before 2002, the Company also has the option, under certain
circumstances, to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the
notes at specified redemption prices. Additionally, the Company is required
under certain circumstances to repurchase the notes at specified redemption
prices in the event of a change in control.



     Additionally, the terms of the notes limit the ability of the Company to,
among other things, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, make
acquisitions, make other investments, pay dividends and to make various other
payments. In conjunction with this offering, the Company entered into a
registration rights agreement whereby the Company agreed to file a registration
statement within 60 days after the close of the offering that would enable
noteholders to exchange their privately placed notes for publicly registered
notes with substantially identical terms. Additionally, the Company agreed,
among other things,


                                      F-26
<PAGE>   158

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



to use their reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to
become effective within 150 days after the close of the offering and to be
completed within 180 days after the close of the offering. If the Company does
not comply with their obligations (including their reasonable best efforts)
under the registration rights agreement, the interest rate on the notes will
increase.



     The bonds are recorded on the June 30, 1999 balance sheet net of an
original issuance discount of approximately $2.6 million which is being
amortized to interest expense over the term of the bonds. The net proceeds from
the offering of approximately $117.7 million (net of offering expenses), were
used (1) to repay the outstanding indebtedness ($70.3 million as of April 1,
1999) under the $95.0 million credit facility discussed above (2) to repay the
$30.0 million subordinated loan (3) to repay the seller notes and the sponsor
note ($8.9 million as of April 1, 1999) and (4) for general corporate purposes.



     The Company is currently in the process of registering the privately placed
notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission and, accordingly, intends to
meet their obligations, as described above, under the registration rights
agreement. No assurance can be made that the exchange offering will be
completed.



14. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:


  Leases


     As discussed in Note 6, Christianson leases its facilities and its
furniture and fixtures in Austin and San Antonio, Texas, from related parties.
It is management's opinion that such leases are at market value.


  Other


     Through December 31, 1995, Christianson subcontracted its construction
labor to a related party. Christianson was charged for such labor based on the
related party's actual costs. For the year ended August 31, 1996, and the four
months ended December 31, 1995, subcontractor labor costs reflected within cost
of revenues in the accompanying statements of operations were $2,663,000 and
$2,663,000 (unaudited), respectively. This relationship was terminated effective
December 31, 1995.



     Also through December 31, 1995, the related party provided workers'
compensation insurance to its employees through a self-insurance program. The
related party charged Christianson an agreed-upon rate for such insurance based
on an estimate of the cost of workers' compensation insurance as a subscriber
under the Texas risk pool. Claims were administered and paid by the related
party. For the year ended August 31, 1996, and the four months ended December
31, 1995, workers' compensation insurance costs reflected within cost of
services in the accompanying statements of operations were $268,000 and $268,000
(unaudited), respectively. This relationship was terminated effective December
31, 1995.



     In connection with various administrative and management services provided
to the related party, Christianson charged a fee to the related party for such
services. For the years ended August 31, 1996, and the four months ended
December 31, 1995, Christianson charged the related party $225,000 and $225,000
(unaudited), respectively. These amounts are included within other income in the
accompanying statements of operations. As discussed above, the relationship was
terminated December 31, 1995; therefore, no fees were charged subsequent to this
date.



15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>   159

             AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES



           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability, workers' compensation and an umbrella policy.
The Company has not incurred significant claims or losses on any of these
insurance policies.


     Beginning on May 1, 1998, Christianson self-insured for medical claims up
to $50,000 per year per individual covered, with a $642,000 aggregate maximum
exposure per year. Claims in excess of these amounts are covered by a stop-loss
policy. At December 31, 1998, Christianson has recorded reserves within accounts
payable and accrued liabilities for its portion of self-insurance claims based
on estimated claims.



  Impact of the Year 2000 Issue



     The Year 2000 Issue is whether the Company's computer systems will properly
recognize date sensitive information when the year changes to 2000, or "00."
Systems that do not properly recognize such information could generate erroneous
data or cause a system to fail. The Company uses purchased software programs for
a variety of functions, including general ledger, accounts payable and accounts
receivable accounting packages. Responsibility for Year 2000 compliance has been
analyzed and testing is currently ongoing for many of the financial
applications, individual work stations, and job-costing systems. Preliminary
tests on applications have proven them to be compliant, but further testing is
warranted. The Company believes that the Year 2000 Issue will not pose
significant operational problems for the Company's computer systems and,
therefore, will not have a material impact on the financial position or the
results of operations of the Company.



16. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:



     Christianson had sales of approximately 24.1 percent, 22.8 percent, 23.1
percent, 23.5 percent (unaudited), and 23.4 percent of total sales to one major
customer during the years ended August 31, 1996, December 31, 1997 and 1998, the
four months ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.


     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest on the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors within the region. However, management
believes that its contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are
adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.


     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas in which it operates.




                                      F-28
<PAGE>   160

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of American Plumbing &
Mechanical, Inc. as of December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the related
statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' equity for the period
from inception (June 29, 1998) through December 31, 1998, and for the three
months ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of American Plumbing &
Mechanical, Inc. as of December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for the period from inception (June 29, 1998)
through December 31, 1998, and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
June 14, 1999

                                      F-29
<PAGE>   161

                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

                    (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)


                                     ASSETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                                  1998         1999
                                                              ------------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...................................    $    --       $    37
OTHER ASSETS................................................        426           663
DEFERRED TRANSACTION COSTS..................................      2,936         3,505
                                                                -------       -------
          Total assets......................................    $ 3,362       $ 4,205
                                                                =======       =======

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE............................................    $ 1,955       $ 2,032
AMOUNTS DUE TO STOCKHOLDERS.................................      2,046         3,103
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 authorized,
     none issued and outstanding............................         --            --
  Class B common stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
     authorized, 2,417,517 and 2,423,517 shares issued and
     outstanding............................................         24            24
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 authorized,
     900,000 and 994,000 shares issued and outstanding......          9            10
  Additional paid-in capital................................        408         1,090
  Receivable from stockholders..............................        (32)          (33)
  Retained earnings.........................................     (1,048)       (2,021)
                                                                -------       -------
          Total stockholders' equity........................       (639)         (930)
                                                                -------       -------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........    $ 3,362       $ 4,205
                                                                =======       =======
</TABLE>


Reflects a 1,683-for-one stock split effected in April 1999.

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>   162

                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                     (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE
                                                              PERIOD FROM
                                                               INCEPTION      FOR THE
                                                               (JUNE 29,       THREE
                                                                 1998)        MONTHS
                                                                THROUGH        ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                                  1998         1999
                                                              ------------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
REVENUES....................................................    $    --       $    --
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES................      1,474         1,165
                                                                -------       -------
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES....................................     (1,474)       (1,165)
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES..................................        426           193
                                                                -------       -------
NET LOSS....................................................    $(1,048)      $  (972)
                                                                =======       =======
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>   163

                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE
                                                              PERIOD FROM
                                                               INCEPTION      FOR THE
                                                               (JUNE 29,       THREE
                                                                 1998)        MONTHS
                                                                THROUGH        ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                                  1998         1999
                                                              ------------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net loss..................................................    $(1,048)      $ (972)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
     operating activities --
     Non-cash compensation charge...........................        408          682
     Deferred income taxes..................................       (426)        (193)
     Changes in assets and liabilities --
       Increase in other assets.............................         --          (45)
       Increase in deferred transaction costs...............     (2,936)        (569)
       Increase in amounts due to stockholders..............      2,046        1,057
       Increase in accounts payable.........................      1,955           77
                                                                -------       ------
          Net cash provided (used) in operating
            activities......................................         (1)          37
                                                                -------       ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Initial capitalization....................................          1           --
                                                                -------       ------
          Net cash provided by financing activities.........          1           --
                                                                -------       ------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...................         --           37
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period..............         --           --
                                                                -------       ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period....................    $    --       $   37
                                                                =======       ======
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-32
<PAGE>   164

                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      CLASS B
                                    COMMON STOCK        COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL    RECEIVABLE                   TOTAL
                                 ------------------   ----------------    PAID-IN         FROM       RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                  SHARES     AMOUNT   SHARES    AMOUNT    CAPITAL     STOCKHOLDERS   EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                 ---------   ------   -------   ------   ----------   ------------   --------   -------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>
INITIAL CAPITALIZATION AND
  SUBSEQUENT SHARE ISSUANCE,
  June 29, 1998................  2,363,361    $23     750,000    $ 8       $   --         $(30)      $    --       $     1
  September 15, 1998...........     54,156      1     150,000      1          408           (2)           --           408
NET INCOME (LOSS)..............         --     --          --     --           --           --        (1,049)       (1,049)
                                 ---------    ---     -------    ---       ------         ----       -------       -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.....  2,417,517     24     900,000      9          408          (32)       (1,049)         (640)
SHARE ISSUANCE.................      6,000     --      94,000      1          682           (1)           --           682
NET LOSS.......................         --     --          --     --           --           --          (972)         (972)
                                 ---------    ---     -------    ---       ------         ----       -------       -------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999........  2,423,517    $24     994,000    $10       $1,090         $(33)      $(2,021)      $  (930)
                                 =========    ===     =======    ===       ======         ====       =======       =======
</TABLE>


Reflects a 1,683-for-one stock split effected in April 1999.

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-33
<PAGE>   165

                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS, ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (AMPAM or the
"Company"), was organized in June 1998 to be the leading provider of plumbing
and mechanical contracting services in the United States, focusing primarily on
the commercial/institutional and residential markets. On April 1, 1999, AMPAM
acquired ten U.S. businesses (see Note 4, Founding Company Acquisitions) and
completed the initial financings (see Note 5). On May 19, 1999, the Company
completed additional financings (see Note 6) and intends to continue to acquire
through merger or purchase similar companies to expand its national or regional
operations.



     All activities to date have related to the Acquisitions. All expenditures
of the Company to March 31, 1999 were funded by its founder and then primary
stockholder, Sterling City Capital, LLC, on behalf of the Company. AMPAM has
capitalized third party acquisition costs as deferred transaction costs in the
accompanying balance sheet. Internal costs ($0.3 and $0.5 million in 1998 and
1999, respectively) are reflected as a period cost in the accompanying
statements of operations. The ability of AMPAM to generate future income is
dependent upon the ability of the Company to manage the integration of the
acquisitions as well as the effect on the combined companies of the following
factors which are discussed in more detail in "Risk Factors" -- substantial
indebtedness and potential incurrence of additional debt that would be senior to
the notes offer (discussed in Note 6), absence of combined operating history and
dependence on future operating performance, exposure to cyclicality and
downturns in construction, availability of skilled labor, management of growth,
reliance on acquisitions, competition, dependence on key personnel, amortization
of goodwill and acquisition and other related accounting issues, availability of
acquisition financing, use of fixed price contracting and potential materials
and labor cost escalations, the Year 2000 issue, potential adverse effect of
future acquisition, potential inability of the Company to repurchase the notes
from the offering (discussed in Note 6) upon a change of control, lack of a
trading market for the notes, seasonality and fluctuation of quarterly operating
results, concentration of customers, regulations, liability and insurance.


  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.


  Income Taxes



     The Company, which is a C Corporation, follows the liability method of
accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method,
deferred assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets
and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will
be in effect when the underlying assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.
The only difference in the effective tax rate and the statutory rate was the
nondeductible compensation charge. A deferred tax asset was recorded for the
benefit of other expenses in the periods.


                                      F-34
<PAGE>   166
                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Deferred Transaction Costs


     Following is a detail of deferred transaction costs which were paid to
third parties as of March 31, 1999 (in thousands):



<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Accounting fees............................................   $2,785
Legal fees.................................................      241
Consultants................................................      205
Other......................................................      274
                                                              ------
          Deferred transaction costs.......................   $3,505
                                                              ======
</TABLE>


2. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

  Common Stock


     In connection with the organization and initial capitalization of AMPAM,
the Company issued 2,092,401 shares of Class B common stock at $.01 par value
(Class B common stock). AMPAM has subsequently issued 1,325,116 additional
shares of Class B common stock and common stock to certain management of AMPAM
and other individuals. The shares of Class B common stock have rights similar to
shares of common stock, except that such shares are entitled to elect one member
of the board of directors and are entitled to one-fourth of one vote for each
share held on all other matters, and are subordinate in liquidation to all other
classes of stock.



     Each share of Class B common stock will automatically convert to common
stock (as adjusted proportionately to give effect to any stock dividends,
combinations, splits or other similar events with respect to the common stock)
on a share-for-share basis in the event AMPAM consummates any of the following
events: (i) an IPO, (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of our assets in
one transaction or a series of related transactions, (iii) any merger or
consolidation that involves AMPAM in which AMPAM is not the surviving entity or
(iv) any transaction after which the common stock held by persons other than the
holders of common stock as of April 1, 1999 constitutes 50% or more of the
common stock outstanding as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.
Furthermore, if the Class B common stock has not previously been converted into
common stock before April 1, 2002, AMPAM will have the option to redeem all
outstanding shares of Class B common stock for $.01 a share.



     As of July 31, 1998 and as restated for the 1,683-for-one stock split
discussed below, the Company issued a total of 1,598,901 shares to Sterling City
Capital, LLC and an aggregate of 1,514,430 shares to the executive management of
the Company and other individuals. The shares issued prior to August 1998 were
recorded at their estimated fair value at that time of $.01 par value. The fair
value at that time of all such shares was based on specific factors related to
the Company and the transaction including restrictions on transferability and
sale, the time value of money during the holding period and the substantive
progress of the transaction at each issuance date. In September 1998, the
Company issued 204,186 shares of common stock to a member of management at $0.01
per share. The shares were recorded in the accompanying financial statements as
a nonrecurring noncash compensation charge of $0.4 million which represented the
excess of the estimated fair value ($2.00 per share) of the shares over the
amount paid. During the three months ended March 31, 1999, 94,000 and 6,000
shares of common stock and Class B common stock, respectively were issued to
employees of the Company at $0.01 per share. Such shares were recorded in the
accompanying financial statements at their fair values per share ($6.91 for
common stock and $5.53 for Class B common stock), and compensation expense of
$0.7 million was recorded for the excess of the fair value of such shares over
the amount paid.


     On April 1, 1999, the Company reflected the shares previously issued to
Sterling City Capital, LLC and certain consultants as acquisition costs (i.e.,
goodwill) in connection with the acquisitions.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>   167
                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


Additionally, the Company recorded a nonrecurring, noncash compensation charge
related to the shares issued on April 1, 1999 to management of $8.0 million
which represented the difference between the estimated fair value ($7.50 for
common stock and $6.00 for Class B common stock) of such shares and their
recorded values. The management and Sterling City Capital, LLC shares were
issued in contemplation of the acquisitions, and no further stock issuances of
this nature are anticipated.


     AMPAM effected a 1,683-for-one stock split in April 1999 for each share of
Class B common stock and each share of common stock of the Company then
outstanding. In addition, the Company increased the number of authorized shares
of common stock to 100,000,000 and increased the number of authorized shares of
$.01 par value preferred stock to 10,000,000. The effects of the stock split and
the increase in the shares of authorized common stock have been retroactively
reflected on the balance sheet, statement of stockholders' equity and in the
accompanying notes. Additionally, the difference between the initial
capitalization value and the par value of total shares outstanding subsequent to
the stock split has been reflected as a receivable from stockholders.

  Preferred Stock

     An aggregate of 1,048,820 shares of preferred stock was issued to certain
stockholders of Christianson at the closing of the acquisitions. Such
Christianson stockholders received their acquisition consideration solely in the
form of cash and shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock is cumulative,
redeemable and convertible and will be recorded at its estimated fair value of
$13 per share.


     The holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends at an
annual rate of 10% based on the liquidation value (as defined below). The
dividends are payable in cash semiannually in arrears. The dividend payment
dates are June 30 and December 31, beginning on June 30, 1999. The holders of
the preferred stock are also entitled to receive additional dividends on an
equal share for share basis with the common stock to the extent that the Company
has paid cumulative dividends on a base amount of $13.00 per share of common
stock, as proportionately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits
or other similar events with respect to such shares, a common stock base amount.
However, the right of the holders of the preferred stock to receive this
preferential dividend will extinguish 40 days after the 25th day following the
date of the final prospectus related to an initial public offering of the
Company's common stock. After such time, the holders will be entitled to share
equally, on a per share basis, in any dividends of the Company with the holders
of common stock.


     The preferred stock is senior to all other classes of the Company's capital
stock (including the common stock) in right of liquidation, dividends and
distributions.

     The liquidation value of the preferred stock is $13.00 per share, plus
accrued and unpaid dividends, as adjusted proportionately for any stock
dividends, combinations, splits or other similar events with respect to such
shares, a liquidation value. In addition, the preferred stock shares equally, on
a per share basis, with the common stock after each share is paid the common
stock base amount plus a cumulative amount of dividends equal to 10% from the
later to occur of the date of issuance of the preferred stock or the date of
issuance of such share of common stock.

     Except under certain circumstances, the preferred stock is not entitled to
vote as a separate class, but votes together with the holders of shares of all
other classes of capital stock of the Company as one class on all matters
submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders. Each holder of shares of
preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest number
of full shares of common stock into which all shares of preferred stock held by
such holder could be converted at the record date for the determination of the
stockholders entitled to vote on such matters. In all cases where the holders of
shares of preferred stock are required by law to vote separately as a class,
such holders are entitled to one vote for each such share.

                                      F-36
<PAGE>   168
                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


     The preferred stock is redeemable at the Company's option, in whole or in
part prior to an initial public offering of AMPAM common stock for the greater
of (i) the fair market value of the preferred stock or (ii) $13.00 per share of
preferred stock, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. After
an IPO, the Company has the right to redeem the preferred stock at any time and
from time to time, in whole or in part, at a price equal to the trading price of
the common stock at the time of redemption but in no event for less than $13.00
per share of preferred stock, plus accrued and unpaid dividends. After April 1,
2002, the holders of the preferred stock may require the Company to redeem the
preferred stock. In each such case, the redemption price per share will be equal
to the liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the date of
redemption.


     Prior to the filing of a registration statement by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to an IPO, the holders of
preferred stock may convert the preferred stock into common stock on a
share-for-share basis. Not later than the twenty-fifth day after the date of the
final prospectus relating to such IPO, the Company will give notice to each
holder of preferred stock to the effect that the preferred stock will
automatically convert into shares of common stock on the 40th day thereafter
unless such holder gives the Company written notice on or before such date that
such holder elects such conversion not occur with respect to such holder's
shares of preferred stock. In the event the Company does not receive such notice
on or before such date, the preferred stock shall be converted into common stock
at a conversion ratio equal to the liquidation value (without inclusion of
accrued but unpaid dividends) divided by the price per share to the public in
the IPO, effective as of such date.

     The Company may convert the preferred stock following the consummation of
an IPO on a share-for-share basis, unless such conversion would result in the
holder of preferred stock receiving common stock having a value of less than
$13.00 per share, in which case the conversion would be made at a conversion
ratio equal to the liquidation value (without inclusion of accrued but unpaid
dividends) divided by the price per share to the public in the IPO.

  Other Preferred Stock

     Additionally, the board of directors of the Company may authorize the
issuance from time to time shares of one or more new classes or series of
preferred stock. Subject to the provisions of the Company's amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, the board of
directors is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the shares, to
fix the number of shares and to change the number of shares constituting any
series, and to provide for or change the voting powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights,
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights
(including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend rates, terms of
redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, conversion
rights and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any class or
series of the preferred stock, in each case without any further action or vote
by the stockholders. The Company has no current plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock of any class or series other than the preferred stock.

  Stock Plan

     In February 1999, the Company's board of directors and stockholders
approved the Company's 1999 Stock Plan, or the "stock plan", which provides for
the granting or awarding of incentive or nonqualified stock options, stock
appreciation rights, restricted or phantom stock, and other incentive awards to
directors, officers, key employees and consultants of the Company. The number of
shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the stock plan is the greater
of 3.7 million shares or 15% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock
outstanding. The terms of the option awards will be established by the
Compensation Committee of the Company's board of directors. The Company granted
nonqualified stock options to purchase a total of approximately 2.1 million
shares of common stock at a price of $7.00 per

                                      F-37
<PAGE>   169
                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


share to key employees of the Company at the consummation of the acquisitions.
These options vest at the rate of 20 percent per year, commencing on the first
anniversary of the grant date and will expire at the earliest of ten years from
the date of grant, three months following termination of employment other than
due to death or disability, or one year following termination of employment due
to death or disability. As described below, the Company has elected to account
for employee stock options under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No.
25.


3. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION:

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," allows entities to choose between a new fair value
method of accounting for employee stock options or similar equity instruments
and the current method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25 under
which compensation expense is recorded to the extent that the fair market value
of the related stock is in excess of the options exercise price at date of
grant. Entities electing to remain with the accounting in APB Opinion No. 25
must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the
fair value method of accounting prescribed in SFAS No. 123 had been applied. The
Company will measure compensation expense attributable to stock options based on
the method prescribed in APB Opinion No. 25 and will provide the required pro
forma disclosure of net income and earnings per share, as applicable, in the
notes to future consolidated annual financial statements.

4. FOUNDING COMPANY ACQUISITIONS:

     On April 1, 1999 AMPAM acquired the following entities contemporaneously
with the related initial financings. The entities acquired were:

         Christianson Enterprises, Inc., Christianson Service Company and
         Professional Services, Inc. (collectively, Christianson)
         R.C.R. Plumbing, Inc.
         Teepe's River City Mechanical, Inc.
         Keith Riggs Plumbing, Inc.
         J. A. Croson Company and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company
         J. A. Croson Company of Florida
         Power Plumbing, Inc.
         Nelson Mechanical Contractors, Inc.
         Sherwood Mechanical, Inc.
         Miller Mechanical Contractors, Inc.


     The Company's results of operations will include the founding companies
beginning April 1, 1999. Prior to April 1, 1999 the Company's results of
operations will be reflected as those of Christianson, as the accounting
acquiror.


     The acquisition consideration delivered upon the closing of the
acquisitions consisted of (i) $99.9 million in cash (which represents a portion
of the $106.3 million cash consideration, subject to adjustment as discussed
below, to be paid to the stockholders of the founding companies), (ii) $5.8
million of seller notes, (iii) 8,898,618 shares of common stock and (iv)
1,048,820 shares of preferred stock. Additionally, approximately 2.1 million
shares of Class B common stock issued to Sterling City Capital, LLC and certain
consultants will be reflected as goodwill as part of the acquisition
transactions.


     Included in the $99.9 million cash acquisition consideration paid upon
closing was a portion of the cash payments to be made to the stockholders of the
founding companies based upon the level of working capital of such founding
company as of the closing date. The cash portion of the acquisition
consideration

                                      F-38
<PAGE>   170
                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


attributable to the level of working capital was increased by approximately
$12.0 million based on the actual working capital as of the closing date.


     The stockholders of each founding company were also entitled to
distributions of certain nonoperating assets of such founding company (subject
to assumption of related liabilities), retained earnings of such founding
company (if a C corporation) or the positive amount of the accumulated
adjustment account (if an S corporation). In addition to the acquisition
consideration and other payments and distributions described above, the
stockholders of each founding company (including certain former shareholders of
Christianson) may receive additional consideration in the event such founding
company generates actual adjusted net income for the year ending December 31,
1999, in excess of a designated target level of net income for that period. Any
additional stock issued or cash paid will be recorded as additional
consideration and, accordingly, will be reflected as goodwill in the financial
statements of the Company.


     The acquisitions resulted in a substantial amount of goodwill recorded on
the Company's balance sheet, amortized on a straight-line basis over 30 years.
The Company's management will periodically evaluate recorded goodwill balances,
net of accumulated amortization, for impairment based on the undiscounted cash
flows associated with the asset compared to the carrying amount of that asset.


     In addition, the Company has entered into employment agreements with
certain key executives of the founding companies and is currently negotiating
and expects to enter into employment agreements with the executive officers of
AMPAM. These employment agreements will generally prohibit such individuals from
disclosing confidential information and trade secrets, and restrict such
individuals from competing with the Company for a period of two years following
termination of employment. The initial term of these employment agreements is
five years with provisions for annual extensions at the end of the initial term.

5. INITIAL FINANCINGS

     On April 1, 1999, the Company obtained debt financing in the form of a
credit facility, a subordinated loan, seller notes and a note to Sterling City
Capital, LLC or a sponsor note, which all comprise the initial financings. The
key terms of these debt instruments are as follows:

  The Credit Facility

     The credit facility is a senior secured revolving credit facility in an
aggregate principal amount of $95 million. Amounts borrowed under the credit
facility were used to fund a part of the cash portion of the acquisition
consideration and will be used to fund future acquisitions and to provide
financing of general corporate purposes. The credit facility bears interest, at
the option of the Company, at the base rate of the arranging bank plus an
applicable margin or at LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin
fluctuates based on the Company's ratio of funded debt to EBITDA and will be
between 1.50% and 2.50% above LIBOR or 0.00% and 1.00% above the arranging banks
base rate. Interest is payable no less frequently than quarterly in arrears. The
term of the credit facility is three years from the date of closing of the
acquisitions and all principal amounts borrowed will be payable in full at
maturity.

     The credit facility is secured by (1) the accounts receivable, the seller
notes, inventory, equipment and other personal property of the Company and (2)
all of the capital stock owned by AMPAM of its existing or later-formed domestic
subsidiaries. The Company is required to make prepayments or commitment
reductions on the credit facility under certain circumstances.

     The credit facility requires the Company to maintain compliance with
certain specified financial covenants including maximum ratios of funded debt to
EBITDA, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a minimum net worth and other
restrictive covenants. Additionally, the terms of the credit facility limit

                                      F-39
<PAGE>   171
                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets,
make acquisitions or other investments and to make various other payments.

     As of April 1, 1999, $70.3 million was outstanding on the credit facility.
The Company repaid such outstanding amount in full with the proceeds from the
offering discussed in Note 6.

  The Subordinated Loan

     The subordinated loan was a senior subordinated loan in an aggregate
principal amount of $30.0 million. The subordinated loan was a senior
subordinated obligation of the Company, subordinated to all other of the
Company's senior debt (including the credit facility) and senior to all other
subordinated debt of the Company (including the seller notes). Amounts borrowed
under the subordinated loan were used to fund a portion of the cash acquisition
consideration. The subordinated loan bore interest at an annual rate equal to
three months LIBOR plus 350 basis points. Interest was payable quarterly in
arrears.

     Concurrently with entering into the subordinated loan, AMPAM deposited into
escrow, for the benefit of the lenders, warrants to purchase common stock. The
warrants terminated when the subordinated loan was repaid, upon closing of the
offering discussed in Note 6. The warrants were immediately exercisable at a
price of $0.01 per share in the event that the subordinated loan was not repaid
prior to or at maturity. Upon exercise, the warrants would have represented
approximately 5.0% of the outstanding common stock and would have been subject
to customary anti-dilution provisions. The Company recorded the warrants as an
increase to stockholder's equity for their estimated fair value (approximately
$0.3 million) and a corresponding discount to the subordinated loan recorded
value. The discount was amortized as additional interest expense.

     As of April 1, 1999, $30.0 million was outstanding on the subordinated
loan. The Company repaid such outstanding amount in full with the proceeds from
the offering discussed below. Upon repayment, the Company wrote off deferred
loan issuance costs of $0.5 million and the discount of approximately $0.3
million.

  The Seller Notes

     The Company issued $5.8 million principal amount of seller notes due on
April 1, 2002. The seller notes bore interest at the rate of 10% per annum.

     Interest on the seller notes was payable quarterly, commencing 90 days from
the date of issuance. The seller notes were unsecured obligations of the
Company, subordinated in the right of payment to any and all existing and future
senior indebtedness of the Company (including the credit facility and the
subordinated loan). The seller notes were repaid upon completion of the offering
discussed in Note 6.

  The Sponsor Note


     The Company issued a subordinated note payable to Sterling City Capital,
LLC on April 1, 1999 in settlement of the amounts due to stockholders of $3.1
million ($2.0 million at December 31, 1998). The sponsor note was due on April
1, 2002 and bore interest payable quarterly at the annual rate of 10%. The
sponsor note was redeemed by the Company upon completion of the offering
discussed in Note 6.


6. THE OFFERING AND THE EXCHANGE OFFERING


     On May 19, 1999, the Company completed an offering of $125.0 million of
11 5/8% senior subordinated notes due in 2008. The notes are subordinated to all
existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company and are guaranteed by
each of the Company's current and future subsidiaries. The Company has the
option to redeem the notes at any time on or after 2004, at specified redemption
prices. Before 2002,


                                      F-40
<PAGE>   172
                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the Company also has the option, under certain circumstances, to redeem up to
35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at specified redemption
prices. Additionally, the Company is required under certain circumstances to
repurchase the notes at specified redemption prices in the event of a change in
control.

     Additionally, the terms of the notes limit the ability of the Company to,
among other things, incur additional indebtedness, dispose of assets, make
acquisitions, make other investments, pay dividends and to make various other
payments. In conjunction with this offering, the Company entered into a
registration rights agreement whereby the Company agreed to file a registration
statement within 60 days after the close of the offering that would enable
noteholders to exchange their privately placed notes for publicly registered
notes with substantially identical terms. Additionally, the Company agreed,
among other things, to use their reasonable best efforts to cause the
registration statement to become effective within 150 days after the close of
the offering and to be completed within 180 days after the close of the
offering. If the Company does not comply with their obligations (including their
reasonable best efforts) under the registration rights agreement, the interest
rate on the notes will increase.


     The net proceeds from the offering of approximately $117.7 million (net of
offering costs), were used (1) to repay the outstanding indebtedness ($70.3
million as of April 1, 1999) under the $95.0 million credit facility discussed
above (2) to repay the $30.0 million subordinated loan (3) to repay the seller
notes and the sponsor note ($8.9 million as of April 1, 1999) and (4) for
general corporate purposes.


     The Company is currently in the process of registering the privately placed
notes with the Securities and Exchange Commission and, accordingly, intends to
meet their obligations, as described above, under the registration rights
agreement. No assurance can be made that the exchange offering will be
completed.

                                      F-41
<PAGE>   173

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Christianson Enterprises, Inc.,


and Combined Companies:



     We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Christianson
Enterprises, Inc., and Combined Companies (the Company) as of December 31, 1997
and 1998 and March 31, 1999, and the related combined statements of operations,
cash flows and stockholders' equity for the year ended August 31, 1996, the four
months ended December 31, 1996 and the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998
and the three months ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.


     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the year ended August 31, 1996, the
four months ended December 31, 1996, and the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999 in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.


ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Austin, Texas

May 14, 1999


                                      F-42
<PAGE>   174

                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31
                                                              ----------------   MARCH 31
                                                               1997     1998       1999
                                                              ------   -------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  165   $ 1,980   $ 5,439
  Accounts receivable --
     Contract, net..........................................   4,835     6,301     6,652
     Other..................................................     166        93       221
     Related parties........................................      32         3         3
  Inventories...............................................     376       450     1,182
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     143       273       350
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................     165       233        40
                                                              ------   -------   -------
          Total current assets..............................   5,882     9,333    13,887
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................   1,590     1,699     1,989
OTHER ASSETS................................................     162       178        --
                                                              ------   -------   -------
          Total assets......................................  $7,634   $11,210   $15,876
                                                              ======   =======   =======

                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current maturities of capital lease obligations...........  $  396   $   480   $   505
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................     944     3,213     4,165
  Accounts payable, related parties.........................      17        37        --
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     174       611       622
  Income taxes payable......................................      66       169       339
  Deferred income taxes.....................................       6        31        --
                                                              ------   -------   -------
          Total current liabilities.........................   1,603     4,541     5,631
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
  Capital lease obligations, net of current maturities......     329       349       532
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      17        19        10
                                                              ------   -------   -------
          Total liabilities.................................   1,949     4,909     6,173
                                                              ------   -------   -------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1.00 par value and 1,000,000 shares
     authorized for each of Christianson Enterprises, Inc.
     (CEI), GGR Leasing Corporation (GGR) and Christianson
     Service Company (CSC), 1,200, 78,000 and 3,000 issued
     and outstanding for CEI, GGR and CSC, respectively.....      82        82        82
  Additional paid-in capital................................      11        11        11
  Retained earnings.........................................   5,592     6,208     9,610
                                                              ------   -------   -------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   5,685     6,301     9,703
                                                              ------   -------   -------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $7,634   $11,210   $15,876
                                                              ======   =======   =======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-43
<PAGE>   175

                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              FOUR MONTHS           YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                            YEAR ENDED     ENDED DECEMBER 31        DECEMBER 31            MARCH 31
                            AUGUST 31,   ---------------------   -----------------   ---------------------
                               1996         1995        1996      1997      1998        1998        1999
                            ----------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -----------   -------
                                         (UNAUDITED)                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                         <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES..................   $50,330       $14,619     $15,576   $50,909   $63,374     $12,744     $16,824
COST OF REVENUES
  (Including
  depreciation)...........    38,203        11,044      11,868    37,504    45,704       9,024      11,390
                             -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Gross profit.........    12,127         3,575       3,708    13,405    17,670       3,720       5,434
                             -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
SELLING, GENERAL AND
  ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES................    11,051         3,430       5,142    11,497    17,078       3,253       1,863
                             -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Income (loss) from
       operations.........     1,076           145      (1,434)    1,908       592         467       3,571
                             -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest and dividend
     income...............       109            24          39       126       102           4          11
  Interest expense........       (92)          (29)        (33)     (102)     (116)        (37)        (27)
  Other...................       250           230          26        35        70          15           9
                             -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Other income
       (expense), net.....       267           225          32        59        56         (18)         (7)
                             -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE
  PROVISION FOR INCOME
  TAXES...................     1,343           370      (1,402)    1,967       648         449       3,564
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR
  INCOME TAXES............       345            74         (56)       77        32          20         162
                             -------       -------     -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
NET INCOME (LOSS).........   $   998       $   296     $(1,346)  $ 1,890   $   616     $   429     $ 3,402
                             =======       =======     =======   =======   =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-44
<PAGE>   176

                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      FOUR MONTHS           YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                    YEAR ENDED     ENDED DECEMBER 31        DECEMBER 31            MARCH 31
                                    AUGUST 31,   ---------------------   -----------------   --------------------
                                       1996         1995        1996      1997      1998        1998        1999
                                    ----------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -----------   ------
                                                 (UNAUDITED)                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
  ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)...............    $  998       $  296      $(1,346)  $ 1,890   $   616     $  429      $3,402
  Adjustments to reconcile net
    income (loss) to net cash
    provided by (used in)
    operating activities --
    Depreciation and
      amortization................       461          152          184       595       673        159         136
    Loss on disposal of property
      and equipment...............         1           --           14         1        --         --           1
    Deferred income taxes.........       145          (53)        (135)       49       (35)        (9)         (8)
    Changes in operating assets
      and liabilities --
      (Increase) decrease in --
         Accounts receivable......      (870)         421        1,425      (648)   (1,363)      (115)       (479)
         Inventories..............      (160)        (282)        (269)      411       (75)      (473)       (732)
         Prepaid expenses and
           other current assets...      (234)        (234)         (80)      (16)     (153)        --         263
      Increase (decrease) in --
         Accounts payable and
           accrued expenses.......     2,008        2,958        2,312    (5,631)    2,290      3,943       1,102
         Other current
           liabilities............         6          123          207        14       540         --          11
                                      ------       ------      -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
         Net cash provided by
           (used in) operating
           activities.............     2,355        3,381        2,312    (3,335)    2,493      3,934       3,696
                                      ------       ------      -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
  ACTIVITIES:
  Additions of property and
    equipment.....................      (269)         (76)         (61)     (166)     (167)       (15)        (92)
                                      ------       ------      -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
           Net cash used in
             investing
             activities...........      (269)         (76)         (61)     (166)     (167)       (15)        (92)
                                      ------       ------      -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
  ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings of long-term debt....       103          103           --        --        --         --          --
  Payments of long-term debt......      (454)        (149)        (147)     (425)     (511)      (134)       (145)
                                      ------       ------      -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
           Net cash used in
             financing
             activities...........      (351)         (46)        (147)     (425)     (511)      (134)       (145)
                                      ------       ------      -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
  AND CASH EQUIVALENTS............     1,735        3,259        2,104    (3,926)    1,815      3,785       3,459
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
  beginning of period.............       252          252        1,987     4,091       165        165       1,980
                                      ------       ------      -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of
  period..........................    $1,987       $3,511      $ 4,091   $   165   $ 1,980     $3,950      $5,439
                                      ======       ======      =======   =======   =======     ======      ======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
  FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
    Interest......................    $   92       $   29      $    33   $   102   $   116     $   29      $   27
    Income taxes..................       200          127           80        28        29         --          --
  Capital lease additions.........       630          141           --       460       615        197         394
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-45
<PAGE>   177

                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                  TOTAL
                                              ---------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                              SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                              ------   ------   ----------   --------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE, August 31, 1995....................  79,200    $79        $11       $ 4,050       $ 4,140
  Net income................................      --     --         --           998           998
                                              ------    ---        ---       -------       -------
BALANCE, August 31, 1996....................  79,200     79         11         5,048         5,138
  Net loss..................................      --     --         --        (1,346)       (1,346)
                                              ------    ---        ---       -------       -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996..................  79,200     79         11         3,702         3,792
  Formation of Christianson Service
     Company................................   3,000      3         --            --             3
  Net income................................      --     --         --         1,890         1,890
                                              ------    ---        ---       -------       -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997..................  82,200     82         11         5,592         5,685
  Net income................................      --     --         --           616           616
                                              ------    ---        ---       -------       -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998..................  82,200     82         11         6,208         6,301
  Net income................................      --     --         --         3,402         3,402
                                              ------    ---        ---       -------       -------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999.....................  82,200    $82        $11       $ 9,610       $ 9,703
                                              ======    ===        ===       =======       =======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-46
<PAGE>   178

                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

     Christianson Enterprises, Inc., a Texas Corporation, and its wholly owned
subsidiaries, together with Christianson Service Company and GGR Leasing
Corporation, both Texas Corporations (the Combined Companies), which are owned
by the stockholders of Christianson Enterprises, Inc., are collectively referred
to herein as the "Company." The Company provides plumbing and air conditioning
installation and repair services primarily for single-family residential markets
in Texas. The Company performs the majority of its services under fixed-price
contracts which generally span three months.

     The Company and its stockholders entered into a definitive agreement with
American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the Company's common stock were exchanged for cash, notes and shares
of AMPAM common and preferred stock concurrently with the consummation of the
related financing.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Principles of Consolidation and Combination

     The accompanying financial statements present Christianson Enterprises,
Inc., consolidated with its wholly owned subsidiaries, together with
Christianson Service Company and GGR Leasing Corporation on a combined basis.
All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation
and combination.

     Effective December 31, 1997, Christianson Enterprises, Inc., and its
subsidiaries changed their year ends from August 31 to December 31. Christianson
Service Company and GGR Leasing Corporation have each reported on a December 31
year-end since inception. For the years ended August 31, 1995 and 1996, the
results of operations for Christianson Service Company and GGR Leasing
Corporation have been conformed to an August 31 year-end. Generally accepted
accounting principles have been consistently applied to the financial statements
for all periods presented.

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the four months ended December 31,
1995, and the three months ended March 31, 1998, are unaudited and have been
prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and
footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete
financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited
interim financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation. The results
of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the
results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

                                      F-47
<PAGE>   179
                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statement of operations.

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and depreciation
costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. An amount equal
to contract costs attributable to claims is included in revenues when
realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

     The current asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Warranty Costs

     For certain contracts, the Company warrants labor for one year after
completion of a plumbing or air conditioning installation. The Company generally
warrants labor for 90 days after plumbing and air conditioner repairs. A reserve
for warranty costs is recorded based upon the historical level of warranty
claims and management's estimate of future costs.

  Provision for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.


  Preacquisition Officers' Compensation of the Accounting Acquiror


     Total officers' compensation for the years ended August 31, 1996, and
December 31, 1997 and 1998, the four months ended December 31, 1995 and 1996,
and the three months ended March 31, 1999, was $6,905,000, $6,643,000,
$10,701,000, $2,257,000 (unaudited), $3,763,000, and $400,000, respectively.
Such amounts are included within selling, general and administrative expenses in
the accompanying statements of operations.

  Income Taxes

     Effective January 1, 1997, Christianson Enterprises, Inc., including its
wholly owned subsidiaries, elected S Corporation status. Christianson Service
Company and GGR Leasing Corporation have elected
                                      F-48
<PAGE>   180
                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

S Corporation status. Under S Corporation status, as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, the Company itself is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes; rather, the stockholders report their share of the Company's taxable
earnings or losses in their personal tax returns. Certain states do not
recognize S Corporation status for purposes of state taxation. Consequently, the
provision for current and deferred income taxes for the years ended December 31,
1997, 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999, consists of only state
income taxes. The Company terminated its S Corporation status concurrently with
the effective date of the merger discussed in Note 13.

     The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred assets and
liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
underlying assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property
and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability
would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future
undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's
carrying amount to determine if an impairment of such property is necessary. The
effect of any impairment would be to expense the difference between the fair
value of such property and its carrying value. Adoption of this standard did not
have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
Company.

  Reclassifications

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior-year financial
statements to conform to the current-year presentation.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                                          ----------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1997      1998       1999
                                                          ------    ------    ---------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Billed..................................................  $4,957    $6,402     $6,739
Allowance for uncollectible accounts....................    (122)     (101)       (87)
                                                          ------    ------     ------
Contract receivables, net...............................  $4,835    $6,301     $6,652
                                                          ======    ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-49
<PAGE>   181
                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Activity in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts receivable
consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 FOUR MONTHS ENDED    YEAR ENDED    THREE MONTHS
                                    YEAR ENDED      DECEMBER 31       DECEMBER 31      ENDED
                                    AUGUST 31,   ------------------   -----------    MARCH 31,
                                       1996         1995       1996   1997   1998       1999
                                    ----------   -----------   ----   ----   ----   ------------
                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>           <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Balance at beginning of period....     $ 74          $74       $117   $109   $122       $101
Additions to costs and expenses...       74           25          2     63     59         10
Deductions for uncollectible
  receivables written off and
  recoveries......................      (31)          (6)       (10)   (50)   (80)       (24)
                                       ----          ---       ----   ----   ----       ----
Balance at end of period..........     $117          $93       $109   $122   $101       $ 87
                                       ====          ===       ====   ====   ====       ====
</TABLE>

     Plumbing and air conditioning installation contracts in progress are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31
                                                          -----------------   MARCH 31,
                                                           1997      1998       1999
                                                          -------   -------   ---------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress.................  $ 1,200   $ 1,848    $ 3,569
Estimated earnings, net of losses.......................    1,100     4,259      3,200
                                                          -------   -------    -------
                                                            2,300     6,107      6,769
Less -- Billings to date................................   (2,331)   (6,445)    (7,041)
                                                          -------   -------    -------
                                                          $   (31)  $  (338)   $  (272)
                                                          =======   =======    =======
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts.................................  $   143   $   273    $   350
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts.................................     (174)     (611)      (622)
                                                          -------   -------    -------
                                                          $   (31)  $  (338)   $  (272)
                                                          =======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                                           --------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1997     1998       1999
                                                           ----    ------    ---------
<S>                                                        <C>     <C>       <C>
Accounts payable, trade..................................  $239    $2,101     $$2,845
Accrued warranty.........................................   315       410        410
Accrued payroll..........................................    25       132        475
Accrued bonuses..........................................    74       173         --
Accrued vacation.........................................   258       205        205
Self-insurance reserve...................................    --       115        153
Other accrued expenses...................................    33        77         77
                                                           ----    ------     ------
                                                           $944    $3,213     $4,165
                                                           ====    ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-50
<PAGE>   182
                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:

     Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   ESTIMATED        DECEMBER 31
                                                  USEFUL LIVES   -----------------   MARCH 31,
                                                    IN YEARS      1997      1998       1999
                                                  ------------   -------   -------   ---------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>
Vehicles and equipment..........................        5        $ 4,531   $ 5,180    $ 5,507
Office equipment................................      5-7            403       378        391
                                                                 -------   -------    -------
                                                                   4,934     5,558      5,898
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and
  amortization..................................                  (3,344)   (3,859)    (3,909)
                                                                 -------   -------    -------
  Property and equipment, net...................                 $ 1,590   $ 1,699    $ 1,989
                                                                 =======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

     Capital leases of approximately $1,666,000, $1,529,000 and $1,118,000 as of
March 31, 1999, December 31, 1998 and 1997 are included in vehicles and
equipment.

5. LONG-TERM DEBT:

     Long-term debt consists of capital lease obligations. The maturities of
capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                                  1998         1999
                                                              ------------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
1999........................................................     $ 522        $  421
2000........................................................       328           402
2001........................................................        95           309
                                                                 -----        ------
          Total lease payments..............................       945         1,132
Less -- Amounts representing interest.......................      (116)          (95)
                                                                 -----        ------
Present value of minimum lease payments.....................       829         1,037
Less -- Current maturities..................................      (480)         (505)
                                                                 -----        ------
Capital lease obligations, net of current maturities........     $ 349        $  532
                                                                 =====        ======
</TABLE>

6. LEASES:

     The Company leases facilities under operating leases from related parties.
The Company also leases certain vehicles and equipment under operating leases
from third parties. Lease expiration dates vary, and approximate lease payments
were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              RELATED     THIRD
                                                              PARTIES    PARTIES
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Four months ended December 31 --
  1995 (unaudited)..........................................   $ 52        $15
  1996......................................................     52         11
Year ended August 31, 1996..................................    156         43
Year ended December 31 --
  1997......................................................    466         33
  1998......................................................    492         18
Three months ended March 31, 1999...........................    135         35
</TABLE>

                                      F-51
<PAGE>   183
                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Future minimum lease payments under these noncancelable operating leases
are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              RELATED     THIRD
                                                              PARTIES    PARTIES
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Year ending December 31 --
  1999......................................................  $  495       $19
  2000......................................................     554         2
  2001......................................................     559        --
  2002......................................................      69        --
  2003......................................................      24        --
                                                              ------       ---
                                                              $1,701       $21
                                                              ======       ===
</TABLE>

7. INCOME TAXES:

     Federal and state income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FOUR MONTHS         YEAR ENDED     THREE MONTHS
                         YEAR ENDED     ENDED DECEMBER 31     DECEMBER 31        ENDED
                         AUGUST 31,    -------------------    ------------     MARCH 31,
                            1996          1995        1996    1997    1998        1999
                         ----------    -----------    ----    ----    ----    ------------
                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>           <C>            <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Federal --
  Current..............     $155          $105        $ 71    $ --    $ --        $ --
  Deferred.............      126           (49)        (64)    (16)     --          --
State --
  Current..............       45            22           8      28      67         170
  Deferred.............       19            (4)        (71)     65     (35)         (8)
                            ----          ----        ----    ----    ----        ----
                            $345          $ 74        $(56)   $ 77    $ 32        $162
                            ====          ====        ====    ====    ====        ====
</TABLE>

     Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by
applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate rate of 35 percent to income
(loss) before provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     FOUR MONTHS        YEAR ENDED
                                    YEAR ENDED    ENDED DECEMBER 31     DECEMBER 31    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                    AUGUST 31,   -------------------   -------------       MARCH 31,
                                       1996         1995       1996    1997    1998           1999
                                    ----------   -----------   -----   -----   -----   ------------------
                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Provision (benefit) at the
  statutory rate..................    $ 470         $130       $(491)  $ 688   $ 227        $ 1,247
Increase (decrease) resulting
  from --
  Earnings of combined
     corporations taxed as S
     Corporations.................     (199)         (78)        501    (688)   (227)        (1,247)
  Permanent differences, primarily
     meals and entertainment......       31           10          (3)      5      --             --
  State income tax, net of benefit
     for federal deduction........       43           12         (63)     88      32            162
  Reversal of C Corporation
     federal deferred taxes.......       --           --          --     (16)     --             --
                                      -----         ----       -----   -----   -----        -------
                                      $ 345         $ 74       $ (56)  $  77   $  32        $   162
                                      =====         ====       =====   =====   =====        =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-52
<PAGE>   184
                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the
recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for tax
purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences, representing deferred
tax assets and liabilities, result principally from the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31
                                                             ------------    MARCH 31,
                                                             1997    1998      1999
                                                             ----    ----    ---------
<S>                                                          <C>     <C>     <C>
Deferred income tax assets --
  Reserves and accrued expenses............................  $ 25    $ 62      $ 34
  Other....................................................     1      --        (4)
                                                             ----    ----      ----
          Total deferred income tax assets.................    26      62        30
                                                             ----    ----      ----
Deferred income tax liabilities --
  Property and equipment...................................   (17)    (15)      (10)
  Revenue recognition......................................   (32)    (23)       --
  Other....................................................    --     (12)       --
                                                             ----    ----      ----
          Total deferred income tax liabilities............   (49)    (50)      (10)
                                                             ----    ----      ----
          Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities).....  $(23)   $ 12      $ 20
                                                             ====    ====      ====
</TABLE>

     The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                              ------------   MARCH 31,
                                                              1997    1998     1999
                                                              ----    ----   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>    <C>
Deferred tax assets --
  Current...................................................  $ 26    $ 56     $ 34
  Long-term.................................................    --       6       --
                                                              ----    ----     ----
          Total deferred income tax assets..................    26      62       34
                                                              ----    ----     ----
Deferred tax liabilities --
  Current...................................................   (32)    (31)      (4)
  Long-term.................................................   (17)    (19)     (10)
                                                              ----    ----     ----
          Total deferred income tax liabilities.............   (49)    (50)     (14)
                                                              ----    ----     ----
     Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)...........  $(23)   $ 12     $ 20
                                                              ====    ====     ====
</TABLE>

     Effective January 1, 1997, Christianson Enterprises, Inc., elected S
Corporation status. As such, Christianson Enterprises, Inc., was no longer
directly responsible for any federal deferred tax liability. The removal of the
federal deferred tax liability of $16,000 at December 31, 1996, is recognized in
the 1997 statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1997.

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

     Effective May 13, 1998, the outstanding shares of common stock of
Christianson Enterprises, Inc., were split 10 for 1. This split has been
reflected retroactively for all periods presented in the accompanying financial
statements.

     Shares of common stock of Christianson Enterprises, Inc., are not
transferable unless they are first offered for sale to Christianson Enterprises,
Inc. and secondly to the other shareholders of Christianson Enterprises, Inc.

                                      F-53
<PAGE>   185
                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

9. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

  Leases

     As discussed in Note 6, the Company leases its facilities and its furniture
and fixtures in Austin and San Antonio, Texas, from related parties. It is
management's opinion that such leases are at market value.

  Other

     Through December 31, 1995, the Company subcontracted its construction labor
to a related party. The Company was charged for such labor based on the related
party's actual costs. For the year ended August 31, 1996, and the four months
ended December 31, 1995, subcontractor labor costs reflected within cost of
revenues in the accompanying statements of operations were $2,663,000 and
$2,663,000 (unaudited), respectively. This relationship was terminated effective
December 31, 1995.

     Also through December 31, 1995, the related party provided workers'
compensation insurance to its employees through a self-insurance program. The
related party charged the Company an agreed-upon rate for such insurance based
on an estimate of the cost of workers' compensation insurance as a subscriber
under the Texas risk pool. Claims were administered and paid by the related
party. For the year ended August 31, 1996, and the four months ended December
31, 1995, workers' compensation insurance costs reflected within cost of
services in the accompanying statements of operations were $268,000 and $268,000
(unaudited), respectively. This relationship was terminated effective December
31, 1995.

     In connection with various administrative and management services provided
to the related party, the Company charged a fee to the related party for such
services. For the years ended August 31, 1996, and the four months ended
December 31, 1995, the Company charged the related party $225,000 and $225,000
(unaudited), respectively. These amounts are included within other income in the
accompanying statements of operations. As discussed above, the relationship was
terminated December 31, 1995; therefore, no fees were charged subsequent to this
date.

10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
capital lease obligations and debt. The Company believes that the carrying value
of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheets approximates their fair
values.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability, workers' compensation and an umbrella policy.
The Company has not incurred significant claims or losses on any of these
insurance policies.

     Beginning on May 1, 1998, the Company self-insured for medical claims up to
$50,000 per year per individual covered, with a $642,000 aggregate maximum
exposure per year. Claims in excess of these amounts are covered by a stop-loss
policy. At December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, the Company has

                                      F-54
<PAGE>   186
                         CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                             AND COMBINED COMPANIES

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

recorded reserves within accounts payable and accrued liabilities for its
portion of self-insurance claims based on estimated claims.

12. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:

     The Company had sales of approximately 24.1 percent, 22.8 percent, 23.1
percent, 23.5 percent (unaudited), 23.4 percent and 18.4 percent of total sales
to one major customer during the years ended August 31, 1996, December 31, 1997
and 1998, the four months ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the three months
ended March 31, 1999, respectively.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest on the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors within the region. However, management
believes that its contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are
adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas in which it operates.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash, notes and common and preferred stock of AMPAM,
after which the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM. In connection
with the merger, the Company made cash distributions which represent the
Company's estimated S Corporation accumulated adjustment account.

     As discussed in Note 2, in connection with the merger, the Company
converted from an S Corporation to a C Corporation. Upon conversion to C
Corporation status, the Company recorded deferred taxes for which it will be
responsible. If the S Corporation status had been terminated as of December 31,
1998 or March 31, 1999, the Company would have recorded an additional deferred
tax asset of approximately $471,000 and $296,000, respectively, due primarily to
reserves and accrued expenses and an additional deferred tax liability of
approximately $379,000 and $121,000, respectively, due primarily to differences
between book and tax depreciation and revenue recognition.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholders to lease land and buildings used in the Company's operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-55
<PAGE>   187

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To RCR Plumbing, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of RCR Plumbing, Inc. (dba
RCR Companies, Inc.) as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, and
the related statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' equity for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, and for the three
months ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of RCR Plumbing, Inc., as of
December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998, and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Phoenix, Arizona,
June 3, 1999

                                      F-56
<PAGE>   188

                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31
                                                              -----------------    MARCH 31,
                                                               1997      1998        1999
                                                              -------   -------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $    --   $ 1,378     $ 1,420
  Accounts receivable --
     Contract, net..........................................   10,350    10,360      12,813
     Other..................................................       59       132           9
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................    1,557     1,536       2,090
  Inventories...............................................    1,706     1,308       1,374
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       95       128          22
                                                              -------   -------     -------
          Total current assets..............................   13,767    14,842      17,728
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................    4,848     5,484       4,175
                                                              -------   -------     -------
          Total assets......................................  $18,615   $20,326     $21,903
                                                              =======   =======     =======

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Bank overdraft............................................  $   772   $   130     $    --
  Lines of credit...........................................    1,910        --          --
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................      144       129         171
  Current maturities of capital lease obligations...........      465       495         475
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................    3,739     4,804       7,379
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................    2,000     2,612       2,537
                                                              -------   -------     -------
          Total current liabilities.........................    9,030     8,170      10,562
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
  Long-term debt, net of current maturities.................    1,543     1,415          --
  Capital lease obligations.................................      229       521         576
                                                              -------   -------     -------
          Total liabilities.................................   10,802    10,106      11,138
                                                              -------   -------     -------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, no par value, 75,000 shares authorized,
     12,163 shares issued and outstanding...................      194       194         194
  Additional paid-in capital................................       37        37          37
  Retained earnings.........................................    7,986    10,393      10,938
  Treasury stock, 14,601, shares, at cost...................     (404)     (404)       (404)
                                                              -------   -------     -------
          Total stockholders' equity........................    7,813    10,220      10,765
                                                              -------   -------     -------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $18,615   $20,326     $21,903
                                                              =======   =======     =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-57
<PAGE>   189

                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31              MARCH 31,
                                           ---------------------------   -------------------------
                                            1996      1997      1998        1998          1999
                                           -------   -------   -------   -----------   -----------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES.................................  $40,430   $49,738   $63,293     $13,200       $19,815
COST OF REVENUES (including depreciation
  and amortization)......................   35,102    42,377    51,604      10,744        15,735
                                           -------   -------   -------     -------       -------
     Gross profit........................    5,328     7,361    11,689       2,456         4,080
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES...............................    3,979     5,712     8,370       1,724         2,452
                                           -------   -------   -------     -------       -------
     Income from operations..............    1,349     1,649     3,319         732         1,628
                                           -------   -------   -------     -------       -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income........................       34        25         1           1             6
  Interest expense.......................     (118)     (251)     (271)        (90)          (36)
  Other..................................       96        98       (11)          1             8
  Gain on Sale of Buildings..............       --        --        --          --           605
                                           -------   -------   -------     -------       -------
     Other income (expense), net.........       12      (128)     (281)        (88)          583
                                           -------   -------   -------     -------       -------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
  TAXES..................................    1,361     1,521     3,038         644         2,211
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES...............       19         5        24           8            26
                                           -------   -------   -------     -------       -------
NET INCOME...............................  $ 1,342   $ 1,516   $ 3,014     $   636       $ 2,185
                                           =======   =======   =======     =======       =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-58
<PAGE>   190

                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31            MARCH 31
                                                              ---------------------------   ---------------------
                                                               1996      1997      1998        1998        1999
                                                              -------   -------   -------   -----------   -------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income................................................  $ 1,342   $ 1,516   $ 3,014     $   636     $ 2,185
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
    by (used in) operating activities --
    Depreciation and amortization...........................      345       561       879         185         231
    Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment...........      (14)      (12)       19          --        (605)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      (Increase) decrease in --
        Accounts receivable.................................   (1,221)   (4,838)      (83)        379      (2,330)
        Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
          on uncompleted contracts..........................     (263)     (228)       21        (237)       (554)
        Inventories.........................................      419       (85)      398        (238)        (66)
        Prepaid expenses and other current assets...........       34       117       (33)         96         106
      Increase (decrease) in --
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses...............      396       423     1,065       1,330       2,575
        Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
          on uncompleted contracts..........................      314     1,032       612        (312)        (75)
                                                              -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating
            activities......................................    1,352    (1,514)    5,892       1,839       1,467
                                                              -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment..............       67       512       103          --          42
  Additions of property and equipment.......................   (2,053)   (1,112)     (607)       (269)       (299)
                                                              -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
          Net cash used in investing activities.............   (1,986)     (600)     (504)       (269)       (257)
                                                              -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Bank overdraft............................................       --       772      (642)       (772)       (130)
  Borrowings on line of credit..............................       --     1,910        --          --          --
  Payments on line of credit................................       --        --    (1,910)       (350)         --
  Borrowings on long-term debt and capital lease
    obligations.............................................    1,153       184        --          --          --
  Payments on long-term debt and capital lease
    obligations.............................................     (322)     (966)     (851)       (170)       (210)
  Distributions to stockholders.............................      (25)     (948)     (607)       (197)       (828)
                                                              -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
          Net cash provided by (used in) financing
            activities......................................      806       952    (4,010)     (1,489)     (1,168)
                                                              -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS........      172    (1,162)    1,378          81       1,252
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period..............      990     1,162        --          --       1,378
                                                              -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period....................  $ 1,162   $    --   $ 1,378     $    81     $ 1,420
                                                              =======   =======   =======     =======     =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
    Interest................................................  $   177   $   362   $   397     $   120     $    75
    Capital lease additions.................................      415       902     1,030         284         204

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH ACTIVITIES:
    In connection with the completion of the AMPAM Agreement, the Company transferred certain assets of the
Company to the stockholders with a fair market value of approximately $2,144. In return the stockholders assumed
liabilities related to those assets of approximately $1,332. The difference between the fair market value of the
assets transferred and the liabilities assumed was approximately $812 and was accounted for as a distribution to
stockholders equity.
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-59
<PAGE>   191

                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                             TOTAL
                                     ---------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED   TREASURY   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS    STOCK        EQUITY
                                     ------   ------   ----------   --------   --------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995.........  12,163    $194       $--       $ 6,101     $(404)       $ 5,891
  Distributions to stockholders....      --      --        --           (25)       --            (25)
  Net income.......................      --      --        --         1,342        --          1,342
  Stockholder contribution of
     assets........................      --      --        37            --        --             37
                                     ------    ----       ---       -------     -----        -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.........  12,163     194        37         7,418      (404)         7,245
  Distributions to stockholders....      --      --        --          (948)       --           (948)
  Net income.......................      --      --        --         1,516        --          1,516
                                     ------    ----       ---       -------     -----        -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.........  12,163     194        37         7,986      (404)         7,813
  Distributions to stockholders....      --      --        --          (607)       --           (607)
  Net income.......................      --      --        --         3,014        --          3,014
                                     ------    ----       ---       -------     -----        -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.........  12,163     194        37        10,393      (404)        10,220
  Distributions to stockholders....      --      --        --        (1,640)       --         (1,640)
  Net income.......................      --      --        --         2,185        --          2,185
                                     ------    ----       ---       -------     -----        -------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999............  12,163    $194       $37       $10,938     $(404)       $10,765
                                     ======    ====       ===       =======     =====        =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-60
<PAGE>   192

                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

     RCR Plumbing, Inc., a California corporation (the Company), focuses on
providing installation of plumbing and heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning (HVAC) primarily for developers and builders of single-family and
multi-family developments, apartment buildings and condominiums. The Company
performs the majority of its contract work under fixed price arrangements with
contract terms generally ranging from six to 12 months. The Company performs the
majority of its work in California and Nevada.

     The Company and its stockholders entered into a definitive agreement with
American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the Company's common stock were exchanged for cash, notes and shares
of AMPAM common stock concurrently with the consummation of the related
financing.

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1998,
are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's
management, the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair
presentation. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Accounts Receivable and Provision for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statements of operations.

                                      F-61
<PAGE>   193
                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and depreciation
costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. An amount equal
to contract costs attributable to claims is included in revenues when
realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

     A portion of the Company's receivables are comprised of retainages. These
balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage provisions in
construction contracts will be due upon completion of the contracts and
acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company's experience with similar
contracts in recent years, the retention balance at each balance sheet date will
be collected within the subsequent fiscal year.

     The current asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Warranty Costs

     The Company generally warrants labor and materials for twelve months after
installation of a new plumbing or HVAC contract. A reserve for warranty costs is
recorded based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management's
estimate of future costs.

  Income Taxes

     The Company has elected S Corporation status as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, whereby the Company is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholders report their shares of
the Company's taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns. Certain
states do not recognize the S Corporation status for purposes of state taxation.
The provision for income taxes in the accompanying statements of operations
represents the state tax provision related to such states. The Company
terminated its S Corporation status concurrently with the effective date of the
merger discussed in Note 13.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property
and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of
                                      F-62
<PAGE>   194
                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated
future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the
asset's carrying amount to determine if an impairment of such property is
necessary. The effect of any impairment would be to expense the difference
between the fair value of such property and its carrying value. Adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of
operations of the Company.

(3) DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                                         -----------------    MARCH 31,
                                                          1997      1998        1999
                                                         -------   -------   -----------
<S>                                                      <C>       <C>       <C>
Billed.................................................  $10,055   $ 9,529     $12,280
Retainage..............................................      379       473         412
Other..................................................       66       476         248
Allowance for uncollectible accounts...................     (150)     (118)       (127)
                                                         -------   -------     -------
          Balance at end of period.....................  $10,350   $10,360     $12,813
                                                         =======   =======     =======
</TABLE>

     Plumbing and HVAC installation contracts in progress are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31
                                                       -------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                         1997       1998        1999
                                                       --------   --------   -----------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress..............  $ 13,351   $ 22,929     $27,008
Estimated earnings, net of losses....................     4,763      9,008      10,265
                                                       --------   --------     -------
                                                         18,114     31,937      37,273
Less -- billings to date.............................   (18,557)   (33,013)     37,720
                                                       --------   --------     -------
                                                       $   (443)  $ (1,076)    $  (447)
                                                       ========   ========     =======
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts..............................  $  1,557   $  1,536     $ 2,090
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts..............................    (2,000)    (2,612)     (2,537)
                                                       --------   --------     -------
                                                       $   (443)  $ (1,076)    $  (447)
                                                       ========   ========     =======
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31
                                                           ---------------    MARCH 31,
                                                            1997     1998       1999
                                                           ------   ------   -----------
<S>                                                        <C>      <C>      <C>
Accounts payable, trade..................................  $2,726   $3,420     $ 4,656
Accrued compensation and benefits........................     524      800       2,094
Other accrued expenses...................................     489      584         629
                                                           ------   ------     -------
Balance at end of period.................................  $3,739   $4,804     $ 7,379
                                                           ======   ======     =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-63
<PAGE>   195
                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(4) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment, including capital lease assets, consist of the
following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              ESTIMATED        DECEMBER 31
                                             USEFUL LIVES   -----------------    MARCH 31,
                                               IN YEARS      1997      1998        1999
                                             ------------   -------   -------   -----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>
Land.......................................                 $   446   $   423     $    --
Transportation equipment...................      2 - 6        2,195     3,055       3,185
Machinery and equipment....................      3 - 7          585       678         724
Computer and telephone equipment...........      3 - 7          802       946         683
Building and leasehold improvements........      5 -39        2,338     2,411       1,253
Furniture and fixtures.....................          7          207       221         628
                                                            -------   -------     -------
                                                              6,573     7,734       6,473
Less -- accumulated depreciation and
  amortization.............................                  (1,725)   (2,250)     (2,298)
                                                            -------   -------     -------
Property and equipment, net................                 $ 4,848   $ 5,484     $ 4,175
                                                            =======   =======     =======
</TABLE>

(5) LINES OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT:

     During 1997, the Company negotiated two lines of credit, with an aggregate
credit limit of $4.5 million. The lines of credit expired May 1, 1999, and are
to be used for working capital and equipment purchases, and bear interest
ranging from the Bank's Reference Rate (8.5% at December 31, 1998) to the Bank's
Reference Rate plus .5%. The lines of credit are collateralized by machinery and
equipment, inventory and receivables. Borrowings on the lines of credit at
December 31, 1997 totaled $1.9 million. At December 31, 1998, and March 31,
1999, the Company had no borrowings against this line of credit. The line of
credit was terminated on April 5, 1999.

     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                            ---------------    MARCH 31,
                                                             1997     1998       1999
                                                            ------   ------   -----------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
Notes payable to a bank, due in monthly installments of
  $2,218 including interest at 9.5% through October 2002,
  collateralized by real estate with a carrying value of
  $241,000 and $235,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1998,
  respectively and $0 at March 31, 1999...................  $  225   $  221     $      --
Notes payable to a bank, due in monthly installments
  ranging from $359 to $5,365 at interest rates ranging
  from 8.25% to 11%, maturity dates ranging from February
  1999 to December 2003. Notes are collateralized by
  vehicles and real estate, with a carrying value of
  $1,335,000 and $1,313,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1998,
  respectively and $243,000 at March 31, 1999.............  $  727   $  679     $     171
</TABLE>

                                      F-64
<PAGE>   196
                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                            ---------------    MARCH 31,
                                                             1997     1998       1999
                                                            ------   ------   -----------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
Notes payable to a bank, due in monthly installments from
  $7,896 to $8,917 at interest rates ranging from 9% to
  9.75%, maturity date of October 2000. Notes are
  collateralized by real estate, with a carrying value of
  $1,215,000 and $1,171,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1998,
  respectively and $0 at March 31, 1999...................     735      644            --
                                                            ------   ------     ---------
          Totals..........................................   1,687    1,544           171
Less -- current maturities................................    (144)    (129)         (171)
                                                            ------   ------     ---------
          Total long-term debt............................  $1,543   $1,415     $      --
                                                            ======   ======     =========
</TABLE>

     The maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 1998, are as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ------------
<S>          <C>                                                   <C>
1999.............................................................  $  129
2000.............................................................     730
2001.............................................................      13
2002.............................................................     216
2003.............................................................     456
                                                                   ------
                                                                   $1,544
                                                                   ======
</TABLE>

(6) LEASES:

     The Company leases various automobiles and equipment under capital lease
and noncancelable operating arrangements. Future minimum lease payments under
capital lease arrangements at December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1998     1999
                                                      ------   ------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>
  1999..............................................  $  609   $  453
  2000..............................................     394      476
  2001..............................................     210      276
  2002..............................................      25       39
  2003..............................................      27       30
                                                      ------   ------
                                                       1,265    1,274
Amounts representing interest.......................    (249)    (223)
                                                      ------   ------
                                                       1,016    1,051
Less -- current maturities..........................    (495)    (475)
                                                      ------   ------
Noncurrent..........................................  $  521   $  576
                                                      ======   ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-65
<PAGE>   197
                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Future minimum lease payments under these noncancelable operating leases at
December 31, 1998, are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ------------
<S>                                                                <C>
1999..............................................................  $305
2000..............................................................   297
2001..............................................................   125
                                                                    ----
                                                                    $727
                                                                    ====
</TABLE>

     Lease expense for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the
three months ended March 31, 1999 totaled approximately $230,000, $243,000,
$312,000 and $78,000, respectively.

(7) RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     Two of the Company's stockholders owned a partnership which leased vehicles
to the Company at rates that in management's opinion, approximated market.
During 1996, these stockholders contributed all such leased vehicles to the
Company, at their historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Upon the
contribution of these assets, the net book value approximated zero.

     A Company stockholder and employee owned a partnership, which leased steel
storage containers to the Company at rates that in management's opinion,
approximated market. During 1996, this stockholder and employee contributed all
such leased assets to the Company. These assets were contributed at the
approximate historical cost, less accumulated depreciation, of approximately
$37,000.

     A Company stockholder and employee owned a partnership, which leased
certain equipment to the Company at rates that in management's opinion,
approximate market. The Company incurred lease expense under this arrangement of
approximately $87,000, $52,000, $77,000 and $10,000 for the years ended December
31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999, respectively.

     The Company funds three life insurance policies for certain officers of the
Company. Two of the policies name the Company as the beneficiary, while the
other names one of the Company's stockholders as the beneficiary. Total payments
for these policies approximated $41,000, $29,000, $12,000 and $0 for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the three months ended March 31,
1999, respectively.

     The Company leases its two primary facilities from one of its stockholders
at rates that in management's opinion, approximate market. Lease expense related
to these buildings totaled approximately $220,000, $220,000, $220,000 and
$55,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the three
months ended March 31, 1999, respectively.

(8) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

     The Company has a defined contribution profit-sharing plan. The Plan
provides for the Company to match 25% to 100%, depending on length of service,
of the first 6% contributed by each employee. Total contributions by the Company
under the Plan were approximately $150,000, $172,000, $222,000 and $50,000 for
the years ending December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the three months ended
March 31, 1999, respectively. The Company may also make discretionary
contributions. The Company made no discretionary contributions for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended March 31,
1999.

(9) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
lines of credit and debt. The Company believes that the carrying value of these
instruments on the accompanying balance sheets approximate their fair value.

                                      F-66
<PAGE>   198
                               RCR PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(10) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. The Company has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.

(11) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK:

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest in the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors within the region. However, management
believes that its contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are
adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas which it operates.

(12) SALE OF COMMON STOCK:

     During 1998, one of the Company's stockholders sold all his shares to
another stockholder. Subsequent to this transaction, the Company was owned by
the two remaining stockholders.

(13) SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash, notes and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company
is a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     In connection with the completion of the AMPAM Agreement, the Company
transferred certain assets of the Company to the stockholders with a fair market
value of approximately $2,144,000. In return the stockholders assumed
liabilities related to those assets of approximately $1,332,000. In accordance
with Accounting Principles Board No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, the Company recognized a gain on the transfer of the property of
approximately $605,000. The difference between the fair market value of the
assets transferred and the liabilities assumed was approximately $812,000 and
was accounted for as a distribution to stockholders. Additionally, the Company
made cash distributions which represent the Company's estimated S corporation
accumulated adjustment account.

     As discussed in Note 2, in connection with the merger, the Company
converted from an S Corporation to a C Corporation. Upon conversion to C
Corporation status, the Company recorded deferred taxes for which it will be
responsible. If the S Corporation had been terminated as of December 31, 1998 or
March 31, 1999, the Company would have recorded a net current deferred tax
liability of approximately $1,850,356 and $719,318, respectively, and a net
non-current deferred tax liability of approximately $156,908 and $168,038,
respectively. Deferred tax assets are a result of bad debt allowances, and
warranty and other liability reserves. Deferred tax liabilities are a result of
differences between book and tax depreciation, and differences between the
percentage of completion and completed contract method of accounting for its
contracts.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholders to lease office space used in the Company's operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-67
<PAGE>   199

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of
Teepe's River City Mechanical, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Teepe's River City
Mechanical, Inc. as of December 31, 1997, 1998 and March 31, 1999, and the
related statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' equity for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 and for the three
months ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Teepe's River City
Mechanical, Inc. as of December 31, 1997, 1998 and March 31, 1999, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1998, and for the three months ended March 31, 1999,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
May 21, 1999

                                      F-68
<PAGE>   200

                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 DECEMBER 31
                                                              -----------------   MARCH 31,
                                                               1997      1998       1999
                                                              -------   -------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   802   $ 1,177    $   749
  Accounts receivable --
     Contract, net..........................................    6,729     8,709      8,247
     Other..................................................       77        44         36
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................      336     1,263      1,533
  Inventories...............................................      128       201        210
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................      169       178        178
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      398       388        380
                                                              -------   -------    -------
          Total current assets..............................    8,639    11,960     11,333
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................    3,710     3,394      3,384
RELATED PARTY RECEIVABLES...................................      214       219        220
OTHER ASSETS................................................      202       200        196
                                                              -------   -------    -------
          Total assets......................................  $12,765   $15,773    $15,133
                                                              =======   =======    =======

                           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................  $   338   $   308    $   258
  Note payable..............................................      520       498        676
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................    3,520     6,268      5,524
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................    2,226     1,463      1,291
  Retainage payable.........................................    1,036     1,221      1,332
                                                              -------   -------    -------
          Total current liabilities.........................    7,640     9,758      9,081
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities...................    1,318       601        596
OTHER LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS.................................      391     1,084      1,064
                                                              -------   -------    -------
          Total liabilities.................................    9,349    11,443     10,741
                                                              -------   -------    -------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, no par value, $15 stated value, 500 shares
     authorized, 90 shares issued and outstanding...........        1         1          1
  Retained earnings.........................................    3,415     4,329      4,391
                                                              -------   -------    -------
          Total stockholders' equity........................    3,416     4,330      4,392
                                                              -------   -------    -------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $12,765   $15,773    $15,133
                                                              =======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-69
<PAGE>   201

                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31            MARCH 31
                                             ---------------------------   ---------------------
                                              1996      1997      1998        1998        1999
                                             -------   -------   -------   -----------   -------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES...................................  $35,400   $42,687   $50,627     $11,449     $10,546
COST OF REVENUES (including depreciation)..   30,410    37,170    44,048      10,066       9,287
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Gross profit..........................    4,990     5,517     6,579       1,383       1,259
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES.................................    3,414     4,158     4,779       1,205       1,126
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Income from operations................    1,576     1,359     1,800         178         133
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income..........................       54        71        82          17          12
  Interest expense.........................      (76)     (145)     (125)        (33)        (61)
  Other....................................       13        14      (177)         --           5
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Other income (expense), net...........       (9)      (60)     (220)        (16)        (44)
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES...    1,567     1,299     1,580         162          89
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.................      658       522       666          55          27
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
NET INCOME.................................  $   909   $   777   $   914     $   107     $    62
                                             =======   =======   =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-70
<PAGE>   202

                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31           MARCH 31
                                                  --------------------------   --------------------
                                                   1996     1997      1998        1998        1999
                                                  ------   -------   -------   -----------   ------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                               <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income....................................  $  909   $   777   $   914     $   107     $   62
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
     cash provided by (used in) operating
     activities --
     Depreciation and amortization..............     272       388       303          76         88
     (Gain) loss on sale of property and
       equipment................................       1         2       114          --          5
     Deferred income taxes......................      52        72       (33)         47         --
     Other, net.................................       2        (9)        2           9          4
     Changes in operating assets and
       liabilities --
       (Increase) decrease in --
          Accounts receivable...................    (783)   (1,681)   (1,952)     (1,537)       470
          Costs and estimated earnings in excess
            of billings on uncompleted
            contracts...........................    (983)      720      (927)       (564)      (270)
          Inventories...........................      28       (62)      (73)        (23)        (9)
          Prepaid expenses and other current
            assets..............................       9       (39)       (9)         15         --
       Increase (decrease) in --
          Accounts payable and accrued
            expenses............................   1,511      (803)    2,933       2,447       (633)
          Billings in excess of costs and
            estimated earnings on uncompleted
            contracts...........................    (468)    1,137      (763)         59       (172)
                                                  ------   -------   -------     -------     ------
            Net cash provided by operating
               activities.......................     550       502       509         636       (455)
                                                  ------   -------   -------     -------     ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of property and
     equipment..................................      15       141       349          --          7
  Additions of property and equipment...........    (677)   (1,488)     (450)        (79)       (90)
  Other investing activities....................      --        --       736          --        (13)
                                                  ------   -------   -------     -------     ------
          Net cash (used in) provided by
            investing activities................    (662)   (1,347)      635         (79)       (96)
                                                  ------   -------   -------     -------     ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net (payments) proceeds from note payable.....      --       520       (22)       (220)       178
  Borrowings of long-term debt..................     226     1,280       326           2         35
  Payments of long-term debt....................    (210)     (846)   (1,073)       (127)       (90)
                                                  ------   -------   -------     -------     ------
          Net cash provided by (used in)
            financing activities................      16       954      (769)       (345)       123
                                                  ------   -------   -------     -------     ------
          Net (decrease) increase in cash and
            cash equivalents....................     (96)      109       375         212       (428)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
  period........................................     789       693       802         802      1,177
                                                  ------   -------   -------     -------     ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period........  $  693   $   802   $ 1,177     $ 1,014     $  749
                                                  ======   =======   =======     =======     ======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
     Interest...................................  $   76   $   145   $   120     $    33     $   55
     Income taxes...............................  $  624   $   607   $   299     $    --     $  145
  Capital lease additions.......................  $   --   $   378   $    --     $    --     $   --
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-71
<PAGE>   203

                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          COMMON STOCK                    TOTAL
                                                         ---------------   RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                         SHARES   AMOUNT   EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                                         ------   ------   --------   -------------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995.............................    90       $1      $1,729       $1,730
  Net income...........................................    --       --         909          909
                                                           --       --      ------       ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.............................    90        1       2,638        2,639
  Net income...........................................    --       --         777          777
                                                           --       --      ------       ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.............................    90        1       3,415        3,416
  Net income...........................................    --       --         914          914
                                                           --       --      ------       ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.............................    90        1       4,329        4,330
  Net income...........................................    --       --          62           62
                                                           --       --      ------       ------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999................................    90       $1      $4,391       $4,392
                                                           ==       ==      ======       ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-72
<PAGE>   204

                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

     Teepe's River City Mechanical, Inc., an Ohio corporation (the Company),
provides plumbing and mechanical services for commercial and industrial
properties. The Company performs the majority of its contract work under fixed
price contracts with contract terms generally ranging from six to twelve months.
The Company performs the majority of its work in Ohio, Kentucky and Indiana.

     The Company and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which
all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be exchanged for cash,
notes and shares of AMPAM common stock concurrently with the consummation of the
related financing.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1998,
are unaudited and have been pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the
information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles
for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's management,
the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation.
The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative
of the results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statements of operations.

                                      F-73
<PAGE>   205
                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Revenue Recognition

     Revenues from construction contracts are recognized on the
percentage-of-completion method measured by the percentage of cost incurred to
date to total estimated costs for each contract. Contract costs include all
direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract
performance, such as indirect labor and depreciation costs. Provisions for the
total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which
such losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions,
estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions
to costs and income and their effects are recognized in the period in which the
revisions are determined. An amount equal to contract costs attributable to
claims is included in revenues when realization is probable and the amount can
be reliably estimated. Revenue from noncontract work is recognized when the
services are performed.

     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer.

     The current asset, "costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Warranty Costs

     For certain contracts, the Company warrants labor for one year after
installation of plumbing or mechanical systems. A reserve for warranty costs is
recorded based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management's
estimate of future costs.

  Income Taxes

     The Company, which is a C Corporation, follows the liability method of
accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method,
deferred assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets
and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will
be in effect when the underlying assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property
and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability
would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future
undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's
carrying amount to determine if an impairment of such property is necessary. The
effect of any impairment would be to expense the difference between the fair
value of such property and its carrying value. Adoption of this standard did not
have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
Company.

                                      F-74
<PAGE>   206
                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1997      1998       1999
                                                          ------    ------    ---------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Trade...................................................  $4,855    $6,087     $5,828
Unbilled retainage......................................   1,849     2,186      2,052
Billed retainage........................................     225       636        567
Allowance for uncollectible accounts....................    (200)     (200)      (200)
                                                          ------    ------     ------
     Balance at end of year.............................  $6,729    $8,709     $8,247
                                                          ======    ======     ======
</TABLE>

     Installation contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                         1997       1998        1999
                                                        -------    -------    ---------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress...............  $45,748    $60,913     $58,710
Estimated earnings, net of losses.....................    4,995      8,213       7,867
                                                        -------    -------     -------
                                                         50,743     69,126      66,577
Less -- Billings to date..............................   52,633     69,326      66,335
                                                        -------    -------     -------
                                                        $(1,890)   $  (200)    $   242
                                                        =======    =======     =======
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts...............................  $   336    $ 1,263     $ 1,533
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts...............................   (2,226)    (1,463)     (1,291)
                                                        -------    -------     -------
                                                        $(1,890)   $  (200)    $   242
                                                        =======    =======     =======
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1997      1998       1999
                                                          ------    ------    ---------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Accounts payable, trade.................................  $2,737    $5,226     $5,040
Accrued compensation and benefits.......................     357       664        311
Other accrued expenses..................................     426       378        173
                                                          ------    ------     ------
                                                          $3,520    $6,268     $5,524
                                                          ======    ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-75
<PAGE>   207
                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment, including capital lease assets, consists of the
following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               ESTIMATED       DECEMBER 31,
                                              USEFUL LIVES   -----------------   MARCH 31,
                                                IN YEARS      1997      1998       1999
                                              ------------   -------   -------   ---------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>
Land, Building and leasehold improvements...     15-40       $ 1,613   $ 1,078    $ 1,006
Machinery and equipment.....................      6-10         1,338     1,671      1,741
Transportation equipment....................      5-10         1,140     1,387      1,402
Furniture and fixtures......................      5-12           720       779        801
Property held under capital lease...........        12           378       378        378
Tools.......................................       5-7            56        55         56
                                                             -------   -------    -------
                                                               5,245     5,348      5,384
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and
  amortization                                                (1,535)   (1,954)    (2,000)
                                                             -------   -------    -------
                                                             $ 3,710   $ 3,394    $ 3,384
                                                             =======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

5. LONG-TERM DEBT:

     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ---------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1997     1998       1999
                                                          ------    -----    ---------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>      <C>
Mortgage note payable in monthly installments through
  November 2003. The interest rate (8.5% at December 31,
  1997) is subject to annual adjustment based upon
  current market interest rates. Land and building are
  pledged as collateral. The shareholders of the Company
  are guarantors........................................  $  363    $  --      $  --
Mortgage note payable requires monthly installments of
  $3 through October 2012. The interest rate (8.3% at
  December 31, 1997) is subject to triennial adjustment
  based upon current market interest rates. Land and
  building are pledged as collateral. The shareholders
  of the Company are guarantors.........................     301       --         --
Various installment notes payable with interest rates
  ranging from 6.7% to 9.0%, payable in monthly
  installments of $21 including interest, with various
  maturities through August 2004, collateralized by
  equipment.............................................     631      592        553
Capital lease obligation, payable in monthly
  installments of $5, maturing September 2004, bearing
  interest at 4.2%. The lease is collateralized by
  equipment.............................................     361      317        301
                                                          ------    -----      -----
          Totals........................................   1,656      909        854
Less -- Current portion.................................    (338)    (308)      (258)
                                                          ------    -----      -----
          Long-term.....................................  $1,318    $ 601      $ 596
                                                          ======    =====      =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-76
<PAGE>   208
                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Year ending December 31:
  1999......................................................  $258
  2000......................................................   279
  2001......................................................   133
  2002......................................................    79
  2003......................................................    59
  Thereafter................................................    46
                                                              ----
                                                              $854
                                                              ====
</TABLE>

6. NOTE PAYABLE:

     The Company has a note payable to a bank that provided for borrowings of up
to $1,500,000 at December 31, 1997, 1998 and March 31, 1999. The note had
outstanding balances of $520,000, $498,000 and $676,000 at December 31, 1997,
1998 and March 31, 1999, respectively. At December 31, 1997, the note bore
interest at 8.5%, payable monthly with a maturity date of July 1998. At December
31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, the note bore interest at 7.75%, payable monthly
with a maturity date of July 1999. The note is secured by the Company's assets
and is subject to certain restrictive covenants.

7. LEASES:

     The Company leases vehicles and office equipment under operating leases.
Lease expense related to these lease agreements totaled $30,000, $98,000,
$40,000 and $7,833 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, and the
three months ended March 31, 1999, respectively. The Company also leases a crane
under a capital lease from a third party. The capital lease requires payments of
$63,000 per year through September 2004. Future minimum lease payments under
noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 1998, are as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Year ending December 31:
  1999......................................................   $ 88
  2000......................................................     82
  2001......................................................     64
  2002......................................................     37
                                                               ----
                                                               $271
                                                               ====
</TABLE>

8. INCOME TAXES:

     Federal and state income tax expenses are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                    DECEMBER 31          THREE MONTHS
                                                --------------------    ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                1996    1997    1998         1999
                                                ----    ----    ----    ---------------
<S>                                             <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Federal:
  Current.....................................  $485    $362    $653          $13
  Deferred....................................    42      60     (45)          --
State:
  Current.....................................   121      88      46           14
  Deferred....................................    10      12      12           --
                                                ----    ----    ----          ---
                                                $658    $522    $666          $27
                                                ====    ====    ====          ===
</TABLE>

                                      F-77
<PAGE>   209
                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by
applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate rate of 34% to income before
provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                    DECEMBER 31          THREE MONTHS
                                                --------------------    ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                1996    1997    1998         1999
                                                ----    ----    ----    ---------------
<S>                                             <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Provision at the statutory rate...............  $533    $442    $537         $ 30
Increase resulting from:
  State income tax, net of benefit for federal
     deduction................................    79      57      58           14
  Benefit of lower marginal tax rates.........   (15)    (13)    (13)         (13)
  Other.......................................    61      36      84           (4)
                                                ----    ----    ----         ----
                                                $658    $522    $666         $ 27
                                                ====    ====    ====         ====
</TABLE>

     Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the
recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for tax
purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences, representing deferred
tax assets and liabilities, result principally from the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AS OF
                                                       DECEMBER 31       THREE MONTHS
                                                      --------------    ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                      1997     1998          1999
                                                      -----    -----    ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...................  $  82    $  82         $ 82
  Accrued expenses..................................    316      306          298
                                                      -----    -----         ----
          Total deferred income tax asset...........    398      388          380
                                                      -----    -----         ----
Deferred income tax liabilities:
  Property and equipment............................   (388)    (335)        (333)
  Other.............................................     (3)     (13)          (7)
                                                      -----    -----         ----
          Total deferred income tax liability
            (included in other long-term
            obligations)............................   (391)    (348)        (340)
                                                      -----    -----         ----
          Net deferred income tax asset.............  $   7    $  40         $ 40
                                                      =====    =====         ====
</TABLE>

     The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AS OF
                                                       DECEMBER 31       THREE MONTHS
                                                      --------------    ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                      1997     1998          1999
                                                      -----    -----    ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Current...........................................  $ 398    $ 388         $ 380
  Long-term.........................................     --       --            --
                                                      -----    -----         -----
          Total.....................................    398      388           380
                                                      -----    -----         -----
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Current...........................................     --       --            --
  Long-term.........................................   (391)    (348)         (340)
                                                      -----    -----         -----
          Net deferred income tax asset.............  $   7    $  40         $  40
                                                      =====    =====         =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-78
<PAGE>   210
                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

9. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     In July 1998, the Company sold certain property to an entity controlled by
the Company's majority stockholder. Concurrent with the sale, the Company
entered into a lease with the entity for the same property. The lease calls for
monthly lease payments of approximately $12,000. The sale leaseback was recorded
under the deposit method using Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 98, "Accounting for Leases" and, as such, the liability of $736,000
and $724,000 is recorded at December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively,
as a deposit and all payments will be charged against the deposit liability,
that is included in other long-term obligations on the balance sheet.

     In 1997, the Company entered into an operating lease for its Columbus, Ohio
building with a related entity. The building lease expires in August 2003 with
an option to renew for two five year terms. The lease calls for monthly lease
payments of approximately $5,000. Total rent paid under this was $18,000,
$55,000 and $15,000 in 1997, 1998 and for the three months ended March 31, 1999,
respectively.

     As of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, the Company has loans
to a shareholder and to an officer. Both receivables are classified as related
party receivables for balance sheet presentation. The loan to the shareholder
has an outstanding balance of $114,000, $122,940 and $121,752 at December 31,
1997, 1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively. The loan bears interest at the
applicable federal rate (5.9% at December 31, 1997, 1998 and 5.9% at March 31,
1999). Total interest income related to this loan was $7,000 for December 31,
1997 and 1998, and $1,771 for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The loan to
the officer of the Company had an outstanding balance of $100,000, $98,000 and
$98,000 at December 31, 1997, 1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively. The loan
bears interest at the prime rate, 8.5% at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and 7.75%
at March 31, 1999, respectively, and matures in August 1999.

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

     The Company has a defined contribution profit-sharing plan for all
employees with immediate vesting. The plan provides for the Company to match the
first $500 contributed by each employee, which vests over a period of seven
years. Total contributions by the Company under the plan were approximately
$50,000, $57,000, $71,000 and $54,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996,
1997, 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999, respectively.

     The Company's field personnel elected to have the Company contribute a
portion of their wages earned on prevailing wage contracts to a multiemployer
plan. The expense related to this plan was $333,000, $570,000, $501,700 and
$103,941 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997, 1998 and the three months
ended March 31, 1999, respectively.

11. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, a
notes payable and long-term debt. The Company believes that the carrying value
of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheets approximates their fair
value.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

  Guarantees

     The Company is the guarantor on several loans entered into by a company
affiliated through common ownership. The loans had outstanding balances
$1,937,000, $3,037,000 and $3,020,000 at December 31, 1997, 1998, and March
31,1999, respectively.

                                      F-79
<PAGE>   211
                      TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. The Company has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies. The
Company participates in a state-wide workers' compensation program. In June
1998, the Company received a one-time refund of $422,000 as a result of positive
claims experience and strong earnings of the workers' compensation fund. The
refund is reflected as a reduction in cost of services in 1998.

13. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:

     The Company had sales greater than 10% of the total revenues for one, two,
two and one major customers during the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997,
1998, and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, respectively. These
customers represented approximately 10.4% of total revenues during 1996, 11.9%
and 10.9% during 1997, 13.4% and 10.0% during 1998, and 10.0% during 1999.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest in the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors within Ohio, Kentucky and Indiana.
However, management believes that its contract acceptance, billing and
collection policies are adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas which it operates.

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash, notes and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company
is a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholder to lease land and buildings used in the Company's operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-80
<PAGE>   212

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Keith Riggs Plumbing, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Keith Riggs Plumbing,
Inc., (an Arizona corporation), as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31,
1999, and the related statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders'
equity for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1998, and for
the three months ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Keith Riggs Plumbing, Inc.,
as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1998, and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
June 18, 1999

                                      F-81
<PAGE>   213

                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31
                                                              ---------------    MARCH 31,
                                                               1997     1998       1999
                                                              ------   ------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   64   $  194     $  171
  Accounts receivable --
     Contract, net..........................................   4,927    4,207      4,776
     Other..................................................       7        4        227
  Inventories...............................................     314      516        685
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................      29       21         --
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total current assets..............................   5,341    4,942      5,859
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................   1,432    1,227      1,161
OTHER ASSETS................................................       4       --         --
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total assets......................................  $6,777   $6,169     $7,020
                                                              ======   ======     ======

                           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Bank overdraft............................................  $  224   $   --     $   --
  Line of credit............................................     450       --         --
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................     224      214        200
  Current maturities of notes payable -- related parties....      32       16         16
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................   3,035    2,482      2,606
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total current liabilities.........................   3,965    2,712      2,822
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
  Long-term debt, net of current maturities.................     562      437        382
  Notes payable -- related parties, net of current
     maturities.............................................      89       84         70
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total liabilities.................................   4,616    3,233      3,274
                                                              ------   ------     ------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized;
     10,250 shares issued and 8,200 shares outstanding......      10       10         10
  Additional paid-in capital................................     249      249        249
  Retained earnings.........................................   2,089    2,864      3,674
  Treasury stock, at cost, 2,050 shares.....................    (187)    (187)      (187)
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   2,161    2,936      3,746
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $6,777   $6,169     $7,020
                                                              ======   ======     ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-82
<PAGE>   214

                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED             THREE MONTHS
                                                       DECEMBER 31,          ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                    -------------------    --------------------
                                                     1997        1998         1998        1999
                                                    -------     -------    -----------   ------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
REVENUES..........................................  $29,680     $34,464      $7,279      $8,917
COST OF REVENUES (including depreciation).........   25,865      29,965       6,190       7,457
                                                    -------     -------      ------      ------
     Gross profit.................................    3,815       4,499       1,089       1,460
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES......    2,583       2,943         655         728
                                                    -------     -------      ------      ------
     Income from operations.......................    1,232       1,556         434         732
                                                    -------     -------      ------      ------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income.................................        8          17           2          11
  Interest expense................................      (74)        (90)        (26)         (9)
  Other...........................................      165          97         (14)        227
                                                    -------     -------      ------      ------
     Other income (expense).......................       99          24         (38)        229
                                                    -------     -------      ------      ------
NET INCOME........................................  $ 1,331     $ 1,580      $  396      $  961
                                                    =======     =======      ======      ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-83
<PAGE>   215

                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED          THREE MONTHS
                                                          DECEMBER 31,        ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                        -----------------   -------------------
                                                         1997      1998        1998       1999
                                                        -------   -------   -----------   -----
                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income..........................................  $ 1,331   $ 1,580      $ 396      $ 961
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities --
     Depreciation and amortization....................      420       438        105         97
     (Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment....        9         2         15        (28)
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       (Increase) decrease in --
          Accounts receivable, contract, net..........     (818)      720        351       (569)
          Accounts receivable, other..................        4         3        (14)      (223)
          Inventories.................................       49      (202)        --       (170)
          Prepaid expenses and other current assets...       19         8         --         21
          Other noncurrent assets.....................       --         4         (2)        --
       Increase (decrease) in --
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......      244      (553)      (666)       124
                                                        -------   -------      -----      -----
            Net cash provided by operating
               activities.............................    1,258     2,000        185        213
                                                        -------   -------      -----      -----
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment........       35        22         --         64
  Additions of property and equipment.................     (327)     (148)       (41)       (66)
                                                        -------   -------      -----      -----
            Net cash used in investing activities.....     (292)     (126)       (41)        (2)
                                                        -------   -------      -----      -----
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Increase (decrease) in borrowings under line of
     credit...........................................      450      (450)      (450)        --
  Proceeds from long-term debt........................      248        --         --         --
  Payments of long-term debt..........................     (341)     (246)       (62)       (69)
  Distributions to stockholders.......................     (974)     (805)      (202)      (151)
  Payments to related parties.........................      (20)      (19)        (8)       (14)
  Increase in treasury stock..........................      (55)       --         --         --
  Decrease in bank overdraft..........................     (540)     (224)       602         --
                                                        -------   -------      -----      -----
            Net cash used in financing activities.....   (1,232)   (1,744)      (120)      (234)
                                                        -------   -------      -----      -----
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS.........................................     (266)      130
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period........      330        64         64        194
                                                        -------   -------      -----      -----
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period..............  $    64   $   194      $  88      $ 171
                                                        =======   =======      =====      =====
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for -- interest...........................  $    74   $    90      $  26      $  15
                                                        =======   =======      =====      =====
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND
  FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions of property and equipment via debt
     financing........................................  $   183   $   110      $  16      $  --
                                                        =======   =======      =====      =====
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-84
<PAGE>   216

                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      COMMON STOCK
                                     ---------------   ADDITIONAL                             TOTAL
                                     SHARES             PAID-IN     RETAINED   TREASURY   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     ISSUED   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS    STOCK        EQUITY
                                     ------   ------   ----------   --------   --------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.........  10,250    $10        $249       $1,732     $(132)       $1,859
  Distributions to stockholders....      --     --          --         (974)       --          (974)
  Net income.......................      --     --          --        1,331        --         1,331
  Other (Note 7)...................      --     --          --           --       (55)          (55)
                                     ------    ---        ----       ------     -----        ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.........  10,250     10         249        2,089      (187)        2,161
  Distributions to stockholders....      --     --          --         (805)       --          (805)
  Net income.......................      --     --          --        1,580        --         1,580
                                     ------    ---        ----       ------     -----        ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.........  10,250    $10        $249       $2,864     $(187)       $2,936
  Distributions to stockholders....      --     --          --         (151)       --          (151)
  Net income.......................      --     --          --          961        --           961
                                     ------    ---        ----       ------     -----        ------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999............  10,250    $10        $249       $3,674     $(187)       $3,746
                                     ======    ===        ====       ======     =====        ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-85
<PAGE>   217

                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

     Keith Riggs Plumbing, Inc., an Arizona corporation (the Company), provides
plumbing services primarily for residential contractors. The Company performs
the majority of its contract work under fixed price contracts in the state of
Arizona.

     The Company and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which
all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be exchanged for cash
and shares of AMPAM common stock concurrently with the consummation of the
related financing.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1998,
are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's
management, the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair
presentation. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original
maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

  Receivable and Provision for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statements of operations.

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenue from construction
contracts is generally recognized on the

                                      F-86
<PAGE>   218
                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

percentage-of-completion method measured by the percentage of cost incurred to
date to total estimated costs for each contract. Contract costs include all
direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract
performance, such as indirect labor and depreciation costs.

  Warranty Costs

     The Company warrants labor for two years after installation of new
plumbing. The Company generally warrants labor for 30 days after repair of
existing plumbing. A reserve for warranty costs is recorded based upon the
historical level of warranty claims and management's estimate of future costs.

  Income Taxes

     The Company has elected Subchapter S status under the Internal Revenue
Code. Therefore, the tax effects of the Company's operations will be reflected
on the tax returns of the individual stockholders. The Company will terminate
its S Corporation status concurrently with the effective date of the merger
discussed in Note 13.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property
and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability
would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future
undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's
carrying amount to determine if an impairment of such property is necessary. The
effect of any impairment would be to expense the difference between the fair
value of such property and its carrying value.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999,
consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997     1998     1999
                                                              ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Billed......................................................  $4,912   $4,016   $4,598
Unbilled....................................................     117      293      280
Allowance for doubtful accounts.............................    (102)    (102)    (102)
                                                              ------   ------   ------
          Balance at end of year............................  $4,927   $4,207   $4,776
                                                              ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-87
<PAGE>   219
                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and
March 31, 1999, consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997     1998     1999
                                                              ------   ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Accounts payable, trade.....................................  $2,354   $1,783   $1,689
Accrued compensation and benefits...........................     352      445      519
Other accrued expenses......................................     329      254      398
                                                              ------   ------   ------
          Balance at end of year............................  $3,035   $2,482   $2,606
                                                              ======   ======   ======
</TABLE>

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999,
consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         ESTIMATED
                                                        USEFUL LIVES
                                                          IN YEARS      1997      1998      1999
                                                        ------------   -------   -------   -------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>
Land..................................................        --       $    20   $    --   $    --
Transportation equipment..............................       5-7         2,551     2,735     2,633
Machinery and equipment...............................      5-10           244       249       311
Building and leasehold improvements...................      7-40           284       284       284
Furniture and fixtures................................      3-10           207       221       221
                                                                       -------   -------   -------
                                                                         3,306     3,489     3,449
Less -- accumulated depreciation and amortization.....                  (1,874)   (2,262)   (2,288)
                                                                       -------   -------   -------
          Property and equipment, net.................                 $ 1,432   $ 1,227   $ 1,161
                                                                       =======   =======   =======
</TABLE>

5. LOAN AGREEMENT:

     At December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, the Company had a Loan Agreement
(the Agreement) with a bank that provides for a revolving line of credit of
$550,000 and a term loan of $450,000. The proceeds of the revolving line of
credit are used to finance temporary increases in inventory and accounts
receivable and provide funds to take advantage of trade discounts. Proceeds of
the term loan are used to provide working capital.

     The revolving line of credit requires payment of interest monthly at .5%
over the prime rate, which was 8.25% at December 31, 1998, and 7.75% at March
31, 1999, and matures on May 28, 1999. Borrowings on the line of credit at
December 31, 1997, totaled $450,000. There were no borrowings at December 31,
1998, and March 31, 1999. The line of credit was terminated subsequent to March
31, 1999.

     The term loan is payable in monthly installments of $7,500 plus interest at
9% and matures in June 2002. At December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999,
$395,625, $298,125 and $283,125 respectively, was outstanding on the term loan.
Subsequent to March 31, 1999, and in connection with the merger (see Note 13),
the Company paid in full the amounts outstanding under the term loan.

     The Agreement is collateralized by receivables, inventory and equipment. In
addition, the shareholders of the Company are guarantors of the term loan.

     Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company is required to maintain
certain financial covenants on a monthly basis, the most restrictive of which
are the following: maintenance of a debt to tangible net worth ratio of not more
than 3.5 to 1.0; a debt service coverage ratio greater than 1.5 to 1.0; and a
current ratio of not less than 1.1 to 1.0. The Agreement also places
restrictions on the Company's ability to create liens or encumbrances to be
placed on the collateral, to transfer or sell the collateral, or to change
ownership of the Company.

                                      F-88
<PAGE>   220
                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. LONG-TERM DEBT:

     Long-term debt at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, consists
of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1997    1998    1999
                                                              -----   -----   -----
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Term loan (Note 5)..........................................  $ 396   $ 298   $ 283
Notes payable to a bank, payable in monthly installments of
  principal and interest at 9%; maturing through July 2003;
  secured by vehicles.......................................    195     205     169
Note payable to a bank, payable in monthly installments of
  principal and interest at 4.6%, maturing September 2001;
  secured by equipment......................................     39      29      26
Notes payable to various credit corporations, payable in
  monthly installments of principal and interest at rates
  between 6.45% and 10.9%; maturing through October 2001;
  secured by vehicles and equipment.........................    156     119     104
                                                              -----   -----   -----
                                                                786     651     582
  Less -- current maturities................................   (224)   (214)   (200)
                                                              -----   -----   -----
          Total long-term debt, net of current maturities...  $ 562   $ 437   $ 382
                                                              =====   =====   =====
</TABLE>

     The maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 1998, are as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ------------
<S>                                                            <C>
  1999......................................................   $214
  2000......................................................    185
  2001......................................................    151
  2002......................................................     59
  2003......................................................      8
  Thereafter................................................     34
                                                               ----
                                                               $651
                                                               ====
</TABLE>

7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

  Common Stock Split

     On February 1, 1998, the Company declared a 1.025 for 1.0 stock split of
the Company's common stock to stockholders of record on December 31, 1997. All
share amounts have been restated to reflect the split.

  Buy-Sell Agreement

     The Keith Riggs Plumbing, Inc. Stockholders' Buy-Sell Agreement (the
"Buy-Sell Agreement") restricts the sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other
disposition of the Company's shares without the prior written consent of the
other stockholders. Additionally, under certain circumstances shares of stock
shall be repurchased by the Company. The redemption price is to be based on an
annual certificate of value or, in the absence of the former, on an appraisal
performed at the time of the transaction, and is to be paid according to the
terms stipulated in the Buy-Sell Agreement.

     The Buy-Sell Agreement also provides for the issuance of 100 shares of the
Company's common stock to any lineal descendant of the founders based upon
attaining 10 years of continuous service and shall receive 100 shares for each
additional year of service thereafter until the 20th year of service, when an
additional 1,000 shares shall be issued for a maximum of 2,000 shares. The years
of service are

                                      F-89
<PAGE>   221
                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

measured at December 31st and the shares are issued on February 1st of the
subsequent year. Such shares may be issued through the issuance of new shares or
existing shares. On February 1, 1998 and 1999, 100 shares of the Company's
common stock were issued in connection with the terms of this Agreement. The
Company's stockholders elected to issue the shares from their existing holdings.

  Treasury Stock

     Treasury stock consists of 2,050 shares redeemed from one stockholder in
1994 for an 11-year note payable collateralized by a life insurance policy. The
Company recorded the value of the treasury shares at the present value of the
note discounted at 8%. In 1997, upon the death of the stockholder and receipt of
the insurance proceeds, the Company repaid this debt in its entirety. The
$55,062 loss associated with this early extinguishment of debt with a related
party was recorded as an additional cost of treasury stock.

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     At December 31, 1998, the Company had a note payable due to one stockholder
amounting to $10,600. This note is noninterest bearing and is due on demand. At
December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999, the Company had a note payable to RGS
Land LLC (RGS), a company wholly owned by the Company's stockholders, amounting
to $90,008 and $86,008, respectively. This note is payable in monthly
installments of $1,333 plus interest at prime plus 2% and matures in July 2004.
The proceeds received from the RGS note were used to construct the Glendale,
Arizona facility. Subsequent to March 31, 1999, these notes were paid in full.

     The Company leases its main premises in Mesa, Arizona and in Glendale,
Arizona, from the principal stockholders. The Company's lease obligation is on a
month to month basis with no fixed term. Rent expense for these locations
totaled $61,330, $63,878 and $11,118 for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998, and the three months ended March 31, 1999, respectively. Management of the
Company believes that the approximate market rental value for these properties
is $180,000 per year.

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

     Effective January 1, 1997, the Company established the Keith Riggs
Plumbing, Inc. 401(k) Plan. The Plan covers full time employees and provides for
employer contributions on a discretionary basis. The Company's expense for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the three months ended March 31,
1999, totaled $25,448, $32,383 and $0, respectively.

10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, other current assets, the line of credit, accounts payable
and accrued expenses, notes payable and debt. The Company believes that the
carrying value of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheets
approximates their fair value.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

                                      F-90
<PAGE>   222
                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability, property and workers' compensation. The
Company has not incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance
policies. The workers' compensation policy provides for an annual refundable
deposit in addition to the premium payments. As of March 31, 1999, $200,000 has
been accrued for a 1996 and 1997 compensation refund.

  Operating Leases

     In addition to the related-party leases described in Note 8, the Company
leases certain equipment from unaffiliated third parties under noncancellable
operating leases. Rent expense related to these lease agreements totaled
$24,371, $31,818 and $19,945 for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, and
the three months ended March 31, 1999, respectively. Future minimum lease
payments under these noncancellable leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING
DECEMBER 31,
- ------------
<S>                                                         <C>
  1999...................................................   $ 83,451
  2000...................................................     83,451
  2001...................................................     30,548
                                                            --------
                                                            $197,450
                                                            ========
</TABLE>

12. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:

     The Company had revenues greater than 10% of total revenues to the
following major customers for the periods ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, and
March 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1997                          1998                          1999
                         ---------------------------   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                            REVENUES      PERCENT OF      REVENUES      PERCENT OF      REVENUES      PERCENT OF
                         (IN THOUSANDS)    REVENUES    (IN THOUSANDS)    REVENUES    (IN THOUSANDS)    REVENUES
                         --------------   ----------   --------------   ----------   --------------   ----------
<S>                      <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>
Customer A.............      $3,773          12.7%         $6,143          17.8%         $1,384          15.5%
Customer B.............       5,370          18.1           5,771          16.7           1,153          12.9
Customer C.............       4,388          14.8           5,741          16.7           1,082          12.1
Customer D.............       3,580          12.1           3,574          10.3              --            --
</TABLE>

     Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to
concentrations of credit risk, as defined by SFAS No. 105, consist primarily of
contract accounts receivable. At December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999,
approximately 39% and 47% of contract accounts receivable are due from three
customers.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest in the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors within the state of Arizona. However,
management believes that its contract acceptance, billing and collection
policies are adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas which it operates.

     The Company relies on several key vendors to supply its primary material
needs. However, the Company believes that other suppliers could provide for the
Company's needs on comparable terms.

                                      F-91
<PAGE>   223
                           KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

Abrupt changes in the supply flow could, however cause a delay and a possible
inability to meet its commitments on schedule or a possible loss of sales which
would offset operating results adversely.

13. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company is a
wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     In connection with the merger, the Company sold or distributed certain
non-operating assets and attendant liabilities, if any, to the stockholders.
Additionally, the Company made cash distributions prior to the merger which
represent the Company's estimated S corporation accumulated adjustment account.

     As discussed in Note 2, in connection with the merger, the Company
converted from an S corporation to a C corporation. Upon conversion to C
corporation status, the Company recorded deferred taxes for which it will be
responsible. If the S corporation had been terminated as of December 31, 1998,
and March 31, 1999, the Company would have recorded a deferred tax asset of
approximately $140,000 and $192,000, respectively, due to various book reserves
and accruals and a deferred tax liability of approximately $246,000 and
$265,000, respectively, due to differences between book and tax depreciation and
due to an accrual for unbilled revenue.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholders to lease office space used in the Company's operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-92
<PAGE>   224

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
J.A. Croson Company and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company:

     We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of J.A. Croson
Company and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company (combined, the Company) as of
September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the related combined
statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' equity for each of the
three years in the period ended September 30, 1998, and for the six months ended
March 31, 1999. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companies' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
combined financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of J.A. Croson
Company and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company as of September 30, 1997 and 1998,
and March 31, 1999, and the combined results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1998, and
for the six months ended March 31, 1999, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

St. Louis, Missouri,
May 14, 1999

                                      F-93
<PAGE>   225

            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ----------------   MARCH 31,
                                                               1997     1998       1999
                                                              ------   -------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  479   $   692    $   379
  Accounts receivable --
     Contract, net..........................................   3,148     4,179      4,970
     Contract -- related party..............................   1,761     1,152      1,332
     Other..................................................      90        22         47
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................   2,318     2,327      2,951
  Inventories...............................................     292       215        247
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................      15        --         14
                                                              ------   -------    -------
          Total current assets..............................   8,103     8,587      9,940
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................   1,629     1,569      1,567
OTHER ASSETS................................................       2        --         --
                                                              ------   -------    -------
          Total assets......................................  $9,734   $10,156    $11,507
                                                              ======   =======    =======

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................  $   20   $    13    $    --
  Current portion of other long-term obligations............     201       181        186
  Notes payable short-term..................................      --        --        800
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................   3,375     2,782      2,940
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................   1,217     1,452      1,081
                                                              ------   -------    -------
          Total current liabilities.........................   4,813     4,428      5,007
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities...................      93        61         64
OTHER LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current portion.........     636       570        493
                                                              ------   -------    -------
          Total liabilities.................................   5,542     5,059      5,564
                                                              ------   -------    -------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Croson common stock, $20 stated value; 750 shares
     authorized, issued and outstanding.....................      15        15         15
  Franklin common stock, $5 stated value; 750 shares
     authorized, 100 issued and outstanding.................       1         1          1
  Retained earnings.........................................   4,176     5,081      5,927
                                                              ------   -------    -------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   4,192     5,097      5,943
                                                              ------   -------    -------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $9,734   $10,156    $11,507
                                                              ======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-94
<PAGE>   226

            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,           MARCH 31,
                                             ---------------------------   ---------------------
                                              1996      1997      1998        1998        1999
                                             -------   -------   -------   -----------   -------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES...................................  $26,185   $27,029   $25,234     $12,330     $17,194
COST OF REVENUES (including depreciation)..   22,305    22,970    20,438      10,500      14,407
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Gross profit..........................    3,880     4,059     4,796       1,830       2,787
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES.................................    2,263     2,217     2,032         894       1,232
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Income from operations................    1,617     1,842     2,764         936       1,555
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income..........................       66        49        42          21          20
  Interest expense.........................      (55)      (55)      (51)        (28)        (23)
  Other....................................       15         3        (7)        (12)         (1)
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
     Other income (expense), net...........       26        (3)      (16)        (19)         (4)
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES...    1,643     1,839     2,748         917       1,551
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.................       23        32        33          19          12
                                             -------   -------   -------     -------     -------
NET INCOME.................................  $ 1,620   $ 1,807   $ 2,715     $   898     $ 1,539
                                             =======   =======   =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-95
<PAGE>   227

            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30           MARCH 31
                                                       ---------------------------   --------------------
                                                        1996      1997      1998        1998        1999
                                                       -------   -------   -------   -----------   ------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income.........................................  $ 1,620   $ 1,807   $ 2,715     $   898     $1,539
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities --
    Depreciation and amortization....................      310       348       359         144        181
    Gain on sale of property and equipment...........      (10)       (5)       (4)         (4)        --
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities --
      (Increase) decrease in --
         Accounts receivable.........................     (509)        8      (354)        655       (996)
         Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
           billings on uncompleted contracts.........      685    (1,165)       (9)         86       (624)
         Inventories.................................      (37)      (69)       77          59        (32)
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets...       --       (15)       15         (43)       (14)
      Increase (decrease) in --
         Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......       93       101      (593)       (580)       158
         Billings in excess of costs and estimated
           earnings on uncompleted contracts.........      (22)     (194)      235         309       (371)
         Other.......................................      240        --        --                     --
                                                       -------   -------   -------     -------     ------
           Net cash provided by operating
             activities..............................    2,370       816     2,441       1,524       (159)
                                                       -------   -------   -------     -------     ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.......       11        13        18          18         --
  Acquisitions of property and equipment.............     (336)     (289)     (112)       (112)      (107)
  Other investing activities.........................       13        --        --          --        800
                                                       -------   -------   -------     -------     ------
         Net cash used in investing activities.......     (312)     (276)      (94)        (94)       693
                                                       -------   -------   -------     -------     ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Payments of long-term debt.........................       --      (125)      (45)        (18)       (13)
  Payments of other long-term obligations............     (142)     (162)     (279)       (131)      (141)
  Distributions to stockholders......................   (1,323)   (1,303)   (1,810)     (1,166)      (693)
                                                       -------   -------   -------     -------     ------
         Net cash used in financing activities.......   (1,465)   (1,590)   (2,134)     (1,315)      (847)
                                                       -------   -------   -------     -------     ------
         Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
           equivalents...............................      593    (1,050)      213         115       (313)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.......      936     1,529       479         479        692
                                                       -------   -------   -------     -------     ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.............  $ 1,529   $   479   $   692     $   594     $  379
                                                       =======   =======   =======     =======     ======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
    Interest.........................................  $    55   $    55   $    51     $    28     $   21
    Income taxes.....................................  $    23   $    23   $    25     $    10     $    9
  Capital lease additions............................  $   169   $   187   $   172     $    39     $   52
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-96
<PAGE>   228

            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SHARES OF
                                                          COMMON     COMMON   RETAINED
                                                           STOCK     STOCK    EARNINGS    TOTAL
                                                         ---------   ------   --------   -------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>
BALANCE, September 30, 1995............................    1,500      $16     $ 3,375    $ 3,391
  Distributions to stockholders........................       --       --      (1,323)    (1,323)
  Net income...........................................       --       --       1,620      1,620
                                                           -----      ---     -------    -------
BALANCE, September 30, 1996............................    1,500       16       3,672      3,688
  Distributions to stockholders........................       --       --      (1,303)    (1,303)
  Net income...........................................       --       --       1,807      1,807
                                                           -----      ---     -------    -------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1997..........................    1,500       16       4,176      4,192
  Distributions to stockholders........................       --       --      (1,810)    (1,810)
  Net income...........................................       --       --       2,715      2,715
                                                           -----      ---     -------    -------
BALANCE AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998..........................    1,500       16       5,081      5,097
  Distributions to stockholders........................       --       --        (693)      (693)
  Net income...........................................       --       --       1,539      1,539
                                                           -----      ---     -------    -------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1999..............................    1,500      $16     $ 5,927    $ 5,943
                                                           =====      ===     =======    =======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-97
<PAGE>   229

            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

     J.A. Croson Company (Croson), an Ohio corporation, provides plumbing and
mechanical contracting services for commercial and industrial entities primarily
in Ohio. Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company (Franklin) provides fire protection
contracting services for commercial and industrial entities throughout Ohio. The
lengths of construction contracts are typically less than one year. Croson and
Franklin are collectively referred to herein as the Company.

     The Company and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which
all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be exchanged for cash
and shares of AMPAM common stock concurrently with the consummation of the
related financing.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Principles of Combination

     The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Croson and
Franklin which are affiliated through common ownership. Intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated in combination.

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the six months ended March 31, 1998,
are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's
management, the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair
presentation. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Accounts Receivable and Provision for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and

                                      F-98
<PAGE>   230
            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

depreciated. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost
and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any
resulting gain or loss is recognized in the statement of operations.

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and depreciation
costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. An amount equal
to contract costs attributable to claims is included in revenues when
realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance at each balance sheet
date will be collected within the subsequent fiscal year.

     The current asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Income Taxes

     The Company has elected S Corporation status as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, whereby the Company itself is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S Corporation status, the stockholders report their share of the
Company's taxable earnings in their personal tax returns. Consequently, the
accompanying financial statements of the Company do not include a provision for
current or deferred income taxes. Certain municipalities do not recognize the S
Corporation status for purposes of local taxation. The provision for income
taxes in the accompanying statement of operations represents the local tax
provision related to such municipalities. The Company will terminate its S
Corporation status concurrently with the effective date of the merger (see Note
12).

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provision of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of." Accordingly, in the event that
facts and circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other assets may
be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an
evaluation is

                                      F-99
<PAGE>   231
            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset
are compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if an impairment of
such property is necessary. The effect of any impairment would be to expense the
difference between the fair value of such property and its carrying value.
Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

  Reclassifications

     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial
statements to conform with the current year presentation.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SEPTEMBER 30
                                                            ---------------   MARCH 31,
                                                             1997     1998      1999
                                                            ------   ------   ---------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
Trade.....................................................  $2,408   $3,289    $3,693
  Billed retentions.......................................     190      133       314
  Unbilled retentions.....................................     684      891     1,097
                                                            ------   ------    ------
                                                             3,282    4,313     5,104
  Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts.................    (134)    (134)     (134)
                                                            ------   ------    ------
     Balance at end of year...............................  $3,148   $4,179    $4,970
                                                            ======   ======    ======
</TABLE>

     Plumbing installation contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30
                                                          -----------------   MARCH 31,
                                                           1997      1998       1999
                                                          -------   -------   ---------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress.................  $33,510   $31,261    $41,005
Estimated earnings, net of losses.......................    3,338     3,666      5,461
                                                          -------   -------    -------
                                                           36,848    34,927     46,466
Less -- Billings to date................................   35,747    34,052     44,596
                                                          -------   -------    -------
                                                          $ 1,101   $   875    $ 1,870
                                                          =======   =======    =======
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts.................................  $ 2,318   $ 2,327    $ 2,951
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts.................................   (1,217)   (1,452)    (1,081)
                                                          -------   -------    -------
                                                          $ 1,101   $   875    $ 1,870
                                                          =======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SEPTEMBER 30
                                                            ---------------   MARCH 31,
                                                             1997     1998      1999
                                                            ------   ------   ---------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
Accounts payable, trade...................................  $1,800   $1,935    $2,176
Accrued compensation and benefits.........................   1,236      830       637
Payables to related parties...............................     339       17         1
Other.....................................................      --       --       126
                                                            ------   ------    ------
          Balance at end of year..........................  $3,375   $2,782    $2,940
                                                            ======   ======    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-100
<PAGE>   232
            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment, including capital lease assets, consists of the
following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ESTIMATED
                                                 USEFUL       SEPTEMBER 30
                                                LIVES IN    -----------------   MARCH 31,
                                                  YEARS      1997      1998       1999
                                                ---------   -------   -------   ---------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
Transportation equipment......................     5        $ 1,082   $ 1,142    $ 1,193
Machinery and equipment.......................     5            700       868        916
Building and leasehold improvements...........   10-30        1,255     1,143      1,143
Furniture and fixtures........................     5            243       296        377
                                                            -------   -------    -------
                                                              3,280     3,449      3,629
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and
  amortization................................               (1,651)   (1,880)    (2,062)
                                                            -------   -------    -------
          Property and equipment, net.........              $ 1,629   $ 1,569    $ 1,567
                                                            =======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

5. LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT:

     The Company has a $1,000,000 line of credit with a bank, bearing interest
at the prime rate (7.75% at March 31, 1999) less .5%. Interest on the
outstanding balance is due monthly. The Company had a $-0-, $-0- and $800,000
outstanding balance on its line of credit as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and
March 31, 1999, respectively. The line of credit is secured by substantially all
of the Company's inventory, accounts receivable, property and equipment.

     Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SEPTEMBER 30
                                                             ------------    MARCH 31,
                                                             1997    1998      1999
                                                             ----    ----    ---------
<S>                                                          <C>     <C>     <C>
Note payable, unsecured, 3-year, $60,000 noninterest
  bearing agreement with principal payments due quarterly
  in installments of $5,000................................  $ 45    $ --       $--
Note payable, 7-year, $185,000 noninterest bearing term
  note (discounted at the Company's incremental borrowing
  rate of 8.25% at the date of the note) with principal
  payments due in four installments, $85,000 in 1997,
  $12,500 in 1999, $12,500 in 2001 and $75,000 in 2003. The
  note is secured by certain property......................    68      74        64
                                                             ----    ----       ---
          Total debt.......................................   113      74        64
Current portion............................................   (20)    (13)       --
                                                             ----    ----       ---
          Long-term portion................................  $ 93    $ 61       $64
                                                             ====    ====       ===
</TABLE>

     The maturities of long-term debt as of September 30, 1998, are as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................  $ 13
2000........................................................    --
2001........................................................    12
2002........................................................    --
2003........................................................    75
                                                              ----
                                                              $100
                                                              ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-101
<PAGE>   233
            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

6. LEASES:

     Upon the sale of property to its majority stockholder on March 1, 1995, the
Company agreed to lease back the property through February 28, 2005. The sale
leaseback was recorded as a financing transaction and the obligation is recorded
at the present value of future minimum payments of $99,600 per year, discounted
at an interest rate of 9%.

     The Company has also entered into various leases for certain equipment for
lease terms through January 2002. Obligations under these capital leases have
been recorded in the accompanying financial statements at the present value of
future minimum lease payments, discounted at the applicable interest rate. The
capitalized cost of $582,831, $755,226 and $806,976, less accumulated
depreciation of $243,717, $373,012 and $443,541, is included in property and
equipment in the accompanying financial statements as of September 30, 1997 and
1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively. Depreciation expense for this equipment
for the years ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, was $63,608, $91,836 and
$129,295, respectively. Depreciation expense for this equipment for the six
month period ended March 31, 1999, was $70,529.

     Future minimum lease payments under the capital leases and the net present
value of the future minimum lease payments as of September 30, 1998, and March
31, 1999, are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1999
                                                                -----      -----
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>
1998........................................................    $ 236      $ 174
2000........................................................      196        175
2001........................................................      128        123
2002........................................................      102        100
2003........................................................      100        100
Thereafter..................................................      141        141
                                                                -----      -----
          Total future minimum lease payments...............      903        813
Amount representing interest................................     (152)      (134)
                                                                -----      -----
          Present value of future minimum lease payments....      751        679
Less -- Current portion.....................................     (181)      (186)
                                                                -----      -----
          Noncurrent........................................    $ 570      $ 493
                                                                =====      =====
</TABLE>

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     Croson is a partner in a joint venture with Lincoln T. Mandeville Plumbing
(Mandeville). The joint venture subcontracts all work to Croson and Mandeville
in amounts such that the joint venture reports minimal net income (loss). The
Company periodically receives and advances funds from and to the joint venture.
At September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, the Company owed the joint
venture $339,386, $17,000 and $1,600, respectively, which is included in
"accounts payables and accrued expenses" in the accompanying balance sheet. The
joint venture owed the Company $1,760,765, $1,152,000 and $1,027,530 at
September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, for the Company's billings on
contracts performed by the joint venture. The joint venture has receivables from
customers, principally governmental organizations, totaling $909,571, $588,840
and $745,543 as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999,
respectively. The Company recorded revenues for work performed for the joint
venture of $1,401,723, $2,172,264 and $3,635,953 for the years ended September
30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The Company recorded revenues for work
performed for the joint venture of $1,229,234 for the six month period ended
March 31, 1999. The Company recorded costs of revenues for work performed for
the joint venture totaling $901,021, $1,908,858 and $3,023,871 for the years
ended September 30, 1996,

                                      F-102
<PAGE>   234
            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

1997 and 1998, respectively. The Company recorded costs of revenues for work
performed for the joint venture totaling $1,027,870 for the six month period
ended March 31, 1999.

     At March 31, 1999, the Company has a receivable balance of $303,973 from
David A. Croson related to an advance for a personal investment, which is
included in contract and other-related party on the accompanying combined
balance sheet. The noninterest bearing receivable is due upon demand.

     On March 1, 1995, the Company sold certain property to its majority
stockholder approximately equal to the net book value of the property. The
Company then entered into a lease with the stockholder for the same property
(see Note 6). In 1996, 1997 and 1998, the Company made obligation payments to
its majority stockholder in the amount of $99,600. At September 30, 1997 and
1998, and March 31, 1999, the Company owed the majority stockholder $537,743,
$484,155 and $455,611, respectively, which is included in other long-term
obligations on the accompanying combined balance sheets.

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

     The Company has a 401(k) and profit-sharing plan which covers full-time
employees who have met age and service requirements. The plan specifies
contributions at the discretion of the Company's management. Expense under the
plan amounted to approximately $208,000, $180,500 and $90,000 for the years
ended September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998. Expense under the plan amounted to
approximately $26,590 for the six month period ended March 31, 1999. Amounts due
to this plan were approximately $177,000, $1,000 and $1,000 at September 30,
1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively.

9. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents
and debt. The Company's management believes that the carrying value of these
instruments on the accompanying combined balance sheets approximates their fair
value.

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. The Company has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.

11. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:

     The Company had revenues of approximately 26.8%, 32.2% and 31.2% of total
revenues to one major customer during the years ended September 30, 1996, 1997
and 1998, respectively. The Company had revenues of approximately 35.8% of total
revenues to one major customer during the six month period ended March 31, 1999.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest in the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors within the region. However,

                                      F-103
<PAGE>   235
            J.A. CROSON COMPANY AND FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

management believes that its contract acceptance, billing and collection
policies are adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company is a
wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     In connection with the merger, the Company sold or distributed certain
nonoperating assets and attendant liabilities, if any, to the stockholders.
Additionally, the Company made cash distributions which represent the Company's
estimated S Corporation accumulated adjustment account.

     As discussed in Note 2, in connection with the merger, the Company
converted from an S Corporation to a C Corporation. Upon conversion to C
Corporation status, the Company recorded deferred taxes for which it will be
responsible. If the S Corporation had been terminated as of September 30, 1998,
the Company would have recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately $99,000
due to differences between book and tax depreciation. If the S Corporation had
been terminated as of March 31, 1999, the Company would have recorded a deferred
tax liability of approximately $133,000 due to differences between book and tax
depreciation.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholders to lease office space used in the Company's operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-104
<PAGE>   236

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders of
J. A. Croson Company of Florida:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of J. A. Croson Company of
Florida as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the related
statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' equity for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, and for the three months
ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of J. A. Croson Company of
Florida, as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998, and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
May 26, 1999

                                      F-105
<PAGE>   237

                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------    MARCH 31
                                                               1997      1998       1999
                                                              ------    ------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   19    $   71     $   57
  Accounts receivable, net..................................   3,401     4,688      4,994
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     657     1,233      1,140
  Inventories...............................................      73        40          2
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................     399       371        539
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total current assets..............................   4,549     6,403      6,732
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................   1,293     1,247        996
OTHER LONG-TERM ASSETS......................................      --       378         --
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total assets......................................  $5,842    $8,028     $7,728
                                                              ======    ======     ======

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................  $   82    $   --     $   --
  Line of credit............................................     739       337        840
  Bank overdraft............................................      89        --         --
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................     994     1,692      1,100
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................   1,640     1,724        593
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total current liabilities.........................   3,544     3,753      2,533
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities...................      23        --         --
NOTE PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER.................................     434        --         --
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total liabilities.................................   4,001     3,753      2,533
                                                              ------    ------     ------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1 par value, 7,500 shares authorized, 980
     shares issued and outstanding..........................       1         1          1
  Additional paid-in capital................................     650       650        650
  Retained earnings.........................................   1,190     3,624      4,544
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   1,841     4,275      5,195
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $5,842    $8,028     $7,728
                                                              ======    ======     ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-106
<PAGE>   238

                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31            MARCH 31
                                              ---------------------------   --------------------
                                               1996      1997      1998        1998        1999
                                              -------   -------   -------   -----------   ------
                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES....................................  $11,722   $18,095   $28,142     $6,148      $8,274
COST OF REVENUES (including depreciation)...    9,300    13,916    20,483      4,658       5,482
                                              -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
     Gross profit...........................    2,422     4,179     7,659      1,490       2,792
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
  EXPENSES..................................    1,050     2,213     2,960        718         869
                                              -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
     Income from operations.................    1,372     1,966     4,699        772       1,923
                                              -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income...........................       10        --        --         --          --
  Interest expense..........................      (97)      (87)     (108)       (24)         (7)
  Other.....................................       --       (44)       --         --          --
                                              -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
     Other income (expense), net............      (87)     (131)     (108)       (24)         (7)
                                              -------   -------   -------     ------      ------
NET INCOME..................................  $ 1,285   $ 1,835   $ 4,591     $  748      $1,916
                                              =======   =======   =======     ======      ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-107
<PAGE>   239

                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31            MARCH 31
                                                 ---------------------------   ---------------------
                                                  1996      1997      1998        1998        1999
                                                 -------   -------   -------   -----------   -------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income...................................  $ 1,285   $ 1,835   $ 4,591      $ 748      $ 1,916
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
     cash provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation..............................       73       173       182         23           45
     Loss on sale of property and equipment....       --        44        40
     Changes in operating assets and
       liabilities:
       (Increase) decrease in:
          Accounts receivable..................      416    (1,623)   (1,287)      (641)        (306)
          Costs and estimated earnings in
            excess of billings on uncompleted
            contracts..........................      135      (448)     (576)      (675)          93
          Inventories..........................        2       (58)       33         71           38
          Prepaid expenses and other assets....     (200)     (183)     (350)      (327)         210
       Increase (decrease) in:
          Bank overdraft.......................       --        89       (89)       682           --
          Accounts payable and accrued
            expenses...........................      122       309       698        (67)        (378)
          Billings in excess of costs and
            estimated earnings on uncompleted
            contracts..........................      105       951        84        367       (1,131)
                                                 -------   -------   -------      -----      -------
            Net cash provided by operating
               activities......................    1,938     1,089     3,326        181          487
                                                 -------   -------   -------      -----      -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions to property and equipment..........     (165)     (992)     (352)      (108)          (8)
  Proceeds from the sale of property and
     equipment.................................       --        --       176         --           --
                                                 -------   -------   -------      -----      -------
            Net cash used in investing
               activities......................     (165)     (992)     (176)      (108)          (8)
                                                 -------   -------   -------      -----      -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings of long-term debt.................      250        --        --         --           --
  Payments of long-term debt...................     (302)      (96)     (105)        (7)          --
  Net borrowings (payments) on line of
     credit....................................     (146)      739      (402)       (70)         503
  Borrowings from (payments to) stockholder....     (273)       --      (434)
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock.......      197       325        --
  Distribution to stockholders.................   (1,065)   (1,521)   (2,157)        --         (996)
                                                 -------   -------   -------      -----      -------
            Net cash used in financing
               activities......................   (1,339)     (553)   (3,098)       (77)        (493)
                                                 -------   -------   -------      -----      -------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS..................................      434      (456)       52         (4)         (14)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
  period.......................................       41       475        19         19           71
                                                 -------   -------   -------      -----      -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period.......  $   475   $    19   $    71      $  15      $    57
                                                 =======   =======   =======      =====      =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for:
     Interest..................................  $   116   $    44   $   108      $  24      $     7
                                                 =======   =======   =======      =====      =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-108
<PAGE>   240

                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ADDITIONAL                  TOTAL
                                                                  PAID-IN     RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                               SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                               ------   ------   ----------   --------   -------------
<S>                                            <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995...................   714       $1        $128      $   656       $   785
  Issuance of Common Stock...................   119       --         197           --           197
  Distributions to stockholders..............    --       --          --       (1,065)       (1,065)
  Net income.................................    --       --          --        1,285         1,285
                                                ---       --        ----      -------       -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996...................   833        1         325          876         1,202
  Issuance of Common Stock...................   147       --         325           --           325
  Distributions to stockholders..............    --       --          --       (1,521)       (1,521)
  Net income.................................    --       --          --        1,835         1,835
                                                ---       --        ----      -------       -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997...................   980        1         650        1,190         1,841
  Distributions to stockholders..............    --       --          --       (2,157)       (2,157)
  Net income.................................    --       --          --        4,591         4,591
                                                ---       --        ----      -------       -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998...................   980        1         650        3,624         4,275
  Distributions to stockholders..............    --       --          --         (996)         (996)
  Net income.................................    --       --          --        1,916         1,916
                                                ---       --        ----      -------       -------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999......................   980       $1        $650      $ 4,544       $ 5,195
                                                ===       ==        ====      =======       =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-109
<PAGE>   241

                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

     J. A. Croson Company of Florida (the Company), a Florida corporation,
focuses on providing plumbing contractor services primarily for multi-family
housing developers. The Company performs the majority of its contract work under
fixed-price contracts, with contract terms generally less than one year. The
Company performs the majority of its work in Central Florida.

     The Company and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which
all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be exchanged for cash
and shares of AMPAM common stock concurrently with the consummation of the
related financing.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1998,
are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's
management, the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair
presentation. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Provision for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.

  Inventories

     Inventory purchases have historically been charged to jobs when purchased.
Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary course of
business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets,
net of any salvage values.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statements of operations.

                                      F-110
<PAGE>   242
                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and depreciation
costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. An amount equal
to contract costs attributable to claims is included in revenues when
realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance at each balance sheet
date will be collected within the subsequent fiscal year.

     The current asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Warranty Costs

     For most contracts, the Company warrants labor and materials for one year
after completion of the job.

  Income Taxes

     The Company has elected S corporation status, as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, whereby the Company itself is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S corporation status, the stockholders report their shares of
the Company's taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns.
Consequently, the accompanying financial statements of the Company do not
include a provision for current or deferred federal taxes. The Company
terminated its S corporation status concurrently with the effective date (April
1, 1999) of the merger discussed in Note 13.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property
and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability
would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future
undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's
carrying amount to determine if an impairment of such property is necessary. The
effect of any impairment would be to expense the difference between
                                      F-111
<PAGE>   243
                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the fair value of such property and its carrying value. Adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of
operations of the Company.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

     Accounts receivables consist of the following at December 31, 1997 and 1998
and March 31, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1997      1998       1999
                                                          ------    ------    ---------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Billed..................................................  $2,445    $3,422     $3,528
Retainage...............................................     956     1,266      1,507
Allowance for doubtful accounts.........................       0         0        (41)
                                                          ------    ------     ------
          Balance at end of period......................  $3,401    $4,688     $4,994
                                                          ======    ======     ======
</TABLE>

     Plumbing installation contracts in progress are as follows at December 31,
1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                         1997       1998        1999
                                                        -------    -------    ---------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress...............  $ 6,620    $12,031     $11,968
Estimated earnings, net of losses.....................    1,965      3,934       4,234
                                                        -------    -------     -------
                                                          8,585     15,965      16,202
Less: Billings to date................................    9,568     16,456      15,655
                                                        -------    -------     -------
                                                        $  (983)   $  (491)    $   547
                                                        =======    =======     =======
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts...............................  $   657    $ 1,233     $ 1,140
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts...............................   (1,640)    (1,724)       (593)
                                                        -------    -------     -------
                                                        $  (983)   $  (491)    $   547
                                                        =======    =======     =======
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following at December
31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                           --------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1997     1998       1999
                                                           ----    ------    ---------
<S>                                                        <C>     <C>       <C>
Accounts payable, trade..................................  $596    $  975     $  848
Accrued compensation and benefits........................   227       356        187
Other accrued expenses...................................   171       361         65
                                                           ----    ------     ------
          Balance at end of period.......................  $994    $1,692     $1,100
                                                           ====    ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-112
<PAGE>   244
                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 1997 and
1998 and March 31, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  ESTIMATED
                                                   USEFUL      DECEMBER 31,
                                                    LIVES     ---------------   MARCH 31,
                                                  IN YEARS     1997     1998      1999
                                                  ---------   ------   ------   ---------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>
Transportation equipment........................      5       $  913   $1,063    $1,066
Machinery and equipment.........................      7          125      150       154
Office and storage trailers.....................      5           96      103       103
Building and improvements.......................     39          390      231        --
Furniture and fixtures..........................      5          103      175       175
                                                              ------   ------    ------
                                                               1,627    1,722     1,498
Less: accumulated depreciation..................                (334)    (475)     (502)
                                                              ------   ------    ------
Property and equipment, net.....................              $1,293   $1,247    $  996
                                                              ======   ======    ======
</TABLE>

5. LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT

  Line of Credit

     The Company has a $1,500,000 line of credit agreement with a bank to be
drawn upon as needed, with variable interest payable monthly at the bank's prime
rate, as defined, plus 1.25% (9.0% at March 31, 1999). The line is secured by
accounts receivable, inventory, and a personal guarantee by a principal
shareholder of the Company. At December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999,
$739,000, $337,000 and $840,000 was outstanding under the line of credit, which
is due June 1999.

  Long-Term Debt

     Long-term debt at December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999, consists
of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                              1997    1998      1999
                                                              -----   -----   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Notes payable to a financial institution, due monthly,
  payable in 19 payments of $3,943 including interest at a
  rate of 8.66% paid off in 1998............................  $ 26    $ --      $ --
Notes payable to a financial institution, due monthly,
  payable in 31 payments of $5,337 including interest at a
  rate of 9.55%, paid off in 1998...........................    79      --        --
                                                              ----    ----      ----
          Total debt........................................   105      --        --
  Less: Current maturities of long-term debt................   (82)     --        --
                                                              ----    ----      ----
          Total long-term debt..............................  $ 23    $ --        --
                                                              ====    ====      ====
</TABLE>

6. LEASES

     The Company leases certain property and office space from its stockholders
under noncancellable operating leases, expiring in September 2002 and December
2004. Rent expense under these related-party leases were approximately $32,000
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, $24,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and $13,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1999.

                                      F-113
<PAGE>   245
                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     In May 1998, the Company entered into a noncancellable operating lease with
a third party for property to be utilized as a prefabrication work location,
expiring in May 2001. Rent expense under this lease was approximately $22,000
for the year ended December 31, 1998 and $7,000 for the three months ended March
31, 1999.

     In 1997, the Company entered into a lease for a warehouse and office
facility with a third party under a noncancellable operating lease, expiring in
March 2002. Rent expense under this lease was approximately $33,000 and $57,000
for the years ended December 31, 1997, and 1998, respectively and $14,000 for
the these months ended March 31, 1999.

     Future minimum lease payments under these noncancelable operating leases
are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Year ending December 31:
  1999......................................................   $109
  2000......................................................    111
  2001......................................................     91
  2002......................................................     31
                                                               ----
                                                               $342
                                                               ====
</TABLE>

7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     The Company is authorized to issue 7,500 shares of common stock. Of this
authorized amount, the Company has issued and outstanding 980 shares at December
31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999.

     The Company has also entered into a Stock Redemption Agreement with a
principal shareholder, agreeing to repurchase all of his stock over a period of
years, with the first redemption date being no earlier than January 1, 1998. The
redemption date shall be determined by the mutual agreement of the stockholder
and the Company before December 31 of the preceding year. The agreement requires
the Company to purchase annually from the stockholder the number of shares equal
to 10% (on a fully diluted basis immediately following the redemption) of the
total number of issued and outstanding shares as of the redemption date. The
purchase price of these shares shall be payable in cash and shall be equal to
10% of the book value of the Company on the redemption date. As of May 26, 1999,
no repurchase has occurred.

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company leases CERTAIN property and office space from a stockholder
under a noncancelable operating lease (see Note 6). The rent approximates the
fair market value of the property.

     The Company had a Subordinated Note Agreement with a stockholder, with a
balance of $434,000 at December 31, 1997. This note was repaid during 1998.

     At December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999, the Company had $80,000,
$179,000 and $4,000, respectively, of advances to employees included in current
assets. The 1998 amount includes a balance of $125,000 due from a principal
shareholder of the Company.

     During the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company purchased
plumbing supplies of $81,000 and $48,000, respectively, from a company
affiliated through common ownership. No such purchases have been made since
January 1, 1998. No amounts were owed to the Company at December 31, 1997 and
1998, or March 31, 1999.

                                      F-114
<PAGE>   246
                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

     The Company has a defined contribution profit-sharing plan. The plan
provides for the Company to match 50% of the first $1,200 contributed by each
employee. Total contributions by the Company under the plan were approximately
$11,000, $23,000, and $26,000 for the years ending December 31, 1996, 1997 and
1998, respectively and $14,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1999.

10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, a
line of credit, notes payable and debt. The Company believes that the carrying
value of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheets approximates their
fair value.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of SUCH
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including workers'
compensation, general liability, and an umbrella policy. The Company has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.

12. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION

     The Company had revenues of approximately 29%, 27% and 24% of total
revenues to one major customer during the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997,
and 1998, respectively and 42% during the three months ended March 31, 1999.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest in the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors within the region. However, management
believes that its contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are
adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas which it operates.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company is a
wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     In connection with the merger, the Company sold or distributed certain
non-operating assets and attendant liabilities, if any, to the stockholders.
Additionally, the Company made cash distributions which represent the Company's
estimated S corporation accumulated adjustments account.

     As discussed in Note 2, in connection with the merger, the Company
converted from an S corporation to a C corporation. Upon conversion to C
corporation status, the Company recorded deferred taxes for which it will be
responsible. If the S corporation had been terminated as of December 31, 1998,
the Company would have recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately $30,000
due to differences between

                                      F-115
<PAGE>   247
                        J. A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

book and tax depreciation. If the S corporation had been terminated as of March
31, 1999, the Company would have recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately
$15,600 due to bad debt allowance and a deferred tax liability of approximately
$7,500 due to the difference between book and tax depreciation.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholders to lease land and buildings used in the Company's operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-116
<PAGE>   248

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Power Plumbing, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Power
Plumbing, Inc., and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31,
1999, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and
stockholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, and for the
three months ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Power Plumbing, Inc., and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1998, and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 21, 1999

                                      F-117
<PAGE>   249

                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31
                                                              ----------------    MARCH 31,
                                                               1997      1998       1999
                                                              ------    ------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  696    $1,807     $3,083
  Accounts receivable --
     Contract, net..........................................   2,918     3,961      3,748
     Other..................................................     219       266        264
  Notes receivable -- stockholders..........................      --        --        396
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     181        79        239
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       3        17         19
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total current assets..............................   4,017     6,130      7,749
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................     441       414         79
OTHER ASSETS................................................     129        74         --
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total assets......................................  $4,587    $6,618     $7,828
                                                              ======    ======     ======

                     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................  $    5    $    6     $   --
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................     910       963      1,829
  Billings in excess of cost and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     692     2,123      1,799
  Deferred tax liability, current...........................     613       215        167
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total current liabilities.........................   2,220     3,307      3,795
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities...................      71        65         --
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES.................................      20         2         --
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................       7         4          6
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total liabilities.................................   2,318     3,378      3,801
                                                              ------    ------     ------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1 par value; 1,200 shares authorized, 1,125
     shares issued and outstanding..........................       1         1          1
  Retained earnings.........................................   2,268     3,239      4,026
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   2,269     3,240      4,027
                                                              ------    ------     ------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $4,587    $6,618     $7,828
                                                              ======    ======     ======
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-118
<PAGE>   250

                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                THREE MONTHS
                                                          YEAR ENDED               ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31              MARCH 31
                                                     --------------------   --------------------
                                                      1997         1998        1998        1999
                                                     -------      -------   -----------   ------
                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES...........................................  $17,010      $17,109     $3,501      $5,620
COST OF REVENUES (Including depreciation)..........   14,680       14,371      3,174       4,022
                                                     -------      -------     ------      ------
     Gross profit..................................    2,330        2,738        327       1,598
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.......    1,128        1,268        217         346
                                                     -------      -------     ------      ------
     Income from operations........................    1,202        1,470        110       1,252
                                                     -------      -------     ------      ------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income..................................       20           33          5          22
  Interest expense.................................       --           (3)        (3)         (3)
  Other............................................       84           83         13           4
                                                     -------      -------     ------      ------
     Other income (expense), net...................      104          113         15          23
                                                     -------      -------     ------      ------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES...........    1,306        1,583        125       1,275
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.........................      498          612         50         488
                                                     -------      -------     ------      ------
NET INCOME.........................................  $   808      $   971     $   75      $  787
                                                     =======      =======     ======      ======
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-119
<PAGE>   251

                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               THREE MONTHS
                                                           YEAR ENDED             ENDED
                                                           DECEMBER 31           MARCH 31
                                                         ---------------   --------------------
                                                         1997     1998        1998        1999
                                                         -----   -------   -----------   ------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>     <C>       <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income...........................................  $ 808   $   971      $  75      $  787
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by (used in) operating activities --
     Depreciation......................................     35        37          6           7
     Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment.....      2        (3)        --          --
     Deferred income taxes.............................    266      (401)      (247)        (46)
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities --
       (Increase) decrease in --
          Accounts receivable..........................   (734)   (1,090)      (342)        215
          Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
            billings on uncompleted contracts..........    (46)      102         68        (160)
          Prepaid expenses and other current assets....      8       (14)       (22)         (2)
          Other noncurrent assets......................     --        55         --          --
       Increase (decrease) in --
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses........   (159)       53        126         878
          Billings in excess of costs and estimated
            earnings on uncompleted contracts..........   (266)    1,431        183        (324)
          Other liabilities............................    (18)      (18)        (5)         (2)
                                                         -----   -------      -----      ------
            Net cash provided by (used in) operating
               activities..............................   (104)    1,123       (158)      1,353
                                                         -----   -------      -----      ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.........      7         3         --          12
  Additions of property and equipment..................    (24)      (10)        --         (36)
  Investment transactions, net.........................     11        --         54         (53)
                                                         -----   -------      -----      ------
            Net cash used in investing activities......     (6)       (7)        54         (77)
                                                         -----   -------      -----      ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Payments of long-term debt...........................    (89)       (5)        (1)         --
                                                         -----   -------      -----      ------
            Net cash used in financing activities......    (89)       (5)        (1)         --
                                                         -----   -------      -----      ------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS...   (199)    1,111       (105)      1,276
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.........    895       696        696       1,807
                                                         -----   -------      -----      ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period...............  $ 696   $ 1,807      $ 591      $3,083
                                                         =====   =======      =====      ======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
     Interest..........................................  $  --   $     3      $   3      $    3
     Income taxes......................................    294       666        175         310
  Non-cash transactions --
     Note receivable received for sale of
       partnership.....................................     --        --         --         396
     Net book value of partnership sold................     --        --         --        (344)
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-120
<PAGE>   252

                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          COMMON STOCK                    TOTAL
                                                         ---------------   RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                         SHARES   AMOUNT   EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                                         ------   ------   --------   -------------
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.............................  1,125      $1      $1,460       $1,461
  Net income...........................................     --      --         808          808
                                                         -----      --      ------       ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.............................  1,125       1       2,268        2,269
  Net income...........................................     --      --         971          971
                                                         -----      --      ------       ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1998.............................  1,125       1       3,239        3,240
                                                         -----      --      ------       ------
  Net income...........................................     --      --         787          787
                                                         -----      --      ------       ------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999................................  1,125      $1      $4,026       $4,027
                                                         =====      ==      ======       ======
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-121
<PAGE>   253

                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

     Power Plumbing, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries (the
Company) focus on providing plumbing construction services primarily for
multifamily residential buildings. The Company performs the majority of its
contract work under fixed-price contracts, with contract terms generally ranging
from six to 18 months. The Company performs the majority of its work in Texas.

     On April 1, 1999, American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM) acquired
through merger all the stock of the Company in exchange for cash and stock of
AMPAM, after which the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM. In
connection with the merger, the Company sold or distributed certain nonoperating
assets and attendant liabilities, if any, to the stockholders.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Principles of Consolidation

     The financial statements through December 31, 1998 include the accounts and
results of operations of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, Power
Plumbing Personnel, Inc., and an affiliated company, Bingle Partners, Ltd. (see
Note 8), which is under common control and management. Effective January 1,
1999, the Company sold its interest in Bingle Partners, Ltd. to the stockholders
of the Company; therefore the financial statements for periods presented
subsequent to December 31, 1998 include only the accounts and results of
operations of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Power Plumbing
Personnel, Inc. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated in consolidation.

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1998,
are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's
management, the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair
presentation. The results of operations for the interim period are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
lease or the estimated useful life of the asset (see Note 4).

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated over the
remaining useful life. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment,
the

                                      F-122
<PAGE>   254
                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any
resulting gain or loss is recognized in accompanying consolidated statements of
operations.

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the
percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract.
Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and depreciation
costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job
performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.

     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the Company anticipates that the retention
balance at each balance sheet date will be collected within the subsequent
fiscal year.

     The current asset "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billing on
uncompleted contracts" represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts" represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Warranty Costs

     The Company warrants labor and materials for the first year after
completion of plumbing construction. A reserve for warranty costs is recorded
based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management's estimate of
future costs.

  Income Taxes

     The Company, which is a C Corporation, follows the liability method of
accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method,
deferred assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets
and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rules and laws that will
be in effect when the underlying assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property
and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability
would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future
undiscounted cash
                                      F-123
<PAGE>   255
                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to
determine if an impairment of such property is necessary. The effect of any
impairment would be to expense the difference between the fair value of such
property and its carrying value. The adoption of this standard did not have a
material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
Company.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                            ---------------   MARCH 31,
                                                             1997     1998      1999
                                                            ------   ------   ---------
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
Billed....................................................  $1,418   $2,031    $1,971
Retainage.................................................   1,525    1,967     1,880
Allowance for uncollectible accounts......................     (25)     (37)     (103)
                                                            ------   ------    ------
          Balance at end of year..........................  $2,918   $3,961    $3,748
                                                            ======   ======    ======
</TABLE>

     Plumbing installation contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31
                                                       -------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                         1997       1998       1999
                                                       --------   --------   ---------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress..............  $ 10,472   $  9,110   $ 11,347
Estimated earnings, net of losses....................     1,766      1,974      3,050
                                                       --------   --------   --------
                                                         12,238     11,084     14,397
Less -- Billings to date.............................   (12,749)   (13,128)   (15,957)
                                                       --------   --------   --------
                                                       $   (511)  $ (2,044)  $ (1,560)
                                                       ========   ========   ========
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts..............................  $    181   $     79   $    239
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts..............................      (692)    (2,123)    (1,799)
                                                       --------   --------   --------
                                                       $   (511)  $ (2,044)  $ (1,560)
                                                       ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                              -----------   MARCH 31,
                                                              1997   1998     1999
                                                              ----   ----   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>    <C>
Accounts payable, trade.....................................  $669   $553    $1,089
Accrued compensation and benefits...........................    33     40        82
Retainage payable...........................................    49     58        76
Other accrued expenses......................................   134    115       151
Income taxes payable........................................    25    197       431
                                                              ----   ----    ------
          Balance at end of year............................  $910   $963    $1,829
                                                              ====   ====    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-124
<PAGE>   256
                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   ESTIMATED     DECEMBER 31
                                                  USEFUL LIVES   ------------   MARCH 31,
                                                    IN YEARS     1997   1998      1999
                                                  ------------   ----   -----   ---------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>    <C>     <C>
Transportation..................................        5        $ 94   $  76     $ 78
Machinery and equipment.........................        7          78      76       82
Land and building...............................       30         363     377       --
Furniture and fixtures..........................      5-7           3       1        5
                                                                 ----   -----     ----
                                                                  538     530      165
Less -- Accumulated depreciation................                  (97)   (116)     (86)
                                                                 ----   -----     ----
          Property and equipment, net...........                 $441   $ 414     $ 79
                                                                 ====   =====     ====
</TABLE>

5. LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT:

     The Company has a $150,000 revolving line of credit with a bank which is
due on demand or, if no demand, expires May 1, 1999, and bears interest at 0.5
percent above the bank's base lending rate. At December 31, 1997 and 1998 and
March 31, 1999, no balance was outstanding under this line of credit. This line
of credit is collateralized by the Company's accounts receivable and equipment
as well as insurance on its president and a personal unlimited guarantee from
the president. The line of credit was cancelled subsequent to March 31, 1999.

     Long-term debt at December 31, 1998, consisted of a note payable with a
balance of approximately $71,000 to a bank for the purchase of property by
Bingle Partners, Ltd. The note was included in the Company's sale of its
interest in Bingle Partners, Ltd. interest; therefore, the Company has no
long-term debt at March 31, 1999.

6. LEASES:

     During 1998, the Company leased two vehicles for stockholders, which expire
in April 2001 and September 2001. Expense for the vehicle leases was $4,980,
$11,113 and $12,490 for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the three
months ended March 31, 1999, respectively.

     The Company has an agreement with Bingle Partners, Ltd., that as of January
1, 1999 was owned by stockholders of the Company, to lease office space at a
rate that, in management's opinion, approximated market. The lease expires
August 31, 2003. Expense for the lease was $7,950 for the three months ended
March 31, 1999. Future minimum lease payments under these noncancelable
operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Year ending December 31 --
  1999......................................................   $ 46
  2000......................................................     46
  2001......................................................     39
  2002......................................................     32
  2003......................................................     21
                                                               ----
                                                               $184
                                                               ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-125
<PAGE>   257
                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

7. INCOME TAXES:

     Federal and state income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                              ------------   MARCH 31,
                                                              1997   1998      1999
                                                              ----   -----   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>     <C>
Federal --
  Current...................................................  $242   $ 887     $470
  Deferred..................................................   197    (348)     (40)
State --
  Current...................................................    26     126       63
  Deferred..................................................    33     (53)      (5)
                                                              ----   -----     ----
                                                              $498   $ 612     $488
                                                              ====   =====     ====
</TABLE>

     Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by
applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate rate of 35 percent to income
before provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                              -----------   MARCH 31,
                                                              1997   1998     1999
                                                              ----   ----   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>    <C>
Provision at the statutory rate.............................  $457   $554     $446
Increase resulting from --
  State income tax, net of benefit for federal deduction....    38     47       38
  Permanent differences, primarily meals and
     entertainment..........................................     3     11        4
                                                              ----   ----     ----
                                                              $498   $612     $488
                                                              ====   ====     ====
</TABLE>

     Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the
recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and tax
purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences, representing deferred
tax assets and liabilities result principally from the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                             -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                             1997    1998      1999
                                                             -----   -----   ---------
<S>                                                          <C>     <C>     <C>
Deferred income tax assets --
  Investment in partnership................................  $  15   $  15     $  15
  Minimum tax credit.......................................     49      --        --
                                                             -----   -----     -----
          Total deferred income tax asset..................     64      15        15
                                                             -----   -----     -----
Deferred income tax liabilities --
  Property and equipment...................................     (7)    (11)      (12)
  Deferred contract revenue................................   (656)   (252)     (237)
  Allowance for doubtful accounts..........................     (8)     15        41
  Accrued expenses.........................................    (13)     17        23
  Other....................................................     --      (3)       (3)
                                                             -----   -----     -----
          Total deferred income tax liability..............   (684)   (234)     (188)
                                                             -----   -----     -----
          Net deferred income tax liability................  $(620)  $(219)    $(173)
                                                             =====   =====     =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-126
<PAGE>   258
                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31
                                                           --------------    MARCH 31,
                                                           1997     1998       1999
                                                           -----    -----    ---------
<S>                                                        <C>      <C>      <C>
Deferred tax assets --
  Current................................................  $  64    $  15      $  15
  Long-term..............................................     --       --         --
                                                           -----    -----      -----
          Total..........................................     64       15         15
                                                           -----    -----      -----
Deferred tax liabilities --
  Current................................................   (677)    (230)      (182)
  Long-term..............................................     (7)      (4)        (6)
                                                           -----    -----      -----
          Total..........................................   (684)    (234)      (188)
                                                           -----    -----      -----
          Net deferred income tax liability..............  $(620)   $(219)     $(173)
                                                           =====    =====      =====
</TABLE>

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     In December 1996, the Company purchased a 97 percent limited partnership
interest in Bingle Partners, Ltd., from a former stockholder for $300,000. A
stockholder owns a majority interest in the company that is the 3 percent
general partner in Bingle Partners, Ltd. On January 1, 1999, the Company sold
its interest in Bingle Partners, Ltd., to the stockholders of the Company in
exchange for promissory notes from each stockholder. The notes receivable had a
balance of approximately $396,000 at March 31, 1999. Subsequent to March 31,
1999, the Company collected the full amount of the receivable. The Company
leases office space from Bingle Partners, Ltd. (see Note 6).

     In June 1998, the Company entered into a financing arrangement with ICM,
Inc., whereby the Company began purchasing materials for and selling them to
ICM, Inc., at a nominal markup. One of the Company's stockholders (the ICM
Stockholder) has a majority ownership in ICM Notes, Ltd., a company that also
provides financing to ICM, Inc. ICM Notes, Ltd., and ICM, Inc., do not have
common ownership. The ICM Stockholder has an informal agreement with the other
stockholders of the Company which provides that any losses incurred as a result
of the financing arrangement between the Company and ICM, Inc., will be funded
by the ICM Stockholder. As a result of this arrangement, approximately $200,000
of accounts receivable was included as other accounts receivable in the
accompanying balance sheets at December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1999. At the end
of 1998, ICM, Inc., ceased operations, and, subsequent to March 31, 1999, the
Company collected such receivable from the ICM Stockholder.

     In June 1998, the Company guaranteed certain long-term obligations of four
employees. The long-term obligations consist of four notes payable to Northwest
Bank, N.A., for the purchase of vehicles. The notes are secured by the vehicles.

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

     The Company has a defined contribution profit-sharing plan. The plan
provides for discretionary contributions by the Company as determined by the
stockholders. Total contributions by the Company under the plan were
approximately $14,216 and $14,690 for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1998, respectively. No contributions were made by the Company under the plan for
the three months ended March 31, 1999. Such contributions are included in
accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets at December 31, 1997 and 1998.

                                      F-127
<PAGE>   259
                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, a
line of credit and debt. The Company believes that the carrying values of these
instruments on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets approximate their
fair value.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. The Company has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.

12. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:

     During the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and the three months
ended March 31, 1999, three customers accounted for more than 10 percent of
total revenues. Sales to these companies were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31            THREE MONTHS
                                   --------------------------------      ENDED MARCH 31,
                                        1997              1998                1999
                                   --------------    --------------      ---------------
<S>                                <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Customer A.......................  $2,552    15.0%   $2,204    12.9%     $804      14.3%
Customer B.......................   2,548    15.0     1,982    11.6       716      12.7
Customer C.......................   1,983    11.7     1,761    10.3       625      11.1
</TABLE>

     During the year ended December 31, 1997, three vendors accounted for more
than 10 percent of the Company's total materials purchases, and for the year
ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999, two vendors
accounted for more than 10 percent. Materials purchases from these vendors were
as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31            THREE MONTHS
                                 --------------------------------      ENDED MARCH 31,
                                      1997              1998                1999
                                 --------------    --------------      ---------------
<S>                              <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Vendor A.......................  $3,092    36.6%   $3,180    39.3%     $1,272     58.2%
Vendor B.......................   1,532    18.1     2,222    27.5         717     32.8
Vendor C.......................   1,411    16.7        --      --          --       --
</TABLE>

     Management believes that the materials are readily available in the
marketplace at prices which approximate those paid to the above vendors.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest in the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors in Texas. However, management believes
that its contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are adequate to
minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas which it operates.
                                      F-128
<PAGE>   260
                     POWER PLUMBING, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company is a
wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     In connection with the merger, the Company sold or distributed certain
nonoperating assets and attendant liabilities, if any, to the stockholders.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholders to lease office space used in the Company's operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-129
<PAGE>   261

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Nelson Mechanical Contractors, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Nelson Mechanical
Contractors, Inc. as of April 30, 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the related
statements of operations, cash flows, and stockholders' equity for the years
ended April 30, 1997 and 1998, and for the eleven months ended March 31, 1999.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Nelson Mechanical
Contractors, Inc. as of April 30, 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for the years ended April 30, 1997 and 1998,
and for the eleven months ended March 31, 1999, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
June 1, 1999

                                      F-130
<PAGE>   262

                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              APRIL 30,    MARCH 31,
                                                                 1998        1999
                                                              ----------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................    $  683      $  601
  Accounts receivable:
     Contract...............................................     1,477       2,034
     Other..................................................       238         123
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     1,445       1,055
  Inventories...............................................       581         400
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       155         613
  Current portion of notes receivable.......................        25          --
  Loans to stockholders.....................................       170          --
                                                                ------      ------
          Total current assets..............................     4,774       4,826
LONG-TERM NOTES RECEIVABLE..................................        85          --
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................     1,630       1,018
OTHER ASSETS................................................       530          --
                                                                ------      ------
          Total assets......................................    $7,019      $5,844
                                                                ======      ======

                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other.............    $1,349      $  308
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................       127         205
  Loans from stockholders...................................        99       4,788
  Income taxes payable......................................        --          --
                                                                ------      ------
          Total liabilities.................................     1,575       5,301
                                                                ------      ------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $10 par value; 200 shares authorized, 50
     shares issued and outstanding..........................         1           1
  Additional paid-in capital................................     1,088       1,088
  Retained earnings (deficit)...............................     4,355        (546)
                                                                ------      ------
          Total stockholders' equity........................     5,444         543
                                                                ------      ------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........    $7,019      $5,844
                                                                ======      ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-131
<PAGE>   263

                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED APRIL 30   ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                         -------------------        MARCH 31,
                                                           1997       1998            1999
                                                         --------   --------   -------------------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
REVENUES...............................................  $12,507    $14,240          $14,039
COST OF REVENUES (including depreciation)..............    9,110      9,641            9,349
                                                         -------    -------          -------
     Gross profit......................................    3,397      4,599            4,690
SELLING, GENERAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES..........    2,408      2,458            1,914
                                                         -------    -------          -------
     Income from operations............................      989      2,141            2,776
                                                         -------    -------          -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income......................................       54         48               51
  Interest expense.....................................      (11)       (20)            (134)
  Other................................................       45         50              416
                                                         -------    -------          -------
     Other income (expense), net.......................       88         78              333
                                                         -------    -------          -------
NET INCOME.............................................  $ 1,077    $ 2,219          $ 3,109
                                                         =======    =======          =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-132
<PAGE>   264

                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED APRIL 30     ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED
                                                          -------------------          MARCH 31,
                                                           1997        1998              1999
                                                          -------     -------     -------------------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income............................................  $ 1,077     $ 2,219           $ 3,109
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.......................      396         382               336
    Gain on sale of property and equipment..............      (23)         (5)             (414)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       (Increase) decrease in:
         Accounts receivable............................      (26)         44              (425)
         Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
           billings on uncompleted contracts............       14      (1,144)              390
         Inventories....................................      (66)        (66)              180
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets......       (8)          3                81
       Increase (decrease) in:
         Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and
           other........................................      (14)        179            (1,042)
         Billings in excess of costs and estimated
           earnings on uncompleted contracts............       50         (32)               78
       Other, net.......................................       --         (57)               --
                                                          -------     -------           -------
         Net cash provided by operating activities......    1,400       1,523             2,293
                                                          -------     -------           -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment..........       48          24             1,052
  Additions of property and equipment...................     (427)       (725)             (361)
  Collections on notes receivable.......................        4           7                85
  Additions to notes receivable.........................       --         (30)               --
  Collections on loans to stockholders..................      159         212               262
  Additions to loans to stockholders....................     (227)       (172)              (92)
                                                          -------     -------           -------
         Net cash provided by (used in) investing
           activities...................................     (443)       (684)              946
                                                          -------     -------           -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings of short-term debt.........................      300         250               500
  Payments of short-term debt...........................     (300)       (250)             (500)
  Proceeds from loans from stockholders.................      420         587             7,162
  Payments on loans from stockholders...................     (594)       (505)           (2,473)
  Distributions to stockholders.........................     (859)     (1,046)           (8,010)
                                                          -------     -------           -------
         Net cash used in financing activities..........   (1,033)       (964)           (3,321)
                                                          -------     -------           -------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS....      (76)       (125)              (82)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period..........      884         808               683
                                                          -------     -------           -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period................  $   808     $   683           $   601
                                                          =======     =======           =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for:
    Interest............................................  $    11     $    20           $   134
                                                          =======     =======           =======
    Income taxes........................................  $    --     $    --           $    --
                                                          =======     =======           =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-133
<PAGE>   265

                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ADDITIONAL                  TOTAL
                                                                  PAID-IN     RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                               SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                               ------   ------   ----------   --------   -------------
<S>                                            <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE, April 30, 1996......................    50      $  1      $1,088     $ 2,964       $ 4,053
  Distributions to stockholders..............    --        --          --        (859)         (859)
  Net income.................................    --        --          --       1,077         1,077
                                                ---      ----      ------     -------       -------
BALANCE, April 30, 1997......................    50         1       1,088       3,182         4,271
  Distributions to stockholders..............    --        --          --      (1,046)       (1,046)
  Net income.................................    --        --          --       2,219         2,219
                                                ---      ----      ------     -------       -------
BALANCE, April 30, 1998......................    50         1       1,088       4,355         5,444
  Distributions to stockholders..............    --        --          --      (8,010)       (8,010)
  Net income.................................    --        --          --       3,109         3,109
                                                ---      ----      ------     -------       -------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999......................    50      $  1      $1,088     $  (546)      $   543
                                                ===      ====      ======     =======       =======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-134
<PAGE>   266

                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

     Nelson Mechanical Contractors, Inc., (the "Company"), a Florida
corporation, focuses on providing plumbing and utility services primarily for
general contractors, developers, local governmental agencies, and private
institutions. The Company performs the majority of its contract work under
fixed-price contracts, with contract terms generally ranging from two months to
two years. The Company performs the majority of its work in the southeast United
States.

     The Company and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which
all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be exchanged for cash,
notes and shares of AMPAM common stock concurrently with the consummation of the
related financing.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from construction
contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, measured by
the percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for each
contract. Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those
indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and
depreciation costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted
contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in
job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability, and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income, and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. An amount equal
to contract costs attributable to claims is included in revenues when
realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance at each balance sheet
date will be collected within the subsequent fiscal year. Customer retainage is
included in accounts receivable from construction contracts in the accompanying
balance sheets.

     The current asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As noted in
Note 5, cash and cash equivalents include $222,000 and $233,000 of restricted
cash at April 30, 1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively.

  Accounts Receivable and Provision for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its
historical collection experience with its plumbing and utility services
customers. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not
necessary, based on the status of contracts and their review of accounts.

                                      F-135
<PAGE>   267
                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statements of operations.

  Warranty Costs

     For most contracts, the Company warrants labor and materials for one year
after completion of the job. A reserve for warranty costs is recorded based on
the historical level of warranty claims and management's estimate of future
costs.

  Income Taxes

     The Company has elected S corporation status, as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, whereby the Company itself is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S corporation status, the stockholders report their shares of
the Company's taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns. The
Company will continue to be liable for income tax currently due to states that
do not recognize S corporation status. At April 30, 1998, and March 31, 1999,
there were no material income taxes due to such states.

     An S corporation is permitted under the Revenue Act of 1987 to retain its
fiscal year, rather than adopting the calendar year, for tax purposes. However,
an annual payment approximating the income tax that would be paid on
short-period income if there had been a switch to a calendar year must be paid.
This tax deposit is reported as "other assets" in the accompanying financial
statements, is adjusted annually and amounts to $530,024 at April 30, 1998, and
March 31, 1999. The tax deposit is realized when the entity switches to a
calendar year, liquidates, terminates its S status or is considered not to have
any deferred taxable income. The Company terminated its S corporation status on
April 1, 1999, which is the effective date of the merger discussed in Note 11.

     At April 30, 1998, and March 31, 1999, the Company had available for state
income tax purposes net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $550,000
which expire through 2011.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements,
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                      F-136
<PAGE>   268
                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." Accordingly, in the event that
facts and circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other assets may
be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an
evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated
with the asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine whether
an impairment of such property is necessary. The effect of any impairment would
be to expense the difference between the fair value of such property and its
carrying value. Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the
financial position or results of operations of the Company.

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS

     Contract receivables consist of the following at April 30, 1998, and March
31, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998     1999
                                                              ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Billed......................................................  $1,083   $1,385
Retainage...................................................     394      649
                                                              ------   ------
Balance at end of period....................................  $1,477   $2,034
                                                              ======   ======
</TABLE>

     Plumbing installation contracts in progress are as follows at April 30,
1998, and March 31, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998     1999
                                                              ------   -------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress.....................  $3,445   $ 5,711
Estimated earnings, net of losses...........................   5,279     8,051
                                                              ------   -------
                                                               8,724    13,762
Less billings to date.......................................   7,406    12,912
                                                              ------   -------
                                                              $1,318   $   850
                                                              ======   =======
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts.....................................  $$1,445  $ 1,055
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts.....................................    (127)     (205)
                                                              ------   -------
                                                              $1,318   $   850
                                                              ======   =======
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following at April 30,
1998, and March 31, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998     1999
                                                              ------   ------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Accounts payable, trade.....................................  $  726   $  216
Accrued compensation and benefits...........................     154       --
Insurance payable...........................................     442       42
Other accrued expenses......................................      27       50
                                                              ------   ------
Balance at end of period....................................  $1,349   $  308
                                                              ======   ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-137
<PAGE>   269
                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

     Property and equipment consists of the following at April 30, 1998, and
March 31, 1999 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         ESTIMATED
                                                        USEFUL LIVES
                                                          IN YEARS      1998      1999
                                                        ------------   -------   -------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>       <C>
Land..................................................                 $   323   $    --
Transportation equipment..............................       5.0         1,529     1,332
Machinery and equipment...............................       5.0         2,974     2,715
Computer and telephone equipment......................       5.0            97       110
Building and leasehold improvements...................      31.5           114        --
Furniture and fixtures................................       7.0            21        39
                                                                       -------   -------
                                                                         5,058     4,196
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization........                  (3,428)   (3,178)
                                                                       -------   -------
Property and equipment, net...........................                 $ 1,630   $ 1,018
                                                                       =======   =======
</TABLE>

5. REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT, LETTER OF CREDIT, AND DEBT

     The Company has a $500,000 revolving line of credit with a financial
institution, secured by all owned equipment. The line of credit matures on
January 8, 2000, with the outstanding balance being due at this time. The line
of credit bears interest at the prime rate, which was 7.75% at March 31, 1999,
and is paid quarterly on the outstanding balance during the period. At April 30,
1998, and March 31, 1999, the Company did not have an outstanding balance on the
line of credit. The line of credit was terminated subsequent to March 31, 1999.

     The Company has a $250,000 letter of credit with a financial institution,
secured by assignment of a certificate of deposit in the amount of $222,000 and
$233,000 at April 30, 1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively. The letter of
credit was reduced to $150,000 subsequent to March 31, 1999.

     The Company occasionally borrows from its stockholders, as discussed in
Note 7. These notes are payable on demand and bear interest at 7%. At April 30,
1998, and March 31, 1999, the outstanding balance on loans from its stockholders
was $99,000 and $4,788,000, respectively.

     The Company does not have any long-term debt instruments.

6. LEASES

     The Company leases office space from a stockholder on a month-to-month
basis (Note 7). Rent expense for each of the years ended April 30, 1997 and
1998, and the eleven months ended March 31, 1999, was $45,000, $45,000 and
$41,000, respectively.

     On occasion, the Company leases apartment space for extended jobs outside
of the southeast United States and certain office equipment under operating
leases from third parties. Rent expense under operating leases for the years
ended April 30, 1997 and 1998, and the eleven months ended March 31, 1999, was
$33,000, $42,000 and $51,000, respectively.

                                      F-138
<PAGE>   270
                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Future minimum lease payments under the noncancelable operating lease are
as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        YEAR ENDING
                         APRIL 30,
                        -----------
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................  $  7
2000........................................................    54
2001........................................................    46
2002........................................................    48
2003........................................................    49
Thereafter..................................................    47
                                                              ----
                                                              $251
                                                              ====
</TABLE>

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company occasionally loans money to its stockholders, which is payable
on demand. The loans bear interest at the applicable federal rate (5.51% at
April 30, 1998). There were no such loans at March 31, 1999.

     The Company occasionally borrows money from its stockholders, which is
payable on demand. The loans bear interest at 7%.

     The Company rents certain real property from its majority stockholder on a
month-to-month basis (see Note 6). Management believes the rent paid
approximates the fair market value of the property.

     The Company loaned $90,000 to a stockholder under an installment agreement
on April 1, 1996. The note bears interest at 7% and is payable in monthly
installations of $809, including interest through April 2011. Current maturities
of the loan at April 30, 1998, was $4,000. The loan was paid in full on
September 30, 1998.

8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
notes receivable and notes payable. The Company believes that the carrying value
of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheets approximates their fair
value.

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of
such legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability, and an umbrella policy. The Company has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.

10. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION

     The Company had sales of approximately 17.8 percent and 11.5 percent of
total sales to one major customer during the year ended April 30, 1997. The
Company had sales of approximately 23.0 percent and

                                      F-139
<PAGE>   271
                      NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

33.3 percent of total sales to another major customer during the year ended
April 30, 1998, and the eleven months ended March 31, 1999, respectively.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments, and the Company is, by law, granted a lien
interest in the work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk
related to changes in business and economic factors within the market. However,
management believes that its contract acceptance, billing, and collection
policies are adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas which it operates.

11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash, notes and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company
is a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     In connection with the merger, the Company sold or distributed certain
non-operating assets and attendant liabilities, if any, to the stockholders.
Additionally, the Company made cash distributions which represent the Company's
estimated S Corporation accumulated adjustment account.

     As discussed in Note 2, in connection with the merger, the Company
converted from an S corporation to a C corporation. Upon conversion to C
corporation status, the Company recorded deferred taxes for which it will be
responsible. If the S corporation had been terminated as of April 30, 1998, the
Company would have recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately $4,500 due to
bad debt allowance and a deferred tax liability of approximately $47,000 due to
differences between book and tax depreciation.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholder(s) to lease land and buildings used in the Company's operations for
a negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-140
<PAGE>   272

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Sherwood Mechanical, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Sherwood Mechanical,
Inc. (a California corporation), as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March
31, 1999, and the related statements of operations, cash flows and stockholder's
equity for the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, and for the six months
ended March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Sherwood Mechanical, Inc. as
of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998,
and for the six months ended March 31, 1999, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Phoenix, Arizona,
June 22, 1999

                                      F-141
<PAGE>   273

                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ---------------    MARCH 31,
                                                               1997     1998       1999
                                                              ------   ------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $   49   $   98     $   11
  Contracts receivable, net.................................   1,954    3,024      2,464
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     471      903        929
  Inventories...............................................     143      272        266
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       8       21          4
  Due from stockholder......................................      63       83        455
  Land held for sale........................................      --      554         --
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total current assets..............................   2,688    4,955      4,129
LAND UNDER DEVELOPMENT......................................     528       --         --
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................     364      387        442
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................     216       30         --
OTHER ASSETS................................................      10        7          9
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total assets......................................  $3,806   $5,379     $4,580
                                                              ======   ======     ======

                           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Lines of credit...........................................  $  645   $  972     $  750
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................     293      258        104
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................     763    2,137      1,629
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................     389       78        229
  Income taxes payable......................................      19      156         18
  Deferred income taxes.....................................     505      369        321
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total current liabilities.........................   2,614    3,970      3,051
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities...................     107       52         62
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................      --       --          5
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total liabilities.................................   2,721    4,022      3,118

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
  Common stock, no par value 1,000 shares authorized, issued
     and outstanding........................................      26       26         26
  Capital contribution......................................      --      258        258
  Retained earnings.........................................   1,059    1,073      1,178
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total stockholder's equity........................   1,085    1,357      1,462
                                                              ------   ------     ------
          Total liabilities and stockholder's equity........  $3,806   $5,379     $4,580
                                                              ======   ======     ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-142
<PAGE>   274

                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                                          YEAR ENDED              ENDED
                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,          MARCH 31,
                                                       -----------------   --------------------
                                                        1997      1998        1998        1999
                                                       -------   -------   -----------   ------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES.............................................  $11,482   $13,556     $6,607      $7,790
COST OF REVENUES (including depreciation)............    9,867    11,066      5,372       6,530
                                                       -------   -------     ------      ------
     Gross profit....................................    1,615     2,490      1,235       1,260
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.........    1,505     2,189        850       1,150
                                                       -------   -------     ------      ------
     Income from operations..........................      110       301        385         110
                                                       -------   -------     ------      ------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest expense...................................      (53)      (83)       (40)        (53)
  Other..............................................       18         3         --          (3)
                                                       -------   -------     ------      ------
     Other income (expense), net.....................      (35)      (80)       (40)        (56)
                                                       -------   -------     ------      ------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME
  TAXES..............................................       75       221        345          54
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES............       40       207        148         (51)
                                                       -------   -------     ------      ------
NET INCOME...........................................  $    35   $    14     $  197      $  105
                                                       =======   =======     ======      ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-143
<PAGE>   275

                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED          ENDED
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,      MARCH 31,
                                                             ---------------   -------------
                                                             1997     1998     1998    1999
                                                             -----   -------   -----   -----
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income...............................................  $  35   $    14   $ 197   $ 105
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
     by (used in) operating activities --
     Depreciation..........................................     80       107      47      62
     Deferred income taxes.................................     22        50      (4)    (13)
     Loss on disposal of assets............................     --        --      --       3
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       (Increase) decrease in --
          Contracts receivable, net........................    349    (1,070)   (594)    560
          Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
            billings on uncompleted contracts..............    (25)     (432)   (297)    (26)
          Inventories......................................    (36)     (129)    (23)      6
          Prepaid expenses and other assets................      6       (10)    (51)     15
       Increase (decrease) in --
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses............   (250)    1,632     886    (508)
          Billings in excess of costs and estimated
            earnings on uncompleted contracts..............    178      (311)    (61)    151
          Income taxes payable.............................     19       137     (22)   (138)
                                                             -----   -------   -----   -----
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating
            activities.....................................    378       (12)     78     217
                                                             -----   -------   -----   -----
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Development of land, capitalized costs...................   (108)      (26)    (19)     --
  Additions of property and equipment......................   (146)     (120)    (74)    (29)
                                                             -----   -------   -----   -----
          Net cash used in investing activities............   (254)     (146)    (93)    (29)
                                                             -----   -------   -----   -----
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Increase in bank overdraft...............................     --        --     153      --
  Advances to shareholder..................................    (63)      (29)     --      (4)
  Payments of borrowings from stockholder..................    (20)        9      --      --
  Payments of long-term debt...............................    (63)     (100)    (34)    (49)
  Proceeds on borrowings of long-term debt.................     19        --      --      --
  Borrowings on lines of credit, net.......................    (47)      327    (153)   (222)
                                                             -----   -------   -----   -----
          Net cash (used in) provided by financing
            activities.....................................   (174)      207     (34)   (275)
                                                             -----   -------   -----   -----
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.......    (50)       49     (49)    (87)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.............     99        49      49      98
                                                             -----   -------   -----   -----
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period...................  $  49   $    98   $  --   $  11
                                                             =====   =======   =====   =====
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
     Interest..............................................  $  55   $    82   $  12   $  46
                                                             =====   =======   =====   =====
     Income taxes..........................................  $  --   $     1   $  --   $ 100
                                                             =====   =======   =====   =====
  Non cash investing and financing activities --
     Property and equipment acquired by incurring notes
       payable.............................................  $ 121   $    10   $  --   $  91
                                                             =====   =======   =====   =====
     Liabilities assumed by the sole shareholder of the
       Company.............................................  $  --   $   258   $  --   $  --
                                                             =====   =======   =====   =====
     Promissory note received from the sole shareholder in
       exchange for land held for sale and assumption of
       related debt outstanding............................  $  --   $    --   $  --   $ 367
                                                             =====   =======   =====   =====
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-144
<PAGE>   276

                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              COMMON STOCK
                                             ---------------      CAPITAL      RETAINED   STOCKHOLDER'S
                                             SHARES   AMOUNT   CONTRIBUTIONS   EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                             ------   ------   -------------   --------   -------------
<S>                                          <C>      <C>      <C>             <C>        <C>
BALANCE, September 30, 1996................  1,000     $26         $ --         $1,024       $1,050
  Net income...............................     --      --           --             35           35
                                             -----     ---         ----         ------       ------
BALANCE, September 30, 1997................  1,000      26           --          1,059        1,085
  Capital contribution.....................     --      --          258             --          258
  Net income...............................     --      --           --             14           14
                                             -----     ---         ----         ------       ------
BALANCE, September 30, 1998................  1,000      26          258          1,073        1,357
  Net income...............................     --      --           --            105          105
                                             -----     ---         ----         ------       ------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999....................  1,000     $26         $258         $1,178       $1,462
                                             =====     ===         ====         ======       ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-145
<PAGE>   277

                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

     Sherwood Mechanical, Inc., a California corporation (the Company), focuses
on installation of plumbing, mechanical, and site utilities for commercial and
industrial construction projects. The Company performs the majority of its
contract work under fixed price contracts with contract terms generally ranging
from 12 to 24 months. The Company performs the majority of its work in
California, Arizona and Nevada.

     The Company and its stockholder intend to enter into a definitive agreement
with American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which all
outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be exchanged for cash,
notes and shares of AMPAM common stock concurrently with the consummation of the
related financing.

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the six months ended March 31, 1998,
are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's
management, the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair
presentation. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Contracts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

     Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or
loss is recognized in the statements of operations.

                                      F-146
<PAGE>   278
                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenues when services are performed, except when
work is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from
construction contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method
measured by the percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for
each contract. Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and
those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and
depreciation costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted
contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in
job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. An amount equal
to contract costs attributable to claims is included in revenues when
realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance at each balance sheet
date will be collected within the subsequent fiscal year.

     The current asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized under the percentage of completion.

  Warranty Costs

     The Company warrants labor for generally one year after construction is
complete. A reserve for warranty costs is recorded based upon the historical
level of warranty claims and management's estimate of future costs, which are
not expected to be material.

  Income Taxes

     The Company, which is a C Corporation, follows the liability method of
accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Under this method,
deferred assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets
and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will
be in effect when the underlying assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.
Historically, the Company used the completed-contract method of reporting for
income tax purposes, under which all contract revenues and expenses are
recognized in the accounting period in which the contract is completed. The
Company changed to the percentage of completion method for income tax purposes
for the year beginning October 1, 1997.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of.
Accordingly, in the event that facts and
                                      F-147
<PAGE>   279
                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other assets may be
impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation
is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the
asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if an impairment
of such property is necessary. The effect of any impairment would be to expense
the difference between the fair value of such property and its carrying value.
Adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.

(3) DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             ---------------   MARCH 31,
                                                              1997     1998      1999
                                                             ------   ------   ---------
<S>                                                          <C>      <C>      <C>
Billed.....................................................  $1,470   $2,487    $1,871
Claims.....................................................     118      118        --
Retainage..................................................     391      444       618
Allowance for doubtful accounts............................     (25)     (25)      (25)
                                                             ------   ------    ------
          Balance at end of period.........................  $1,954   $3,024    $2,464
                                                             ======   ======    ======
</TABLE>

     Contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            ----------------   MARCH 31,
                                                             1997      1998      1999
                                                            -------   ------   ---------
<S>                                                         <C>       <C>      <C>
Costs incurred on contracts in progress...................  $11,403   $8,500    $13,855
Estimated earnings, net of losses.........................    2,251    2,152      3,027
                                                            -------   ------    -------
                                                             13,654   10,652     16,882
Less -- billings to date..................................   13,572    9,827     16,182
                                                            -------   ------    -------
                                                            $    82   $  825    $   700
                                                            =======   ======    =======
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts...................................  $   471   $  903    $   929
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts...................................     (389)     (78)      (229)
                                                            -------   ------    -------
                                                            $    82   $  825    $   700
                                                            =======   ======    =======
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                              1997    1998      1999
                                                              ----   ------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>      <C>
Accounts payable, trade.....................................  $498   $1,832    $1,254
Accrued compensation and benefits...........................   195      236       188
Other accrued expenses......................................    70       69       187
                                                              ----   ------    ------
     Balance at end of period...............................  $763   $2,137    $1,629
                                                              ====   ======    ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-148
<PAGE>   280
                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(4) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands, except year
information):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ESTIMATED      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                USEFUL LIVES   ---------------   MARCH 31,
                                                  IN YEARS      1997     1998      1999
                                                ------------   ------   ------   ---------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>      <C>      <C>
Transportation equipment......................    3-5          $  498   $  515    $  585
Machinery and equipment.......................    3-7             396      379       408
Leasehold improvements........................    7-10            211      233       233
Office furniture and equipment................    5-7             123      180       195
                                                               ------   ------    ------
                                                                1,228    1,307     1,421
Less -- accumulated depreciation..............                    864      920       979
                                                               ------   ------    ------
          Property and equipment, net.........                 $  364   $  387    $  442
                                                               ======   ======    ======
</TABLE>

(5) LAND HELD FOR SALE AND LAND UNDER DEVELOPMENT:

     The Company purchased land in April 1992 with plans to subdivide and resell
it at a future date. Included in the net book value is capitalized interest of
approximately $5,000 and $8,000 at September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
The land is carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value.

     In March 1999, the sole stockholder of the Company acquired the land for
carrying value and assumed the related outstanding debt.

(6) LINES OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT:

     The Company has two lines of credit with a bank with $750,000 and $250,000
of available credit. The lines of credit expire May 1999 and bear interest at
8.75%. The lines of credit are collateralized by the Company's assets and are
personally guaranteed by the sole stockholder. Aggregate borrowings outstanding
at September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, were approximately $645,000,
$972,000 and $750,000, respectively.

     Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------    MARCH 31,
                                                              1997     1998       1999
                                                              -----    -----    ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Note payable, due in monthly installments of $944 including
  interest at 7.75% to 13.4% through March 2000,
  collateralized by equipment and vehicles with a net book
  value of $22,608, $15,215 and $11,519 at September 30,
  1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively...........  $  21    $  11      $   4
Notes payable, due in monthly installments of $385 including
  interest at 4.9% through June 1999. Notes are
  collateralized by vehicles with a net book value of
  $21,710, $11,977 and $7,111 at September 30, 1997 and
  1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively....................     15        3          1
Notes payable, due in monthly installments of $2,774 at
  interest rates ranging from 8.5% to 9.25%, maturity dates
  ranging from December 1999 to March 2001. Notes are
  collateralized by vehicles with a net book value of
  $97,433, $76,347 and $65,804 at September 30, 1997 and
  1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively....................     84       58         41
Note payable, due in monthly installments of $1,268,
  including interest at 9.2%, through October 1998,
  collateralized by equipment with a net book value of
  $23,882 and $15,922 at September 30, 1997 and 1998,
  respectively..............................................     16        1         --
</TABLE>

                                      F-149
<PAGE>   281
                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              --------------    MARCH 31,
                                                              1997     1998       1999
                                                              -----    -----    ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
Note payable, due in monthly installments of $1,561
  including interest at 6.9%, through August 2000,
  collateralized by equipment with a net book value of
  $48,953, $38,825 and $33,761 at September 30, 1997 and
  1998, and March 31, 1999, respectively....................     49       34         25
Note payable, due in monthly installments of $331, including
  interest at 9.77%, through February 2001, collateralized
  by equipment with a net book value of $9,345 and $5,993 at
  September 30, 1998 and March 31, 1999, respectively.......     --        8          7
Note payable, balance due in July 1999. Collateralized by
  land with a book value of $528,000 and $554,000 at
  September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively. (Also see Note
  5.).......................................................    215      195         --
Note payable, due in monthly installments of $3,841,
  including interest rates ranging from 4.9% to 8.2%,
  maturity dates ranging from February 2001 to March 2002.
  Notes are collateralized by equipment with a net book
  value of $95,765 at March 31, 1999........................     --       --         88
                                                              -----    -----      -----
Total debt..................................................    400      310        166
Less -- current maturities..................................   (293)    (258)      (104)
                                                              -----    -----      -----
Total long-term debt........................................  $ 107    $  52      $  62
                                                              =====    =====      =====
</TABLE>

     The maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDING
 YEAR ENDING                                       --------------------------
SEPTEMBER 30,                                      SEPTEMBER 30,    MARCH 31,
- -------------                                      -------------    ---------
<S>           <C>                                  <C>              <C>
   1999..........................................      $258           $ --
   2000..........................................          47          104
   2001..........................................           5           56
   2002..........................................          --            6
                                                       ----           ----
                                                       $310           $166
                                                       ====           ====
</TABLE>

(7) LEASES:

     The Company leases a building under an operating lease agreement with the
sole stockholder. The rent paid under this related party lease was approximately
$78,000 and $97,000 for the year ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively
and $63,000 for the six months ended March 31, 1999. The lease expires in May
2003.

     Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases are as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 YEAR ENDING
SEPTEMBER 30,
- -------------
<S>           <C>                                                    <C>
1999................................................................ $126
2000................................................................  129
2001................................................................  133
2002................................................................  137
2003................................................................  129
                                                                     ----
                                                                     $654
                                                                     ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-150
<PAGE>   282
                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(8) INCOME TAXES:

     Federal and state income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                            1997    1998      1999
                                                            ----    -----   ---------
<S>                                                         <C>     <C>     <C>
Federal --
  Current.................................................  $ 13    $ 106     $ (25)
  Deferred................................................    18       43        (9)
State --
  Current.................................................     6       51       (13)
  Deferred................................................     3        7        (4)
                                                            ----    -----     -----
                                                            $ 40    $ 207     $ (51)
                                                            ====    =====     =====
</TABLE>

     At September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, actual income tax
expense differs from income tax expense computed by applying the U.S. federal
statutory corporate rate of 35%, 34% and 34%, respectively, to income before
provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                            1997    1998      1999
                                                            ----    -----   ---------
<S>                                                         <C>     <C>     <C>
Provision at the statutory rate...........................  $ 26    $  75     $  18
  Increase resulting from --
     Permanent differences................................     9        7       (84)
     Benefit of lower marginal tax rates..................    (1)      --        --
     State income tax, net of benefit for federal
       deduction..........................................     6       40         4
     Non deductible expense...............................    --       85        --
     Other, net...........................................    --       --        11
                                                            ----    -----     -----
                                                            $ 40    $ 207     $ (51)
                                                            ====    =====     =====
</TABLE>

     The Company had federal and state alternative minimum tax credits of
$48,000 available to offset future regular tax at September 30, 1997, and no
credits available at September 30, 1998 and March 31, 1999.

     Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition
of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for tax purposes.
The tax effects of these temporary differences, representing deferred tax assets
and liabilities, result principally from the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           --------------   MARCH 31,
                                                           1997     1998      1999
                                                           -----    -----   ---------
<S>                                                        <C>      <C>     <C>
Deferred income tax assets --
  Allowance for bad debts................................  $  10    $  10     $  10
  Reserves and accrued expenses..........................     27       30        10
  Property and equipment.................................     49       30        --
  Alternative minimum tax credit.........................     48       --        --
  Net operating loss.....................................    119       --        --
                                                           -----    -----     -----
          Total deferred income tax asset................    253       70        20
                                                           -----    -----     -----
Deferred income tax liabilities --
  Deferred contract revenue..............................   (522)    (409)     (341)
  Property and equipment.................................     --       --        (5)
  Accrued expenses.......................................    (20)      --        --
                                                           -----    -----     -----
          Total deferred income tax liability............   (542)    (409)     (346)
                                                           -----    -----     -----
          Net deferred income tax liability..............  $(289)   $(339)    $(326)
                                                           =====    =====     =====
</TABLE>

                                      F-151
<PAGE>   283
                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                              1997    1998      1999
                                                              -----   -----   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Deferred tax assets --
  Current...................................................  $  37   $  40     $  20
  Long-term.................................................    216      30        --
                                                              -----   -----     -----
          Total.............................................    253      70        20
                                                              -----   -----     -----
Deferred tax liabilities --
  Current...................................................   (542)   (409)     (341)
  Long-term.................................................     --      --        (5)
                                                              -----   -----     -----
          Total.............................................   (542)   (409)     (346)
                                                              -----   -----     -----
          Net deferred income tax liability.................  $(289)  $(339)    $ 326)
                                                              =====   =====     =====
</TABLE>

(9) RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The Company entered into a construction contract with a partnership in
which the partners are executive officers and a stockholder of the Company. The
total contract receivable balance as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March
31, 1999 was approximately $302,000, $88,000 and $88,000, respectively. The
Company recorded construction revenue and gross margin for this contract of
approximately $457,000 and $23,000 for 1997, and approximately $475,000 and
$(112,000) for 1998, respectively.

(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

     The Company has a defined contribution profit-sharing plan. The plan
provides for the Company to match an unspecified percent contributed by each
employee at the discretion of the Board of Director. Total cash contributions by
the Company under the plan were approximately $68,000, $100,000 and $13,000 for
the year ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, and the six months ended March 31,
1999, respectively. Vesting is 100% at date of contribution for employee
contributions and employer contributions generally vest over a period of one to
six years.

(11) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
contracts receivable, accounts payable, lines of credit, notes payable and
long-term debt. The Company believes that the carrying value of these
instruments on the accompanying balance sheets approximates their fair value.

(12) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

  Litigation

     The Company was named as a defendant in an action filed by the trustee of a
union apprenticeship committee in December 1997, alleging the Company violated
the State's prevailing wage law and is seeking damages totaling approximately
$269,000. Related to the same matter, the Division of Labor Standards
Enforcement has sued an unaffiliated third party (Ray Wilson Company) seeking
the wages stated above of $269,000 plus penalties of $293,000. Ray Wilson
Company is seeking indemnification from the Company. The two cases overlap and
the collective potential loss totals $562,000. The sole stockholder of the
Company personally guaranteed any liability to the Company related to this
matter. In April 1999, the sole stockholder of the Company settled this matter
for approximately $270,000, which was accrued as of September 30, 1998.

                                      F-152
<PAGE>   284
                           SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. The Company has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.

(13) MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:

     The Company had revenue greater than 10 percent of total revenues from
three major customers during the year ended September 30, 1997, one major
customer during the year ended September 30, 1998, and three different major
customers during the six months ended March 31, 1999, as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1997                   1998                   1999
                              --------------------   --------------------   --------------------
                                        PERCENTAGE             PERCENTAGE             PERCENTAGE
                                            OF                     OF                     OF
                              REVENUE    REVENUE     REVENUE    REVENUE     REVENUE    REVENUE
                              -------   ----------   -------   ----------   -------   ----------
<S>                           <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Customer A..................  $1,870       16.3%     $4,134       30.5%     $   --         --%
Customer B..................   1,857       16.2          --         --          --         --
Customer C..................   1,546       13.5          --         --       2,019       26.3
Customer D..................      --         --          --         --       2,168       28.2
Customer E..................      --         --          --         --         828       10.8
</TABLE>

     For the year ended September 30, 1997, contracts receivable were
approximately $133,000, $131,000 and $77,000 for customers A, B and C,
respectively. Contracts receivable at September 30, 1998, from Customer A was
approximately $1,020,000. Contracts receivable at March 31, 1999 were $585,000,
$537,000 and $244,000 for customers C, D and E, respectively.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is granted a lien interest in the work until
paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to changes in
business and economic factors within the market. However, management believes
that its contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are adequate to
minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas which it operates.

(14) SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash, notes and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company
is a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     In connection with the merger, the Company distributed certain assets to
the shareholder, consisting of land, buildings and automobiles, at carrying
value.

     Concurrently with the merger, the Company entered into agreements with the
stockholder to lease land and buildings used in the Company's operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

                                      F-153
<PAGE>   285

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Miller Mechanical Contractors, Inc.:

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Miller Mechanical
Contractors, Inc., as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and as of March 31, 1999,
and the related statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' equity
for the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, and for the six months ended
March 31, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Miller Mechanical
Contractors, Inc., as of September 30, 1997 and 1998, and as of March 31, 1999,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended
September 30, 1997 and 1998, and for the six months ended March 31, 1999, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 26, 1999

                                      F-154
<PAGE>   286

                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              ---------------   MARCH 31,
                                                               1997     1998      1999
                                                              ------   ------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>      <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $1,040   $1,872    $1,985
  Accounts receivable --
     Contract...............................................   1,255    1,650     1,284
     Other..................................................     123       86       127
  Due from affiliate........................................     195        8        --
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................      55       74        72
  Inventories...............................................     481      344       532
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................      21       11        22
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      85       --        --
                                                              ------   ------    ------
          Total current assets..............................   3,255    4,045     4,022
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.................................     297      326       225
OTHER ASSETS................................................      49       21        --
                                                              ------   ------    ------
          Total assets......................................  $3,601   $4,392    $4,247
                                                              ======   ======    ======

                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current maturities of long-term debt......................  $   61   $   65    $   26
  Note payable -- officer...................................      41       --        --
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....................   1,222    1,024       772
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts..................................   1,072    1,044       866
  Income taxes payable......................................      --      332       120
                                                              ------   ------    ------
          Total current liabilities.........................   2,396    2,465     1,784
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities...................      61       48        37
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.......................................      --       10        12
                                                              ------   ------    ------
          Total liabilities.................................   2,457    2,523     1,833
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1 par value; 100,000 shares authorized,
     73,781 shares issued and outstanding...................      74       74        74
  Retained earnings.........................................   1,070    1,795     2,340
                                                              ------   ------    ------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   1,144    1,869     2,414
                                                              ------   ------    ------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $3,601   $4,392    $4,247
                                                              ======   ======    ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-155
<PAGE>   287

                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30           MARCH 31
                                                            ----------------   --------------------
                                                             1997     1998        1998        1999
                                                            ------   -------   -----------   ------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>      <C>       <C>           <C>
REVENUES..................................................  $8,042   $11,346     $5,369      $5,158
COST OF REVENUES (Including depreciation).................   5,806     7,675      3,713       3,346
                                                            ------   -------     ------      ------
     Gross profit.........................................   2,236     3,671      1,656       1,812
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES..............   2,023     2,531      1,224         892
                                                            ------   -------     ------      ------
     Income from operations...............................     213     1,140        432         920
                                                            ------   -------     ------      ------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest income.........................................      20        47         22          40
  Interest expense........................................     (49)      (12)        (9)         (2)
  Other...................................................       9        13         12          25
                                                            ------   -------     ------      ------
     Other income, net....................................     (20)       48         25          63
                                                            ------   -------     ------      ------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES..................     193     1,188        457         983
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES................................      56       463        183         438
                                                            ------   -------     ------      ------
NET INCOME................................................  $  137   $   725     $  274      $  545
                                                            ======   =======     ======      ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-156
<PAGE>   288

                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30           MARCH 31
                                                         ---------------   ---------------------
                                                          1997     1998       1998         1999
                                                         ------   ------   -----------    ------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>      <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income...........................................  $  137   $  725     $  274       $  545
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities --
     Depreciation......................................     108      116         18           81
     Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment.....       2      (12)       (11)         (25)
     Deferred income taxes.............................       8       95         --            2
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities
       (Increase) decrease in --
          Accounts receivable..........................    (495)    (172)         8          333
          Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
            billings on uncompleted contracts..........      37      (18)       (81)           2
          Inventories..................................     137      137        (22)        (188)
          Prepaid expenses and other assets............      (6)      10        (32)         (11)
       Increase (decrease) in --
          Accounts payable and accrued expenses........     127     (197)       170         (253)
          Billings in excess of costs and estimated
            earnings on uncompleted contracts..........     642      (28)      (245)        (178)
          Income taxes payable.........................      --      332        232         (212)
          Other current liabilities....................     (53)      --         --           --
                                                         ------   ------     ------       ------
            Net cash provided by operating
               activities..............................     644      988        311           96
                                                         ------   ------     ------       ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.........       7       14         15           71
  Additions to property and equipment..................     (87)    (147)       (35)         (26)
  (Increase) decrease in cash value of life
     insurance.........................................     (10)      28         --           21
                                                         ------   ------     ------       ------
            Net cash provided by (used in) investing
               activities..............................     (90)    (105)       (20)          66
                                                         ------   ------     ------       ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Borrowings on long-term debt.........................      --       68         26           --
  Payments of long-term debt...........................    (489)    (119)       (94)         (49)
                                                         ------   ------     ------       ------
            Net cash used in financing activities......    (489)     (51)       (68)         (49)
                                                         ------   ------     ------       ------
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..............      65      832        223          113
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period.........     975    1,040      1,040        1,872
                                                         ------   ------     ------       ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period...............  $1,040   $1,872     $1,263       $1,985
                                                         ======   ======     ======       ======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for --
     Interest..........................................  $   49   $   12     $   11       $    4
     Income taxes......................................      60       28         13          234
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-157
<PAGE>   289

                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         COMMON STOCK                    TOTAL
                                                        ---------------   RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                        SHARES   AMOUNT   EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                                        ------   ------   --------   -------------
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>
BALANCE, September 30, 1996...........................  73,781    $74      $  933       $1,007
  Net income..........................................      --     --         137          137
                                                        ------    ---      ------       ------
BALANCE, September 30, 1997...........................  73,781     74       1,070        1,144
  Net income..........................................      --     --         725          725
                                                        ------    ---      ------       ------
BALANCE, September 30, 1998...........................  73,781     74       1,795        1,869
  Net income..........................................      --     --         545          545
                                                        ------    ---      ------       ------
BALANCE, March 31, 1999...............................  73,781    $74      $2,340       $2,414
                                                        ======    ===      ======       ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-158
<PAGE>   290

                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

     Miller Mechanical Contractors, Inc. (the Company), a Georgia corporation,
is a plumbing subcontractor primarily for extended-stay motels and large upscale
apartment complexes. The Company performs the majority of its contract work
under fixed-price contracts, with contract terms generally ranging from six to
18 months. The Company performs the majority of its work in Georgia, Florida,
North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee.

     The Company and its stockholders intend to enter into a definitive
agreement with American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. (AMPAM), pursuant to which
all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be exchanged for cash,
notes and shares of AMPAM common stock concurrently with the consummation the
related financing.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

  Interim Financial Information

     The interim financial statements for the six months ended March 31, 1998,
are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of
the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's
management, the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair
presentation. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.

  Cash and Cash Equivalents

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

  Accounts Receivable and Provisions for Doubtful Accounts

     The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an
estimate of uncollectable balances. Management believes that an allowance for
doubtful accounts is not necessary, based on the status of contracts and review
of accounts.

  Inventories

     Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
weighted-average method.

  Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life
of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets (see Note 4).
Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when incurred.
Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the useful lives
of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon retirement or
disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is
recognized in the statement of operations.

                                      F-159
<PAGE>   291
                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

  Revenue Recognition

     The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed, except when
work is being performed under a construction contract. Revenues from
construction contracts are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method
measured by the percentage of cost incurred to date to total estimated costs for
each contract. Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and
those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor and
depreciation costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted
contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in
job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract
settlements may result in revisions to costs and income, and their effects are
recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. An amount equal
to contract costs attributable to claims is included in revenues when
realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

     The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in construction contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company's experience with
similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance at each balance sheet
date will be collected within the subsequent fiscal year.

     The current asset "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts" represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts" represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.

  Income Taxes

     The Company, which is a C Corporation, follows the liability method of
accounting for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method,
deferred assets and liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets
and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will
be in effect when the underlying assets and liabilities are recovered or
settled.

  Use of Estimates

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions by
management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from the estimates.

  Realization of Long-Lived Assets

     The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
Accordingly, in the event that facts and circumstances indicate that property
and equipment or other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability
would be performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future
undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's
carrying amount to determine whether an impairment of such property is
necessary. The effect of any impairment would be to expense the difference
between the fair value of such property and its carrying value. Adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results of
operations of the Company.

                                      F-160
<PAGE>   292
                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

3. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

     Contract receivables consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30
                                                         ----------------     MARCH 31
                                                          1997      1998        1999
                                                         ------    ------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>       <C>       <C>
Completed contracts....................................  $  544    $   30      $   24
Contracts in progress..................................     560     1,260         985
Retainage..............................................     151       360         275
                                                         ------    ------      ------
  Balance at end of period.............................  $1,255    $1,650      $1,284
                                                         ======    ======      ======
</TABLE>

     Plumbing installation contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30
                                                       ------------------     MARCH 31
                                                        1997       1998         1999
                                                       -------    -------    ----------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Cost incurred on contracts in progress...............  $ 2,735    $ 8,352      $5,097
Estimated earnings, net of losses....................    1,115      4,096       2,615
                                                       -------    -------      ------
                                                         3,850     12,448       7,712
Less -- Billing to date..............................    4,867     13,418       8,506
                                                       -------    -------      ------
                                                       $(1,017)   $  (970)     $ (794)
                                                       =======    =======      ======
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts..............................  $    55    $    74      $   72
Billing in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
  uncompleted contracts..............................   (1,072)    (1,044)       (866)
                                                       -------    -------      ------
                                                       $(1,017)   $  (970)     $ (794)
                                                       =======    =======      ======
</TABLE>

     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30
                                                          ----------------    MARCH 31
                                                           1997      1998       1999
                                                          ------    ------    --------
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>       <C>
Accounts payable, trade.................................  $  570    $  374      $475
Accrued compensation and benefits.......................     391       587       229
Other accrued expenses..................................     261        63        68
                                                          ------    ------      ----
  Balance at end of period..............................  $1,222    $1,024      $772
                                                          ======    ======      ====
</TABLE>

4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

     Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    ESTIMATED     SEPTEMBER 30
                                                   USEFUL LIVES   -------------   MARCH 31
                                                     IN YEARS     1997    1998      1999
                                                   ------------   -----   -----   --------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>     <C>     <C>
Vehicles.........................................          5      $434    $472      $400
Machinery and equipment..........................        5-7       139     218       282
Property under capital lease.....................          5        26      --        --
Leasehold improvements...........................    31.5-39       128     130        35
                                                                  ----    ----      ----
                                                                   727     820       717
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and
  amortization...................................                  430     494       492
                                                                  ----    ----      ----
          Property and equipment, net............                 $297    $326      $225
                                                                  ====    ====      ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-161
<PAGE>   293
                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

5. LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM DEBT:

     The Company has available a $300,000 line of credit with a bank.
Outstanding borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at the banks prime
rate plus 1 percent. The line of credit is secured by substantially all of the
assets of the Company and is personally guaranteed by the stockholders. At
September 30, 1997 and 1998, and March 31, 1999, no amount was outstanding on
the line of credit. The line of credit included an annual renewal option and was
not renewed during the six months ended March 31, 1999.

     The Company has various notes payable with several financial institutions.
These notes have monthly payments ranging from $291 to $872, including interest,
and total $112,570 in the aggregate at September 30, 1998. Interest rates on the
notes vary from 1.9 percent to 10.4 percent and are due from February 1999
through June 2001. All of the notes payable are secured by the respective
vehicles and equipment.

     The maturities of long-term debt as of September 30, 1998, are as follows
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Year ending September 30 --
  1999......................................................   $ 65
  2000......................................................     33
  2001......................................................     15
                                                               ----
                                                               $113
                                                               ====
</TABLE>

6. LEASES:

     The Company leases all of its operating facilities from the majority
stockholder under a lease agreement that expires on September 30, 2005. Monthly
lease payments aggregate $7,500 for the land and buildings through September 30,
2005. Under the agreement, the Company is responsible for all property taxes,
maintenance and insurance on the property. Future minimum lease payments under
the agreement are $90,000 per year through September 30, 2005. Rent expense was
$90,000 for the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 and $45,000 for the six
months ended March 31, 1999.

7. INCOME TAXES:

     Federal and state income tax provisions are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SIX MONTHS
                                               SEPTEMBER 30     ENDED
                                               ------------    MARCH 31
                                               1997   1998       1999
                                               ----   -----   ----------
<S>                                            <C>    <C>     <C>
Federal --
  Current....................................  $38    $310       $376
  Deferred...................................    7      81          2
State --
  Current....................................   10      58         59
  Deferred...................................    1      14          1
                                               ---    ----       ----
                                               $56    $463       $438
                                               ===    ====       ====
</TABLE>

                                      F-162
<PAGE>   294
                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by
applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate rate of 35 percent to income
before provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SIX MONTHS
                                              SEPTEMBER 30      ENDED
                                              -------------    MARCH 31
                                              1997    1998       1999
                                              -----   -----   ----------
<S>                                           <C>     <C>     <C>
Provisions at the statutory rate............  $ 68    $415       $344
Increase (decrease) resulting from --
  State income tax, net of benefit for
     federal deduction......................     7      47         39
  Benefit of lower marginal rates...........   (16)     (4)        --
Resolution of prior year uncertainties......    --      --         53
  Other, net................................    (3)      5          2
                                              ----    ----       ----
                                              $ 56    $463       $438
                                              ====    ====       ====
</TABLE>

     Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the
recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for tax
purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences, representing deferred
tax assets and liabilities, result principally from the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30
                                                              ------------   MARCH 31
                                                              1997   1998      1999
                                                              ----   -----   --------
<S>                                                           <C>    <C>     <C>
Deferred income tax assets --
  Net operating loss carryforward...........................  $74      --        --
  Accrued related-party interest............................   11      --        --
                                                              ---    ----      ----
          Total deferred income tax asset...................   85      --        --
                                                              ---    ----      ----
Deferred income tax liabilities --
  Property and equipment....................................   --    $(10)     $(12)
                                                              ---    ----      ----
          Total deferred income tax liability...............   --    $(10)     $(12)
                                                              ---    ----      ----
          Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)......  $85    $(10)     $(12)
                                                              ===    ====      ====
</TABLE>

8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

     The Company has purchased certain materials and supplies from an affiliate.
The Company also bills certain salaries, insurance and office supplies to the
affiliate. The Company and the affiliate have a common stockholder. For the
years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 and the six months ended March 31, 1999,
the Company purchased approximately $1,940,000, $3,048,000 and $1,044,000,
respectively, of material and supplies from the affiliate. At September 30, 1997
and 1998 and March 31, 1999, the Company had receivables of $195,334, $8,241 and
$63, respectively due from the affiliate.

     The Company leases all of its operating facilities from the majority
stockholder (see Note 6).

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

     The Company has a defined contribution profit-sharing plan qualifying under
Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan covers all eligible
employees. The Company can elect to contribute specified amounts to the plan, as
determined by the board of directors. Participants' vested interests in the
Company's contributions are based on years of service, as defined, with the
Company. The Company contributed $240,000, $130,000 and $65,000 to the plan for
the years ended September 30, 1997 and 1998,

                                      F-163
<PAGE>   295
                      MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

and for the six months ended March 31, 1999, respectively, which is included in
accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets.

10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, a
line of credit and debt. The Company believes that the carrying value of these
instruments on the accompanying balance sheet approximates their values.

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

  Litigation

     The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such
legal actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

  Insurance

     The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability and an umbrella policy. The Company has not
incurred significant claims or losses on any of these insurance policies.

12. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:

     The Company had sales of approximately 54 percent of total sales to one
major customer during the year ended September 30, 1997. The Company had sales
of approximately 63 percent and 13 percent, respectively to two major customers
during the year ended September 30, 1998 and sales of approximately 56 percent
and 11 percent to two major customers during the six months ended March 31,
1999.

     In general, the Company performs its services under contract terms that
entitle it to progress payments and is, by law, granted a lien interest in the
work until paid. The Company is exposed to potential credit risk related to
changes in business and economic factors within the southeastern United States.
However, management believes that its contract acceptance, billing and
collection policies are adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.

     The Company's customers are primarily in the construction industry.
Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in construction in
the areas which it operates.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

     On April 1, 1999, AMPAM acquired through merger all the stock of the
Company in exchange for cash, notes and stock of AMPAM, after which the Company
is a wholly owned subsidiary of AMPAM.

     In connection with the merger, the Company sold or distributed certain
nonoperating assets and attendant liabilities, if any, to the stockholders.

                                      F-164
<PAGE>   296

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  [American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. Logo]

                      AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

 OFFER TO EXCHANGE 11 5/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008, SERIES B FOR ALL
         EXISTING 11 5/8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008, SERIES A

                              --------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS
                              --------------------

                                           , 1999

     No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representations other than those contained in this
prospectus, and, if given or made, the information or representations must not
be relied upon as having been authorized by American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc.
This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an
offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates or any
offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy securities of that type in
any circumstances in which an offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the
delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any
circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the
affairs of American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. since the date hereof or that
the information contained in this prospectus is correct as of any time
subsequent to its date.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   297

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Subsection (a) of section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Subsection (b) of Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, or suit by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in
respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
made to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall
determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such
other court shall deem proper.

     Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a
corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any
action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145
in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified
against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
him in connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party
may be entitled; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall, unless
otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has
ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the
benefit of such person's heirs, executors and administrators; and empowers the
corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a director or
officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against him and
incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against
such liabilities under Section 145.

     Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
provides that a certificate of incorporation may contain a provision eliminating
or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director
provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a
director (1) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation
or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section
174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (4) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>   298

     Section 7(d) of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation states that:

     A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the
DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting
the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Section 7(d) by the
stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not
adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the
Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

     In addition, Article IX of the Company's Bylaws further provides that the
Company shall indemnify its officers, directors and employees to the fullest
extent permitted by law.

     The Company has or will be entering into indemnification agreements with
each of its executive officers and directors.

     These limitations on liability would apply to violations of the federal
securities laws. However, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of
the SEC, indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 is
against public policy and therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     (a) Exhibits

         Unless otherwise indicated, all exhibits listed below were previously
         filed as part of this registration statement.


<TABLE>
<C>                      <S>  <C>
            3.1          --   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
            3.2          --   Amended and Restated Bylaws
            3.3          --   Certificate of Designations of 10% Cumulative Redeemable
                              Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A
            4.1          --   Indenture, dated May 19, 1999, by and among American
                              Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. and the subsidiaries named
                              therein and State Street Bank and Trust Company covering up
                              to $125,000,000 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
            4.2          --   Registration Rights Agreement dated May 19, 1999 by and
                              among American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Fleet
                              Securities, Inc., Merrill Lynch & Co., Banc One Capital
                              Markets, Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc.
            4.3          --   Form of American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. 11 5/8% Senior
                              Subordinated Note due 2008 (Included in Exhibit A to Exhibit
                              4.1)
            5.1          --   Opinion of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P.
           10.1          --   Form of Officer and Director Indemnification Agreement
           10.2          --   American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. 1999 Stock Plan
           10.3          --   $95 Million Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated March 31,
                              1999 among American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., First
                              National Bank of Chicago and the other lenders party
                              thereto.
           10.4          --   Transfer Restriction and Expense Reimbursement Agreement
           10.5          --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Christianson
                              Enterprises, Inc, Christianson Service Company, G.G.R.
                              Leasing Corporation and their stockholders
           10.6          --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., J.A. Croson Company
                              and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company and their stockholders
</TABLE>


                                      II-2
<PAGE>   299


<TABLE>
<C>                       <S>        <C>
            10.7          --         Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between American Plumbing &
                                     Mechanical, Inc., J.A. Croson Company of Florida and its stockholders
            10.8          --         Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between American Plumbing &
                                     Mechanical, Inc., Nelson Mechanical Contractors, Inc. and its stockholders
            10.9          --         Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between American Plumbing &
                                     Mechanical, Inc., Miller Mechanical Contractors, Inc. and its stockholders
            10.10         --         Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between American Plumbing &
                                     Mechanical, Inc., R.C.R. Plumbing, Inc. and its stockholders
            10.11         --         Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between American Plumbing &
                                     Mechanical, Inc., Teepe's River City Mechanical, Inc. and its stockholders
            10.12         --         Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between American Plumbing &
                                     Mechanical, Inc., Keith Riggs Plumbing, Inc. and its stockholders
            10.13         --         Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between American Plumbing &
                                     Mechanical, Inc., Power Plumbing, Inc. and its stockholders
            10.14         --         Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between American Plumbing &
                                     Mechanical, Inc., Sherwood Mechanical, Inc. and its stockholder
            10.15         --         Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert Christianson
           *10.16         --         Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert Richey
            10.17         --         Employment Agreement between the Company and David Baggett
            10.18         --         Employment Agreement between the Company, Croson Ohio and David Croson
            10.19         --         Employment Agreement between the Company, Croson Florida and James Croson
            10.20         --         Employment Agreement between the Company, Miller and Joseph B. Miller
            10.21         --         Employment Agreement between the Company, Sherwood and Robert Sherwood
            10.22         --         Employment Agreement between the Company, Keith Riggs and Sam Sherwood
            10.23         --         Employment Agreement between the Company, Teepe's and Scott Teepe
            12            --         Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
            23.1          --         Consent of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P. (Included in Exhibit 5.1)
           *23.2          --         Consent of Arthur Andersen, LLP
            25.1          --         Statement of Eligibility of State Street Bank and Trust Company, Trustee on Form T-1
            99.1          --         Form of Letter of Transmittal
            99.2          --         Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
            99.3          --         Form of Letter to Clients
            99.4          --         Form of Letter to Nominees
            99.5          --         Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner
</TABLE>


- ---------------


* Filed herewith


ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the

                                      II-3
<PAGE>   300

matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

          (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

             (a) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the
        Securities Act of 1933;

             (b) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
        the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
        post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
        aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
        in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
        increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
        dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
        registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
        maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
        with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
        changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the
        maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
        Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement;

             (c) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
        distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
        any material change to such information in the registration statement;
        and

             (d) To supply all information concerning a transaction, and the
        company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
        included in the registration statement when it became effective.

          (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
     to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
     therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
     any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
     termination of the offering.

          (4) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report
     pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's
     annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (5) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by
     reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this
     Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the
     incorporated documents by first class main or other equally prompt means.
     This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the
     effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding
     to the request.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>   301

                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on September 30, 1999.


                                        AMERICAN PLUMBING & MECHANICAL, INC.

                                        By:                   *
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                  Robert A. Christianson
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on
September 30, 1999.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                            TITLE
                      ---------                                            -----
<C>                                                    <S>

                          *                            Chairman of the Board of Directors
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   C. Byron Snyder

                          *                            President, Chief Executive Officer and
- -----------------------------------------------------    Director (Principal Executive Officer)
               Robert A. Christianson

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer, Secretary and Director (Principal
                  David C. Baggett                       Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
                                                         Officer)

                          *                            Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Director
                  Robert C. Richey

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   David A. Croson

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   James A. Croson

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  Joseph E. Miller

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                Albert W. Niemi, Jr.

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Susan O. Rheney
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>   302

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                            TITLE
                      ---------                                            -----
<C>                                                    <S>

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                 Robert W. Sherwood

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   Sam B. Sherwood

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                 Scott W. Teepe, Sr.

              *By: /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  David C. Baggett
           Pursuant to a power-of-attorney
        filed with the Registration Statement
                  on June 21, 1999
</TABLE>

                                      II-6
<PAGE>   303

                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrants
set forth below have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on
their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Houston, State of Texas, on September 30, 1999.


                                        CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
                                        CHRISTIANSON SERVICE COMPANY
                                        G.G.R. LEASING CORPORATION
                                        R.C.R. PLUMBING, INC.
                                        J.A. CROSON COMPANY
                                        FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY
                                        J.A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA
                                        TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.
                                        KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.
                                        POWER PLUMBING, INC.
                                        NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                                        SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.
                                        MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                                        By:     /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                    David C. Baggett
                                        Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer
                                         of each of the above listed companies


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on September 30, 1999.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                            TITLE
                      ---------                                            -----
<C>                                                    <S>
           CHRISTIANSON ENTERPRISES, INC.
            CHRISTIANSON SERVICE COMPANY
             G.G.R. LEASING CORPORATION

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
               Robert A. Christianson

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
                Brian T. Christianson

                R.C.R. PLUMBING, INC.

                          *                            Chief Executive Officer and Director
- -----------------------------------------------------    (Principal Executive Officer)
                  Robert C. Richey

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson
</TABLE>

                                      II-7
<PAGE>   304


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                            TITLE
                      ---------                                            -----
<C>                                                    <S>
                 J.A. CROSON COMPANY

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                   David A. Croson

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson

           FRANKLIN FIRE SPRINKLER COMPANY

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                   David A. Croson

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson

           J.A. CROSON COMPANY OF FLORIDA

                          *                            Chief Executive Officer and Director
- -----------------------------------------------------    (Principal Executive Officer)
                   James A. Croson

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson

         TEEPE'S RIVER CITY MECHANICAL, INC.

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                     Scott Teepe

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson

             KEITH RIGGS PLUMBING, INC.

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                    Gerald Riggs

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson
</TABLE>


                                      II-8
<PAGE>   305

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                            TITLE
                      ---------                                            -----
<C>                                                    <S>
                POWER PLUMBING, INC.

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                   James N. Power

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson

         NELSON MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                   Gilbert Nelson

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson

              SHERWOOD MECHANICAL, INC.

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                   Robert Sherwood

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson

         MILLER MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.

                          *                            President and Director (Principal Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                  Joseph E. Miller

                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT                   Treasurer and Director (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    and Accounting Officer)
                  David C. Baggett

                          *                            Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
               Robert A. Christianson


                /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT
- -----------------------------------------------------
                  David C. Baggett
           Pursuant to a power-of-attorney
        filed with the Registration Statement
                  on June 21, 1999
</TABLE>

                                      II-9
<PAGE>   306

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        EXHIBIT
          NO.                                         DESCRIPTION
        -------                                       -----------
<C>                      <S>  <C>

          3.1            --   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
          3.2            --   Amended and Restated Bylaws
          3.3            --   Certificate of Designations of 10% Cumulative Redeemable
                              Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A
          4.1            --   Indenture, dated May 19, 1999, by and among American
                              Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. and the subsidiaries named
                              therein and State Street Bank and Trust Company covering up
                              to $125,000,000 11 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
          4.2            --   Registration Rights Agreement dated May 19, 1999 by and
                              among American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Fleet
                              Securities, Inc., Merrill Lynch & Co., Banc One Capital
                              Markets, Inc. and Credit Lyonnais Securities (USA), Inc.
          4.3            --   Form of American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. 11 5/8% Senior
                              Subordinated Note due 2008 (Included in Exhibit A to Exhibit
                              4.1)
          5.1            --   Opinion of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P.
         10.1            --   Form of Officer and Director Indemnification Agreement
         10.2            --   American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc. 1999 Stock Plan
         10.3            --   $95 Million Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated March 31,
                              1999 among American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., First
                              National Bank of Chicago and the other lenders party
                              thereto.
         10.4            --   Transfer Restriction and Expense Reimbursement Agreement
         10.5            --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Christianson
                              Enterprises, Inc, Christianson Service Company, G.G.R.
                              Leasing Corporation and their stockholders
         10.6            --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., J.A. Crosan Company
                              and Franklin Fire Sprinkler Company and their stockholders
         10.7            --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., J.A. Croson Company of
                              Florida and its stockholders
         10.8            --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Nelson Mechanical
                              Contractors, Inc. and its stockholders
         10.9            --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Miller Mechanical
                              Contractors, Inc. and its stockholders
         10.10           --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., R.C.R. Plumbing, Inc.
                              and its stockholders
         10.11           --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Teepe's River City
                              Mechanical, Inc. and its stockholders
         10.12           --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Keith Riggs Plumbing,
                              Inc. and its stockholders
         10.13           --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Power Plumbing, Inc.
                              and its stockholders
         10.14           --   Acquisition Agreement dated February 11, 1999 by and between
                              American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., Sherwood Mechanical,
                              Inc. and its stockholder
         10.15           --   Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert
                              Christianson
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   307


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        EXHIBIT
          NO.                                         DESCRIPTION
        -------                                       -----------
<C>                      <S>  <C>
        *10.16           --   Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert Richey
         10.17           --   Employment Agreement between the Company and David Baggett
         10.18           --   Employment Agreement between the Company, Croson Ohio and
                              David Croson
         10.19           --   Employment Agreement between the Company, Croson Florida and
                              James Croson
         10.20           --   Employment Agreement between the Company, Miller and Joseph
                              B. Miller
         10.21           --   Employment Agreement between the Company, Sherwood and
                              Robert Sherwood
         10.22           --   Employment Agreement between the Company, Keith Riggs and
                              Sam Sherwood
         10.23           --   Employment Agreement between the Company, Teepe's and Scott
                              Teepe
         12              --   Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
         23.1            --   Consent of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P. (Included in Exhibit 5.1)
        *23.2            --   Consent of Arthur Andersen, LLP
         25.1            --   Statement of Eligibility of State Street Bank and Trust
                              Company, Trustee on Form T-1
         99.1            --   Form of Letter of Transmittal
         99.2            --   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
         99.3            --   Form of Letter to Clients
         99.4            --   Form of Letter to Nominees
         99.5            --   Form of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial
                              Owner
</TABLE>


- ---------------


* Filed herewith




<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") by and between American
Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company or "AMPAM") and
all its subsidiaries, and Robert C. Richey ("Executive") is hereby entered into
effective as of April 1, 1999.

                                    RECITALS

The following statements are true and correct:

         Whereas, as of the Effective Date, the Company and the subsidiaries of
the Company (the Company and such subsidiaries being collectively, the "AMPAM
Companies") provide plumbing and mechanical contracting services; and

         Whereas, the Company wishes to employ Executive, and Executive wishes
to be employed by the Company, on the terms set forth herein; and

         Whereas, in the course of his employment with the Company, Executive
will become familiar with and aware of information as to the AMPAM Companies'
customers and specific manner of doing business, including the processes,
techniques and trade secrets used by the AMPAM Companies, and future plans with
respect thereto, all of which has been and will be established and maintained at
great expense to the AMPAM Companies and which constitutes trade secrets and the
valuable goodwill of the AMPAM Companies.

         Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises, terms, covenants
and conditions set forth herein and the performance of each, it is hereby agreed
as follows:

                                   AGREEMENTS

         1.       Employment and Duties.

                  (a)    The Company hereby employs Executive as the Chief
                         Operating Officer of the Company. As such, xecutive
                         shall have the responsibilities, duties and authority
                         customarily appertaining to such office and such other
                         duties as may be reasonably assigned to Executive and
                         which are consistent with such position. Executive
                         shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the
                         Company unless otherwise directed by the Board of
                         Directors. Executive hereby accepts this employment
                         upon the terms and conditions herein contained and,
                         subject to paragraph 1(c), agrees to devote
                         substantially all of his time, attention and efforts
                         during normal business hours, excluding any periods of
                         vacation or sick leave, to
<PAGE>   2



                         promote and further the business and interests of the
                         Company and its affiliates.

                  (b)    Executive shall faithfully adhere to, execute and
                         fulfill all lawful policies established by the Company,
                         to the extent such policies have been communicated to
                         Executive in writing and are not inconsistent with any
                         of the terms of this Agreement.

                  (c)    Bob Richey's outside business activities-Richey
                         Enterprises lease buildings to AMPAM/RCR Companies,
                         Inc. to include:

                         1.   RCR COMPANIES, INC. RIVERSIDE FACILITY
                              12620 Magnolia Avenue
                              Riverside, California 92620

                         2.   RCR COMPANIES, INC. RIVERSIDE FACILITY
                              12660 Magnolia Avenue
                              Riverside, California 92620

                         3.   RCR COMPANIES, INC. LAS VEGAS FACILITY
                              5030 Schuster Street
                              Las Vegas, Nevada 89118

                         4.   RCR COMPANIES, INC. CANOGA PARK FACILITY
                              21333 Deering Court
                              Canoga Park, California 91304

                         5.   BC BACKHOE
                              No facility
                              Cliff Miller - 50%
                              Bob Richey - 50%

         2.       Compensation. For all services rendered by Executive, the
                  Company shall compensate Executive as follows:

                  (a)    Base Salary. The base salary payable to Executive
                         during the term shall be $220, 000.00 per year ("Base
                         Salary"), payable in accordance with the Company's
                         payroll procedures for officers, but not less
                         frequently than twice monthly. On an annual basis such
                         base salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors
                         of the Company (the "Board"), and may be adjusted at
                         its discretion in light of the Executive's position,
                         responsibilities, performance and


                                       2
<PAGE>   3


                         such other factors that the Board deems appropriate;
                         provided, however, as adjusted Base Salary may not be
                         less than that amount in effect on the Effective Date.

                  (b)    Annual Bonus. The Company will consider adopting an
                         incentive bonus plan under which Executive and other
                         officers of the Company will be eligible to receive
                         annual bonus awards in amounts that are competitive
                         with those provided to similarly situated executives
                         and committee with the performance of the AMPAM
                         Companies, as reasonable determined by the Board.

                  (c)    Executive Perquisites and Benefits. Executive shall
                         be entitled to receive additional benefits and
                         compensation from the Company in such form and to
                         such extent as specified below:

                         (i)    Executive shall be reimbursed for all business
                                travel and other out-of-pocket expenses
                                reasonably incurred by Executive in the
                                performance of their duties pursuant to this
                                Agreement and in accordance with the Company's
                                policy for officers, including, without
                                limitation, continuing education, license and
                                administrative fees. All such expenses shall be
                                appropriately documented in reasonable detail by
                                Executive upon submission of any request for
                                reimbursement, and in a format and manner
                                consistent with the Company's expense reporting
                                policy.

                         (ii)   Executive shall be entitled to participate in
                                all bonus and incentive compensation plans and
                                to receive all fringe benefits and perquisites
                                offered by the Company to any of the Company's
                                similarly situated executives, including,
                                without limitation, participation in the various
                                employee benefit plans or programs provided to
                                the employees of the Company in general, subject
                                to the regular eligibility requirements with
                                respect to each of such benefit plans or
                                programs, and such other benefits or
                                prerequisites as may be approved for Executive
                                by the Board during the term of this Agreement,
                                all on a basis as favorable to Executive as may
                                be provided or offered by the Company to other
                                comparable officers (in terms of position) of
                                the Company. Notwithstanding the above, until
                                the Company establishes employee welfare and
                                pension benefit plans for its officers,
                                Executive shall participate in such plans of the
                                AMPAM Companies as may be designated.

                                      3

<PAGE>   4

Notwithstanding the above, the Board may offer or provide to Executive, or to
any other officer of executive of the Company or any AMPAM Company, special
compensation, benefits, and/or perquisites, in order to attract or retain that
executive of officer where the Board determine, in its discretion, that the
offer or provision of such special compensation, benefits, an/or perquisites are
in the best interests of AMPAM or any AMPAM Company. Should the Board make such
determination and offer or provide special compensation, benefits, and/or
perquisites to an officer or executive, Executive will not automatically be
entitled to such special compensation, benefits, and/or perquisites.

                         (iii)  Until such time as Executive becomes eligible
                                for a coverage under a group health plan of
                                AMPAM, the Company shall monthly reimburse
                                Executive for any COBRA continuation premiums
                                paid by Executive for his coverage after the
                                Effective Date.

         3.       Non-Competition Agreement.

                  (a)    Executive acknowledges that as a consequence of their
                         employment with the Company, he will be furnished or
                         have access to Confidential Information (as defined
                         below). Executive further recognizes that the Company's
                         willingness to enter into this Agreement is based in
                         material part on Executive's agreement to the
                         provisions of this paragraph 3 and that Executive's
                         breach of the provisions of this paragraph 3 could
                         materially damage the Company. Subject to the further
                         provisions of this Agreement, Executive will not,
                         during the term of their employment with the Company
                         and for a period of two years immediately following the
                         termination of such employment for any reason, directly
                         or indirectly, for himself or on behalf of or in
                         conjunction with any other person, company,
                         partnership, corporation or business of whatever
                         nature:

                         (i)    Engage, as an officer, director, shareholder,
                                owner, partner, joint venture, or in a
                                managerial capacity, whether as an executive,
                                independent contractor, consultant or advisor,
                                as a sales representative or an executive in any
                                capacity, whether paid or unpaid, in any
                                underground utility, plumbing, piping,
                                mechanical, heating, ventilation, or air
                                conditioning contracting, installation or
                                service business or operation, or any ancillary
                                constructing, installation or services business
                                directly relating thereto (such business and
                                operations referred to herein as the "Plumbing
                                and Mechanical Business"), in direct competition
                                with any of the AMPAM Companies within 100 miles
                                of where any of


                                       4

<PAGE>   5

                                the AMPAM Companies conducts business including
                                any territory serviced by any of the AMPAM
                                Companies during the term of Executive's
                                employment (the "Territory");

                         (ii)   Call upon any person who is, at that time, an
                                executive of the AMPAM Companies for the purpose
                                or with the intent of enticing such executive
                                away from or out of the employ of the AMPAM
                                Companies;

                         (iii)  Call upon any person or entity, which is, at
                                that time, or which has been, within one year
                                prior to that time, a customer of the AMPAM
                                Companies within the Territory for the purpose
                                of soliciting customers, orders or contracts for
                                any Plumbing and Mechanical Business within the
                                Territory;

                         (iv)   Call upon any prospective acquisition candidate,
                                on Executive's own behalf or on behalf of any
                                competitor, which candidate was, to Executive's
                                knowledge after due inquiry, either called upon
                                by the AMPAM Companies or for which the AMPAM
                                Companies made an acquisition analysis, for the
                                purpose of acquiring such entity;

                         (v)    Disclose customers, whether in existence or
                                proposed, of the AMPAM Companies to any person,
                                firm, partnership, corporation or business for
                                any reason or purpose whatsoever except to the
                                extent that the AMPAM Companies have, in the
                                past, disclosed such information to the public
                                for valid business reasons; or

                         (vi)   Testify as an expert witness in matters related
                                to the Plumbing and Mechanical Business for an
                                adverse party to any of the AMPAM Companies in
                                litigation; provided, that nothing contained in
                                this paragraph 3(a) (vi) shall interfere with
                                Executive's duty to testify as a witness if
                                required by law.

Notwithstanding the above, the foregoing covenant shall not be deemed to
prohibit Executive from acquiring as an investment (i) not more than 1% of the
capital stock the capital stock of a company engages in the Plumbing and
Mechanical Business, whose stock is traded on a national securities exchange,
the NASDAQ Stock Market or on an over-the-counter or similar market or (ii) not
more than 1% of the capital stock of a competing business whose stock is not
publicly traded if the Board consents to such

                                       5

<PAGE>   6

acquisition. EXECUTIVE SHALL IMMEDIATELY DISCLOSE ANY OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN ANY
BUSINESS THAT IS IN COMPETITION WITH THE AMPAM COMPANIES TO THE BOARD.

                  (b)    Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses
                         to the Company as a result of a breach of the foregoing
                         covenant, and because of the immediate and irreparable
                         damage that could be caused to the Company for which
                         they would have no other adequate remedy, Executive
                         agrees that foregoing covenant may be enforced by the
                         Company, in the event of breach by him, by injunctions,
                         restraining orders, and orders of specific performance
                         issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. Executive
                         further agrees to waive any requirement for the
                         Company's securing or posting of any bond in connection
                         with such remedies.

                  (c)    It is agreed by the parties that the foregoing
                         covenants in this paragraph 3 impose a reasonable
                         restraint on Executive in light of the activities and
                         business of the AMPAM Companies on the date of the
                         execution of this Agreement and the current plans of
                         the AMPAM Companies; but it is also the intent of the
                         Company and Executive that, subject to paragraph 3(g)
                         hereof, such covenants be construed and enforced in
                         accordance with the changing activities, business and
                         locations of the AMPAM Companies throughout the term of
                         this covenant, whether before of after the date of
                         termination of the employment of Executive, unless the
                         Executive was conducting such new business prior to the
                         AMPAM Companies conducting such new business. For
                         example, if, during the term of Executive's employment,
                         any of the AMPAM Companies engages in new and different
                         activities, enters a new business or establishes new
                         locations for its current or new activities or business
                         in addition to or other than the activities or business
                         enumerated under the Recitals above or the locations
                         currently established therefor, then, subject to
                         paragraph 3(g) hereof, through the term of this
                         covenant Executive will be precluded from soliciting
                         the customers or executives of such new activities or
                         business or from such new location and from directly
                         competing with such new business activities, or
                         locations within 100 miles of where such new
                         activities, business or locations are conducted, unless
                         Executive was conducting such new activities or
                         business prior to any AMPAM Companies conducting such
                         new activities or business.

                  (d)    It is further agreed by the parties hereto that, in the
                         event that Executive shall cease to be employed
                         hereunder and shall enter into a business or pursue
                         other activities not in competition with the Plumbing
                         and Mechanical Business activities of the AMPAM
                         Companies or related activities or business in
                         locations the


                                       6

<PAGE>   7

                         operation of which, under such circumstances, does not
                         violate clause (a)(i) of this paragraph 3, and in any
                         event such new business, activities or location are not
                         in violation of this paragraph 3 or of Executive's
                         obligations under this paragraph 3, if any, Executive
                         shall not be chargeable with a violation of this
                         paragraph 3 if the AMPAM Companies shall at any time
                         after the termination of Executive's employment, enter
                         the same, similar or a competitive (i) business, (ii)
                         course of activities or (iii) location, as applicable.

                  (e)    The covenants in this paragraph 3 are severable and
                         separate, and the unenforceability of any specific
                         covenant shall not affect the provisions of any other
                         covenant. Moreover, in the event any court of competent
                         jurisdiction shall determine that the scope, time or
                         territorial restrictions set forth are unreasonable,
                         then it is the intention of the parties that such
                         restrictions be enforced to the fullest extent, which
                         the court deems reasonable, and the Agreement shall
                         thereby be reformed.

                  (f)    All of the covenants in this paragraph 3 shall be
                         construed as an agreement independent of any other
                         provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any
                         claim or cause of action of Executive against any of
                         the AMPAM Companies, whether predicated on this
                         Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense
                         to the enforcement by the Company of such covenants. It
                         is specifically agreed that the period of two years
                         (subject to the further provisions of this Agreement)
                         following termination of employment stated at the
                         beginning of this paragraph 3, during which the
                         agreements and covenants of Executive made in this
                         paragraph 3 shall be effective, shall be computed by
                         excluding from such computation any time during which
                         Executive is in violation of any provision of this
                         paragraph 3.

                  (g)    The Company and the Executive hereby agree that this
                         covenant is a material and substantial part of this
                         transaction.

         4.       Term; Termination; Rights on Termination. The term of this
                  Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and continue for
                  five years (the "Initial Term"), unless terminated sooner as
                  herein provided; however, beginning on the fifth anniversary
                  of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter the
                  term shall automatically continue for one year on the same
                  terms and conditions contained herein in effect as of the time
                  of renewal (the "Extended Term") unless not less than six
                  months prior to any such anniversary either party shall give
                  written notice to the other party that the term shall not be
                  so extended; provided further, however, upon a Change in
                  Control (as defined in paragraph 11 (e) during the Initial
                  Term or any


                                       7

<PAGE>   8

                  Extended Term, the term of this Agreement shall automatically
                  continue following such Change in Control for a period equal
                  to the then remaining term or two years, whichever period is
                  longer (such longer period being an Extended Term), unless
                  earlier terminated as provided in paragraph 11. This Agreement
                  and Executive's employment may be terminated in any one of the
                  followings ways:

                  (a)    Death. The death of Executive shall immediately
                         terminate this Agreement with no severance compensation
                         due Executive's estate; provided, however, for the
                         90-day period following Executive's death, the Company,
                         at its sole cost and expense, shall continue to provide
                         Executive's then qualified beneficiaries with coverage
                         under the Company's group health plan in which
                         Executive participated immediately prior to his death
                         or a successor plan thereto, subject to the terms of
                         such plan as it may be amended ("Company Health Plan").
                         Thereafter, the Company shall provide continuation of
                         coverage elections to such qualified beneficiaries as
                         are required by law.

                  (b)    Disability. If Executive becomes entitled to and
                         receives benefits under an insured long-term disability
                         plan of the AMPAM Companies (incurs a "Disability"),
                         the Company, with the approval of a majority of the
                         members of the Board may terminate this Agreement and
                         Executive's employment hereunder. In the event this
                         Agreement is terminated as a result of Executive's
                         Disability, Executive shall have no right to any
                         severance compensation; provided, however, (i) for
                         twelve months thereafter or until Executive's death, if
                         earlier, the Company shall continue to pay Executive an
                         amount equal to Executive's monthly adjusted Base
                         Salary (computed by reference to Executive's annual
                         adjusted Base Salary at the time of his termination)
                         reduced by any cash benefits payable to Executive under
                         such long term disability plan and (ii) the Company, at
                         its sole cost and expense, shall continue the coverage
                         of Executive and his qualified beneficiaries (for as
                         long as they are qualified beneficiaries thereunder)
                         under the Company Health Plan for as long as Executive
                         continues to qualify for and receive benefits under
                         such long term disability plan, but not to exceed five
                         years. Thereafter, the Company shall provide
                         continuation of coverage elections to Executive and his
                         qualified beneficiaries as required by law.

                  (c)    Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement and
                         Executive's employment for "Cause", which shall be:


                                        8

<PAGE>   9

                         (1) Executive's willful and material breach of this
                         Agreement (which remains uncured at the end of such
                         30-day period); provided, that none of the following
                         shall constitute Cause for purposes of this clause (1):
                         isolated incidences of (A) bad judgment, (B)
                         negligence, or (C) any act or omission that Executive
                         believed in good faith to have been in or not opposed
                         to the interest of the Company; (2) Executive's gross
                         negligence in the performance or intentional
                         nonperformance (in either case continuing for 30 days
                         after receipt of written notice of need to cure) of any
                         of Executive's material duties and responsibilities
                         hereunder; (3) Executive's dishonesty or fraud with
                         respect to the business, reputation or affairs of the
                         AMPAM Companies; or (4) Executive's conviction of a
                         felony crime involving moral turpitude. Any termination
                         for Cause must be approved by the majority of the
                         eligible members of the Board (FOR THIS PURPOSE, ANY
                         MEMBER OF THE BOARD REASONABLY BELIEVED BY A MAJORITY
                         OF THE BOARD TO BE AT FAULT IN THE EVENTS LEADING THE
                         BOARD TO CONSIDER TERMINATING EXECUTIVE FOR CAUSE SHALL
                         ALSO BE EXCLUDED, INCLUDING EXECUTIVE IF EXECUTIVE IS A
                         MEMBER OF THE BOARD). For purposes hereof, no act, or
                         failure to act, on Executive's part shall be deemed
                         "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by
                         Executive not in good faith and without reasonable
                         belief that Executive's action or omission was in the
                         best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the
                         foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been
                         terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have
                         been delivered to Executive, a Notice of Termination
                         and a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board,
                         finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board,
                         Executive was guilty of conduct set forth above and
                         specifying the particulars thereof in detail. In the
                         event of a termination for Cause, Executive shall have
                         no right to any severance compensation.

                         i.     The Company may not terminate Executive's
                                employment for Cause unless:

                                (1)   No fewer than 30 days prior to the Date of
                                      Termination, the Company provides
                                      Executive with written notice (the "Notice
                                      of Consideration") of its intent to
                                      consider termination of Executive's
                                      employment for Cause, including a detailed
                                      description of the specific reasons that
                                      form the basis for such consideration;

                                (2)   for a period of not less than 25 days
                                      after the date Notice of Consideration is
                                      provided, Executive shall have the
                                      opportunity to appear before the Board,

                                      9

<PAGE>   10

                                      with or without legal representation, at
                                      Executive's election, to present arguments
                                      and evidence on his own behalf; and

                                (3)   following the presentation to the Board as
                                      provided in (2) above or Executive's
                                      failure to appear before the Board at a
                                      date and time specified in the Notice of
                                      Consideration (which date shall not be
                                      more than 30 days after the date the
                                      Notice of Consideration is provided),
                                      Executive may be terminated for Cause only
                                      if the Board, by majority vote of its
                                      eligible voters, determines that the
                                      actions or inactions of Executive
                                      specified in the Notice of Consideration,
                                      or reasonably related and/or
                                      later-discovered actions or inactions,
                                      occurred, that such actions or inactions
                                      constitute Cause, and that Executive's
                                      employment should accordingly be
                                      terminated for Cause;

                         ii.    Unless the Company (A) complies with the
                                substantive and procedural requirements of this
                                Section 4.c. prior to a Termination of
                                Employment for Cause, and (B) concludes, in its
                                good faith discretion that Executive's action or
                                inaction specified in the Notice of Termination
                                of Employment for Cause did occur and
                                constituted Cause, any Termination of Employment
                                shall be deemed a termination without Cause for
                                all purposes of this Agreement.

                         iii.   After providing a notice of need to cure of
                                Notice of Consideration pursuant to the
                                provisions of this Section 4.c., the Board may,
                                by the affirmation vote of all of its members
                                (excluding for this purpose, Executive, if he is
                                a member of the Board, to be at fault in the
                                events leading to issuing the Notice of
                                Consideration), suspend Executive without pay
                                until a final determination pursuant to this
                                Section 4.c. has been made.

                  (d)    Without Cause or For Good Reason. Executive may only be
                         terminated without Cause and other than due to
                         Disability by the Company during either the Initial
                         Term or the Extended Term if such termination is
                         approved by the majority of the members of the Board.
                         Should Executive be terminated by the Company without
                         Cause and other than due to Disability or should
                         Executive terminate with Good Reason during the Initial
                         Term, Executive shall receive from the Company, in
                         addition to any accrued but unpaid salary, bonus and
                         benefits, in a lump sum


                                       10



<PAGE>   11

                         payment due on the effective date of termination, an
                         amount equivalent to the annual adjusted base salary at
                         the rate then in effect for (i) whatever time period is
                         remaining under the Initial Term (but in no event more
                         than two years) or (ii) for one year, whichever amount
                         is greater. Should Executive be terminated by the
                         Company. without Cause and other than due to Disability
                         or should the Executive terminate with Good Reasons
                         during the Extended Term, Executive shall receive from
                         the Company., in a lump sum payment due on the
                         effective date of termination, an amount equivalent to
                         the base salary at the rate then in effect for one
                         month. Further, any termination by the Company without
                         Cause or due to Disability or by Executive for Good
                         Reason whether during the Initial Term or any Extended
                         Term shall operate to shorten the period set forth in
                         paragraph 3(a) and during which the terms of paragraph
                         3 apply to one year from the date of termination of
                         employment. If Executive resigns or otherwise
                         terminates his employment without Good Reason, rather
                         than the Company terminating his employment pursuant to
                         that paragraph 4.d., Executive shall receive no
                         severance compensation.

                  e.     Executive shall have "Good Reason" to terminate his
                         employment hereunder as a consequence of any of the
                         following events, unless such event is agreed to in
                         writing by Executive: (a) a material reduction in his
                         authority, title, responsibilities or duties; (b)
                         Executive's adjusted Base Salary is reduced below that
                         in effect on the Effective Date; (c) the relocation of
                         the Company's principal Executive offices to a location
                         outside the state of Texas without a commensurate
                         adjustment in Executive's Base Annual Salary to reflect
                         any increase in cost of living as measured by comparing
                         the applicable regional or local consumer price
                         indices; (d) the assignment to Executive of any duties
                         or responsibilities which are materially inconsistent
                         with Executive's title, position or responsibilities as
                         in effect immediately prior to such assignment; (e) the
                         failure by the Company to continue in effect any
                         executive benefit plan in which Executive participates
                         and/or any perquisite provided Executive, which is
                         (are) material to Executive's total compensation and
                         benefits, unless an equitable arrangement (embodied in
                         an ongoing substitute or alternative plan) has been
                         made with respect to such plan or perquisite, or the
                         failure by the Company to continue Executive's
                         participation therein, or any action by the Company
                         which would materially reduce Executive's participation
                         therein or reward opportunities thereunder; (f) the
                         failure of the Company to obtain a satisfactory
                         agreement from any successor or assign of the Company
                         to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as
                         contemplated in paragraph 10; or (g) a material breach
                         of this Agreement by the Company (including

                                       11

<PAGE>   12

                         failure of the Company to pay Executive on a timely
                         basis the amounts to which Executive is entitled under
                         this Agreement); provided, however, Good Reason shall
                         exist with respect to a matter only if such matter is
                         not corrected by the Company within 30 days of its
                         receipt of written notice of such matter from
                         Executive, and in no event shall a termination by
                         Executive occurring more than 60 days following the
                         date of an event described above be a termination for
                         Good Reason due to such event.

                  f.     If termination of Executive's employment arises out of
                         the Company's failure to pay Executive on a timely
                         basis the amounts to which Executive is entitled under
                         this Agreement or as a result of any other breach of
                         this Agreement by the Company, as determined by a court
                         of competent jurisdiction or pursuant to the provisions
                         of paragraph 18. below, the Company shall pay all
                         amounts and damages to which Executive ma be entitled
                         as a result of such breach, including interest thereon
                         and all reasonable legal fees and expenses and other
                         costs incurred by Executive to enforce his rights
                         hereunder. Further, none of the provisions of paragraph
                         3. shall apply in the event this Agreement is
                         terminated as a result off a breach by the Company.

                  g.     Resignation Without Good Reason. Executive may, without
                         Good Reason (as hereinafter defined), terminate this
                         Agreement and Executive's employment, effective 30 days
                         after written notice is provided by the Company. If
                         Executive resigns or otherwise terminates his
                         employment without Good Reason, rather than the Company
                         terminating his employment pursuant to that paragraph
                         4.d., Executive shall receive all accrued but unpaid
                         salary, bonus and benefits. Under no circumstance where
                         Executive terminates Executive's employment at the time
                         of the determination or award for eligibility.

                  h.     Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason
                         provided above, in addition to the above payments, if
                         any, Executive shall be entitled to receive all
                         compensation earned, accrued vacation and
                         reimbursements due through the effective date of
                         termination, paid to Executive in a lump sum on the
                         effective date of termination. In addition, a
                         termination of this Agreement shall not alter or impair
                         any of Executive's vested rights or benefits, if any,
                         under any (i) executive benefit plan of the AMPAM
                         Companies or (ii) deferred compensation plan,
                         including, without limitation, any stock option plan,
                         of the AMPAM Companies. In addition, notwithstanding
                         any other provision of this Agreement, upon termination
                         of this Agreement other than (i) by the Company for


                                       12

<PAGE>   13

                         Cause, (ii) by Executive without Good Reason and in the
                         absence of a Change in Control or (iii) at the
                         expiration of the Initial Term or any Extended Term
                         pursuant to a timely notice, all options to purchase
                         stock of the Company (or any successor thereof) and all
                         similar equity-based awards, outstanding granted or
                         issued on the date hereof shall, at the time of such
                         termination, become vested without regard to any
                         vesting schedule thereof and in the case of the
                         options, shall be exercisable for the greater of two
                         years from the date of such termination or the period
                         provided in such award. All other rights and
                         obligations of the Company and Executive under this
                         Agreement shall cease as of the effective date of
                         termination, except that Executive's obligations under
                         paragraphs 3, 5, 6, 7, and 8 herein and the Company's
                         obligations under paragraph 11. g and 14. shall survive
                         such termination in accordance with their terms, unless
                         or except as expressly provided otherwise in this
                         Agreement.

         5.       Return of Company Property. All records, designs, patents,
                  business plans, financial statements, manuals, memoranda,
                  lists and other property delivered to or compiled by Executive
                  by or on behalf of any AMPAM Companies or their
                  representatives, vendors or customers which pertain to the
                  business of any AMPAM Companies shall be and remain the
                  property of the AMPAM Companies, as the case may be, and be
                  subject at all times to their discretion and control.
                  Likewise, all correspondence, reports, records, charts,
                  advertising materials and other similar data pertaining to the
                  business, activities or future plans of the AMPAM Companies
                  which is collected by Executive shall be delivered promptly to
                  the AMPAM. without request by it upon termination of
                  Executive's employment and Executive shall not retain any
                  copies of the same.

         6.       Intellectual Property. Executive shall disclose promptly to
                  the Company and all conceptions, ideas, designs, plans,
                  know-how, processes, improvements and other discoveries,
                  whether patentable or not, which (i) are conceived or made by
                  Executive, solely or jointly with another, during the period
                  of employment or thereafter, (ii) are directly related to the
                  Plumbing and Mechanical Business or activities of the AMPAM
                  Companies, and (iii) Executive conceives as a result of his
                  employment by the Company, including any predecessor
                  (collectively, the "Intellectual Property"). Executive hereby
                  assigns and agrees to assign all his interests therein to the
                  Company or its nominee. Whenever requested to do so by the
                  Company, Executive shall execute any and all applications,
                  assignments or other instruments that the Company shall deem
                  necessary to apply for and obtain Letters Patent of the United
                  States or any foreign country or to otherwise protect the
                  Company's interest therein. Executive must also render to the
                  Company, at the Company's expense, assistance in the
                  perfection, enforcement and defense of any Intellectual
                  Property.

                                       13

<PAGE>   14


         7.       Trade Secrets. Executive agrees that he will not, during or
                  after the term of this Agreement, disclose the specific terms
                  of the AMPAM. Companies' relationships or agreements with its
                  respective vendors or customers or any other trade secret of
                  the AMPAM Companies, whether in existence or proposed, to any
                  person, firm, partnership, corporation or business for any
                  reason or purpose whatsoever, except as required by law and
                  prior to any such disclosure Executive shall give the Company
                  prior written notice thereof and the opportunity to contest
                  such disclosure.

         8.       Confidentiality.

                  (a)    Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential
                         Information (as defined below) of the Company. is
                         confidential and a valuable, special and unique asset
                         of the Company that gives the Company an advantage over
                         its actual and potential, current and future
                         competitors. Executive further acknowledges and agrees
                         that Executive owes the Company a fiduciary duty to
                         preserve and protect all Confidential Information from
                         unauthorized disclosure or unauthorized use, that
                         certain Confidential Information constitutes "trade
                         secrets" under applicable laws and, that unauthorized
                         disclosure or unauthorized use of the Confidential
                         Information would irreparably injure the Company.

                  (b)    Both during the term of Executive's employment and
                         after the termination of Executive's employment for any
                         reason (including wrongful termination), Executive
                         shall hold all Confidential Information in strict
                         confidence, and shall not use any Confidential
                         Information except for the benefit of the Company, in
                         accordance with the duties assigned to Executive.
                         Executive shall not, at any time (either during or
                         after the term of Executive's employment), disclose any
                         Confidential Information to any person or entity
                         (except other executives of the Company who have a need
                         to know the information in connection with the
                         performance of their employment duties, and who have
                         been informed of the confidential nature of the
                         confidential information and have agreed to keep it
                         confidential), or copy, reproduce, modify, transmit,
                         including electronic transmission, decompile or reverse
                         engineer any Confidential Information, or remove any
                         Confidential Information from the Company's premises,
                         without the prior written consent of the Company Board,
                         or permit any other person to do so. Executive shall
                         take reasonable precautions to protect the physical
                         security of all documents and other material containing
                         Confidential Information (regardless of the medium on
                         which the Confidential Information is stored). This
                         Agreement applies to all

                                       14





<PAGE>   15

                         Confidential Information, whether now known or later to
                         become known to Executive.

                  (c)    Upon the termination of Executive's employment with the
                         Company for any reason, and upon written request of the
                         Company at any other time, Executive shall promptly
                         surrender and deliver to the Company all documents and
                         other written material of any nature containing or
                         pertaining to any Confidential Information and shall
                         not retain any such document or other material. Within
                         ten days of any such written request, Executive shall
                         certify to the Company in writing that all such
                         materials have been returned.

                  (d)    As used in this Agreement, the term "Confidential
                         Information" shall mean any information or material
                         known to or used by or for the AMPAM Companies (whether
                         or not owned or developed by the AMPAM Companies and
                         whether or not developed by Executive) that is not
                         generally known to persons in the Plumbing and
                         Mechanical Business. Confidential Information includes,
                         but is not limited to, the following: all trade secrets
                         of the AMPAM Companies; all information that the AMPAM
                         Companies as marked as confidential or has otherwise
                         described to Executive (either in writing or orally) as
                         confidential; all nonpublic information concerning the
                         AMPAM Companies products, services, prospective
                         products or services, research, product designs,
                         prices, discounts, costs, marketing plans, marketing
                         techniques, market studies, test data, customers,
                         customer lists and records, suppliers and contracts;
                         all AMPAM Companies business records and plans; all
                         AMPAM Companies personnel files; all financial
                         information of or concerning the AMPAM Companies; all
                         information relating to operating system software,
                         application software, software and system methodology,
                         hardware platforms, technical information, inventions,
                         computer programs and listings, source codes, object
                         codes, copyrights and other intellectual property; all
                         technical specifications; any proprietary information
                         belonging to the AMPAM Companies; all computer hardware
                         or software manuals; all training or instruction
                         manuals; and all data and all computer system passwords
                         and user codes. For purposes hereof, Confidential
                         Information shall not include such information (i)
                         which becomes or is already known to the public through
                         no fault of Executive; or (ii) the disclosure of which
                         (x) is required by law (including regulations and
                         rulings) or the order of any competent governmental
                         authority or (y) Executive reasonably believes is
                         required in connection with the defense of a lawsuit
                         against Executive, provided that in either case, prior
                         to disclosing any information, Executive shall give
                         prior written notice thereof

                                       15

<PAGE>   16

                         to the Company and provide the Company with the
                         opportunity to contest such disclosure.

         9.       No Prior Agreements. Executive hereby represents and warrants
                  to the Company that the execution of this Agreement by
                  Executive and his employment by the Company and the
                  performance of his duties hereunder will not violate or be a
                  breach of any agreement, including any non-competition
                  agreement, invention or secrecy agreement, with a former
                  employer, client or any other person or entity. Further,
                  Executive agrees to indemnify the Company for any loss,
                  including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and
                  expenses, the Company may incur based upon or arising out of
                  Executive's breach of this paragraph 9.

         10.      Assignment; Binding Effect. Executive understands that he has
                  been selected for employment by the Company on the basis of
                  his personal qualifications, experience and skills. Executive
                  agrees, therefore, that he cannot assign all or any portion of
                  his performance under this Agreement. Subject to the preceding
                  two sentences and the express provisions of paragraph 12
                  below, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
                  benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their
                  respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and
                  assigns. The Company will require any successor (whether
                  direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or
                  otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and
                  assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree in writing
                  reasonably satisfactory to Executive to perform this Agreement
                  in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company
                  would be required to perform it if no such succession had
                  taken place. Failure of the AMPAM Companies to obtain such
                  written agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such
                  succession shall be a material breach of this Agreement.

         11.      Change in Control

                  a.     Executive understands and acknowledges that the Company
                         may be merged or consolidated with or into another
                         entity and that such entity shall automatically succeed
                         to the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder
                         or that the Company may undergo a Change in Control (as
                         defined below). In the event a Change in Control is
                         initiated or occurs during the Initial Term or an
                         Extended Term, than the provisions of this paragraph
                         11. shall be applicable.

                  b.     In the event of a Change in Control wherein the Company
                         and Executive have not received written notice at least
                         ten business days prior to the date of the event giving
                         rise to the Change in Control from the successor to all
                         of a substantial portion of the

                                       16

<PAGE>   17

                         company's business and/or assets that such successor is
                         willing as of the closing to assume and agrees to
                         perform, or continue to cause the Company to perform,
                         the Company's obligations under the Agreement in the
                         same manner and to the same extent that the Company is
                         hereby required to perform, then Executive may, at
                         Executive's sole discretion, elect to terminate
                         Executive's employment on the effective date of such
                         Change in Control by providing written notice to the
                         Board at least five business days prior to the closing
                         date of the transaction giving rise to the Change in
                         Control. In such case, Executive shall be deemed to
                         have terminated Executive's employment for Good Reason
                         on such date; provided, however, the amount of the lump
                         sum severance payment due Executive shall be triple the
                         amount calculated under the terms of paragraph 4.d.,
                         but shall in no event, exceed nine times Executive's
                         Base Annual Salary as in effect at the time of the
                         termination.

                  c.     In any Change of Control situation, Executive may, at
                         Executive's sole discretion, elect to terminate
                         Executive's employment upon the effective date of such
                         Change in Control by providing written notice to the
                         Board at least five business days prior to the closing
                         of the transaction giving rise to the Change in
                         Control. In such case, Executive shall be deemed to
                         have terminated Executive's employment for Good Reason
                         on such date; provided, however, the amount of the lump
                         sum severance payment due Executive shall be double the
                         amount calculated under the terms of paragraph 4.d.,
                         but shall in no event exceed six times Executive's Base
                         Annual Salary as in effect at the time of the
                         termination.

                  d.     If, on or within two years following the effective date
                         of a Change of Control, the Company terminates
                         Executive's employment other than for Cause or
                         Disability or Executive terminates his employment for
                         Good Reason, or if Executive's employment is terminated
                         by the Company within three months before the effective
                         date of a Change in Control and it is reasonably
                         demonstrated that such termination (i) was at the
                         request of a third party that has taken steps
                         reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or
                         (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation
                         of a Change in Control, then Executive shall receive
                         from the Company, in a lump sum, payment due on the
                         effective date of termination, the greater of (i) the
                         equivalent of three times Executive' s Base Annual
                         Salary at the rate then in effect, or (ii) the Base
                         Salary for whatever period is then remaining on the
                         Initial Term, if any, which payment shall be in lieu of
                         any amounts otherwise payable pursuant to paragraph
                         4.d.

                                       17

<PAGE>   18

                  e.     A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred
                         if:

                         i.     any person, entity or group (as such terms are
                                used in Sections 13.d. and 14 (d)(2) of the
                                Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
                                "Act)), other than persons and entities which
                                owned any capital stock of the Company at the
                                closing date of the transactions contemplated in
                                the Acquisition Agreements, the AMPAM Companies
                                or an employee benefit plan of the AMPAM
                                Companies, acquires, directly or indirectly, the
                                beneficial ownership (as defined in Section
                                13(d) of the Act) of any voting security of the
                                Company and immediately after such acquisition
                                such person, entity of group is, directly or
                                indirectly, the beneficial owner of voting
                                securities representing [35]% or more of the
                                total voting power of all of the then
                                outstanding voting securities of the Company
                                entitled to vote generally in the election of
                                directors;

                         ii.    upon the first purchase of the Company's common
                                stock pursuant to a tender or exchange
                                offer(other than a tender or exchange offer make
                                by the Company);

                         iii.   the stockholders of the Company shall approve a
                                merger, consolidation, recapitalization or
                                reorganization of the Company, or a reverse
                                stock split of outstanding voting securities, or
                                consummation of any such transaction which would
                                result in at least 75% of the total voting power
                                represented by the voting securities of the
                                surviving entity outstanding immediately after
                                such transaction being beneficially owned by the
                                holders of all of the outstanding voting
                                securities of the Company immediately prior to
                                the transactions with the voting power of each
                                such continuing holder relative to other such
                                continuing holders not substantially altered in
                                the transaction.

                         iv.    the stockholders of the Company shall approve a
                                plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of
                                the Company or an agreement for the sale or
                                disposition by the Company of all or
                                substantially all of the Company's assets; or

                         v.     if, at any time during any period of two
                                consecutive years, individuals who at the
                                beginning of such period constitute the Board
                                cease for any reason to constitute at least a
                                majority thereof, unless the election or
                                nomination for the election by the Company's
                                stockholders of each new director was approved a
                                vote of at least two-thirds of the

                                     18

<PAGE>   19

                                directors then still in office who were
                                directors at the beginning of the period.

                         f.     Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to
                                the contrary, a termination pursuant to
                                paragraph 11.b., c., or d. shall operate to
                                automatically waive in full, the non-competition
                                restrictions imposed on Executive pursuant to
                                paragraph 3.

                         g.     If it shall be determined that any payment made
                                or benefit provided to Executive in connection
                                with Change in Control (as defined in Section
                                280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
                                amended (the "Code), or any successor thereto)
                                of the Company occurring after the Effective
                                Date and on or before the termination of this
                                Agreement, whether or not make or provided
                                pursuant to this Agreement, is subject to the
                                excise tax imposed by Section 499 of the Code,
                                the Company shall pay Executive an amount of
                                cash (the "Additional Amount") such that the net
                                amount received by Executive after paying all
                                applicable taxes on such Additional Amount and
                                any penalties, interest and other reasonable
                                costs incurred as a result of such excise tax or
                                additional payment, shall be equal to the amount
                                that Executive would have received if Section
                                4999 were not available.

         12.      No Mitigation or Offset. Executive shall not be required to
                  mitigate the amount of any AMPAM. payment provided for in this
                  Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The amount
                  of any payment required to be paid to Executive by the Company
                  pursuant to this Agreement shall not be reduced by any amounts
                  that are owed to the Company by Executive, provided that
                  Executive (i) executes and delivers to the Company a
                  promissory note evidencing a promise by Executive to pay the
                  full amount of any amounts owed to the Company within 12
                  months from the date of Executive's termination of employment
                  and (ii) provides such collateral reasonably satisfactory to
                  the Company to ensure payment of such promissory note.

         13.      Release. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
                  contrary, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
                  severance payments pursuant to paragraphs 4.or11. of this
                  Agreement unless Executive has executed (and not revoked) a
                  general release of all claims Executive may have against the
                  Company , its subsidiaries, their directors, officers and
                  employees, in a form of such release reasonably acceptable to
                  the Company.

         14.      Indemnification. In the event Executive is made a party to an
                  threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
                  whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
                  (other than an action by the Company


                                       19

<PAGE>   20

                  against Executive and a derivative action shall not be
                  considered and action by the Company), by reason of the fact
                  that he is or was performing services for the Company or any
                  of the AMPAM Companies or any present of future subsidiary
                  thereof, or as an executive officer of the AMPAM Companies
                  prior to the date of this Agreement, then the Company shall
                  indemnify Executive against all expenses (including attorneys'
                  fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, as
                  actually and reasonably incurred by Executive in connection
                  therewith. In the event that both Executive and the Company
                  are made a party to the same third-party action, complaint,
                  suit or proceeding, the Company agrees to engage competent
                  legal representation, and Executive agrees to use the same
                  representation, provided that if counsel selected by the
                  Company shall have a conflict of interest that prevents such
                  counsel from representing Executive, Executive may engage
                  separate counsel and the Company shall pay, as incurred, all
                  reasonable attorneys' fees and reasonable expenses of such
                  separate counsel provided further, that Executive, may at any
                  time, at Executive's sole expense, hire separate counsel to
                  represent Executive in such matter. Further, while Executive
                  is expected at all times to use his best efforts to faithfully
                  discharge his duties under this Agreement, Executive cannot be
                  held liable to the Company for errors or omissions made in
                  good faith where Executive has not exhibited gross, willful
                  and wanton negligence and misconduct nor performed criminal
                  and fraudulent acts which materially damage the business of
                  the Company. The Company shall indemnify Executive against and
                  hold Executive harmless from any costs, liabilities, losses
                  and exposures for Executive's services as an executive,
                  officer and director of the Company (or any of the AMPAM
                  Companies or any successor) to the maximum extent permitted
                  under applicable law. The indemnification required by this
                  paragraph 14. shall be made by the Company by periodic
                  payments promptly as and when bills are received or
                  liabilities are incurred. The provisions of this paragraph
                  shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         15.      Complete Agreement. This Agreement supersedes, and replaces in
                  full, all representations, ------------------- understandings
                  and agreements (oral or written) between Executive and the
                  Company or any of the AMPAM Companies or any of their
                  officers, directors or representatives existing as of the
                  Effective Date and covering the same subject matter as this
                  Agreement. This written Agreement is the final, complete and
                  exclusive statement and expression of the agreement between
                  the Company and Executive and of all the terms of this
                  Agreement, and it cannot be varied, contradicted or
                  supplemented by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous oral
                  or written agreements. This written Agreement may not be
                  modified after the Effective Date except by a further writing
                  signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and
                  Executive, and no term of this Agreement may be waived except
                  by writing signed by the party waiving the benefit of such
                  term.

                                       20

<PAGE>   21

                  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, either
                  party's failure to insist on strict compliance with this
                  Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver thereof.

         16.      Notice. Whenever any notice is required hereunder, it shall be
                  given in writing addressed as follows:

         To the Company:            American Plumbing & Mechanical, Inc
                                    1950 Louis Henna Blvd.
                                    Round Rock, Texas 78664
                                    Attn: Chief Executive Officer


         To Executive:              Robert C. Richey
                                    1215 Seacrest Drive
                                    Corona Del Mar, California 92625

                  Notice shall be deemed given and effective on the earlier of
                  three days after the deposit in the U.S. mail of a writing
                  addressed as above and sent first class mail, certified,
                  return receipt requested, or when actually received. Either
                  party may change the address for notice by notifying the other
                  party of such change in accordance with this paragraph 16.

         17.      Severability; Headings. If any portion of this Agreement is
                  held invalid or inoperative, the other portions of this
                  Agreement shall be deemed valid and operative and, so far as
                  is reasonable and possible, effect shall be given to the
                  intent manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative.
                  The paragraph headings herein are for reference purposes only
                  and are not intended in any way to describe, interpret, define
                  or limit the extent or intent of the Agreement or of any part
                  hereof.

         18.      Dispute Resolutions. Except with respect to injunctive relief
                  as provided in paragraph 3(b), neither party shall institute a
                  proceeding in any court or administrative agency to resolve a
                  dispute between the parties before that party has sought to
                  resolve the dispute through direct negotiation with the other
                  party. If the dispute is not resolved within two weeks after a
                  demand for direct negotiation, the parties shall attempt to
                  resolve the dispute through mediation. If the parties do not
                  promptly agree on a mediator, the parties shall request the
                  Association of Attorney Mediators in Williamson County, Texas
                  to appoint a mediator certified by the Supreme Court of Texas.
                  If the mediator is unable to facilitate a settlement of the
                  dispute within a reasonable period of time, as determined by
                  the mediator, the mediator shall issue a written statement to
                  the parties to that effect and any unresolved dispute or
                  controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement
                  shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before
                  a single Arbitrator in Round Rock, Texas, in accordance with
                  the

                                       21

<PAGE>   22

                  Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration
                  Association then in effect. The arbitrator shall have the
                  authority to order back-pay, severance compensation, vesting
                  of options (or cash compensation in lieu of vesting of
                  options), reimbursement of costs and expenses, including those
                  incurred to enforce this Agreement, including reasonable
                  attorneys' fees, and interest thereon in the event the
                  arbitrator determines that Executive was involuntarily
                  terminated by the Company without Disability or Cause, as
                  defined in paragraphs 4.b and 4.c., respectfully, or that the
                  Company has otherwise materially breached this Agreement. A
                  decision by a majority by the arbitrator shall be final and
                  binding. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award in
                  any court having jurisdiction.

         17.      Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be
                  construed according to the laws of the State of Texas without
                  regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

         18.      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in
                  two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
                  original and all of which together shall constitute but one
                  and the same instrument.

         19.      Additional Provisions The additional provision set forth in
                  Annex A hereto shall apply.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
         effective for all purposes as of the Effective Date.


Date:  September 28, 1999


                                          AMERICAN PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL, INC.




                                              /s/ DAVID C. BAGGETT
                                          ---------------------------------
                                                  David C. Baggett
                                              Chief Financial Officer



Date:  September 28, 1999


                                    EXECUTIVE


                                        /s/ ROBERT C. RICHEY
                                    ----------------------------------
                                            Robert C. Richey



                                       22

<PAGE>   23

DRAFT


                                    Annex A

I.       The Company shall grant Executive a minimum of four weeks of vacation
         per Calendar year.





<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made a part of this
registration statement No. 333-81139.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas

September 29, 1999



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission